ACADEMIC
C ATA LOG
2023/
2024
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
THE ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2023 - 2024
FALL SEMESTER
August 19-21 Orientation and Registration: New and Transfer Students
August 22 Classes Begin at 8:00 a.m.
August 28 Last Day to Register and Adjust Class Schedule
October 13 Mid-Term Grades Due in Registrar’s Oce
November 3 Final Day to Withdraw from Courses Without an Academic Penalty
November 22-24 Thanksgiving Break
December 8 Classes End
December 11-13 Final Exams
December 16 Mid-Year Commencement
December 16 Christmas Holidays Begin
SPRING SEMESTER
January 8 Orientation and Registration: New and Transfer Students
January 9 Classes Begin at 8:00 a.m.
January 15 Martin Luther King Day; Holiday/No Classes
January 16 Last Day to Register and Adjust Class Schedule
March 1 Mid-Term Grades Due in Registrar’s Oce
March 4-8 Spring Break for Day Program
March 22 Final Day to Withdraw from Courses Without an Academic Penalty
March 29 Good Friday Holiday
April 11 Frank Lloyd Wright Day
April 19 Fiat Lux
April 26 Classes End
April 29-May 1 Final Exams
May 4 Commencement
MAY OPTION
May 6-June 3 Dates may dier depending on the particular study abroad option
SUMMER SESSIONS
May 13-June 21 Summer A
June 24-August 2 Summer B
May 13-August 2 Summer C
Florida Southern College
ACADEMIC
CATALOG
2023 - 2024
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
2
Message from the Provost
Dear Students, Faculty, and Sta,
It is with great pleasure that I present to you the
2023-2024 Florida Southern College Academic Catalog.
As the Provost of this esteemed institution, I am thrilled
to showcase the exceptional academic programs and
opportunities that await you.
Within these pages, you will find a comprehensive
overview of our diverse academic programs designed to
foster intellectual growth, critical thinking, and a lifelong love for learning. Whether you are
a first-year undergraduate or a student in a graduate program on your academic journey, our
dedicated faculty members, renowned for their expertise and passion for their disciplines, are
committed to providing you with a transformative educational experience that prepares you for
success in your career and for a lifetime.
At Florida Southern College, we believe in the power of interdisciplinary learning, encouraging
you to explore various disciplines and discover new connections between them. Our innovative
and engaging curriculum in the undergraduate and graduate degree programs ensures that
you receive a well-rounded education in the classroom and provides extensive opportunities to
practice and apply your knowledge and skills in the community, that will prepare you for the
future.
As you peruse this catalog, you will also find information about the history of the College as
the oldest private college in the state of Florida. We take pride in fostering an environment
where faculty and students engage in meaningful discussions and collaborate on research
projects, and where students develop leadership skills that serve them well beyond their time at
Florida Southern College.
Furthermore, this catalog serves as a valuable resource, providing you with essential
information about academic policies and procedures. We are committed to your success, and
our outstanding faculty and dedicated sta are here to guide and assist you throughout your
academic journey.
I encourage you to take full advantage of the information about the opportunities presented in
this catalog, as these opportunities are designed to empower you to reach your fullest potential.
Whether you are a prospective student, a current student, or a member of our esteemed faculty
and sta, I am confident that you will find this catalog to be an invaluable resource throughout
the academic year.
Thank you for choosing Florida Southern College as your academic home. Together, let us
embark on a journey of intellectual exploration, innovation, and academic excellence.
On behalf of Florida Southern, I extend you our warmest welcome.
Dr. Tracey D. Tedder
Provost and Vice President of Academic Aairs
3
GENERAL INFORMATION ............................................................................................... 4
ADMISSIONS .................................................................................................................... 13
Traditional Undergraduate Admissions .......................................................................13
Financial information .......................................................................................................23
Student Life ........................................................................................................................29
ACADEMICS .................................................................................................................... 35
Academic Policies ............................................................................................................ 37
Programs of Study ............................................................................................................57
Undergraduate Degree Requirements ....................................................................... 63
Undergraduate Majors .................................................................................................... 83
Adult Undergraduate Programs ...................................................................................84
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
The Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences ...................91
The Barney Barnett School of Business and Free Enterprise ..............................99
The School of Arts and Sciences ................................................................................ 112
The School of Education .............................................................................................. 198
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ....................................................... 206
GRADUATE AND DOCTORAL PROGRAMS ..............................................................321
Admission ......................................................................................................................... 321
Financial Information .................................................................................................... 323
Academic Policies ......................................................................................................... 324
The Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences ............... 327
The Barney Barnett School of Business and Free Enterprise ........................... 339
The School of Arts and Sciences .............................................................................. 348
The School of Education .............................................................................................350
The School of Physical Therapy ................................................................................. 361
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ......................................................................368
COLLEGE PERSONNEL ...............................................................................................394
Board of Trustees .......................................................................................................... 394
Administration and Sta .............................................................................................. 395
Endowed Chairs and Professorships ....................................................................... 397
Honorary Chancellors ..................................................................................................400
Faculty ..............................................................................................................................402
INDEX .............................................................................................................................. 419
TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
4
GENERAL INFORMATION
College Mission
The mission of Florida Southern College is to prepare students through dynamic engaged
learning to make a positive and consequential impact on society. The mission also includes pre-
serving the world-renowned Frank Lloyd Wright campus and visitor program.
College Vision
Florida Southern College will achieve national recognition for providing a transformational
education for students through its distinctive synthesis of liberal arts and professional programs
and focus on student development through co-curricular and service learning programs. It will
become a national model for engaged learning in order to achieve the learning outcomes stu-
dents need to thrive in a global society. As a result of its pragmatic approach to liberal learning,
the global perspective of its academic programs, eective engaged learning pedagogy, and dis-
tinctive learning outcomes in all disciplines, Florida Southern will ascend to the top 25 colleges/
universities in its Carnegie classification. Maintaining its aliation with the United Methodist
Church, Florida Southern will serve as the preeminent mid-sized institution within the denom-
ination, always striving to foster students’ spiritual growth. Also, preserving the campus’ iconic
and significant historical Frank Lloyd Wright structures that serve as a “living museum” to accom-
modate the living-learning programs of the College, and promotion of education programs to
perpetuate the legacy of America’s greatest architect, is included in the vision.
Florida Southern History at a Glance
Florida Southern College—the oldest private college in the state—traces its Florida roots to
1852, when the Methodist Conference founded Florida Seminary in Micanopy. The Conference
established South Florida Seminary in Orlando in 1885. In 1885, the school moved to Leesburg,
the college degree was awarded, and Florida Conference College was ocially chartered and
opened to both male and female students.
In 1901, the growing college moved to Sutherland (now Palm Harbor) on the Gulf Coast
and in 1906 was renamed Southern College. The College remained at Sutherland until fires in
the early 1920s forced the school temporarily to move to Clearwater Beach. In 1922, the College
moved to the shores of Lake Hollingsworth in Lakeland. In 1935, the trustees adopted Florida
Southern College as the corporate title.
Florida Southern College Today
The campus is comprised of some 70+ buildings on 120 acres of land. Thirteen of the Col-
lege’s structures were designed by master architect Frank Lloyd Wright in the 1940s and 1950s.
Mr. Wright said his design was to have all the buildings “flow from the ground in harmony with
the natural landscape.” In that functional yet exquisite environment, they exhibit the traits Mr.
Wright intended: organic union among the earth, sunlight, and local flora.
The Wright buildings include the Annie Pfeier Chapel, which has become an iconic sym-
bol of the College; the Thad Buckner Administration Building; the Emile Watson Administra-
tion Building; the Benjamin Fine Administration Building; the Seminar Building (which in its
original construction comprised three separate buildings known as the Carter, Walbridge, and
Hawkins Seminar Rooms); the Lucius Pond Ordway Building; the Danforth Chapel; and the
Polk County Science Building, which is capped by a white-domed planetarium. The ten Wright
GENERAL INFORMATION
5
buildings are complemented by three other significant Wright-designed structures: The Water
Dome, in front of the Roux Library; the Esplanades, 1.5 miles of covered walkways that connect
most of the Wright buildings; and the Usonian House. Completed in 2013, the Usonian House is
the first Frank Lloyd Wright-designed structure to be built for the original owners using the orig-
inal plans on the intended site in over 50 years. The Usonian House is part of the Sharp Family
Tourism and Education Center. Together, the structures comprise the largest single-site collection
of Frank Lloyd Wright architecture in the world. Wright’s “Child of the Sun” campus is listed as
a National Historic Landmark.
The more traditional buildings on campus include the Allan Spivey and Joseph-Reynolds res-
idence halls for first-year students and Edge Memorial Hall, which houses classrooms and faculty
oces. These date to the 1920s and are built in a conventional, brick collegiate style.
Completed in 1968, the Roux Library was designed by Nils Schweizer to replace Frank Lloyd
Wright’s E.T. Roux Library (now the Thad Buckner Administration Building) with a more exten-
sive library facility. Mr. Schweizer, Mr. Wright’s on-site supervisor for several Florida Southern
College buildings and a student of Mr. Wright’s, integrated many Frank Lloyd Wright themes
with his unique style. The adjacent Sarah D. and L. Kirk McKay, Jr. Archives Center, opened in
2009, houses records from the Florida Conference of the United Methodist Church; Frank Lloyd
Wright drawings and documents; the Lawton M. Chiles Center for Florida History; and the Flor-
ida Citrus Archives. Tûtû’s Cyber Café, inside the Roux Library, opened in 2007, contributes to
the educational and social fabric of the campus.
Other prominent buildings on campus include the John Branscomb Memorial Auditorium,
within the Robert A. Davis Performing Arts Center, seats more than 2,000; the Ludd M. Spivey
Humanities and Fine Arts Center, which comprises the thrust-stage Buckner Theatre, music, and
art studios, and the Melvin Art Gallery; the William F. Chatlos Communication Building, which
is equipped with broadcasting facilities; and the Jack M. Berry Science Building.
During the 2009–2010 academic year, the College opened the Marshall and Vera Lea Rinker
Technology Center and the state-of-the-art Joe K. and Alberta Blanton Nursing Building, home
to the College’s growing School of Nursing. In 2010, the College opened the Dr. Marcene H.
and Robert E. Christoverson Humanities Building, which features contemporary classrooms, a
modern language lab, and a film studies center. In 2014, the College opened the Wynee Warden
Dance Studio, a freestanding 4,700-square-foot facility built specifically for the dance program. In
August 2015, the College introduced the Becker Business Building, a three-story, 40,000-square-
foot, state-of-the-art business education facility housing the Barney Barnett School of Business
and Free Enterprise.
In 2017, Florida Southern College launched an aliation agreement with the Polk Museum
of Art, creating Central Florida’s only community academic art museum and providing students
with outstanding opportunities to engage firsthand with contemporary artists and historical ar-
tifacts.
In 2018, the College opened the Sharon and Jim France Admissions Center; in 2019, the
Jean and Sal Campisi, Sr. Academic Center for Physical Therapy; and in 2020, the Carol Jenkins
Barnett Center for Early Childhood Learning and Health Carol Jenkins Barnett Center for Ear-
ly Childhood Learning and Health and Lamar Louise Curry Education Center, providing new
spaces as well as interdisciplinary opportunities for the students and faculty within the School
of Education. In 2021, the College opened the Carole and Marcus Weinstein Computer Sciences
Center, housing the College’s burgeoning technology-focused programs, and purchased and ren-
ovated space to serve as the new home for its Master of Science in Nursing and Doctor of Nurs-
ing Practice degree programs within the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health
Sciences.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
6
Student housing facilities include the architecturally revolutionary Wesley Hall and Nicholas
Hall, designed by Robert A.M. Stern, a world-renowned Frank Lloyd Wright scholar and dean of
the Yale School of Architecture. Other contemporary residence halls include Miller Hall, Hollis
Hall, Charles Jenkins Residence Hall, Dell Residence Hall, and the Publix Charities Commons.
Housing options include single, double, and suite-style occupancy either on campus or in one
of several college-owned apartment complexes near campus, including the Lake Morton Apart-
ments and Lake Hollingsworth Apartments, both overlooking the lakes they are named aer,
Garden Apartments, and the recently constructed Star Apartments.
For meals, students can choose from 12 on-campus eateries, such as Wynee’s Bistro, home to
Steak ‘n Shake® and Kachin Sushi®, the Buck Stop, an outdoor dining venue oering wood-fired
pizza, and conveniently located food trucks that oer healthy meal options on the go.
The George Jenkins Field House, Gilbert Gym, Barnett Athletic Complex, Wynee Warden
Tennis Center, and the soon-to-be-constructed Adams Athletic Performance Center provide spac-
es for the College’s championship varsity teams to compete and train.
At the hub of student life are the Charles T. Thri Alumni Center, the Nina B. Hollis Well-
ness Center, the Bishop Robert E., and Faye Fannin Campus Ministries Center, and the Snake Pit
within the Carlisle Rogers Building Student Center, all providing spaces for students to gather
and enjoy some down time.
Students also make use of the campus’s many outdoor spaces, including intramural fields,
sand volleyball courts, and the Moc Dock boathouse, stocked with kayaks and paddleboards
students can use to venture out on Lake Hollingsworth. Students also appreciate the gardens and
orange trees that span that campus, as well as the numerous outdoor gathering spaces, including
Mr. George’s Green, the Badcock Garden, an outdoor “living room;” the more formal Glover Gar-
den; Lynn’s Garden, an environmentally sustainable garden overlooking Lake Hollingsworth;
the Willis Garden of Meditation; and the Rodda Family Plaza for outdoor classes.
Accreditation
Florida Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
Commission on Colleges to award bachelor’s, master’s, and doctoral degrees. Florida Southern
College also may oer credentials such as certificates at approved degree levels. Questions about
the accreditation of Florida Southern College may be directed in writing to the Southern Associ-
ation of Colleges and Schools Commission on Colleges, 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur GA 30033-
4097, or by calling (404) 679-4500, or by using information available on SACSCOC’s website
(www.sacscoc.org).
Florida Southern College also is accredited by the General Board of Higher Education and
Ministry of the United Methodist Church and has a State of Florida-approved program at the
undergraduate level for the certification of teachers. The baccalaureate and masters in nursing at
Florida Southern College are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education
(www.aacn.nche). Florida Southern College Chemistry Program is accredited by the American
Chemical Society (ACS). Florida Southern College is an accredited institutional member of the
National Association of Schools of Music (NASM). The Barney Barnett School of Business and
Free Enterprise is accredited by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (www.
aacsb.edu). The School of Physical Therapy is accredited by the Commission of Accreditation for
Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE).
The 2023-2024 Catalog
In regard to academic information, this edition of the Florida Southern College Academic
Catalog supersedes all others. The faculty and trustees of Florida Southern College reserve the
right to change, modify, revoke, or add to the College’s academic, financial, or student require-
GENERAL INFORMATION
7
ments or regulations at any time and without prior notice. All such changes are eective at such
times as the proper authorities determine and may apply not only to prospective students but
also to those who already are enrolled in the College. Provisions of this catalog do not constitute
an irrevocable contract between any student and the College.
Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Statement:
As a community dedicated to learning and growth for all its members, Florida Southern
College promotes civility, respect, and belonging as foundational to its purpose as a community.
This foundation makes possible a safe and inclusive learning environment that advocates honest
dialogue, an exchange of perspectives, a discussion about dierences, and creative solutions to
uncomfortable challenges. In this interconnected world, the ability of Florida Southern College
students to comfortably and eectively communicate, cooperate, and collaborate with diverse
individuals is important to successful personal and professional growth. The Florida Southern
College community rejects discrimination of any form. In keeping with our Cornerstone values,
Florida Southern College promotes intellectual curiosity and self-expression and strives for all
faculty, students, and sta to feel a part of the community with excitement and inclusivity –
and without fear of reprisal for being true to themselves. The College community thus embrac-
es diversity and inclusion, and as a result, our viewpoints are enriched, and our community is
strengthened.
Student Disability Services
Florida Southern College welcomes all students seeking to further their education. According-
ly, the College adheres to Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with
Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA) as amended by the ADA Amendments Act of 2008 (ADAAA) in
prohibiting discrimination against any otherwise qualified student with a disability. The College
and Oce of Student Disability Services are committed to providing access and inclusion for stu-
dents with documented disabilities to courses, facilities (including Residence Halls), and programs.
Additionally, under appropriate circumstances for residential students, Florida Southern College
complies with the Fair Housing Amendments Act of 1988 and is informed by recently published
HUD guidance (2020). The College engages in an interactive process with students and appropriate
case-by-case accommodations, such as extended time for tests, may be provided for students with
documentation of a protected disability.
A student with a disability is defined as a person with a “physical or mental impairment that
substantially limits one or more major life activities”. To request accommodations for a disability,
the student must make his or her condition known to the College and provide appropriate docu-
mentation from a qualified professional supporting the need for accommodations. The student is
only required to disclose the disability if the student is requesting accommodations.
Disability documentation must be relevant—that is it should reflect the student’s current
diagnosis, list the requested accommodations, and describe the functional impacts of the disabil-
ity and how the accommodations will address the eects of the disability on major life activities
in the college setting. A student who wishes to appeal an accommodations decision in a current
semester may make that appeal directly to the Associate Vice President for Student Support. Ac-
commodations cannot be made retroactively. Students with documented disabilities are encour-
aged to utilize academic resources generally available to all Florida Southern College students,
including peer tutoring, The Writing Center, study skills resources, and support assistance from
their faculty advisor, instructors, and members of the Academic Center for Excellence (Student
Solutions). Student Disability Services professionals, Dr. Marcie Pospichal and Dr. Sandy Calvert,
are available to guide students to needed resources.
Class attendance, participation in engaged learning activities, and timely completion of
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
8
course assignments are essential college requirements and generally are not waived to accom-
modate disabilities. Failure to meet essential requirements of a course or degree program could
result in a lowered course grade. Since each course and class experience is unique, students must
meet collaboratively with their instructors to determine how reasonable accommodations can
be implemented in each class. Students with disabilities requesting accommodations should con-
tact the Oce of Student Disability Services, Florida Southern College, Carlisle Rogers Bldg., 111
Lake Hollingsworth Drive, Lakeland, FL 33801-5698; 863.680.4900; disabilityservices@flsouth-
ern.edu. Florida Southern College has an internal grievance procedure for prompt and equitable
resolution of challenges to the accommodations provided. All concerns should initially be sent
in writing to Dr. Marcie Pospichal, Associate Vice President for Student Support, Florida South-
ern College, Carlisle Rogers Bldg., 111 Lake Hollingsworth Drive, Lakeland, FL 33801-5698;
863.680.4900; mpospichal@flsouthern.edu. Dr. Pospichal will facilitate forwarding the student
concern to the appropriate college ocer. Both Student Disability Services professionals are avail-
able by appointment for in-person or virtual meetings.
Non-Retaliation Provision: Florida Southern College will not retaliate against any student
because that individual has requested or received disability accommodations in the college class-
room, college programs or activities, or college housing.
Notice of Non-Discrimination
Preamble
We at the College share a common belief that every individual should be able to work and
study in an environment free from discrimination, harassment or intimidation based on race,
creed, color, national origin, gender, gender identity, sex, sexual orientation, marital status, preg-
nancy, religion, age, disability, political opinions or aliations, genetic information, veteran or
military status as protected under the Vietnam Era Veterans’ Readjustment Assistance Act, and
any other protected category under federal or state law or local ordinance.
Discrimination and harassment are in direct conflict with the mission of the College. It ex-
poses the College and the individuals involved to liability under the law. Accordingly, the College
prohibits any physical, written, or spoken conduct that violates the prohibitions on discrimina-
tion set forth in the policy.
Discriminatory conduct in the form of sexual misconduct/sexual harassment (including sex-
ual violence, dating violence, and stalking) is also prohibited and allegations of violations in that
regard are addressed in the Florida Southern College Policy on Sexual Misconduct & Sexual Ha-
rassment. Please refer to the policy for detailed information regarding the investigation of these
allegations.
The College’s complete Non-Discrimination and Anti-Harassment Policy and the Sexual
Misconduct and Sexual Harassment Policy, can be found at https://www.flsouthern.edu/fsc-val-
ues/equal-opportunity-diversity-inclusion.aspx and includes details on filing a report, the investi-
gation process, contact information, and supportive measures.
Non-Discrimination Statement
It is the policy of the College that that no member of the College community shall be sub-
jected to any form of discrimination or harassment, including sexual harassment by any other
member of this institution. It is the policy of the College to provide fair, equitable, reliable, and
compassionate responses to reports of any type of discrimination or violence. Examples of harass-
ment are provided in the next section. Discrimination, including harassment, is prohibited and
subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment or expulsion. All
forms of discrimination involve unwelcome and/or nonconsensual actions.
GENERAL INFORMATION
9
The College’s Commitment to Non-Discrimination can be found in the Academic Cata-
logue, the Student Handbook, and on the College’s website http://www.flsouthern.edu/policies/
notice-of-non-discrimination.aspx .
Reporting Discrimination or Harassment
Any person may report an incident(s) of sex discrimination, sexual misconduct, or sexual ha-
rassment to the Title IX Coordinator. The reporting party may be the person directly aected by
the alleged incident (referred to as “complainant”) or a third party. Reports of sex discrimination,
sexual misconduct, and sexual harassment may be written or verbal and may be made at any time
(including non-business hours) in person, by using the telephone number or email address, or by
mail to the oce address, of the Title IX Coordinator.
The College’s contact information is as follows:
For incidents involving students:
Dr. Amanda Blount
Title IX Co-Coordinator, Assistant Dean of Student Development for Accountability, Educa-
tion, and Compliance
Carlisle Rogers Building, 223, 111 Lake Hollingsworth Drive, Lakeland, FL 33801
Telephone: (863) 680-6221; Email: ablount@flsouthern.edu
For incidents involving employees:
Katherine Pawlak
Title IX Co-Coordinator, Assistant Vice President for Operations & Director of Human Re
sources
Raulerson Building, 111 Lake Hollingsworth Drive, Lakeland, FL 33801
Telephone: (863) 680-3964; Email: kpawlak@flsouthern.edu
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as amended (PL 93-0280), better
known as “FERPA”, directs how student education records are maintained. When a student enters
college, the following four rights transfer from parents or legal guardians to the student, regard-
less of the student’s age. At Florida Southern College, access to education records rights transfers
from parent/guardian to student on the day of matriculation into the College.
1. FERPA provides opportunities for students to inspect and review their education records
within 45 days of a written “request for access” identifying the records of interest to Flori-
da Southern College’s FERPA Compliance Ocer (please see below).
2. FERPA provides paths for students to seek amendment to education records they believe
to be inaccurate or misleading. A written request should be made to Florida Southern
College’s FERPA Compliance Ocer (please see below). If the College declines to amend
the records as requested, the College will advise the student of the steps to appeal that
decision.
3. FERPA gives students the right to file a complaint with the College Compliance Ocer
or with the Department of Education (please see below).
4. FERPA allows students the right to provide written consent before the College discloses
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
10
Personally Identifiable Information (PII) from the student’s education records, except to
the extent that FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent, including:
• Florida Southern College ocials, including but not limited to administrators, supervi-
sors, sta (including law enforcement units and health center ocials), teachers, board of
trustees members, contractors, consultants, volunteers, or students working in an ocial
capacity for the College, with “legitimate educational interests”, who require information
for the proper performance of their professional responsibilities
• Ocials at an institution at which a student seeks to enroll for purposes of enrollment/
transfer
• Organizations conducting studies or audits for educational and governmental agencies
• Accrediting agencies
• Appropriate persons in case of health or safety emergencies
• Agencies or oces in connection with the student’s application for or receipt of financial
aid or in connection with other financial aid records as directed by FERPA
• Governmental ocials, as identified in Public Laws 93.31 & 99.35
• Parents of students who are defined as dependents in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986
• Parents of students (1) younger than 21 years of age or (2) who are dependents for tax pur-
poses regardless of student age for violations of campus alcohol and drug policies
• An appropriate ocial in response to a court order
• An alleged victim of a crime of violence or a non-forcible sex oense concerning the final
results of an investigation
• The general public, if the College determines a student is an alleged perpetrator of a crime
of violence or non-forcible sex oense and the student has committed a violation of the
College’s rules or policies with respect to the allegations made against her/him
• Information the College designates as Directory Information (with caveat)
NOTE: Although the college may disclose information under the conditions above, it is under
no obligation to do so and may make such a determination on a case-by-case basis at its discre-
tion. The only individual to whom the college is required to release student education record
information is to the student.
FERPA and Florida Southern College Public Notice of Directory Information
Florida Southern College hereby designates the following student information as public or
“directory information.” This information may be disclosed by the College without the student’s
prior consent under the provisions set forth in FERPA. Examples include:
Academic information: Name, enrolled hours, enrollment status, total hours, college ma-
jor, dates of attendance, degrees and awards received (including Dean’s List but excluding GPA),
most recent previous school attended, participation in ocially recognized activities and sports,
height and weight of athletes, other similar information. Student ID number, user ID, or other
unique personal identifier on a student ID card or used to communicate in electronic systems is
considered directory information, but only if the identifier can only be used in conjunction with
at least one factor that authenticates the user’s identity, such as PIN, password, or other factor
known or possessed only by the authorized user.
Publication in future student directories: Name, local and home address, telephone
number, email address.
Demographic information: Date and place of birth and publication information, such as
GENERAL INFORMATION
11
photographs, videos, and other images of the student to (including, but not limited to) college
academic, marketing, news publications, and web sites.
Directory information cannot include the following, which can only be released if
a student waives her/his right to privacy:
• Social Security or other Student Identification numbers
• Grades or Grade Point Average (GPA)
• Ethnicity, race, nationality, gender or religion
Currently enrolled students may withhold disclosure of directory information under FERPA.
To withhold disclosure of this information, students must present themselves with photo ID to
the Student Solutions Center on the first floor of the Carlisle Rogers Building and complete the
Request to Withhold Disclosure of Directory Information form. Students may complete this
form at any time and it will take eect immediately. However, the withholding of directory infor-
mation disclosure will only be eective prospectively: It cannot be applied to actions the College
took prior to the withholding of disclosure request.
Withholding disclosure of directory information will prevent Florida Southern College from
providing student directory information, including confirming attendance and degrees earned,
to prospective employers and internship sponsors, insurance agencies, and others with whom
you may wish to share such notification, so we encourage students to make this decision carefully.
Florida Southern College assumes that a student who fails to specifically request withholding
of directory information indicates approval for disclosure.
Former students may not place a new request to withhold disclosure of directory informa-
tion on their education records. However, the student may request the removal of such a hold.
FERPA and Florida Southern College Education Records Release Authorization
In compliance with the Federal Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as amended
(FERPA), the College restricts select third parties from having access to a student’s personally
identifiable information (PII) and education record. PII includes, but is not limited to, social
security and other identifying numbers. Student education record includes, but is not limited to,
grades, course schedules, attendance reports, billing records, and other correspondence. The re-
striction of sharing this information applies, but is not limited to, the student’s parents, guardian,
or spouse. This limitation of disclosure does not include directory information.
If a student wishes to grant a third party, such as a parent, access to PII or education records, the
student must complete and sign an authorization waiver. This waiver will remain in eect unless
the student revokes it in writing. Students may change their FERPA waiver at any time by complet-
ing the appropriate form at the Student Solutions Center and presenting a photo ID. The College
assumes no liability for honoring student instructions about to whom the student will waive, and
will not waive, rights to privacy.
Note: Notices of alcohol and drug oense, disaliation, suspension, housing probation, or
expulsion, as well as if a student withdraws from the College, may be forwarded to parent or legal
guardian independent of FERPA waiver status. Spouses have no rights to this or other education
record information without the written consent of the student.
FERPA and Deceased Students
The right to privacy of education records that eligible students or alumni possess under FERPA
expires upon the death of the individual. When an individual dies, privacy of education records
maintained by Florida Southern College is no longer regulated under FERPA but is dictated by
college policy. The College is not required to release education records of deceased individuals
and will determine the release of education records on a case-by-case basis. Examples of requests
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
12
that could result in the release of education records of deceased individuals include:
• Direct relatives of the deceased, in the presence of reasonable proof of identity and
relationship
• Release to others authorized by the deceased’s executor or next of kin, in the presence of
reasonable proof of that authorization
• Researchers conducting demonstrably scholarly investigations*
*In deference to grieving survivors of deceased students or alumni, records will not be released to anyone
except direct relatives and estate executors within the first year of death. Additionally, the college will
assume that, in the absence of information to the contrary, individuals are deceased as of the 80
th
anni-
versary of their matriculation.
Requests for access to education records of deceased individuals should be submitted to the
registrar at registrar@flsouthern.edu
FERPA and Florida Southern College Public Relations Information Release
Information considered directory information may be released routinely to certain inquirers
and the news media unless the student requests that this information be withheld by completing
the Request to Withhold Disclosure of Directory Information form at the Student Solutions
Center. Florida Southern does not release anything more than directory information, which is
considered public information as described in the Florida Southern College FERPA Policies
(above), without seeking a student’s written permission.
Florida Southern College students are frequently featured in news releases, photographs, au-
diotapes, and videotapes that may be distributed to the media or used in Florida Southern pub-
lications, including websites. Students may be photographed, videotaped, or their images may in
other ways be captured on campus or at college-related functions. These images and representa-
tions, as well as the accomplishments of students, may also be used to promote Florida Southern
College. The College has exclusive rights to these images.
FERPA Compliance Inquiries and Grievances
For a complete list of FERPA disclosure exceptions, for further questions, to request to in-
spect, review, or amend records, to file a FERPA grievance, or for other inquiries about Florida
Southern College’s FERPA compliance, please contact the college’s FERPA Compliance Ocer
Dr. Marcie Pospichal, Carlisle Rogers Bldg., Room 120, 111 Lake Hollingsworth Dr., Lakeland,
FL 33801; mpospichal@flsouthern.edu; 863.680.4900. Students also have the right to file a com-
plaint with the U.S. Department of Education concerning alleged failures by Florida Southern
College to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The name and address of the oce that
administers FERPA is Family Policy Compliance Oce, U.S. Department of Education 400 Mary-
land Avenue, SW, Washington, DC, 20202.
ADMISSIONS
13
ADMISSIONS
TRADITIONAL UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSIONS
General Information
Florida Southern College attracts students who demonstrate the academic ability and strong
motivation to succeed in challenging liberal arts disciplines as well as pre-professional and pro-
fessional programs. Admission decisions are based on academic achievement, aptitude, personal
character, and performance in general citizenship or leadership activities within the school and
community. The College welcomes applications from students who manifest evidence of strong
values, the desire and willingness to study, and the proper academic preparation to complete
successfully the rigorous educational programs oered at Florida Southern College.
In considering applications, the Oce of Traditional Undergraduate Admissions and the
Admissions Committee give careful consideration to all credentials required and submitted. Ad-
missions decisions are made without regard to race, color, religion, gender, gender identity, age,
national origin, mental or physical disability, marital status, medical condition, veteran status,
sexual orientation, citizenship, or any other characteristic protected under federal or state law or
local ordinance.
Applicants considering the Adult Undergraduate Program please refer to the Adult Under-
graduate admission policies and procedures.
Freshman Admission—U.S. Students
The Oce of Traditional Undergraduate Admissions evaluates freshman applicants on the fol-
lowing criteria:
(1) Graduation from a regionally accredited high school. Although the Oce of Tra-
ditional Undergraduate Admissions is flexible in terms of particular course requirements
for admission, applicants are expected to have earned credit in at least 18 units of college
preparatory courses—typically including four units of English, three units of mathemat-
ics (two years of algebra and one year of geometry), two units of laboratory science (one
from the natural sciences and one from the physical sciences), and the remaining units
balanced among the social sciences, foreign languages, and additional work in the scienc-
es, mathematics or literature. Candidates are encouraged to complete additional units
beyond the core academic curriculum, including work in the fine arts and other electives.
Trends in performance are considered as part of the evaluation process.
Students earning the high school equivalency diploma (GED) may apply for freshman
admission. All high school transcripts must still be submitted, along with a statement
indicating the reasons for seeking the alternative diploma.
(2a) Scores on either the SAT or ACT. Results of standardized examinations, along with
an applicant’s academic record, help provide a reasonable prediction of a candidate’s abil-
ity to perform successfully in a Florida Southern classroom. The College expresses no
preference for one examination over the other and encourages students to take both.
OR
(2b) Test optional. Students who perform well inside the classroom and demonstrate
strong involvement and character outside of it are frequently just as likely to be successful
in college. As a result, Florida Southern College oers a test-optional policy. As an alterna-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
14
tive to submitting test scores applicants can elect into test optional admissions consider-
ation by indicating this on their application.
(3) Letter of recommendation. Each candidate for freshman admission should submit
one academic letter of recommendation. This recommendation should be from an ap-
propriate academic professional—teacher or school/college counselor. Recommendation
forms are available from the admissions oce and can also be downloaded from the
College website at www.flsouthern.edu/admissions. You may also submit a letter of rec-
ommendation instead of the form.
(4) Personal Statement or essay. Students are asked to write a personal statement of
at least 250 words in length on one of three topic questions. Students submitting their
application via the Common Application may submit the essay portion of the Common
Application in place of the personal statement.
(5) Extracurricular Activities/Service/Honors. Students are asked to briefly describe
extracurricular activities, leadership involvement (including any work experience), and
service during high school. Special honors or awards received for academics or activities
and organizations should also be included.
Application Priority Dates and Deadlines
The tables below outlines the traditional undergraduate decision plan options and the corre-
sponding application, notification, and enrollment deposit dates. Students are advised to submit
applications as early as possible to ensure optimal admission and financial aid consideration.
Freshman Student Dates & Deadlines
Decision Plan Priority Application
Date
Notification of Ad-
missions Decision
Latest Date
Enrollment Deposit
Date
Spring Semester December 1 Within two weeks of
completion
December 15, or
within two weeks of
admissions decision
Early Action November 1 December 15 May 1
Early Decision (Bind-
ing)
November 1 December 15 January 15 (non-re-
fundable)
Regular Decision I December 1 January 15 May 1
Regular Decision II March 1 April 1 May 1
Rolling - Aer May 1 Space Available Basis Within two weeks of
completion
May 1, or within two
weeks of admissions
decision
Enrollment deposits are refundable provided the Oce of Admission receives a written request to refund
the deposit before the required refund date: Spring – December 15, Fall – May 1. Aer these dates the
deposit is no longer refundable. Early Decision deposits are always non-refundable.
ADMISSIONS
15
Transfer Student Dates & Deadlines
Decision Plan Priority Application
Date
Notification of Ad-
missions Decision
Latest Date
Enrollment Deposit
Date
Spring Semester December 1 Within two weeks of
completion
December 15, or
within two weeks of
admissions decision
Fall Semester June 1 Within two weeks of
completion
July 1
Rolling - Aer De-
cember 1 and June 1
Space Available Basis Within two weeks of
completion
July 1, or within two
weeks of admissions
decision
Enrollment deposits are refundable provided the Oce of Admission receives a written request to refund
the deposit before the required refund date: Spring – December 15, Fall – July 1. Aer these dates the
deposit is no longer refundable.
Freshman Admission
Students should apply as a first-year applicant if they’ve earned or will earn their high school
diploma. This includes students who have earned college credit through AP, IB, AICE, CLEP,
and dual enrollment including an associate’s degree earned through dual enrollment. Florida
Southern College provides several decision plan options for applicants. Those decisions include
the following and are outlined below: early decision, early action, regular decision, and rolling
decision.
Early Decision (Binding) Admission
The Early Decision option is available to academically talented students who select Florida
Southern College as their first choice for college study.
Applicants for Early Decision are required to sign an agreement indicating their willingness
to participate in the Early Decision process along with their confirmation that Florida South-
ern College is their first choice institution. This agreement also confirms that they will, upon
acceptance, be prepared to submit the non-refundable enrollment deposit and enroll at Florida
Southern College. This agreement is binding between the applicant and Florida Southern Col-
lege, certifying that upon acceptance to Florida Southern College, applications to other colleges
and universities will be withdrawn and the applicant will enroll as a student at Florida Southern
College. High school counselors and parents also sign the agreement form.
Students who apply for Early Decision and receive a letter of deferment will be reevaluated
with other applicants for regular admission to the College.
For additional information on Early Decision, please contact the Oce of Undergraduate
Admissions.
Early Action Admission
The Early Action option is nonbinding and allows a student to apply to Florida Southern
College early in the year and to receive an early response to their application. This option is
oered for students who wish to express their interest in college early without the pressure of a
binding decision.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
16
Regular Decision Admission
The Regular Decision option allows students to wait longer to submit their application. This
option is oered for students who need additional time requesting recommendation letters,
transcripts, test scores, or in writing their college essay personal statement, as well as those who
become interested in Florida Southern College later in their college search process.
Rolling Decision Admission
Applicants electing the rolling decision option will receive their admissions decision within
two weeks of receipt of their completed application. Because the number of spaces available in
the entering class is necessarily limited, rolling admission continually narrows the opportunities
for admission as the cycle progresses. As a result, students are advised to submit applications as
early as possible to assure optimal admission and financial aid consideration. Additionally, upon
receiving admission, students are advised to submit the required enrollment deposit promptly to
reserve their space in the incoming class.
Homeschool Applicants
Florida Southern admits homeschooled students based on the strength of their application,
essay and high school curriculum and GPA, just like all other first-year applicants. Though not a
requirement for admission consideration or in the awarding of institutional merit scholarships,
we encourage applicants to submit SAT or ACT scores when possible.
In addition to a completed application and ocial high school transcripts, homeschooled
applicants should also submit one or more of the following:
• Ocial SAT/ACT score results
• Ocial college transcript demonstrating a minimum of 12 college hours earned (or in-prog-
ress)
While academic record is the primary determinant, we also take into consideration a stu-
dent’s extracurricular activities and personal record, and thus encourage applicants to submit an
outline of their work, volunteer service and/or extracurricular activities. Additional information,
including but not limited to items such as submission of a recommendation letter or participa-
tion in an interview, may be requested by the admissions committee.
Traditional Undergraduate Transfer Admission
Students who have enrolled or successfully completed work at a regionally accredited college
or university aer high school graduation may apply for admission to Florida Southern College
as a transfer student. Completion of an associate’s degree is not required to transfer. Students who
have enrolled in high school and college course work through dual enrollment should apply as a
freshman applicant.
Transfer applicants should submit a personal statement indicating the reason for the transfer.
Ocial transcripts are required from each post-secondary institution attended. Applicants are eval-
uated primarily on the strength of their academic achievement at the post-secondary level, with
emphasis placed on subject areas paralleling Florida Southern College’s general education curric-
ulum requirements. Total credits attempted, credits earned, and grades posted serve as the basis for
admission. (Students who wish to transfer before accumulating 24 semester hours of transferable
credit should also submit high school transcripts and SAT or ACT scores or as an alternative to SAT
or ACT scores, elect into the test optional consideration on their application.) A Report of Social
Standing form, available online, is required prior to enrolling.
To be considered for transfer admission, a student must be eligible academically and socially
to return to the last college or university attended. A student on academic or social dismissal from
any institution is not eligible to enroll at Florida Southern College until reinstatement in good
ADMISSIONS
17
standing at the previous institution has been authorized.
Students transferring without an A.A. degree at the time of matriculation are required to com-
plete all general education courses not previously taken. Evaluation of transfer credit is on a course-
by-course basis. Please reference the General Education requirement included in the catalog.
Students who have earned an A.A. degree from a regionally accredited community college
within the state of Florida will have met all of Florida Southern College’s general education re-
quirements, if the degree was awarded aer December 1994. Under agreements with the state’s
community colleges, A.A. degree graduates who earned their degrees in 1995 or subsequent years
enter Florida Southern College as juniors with a maximum of 62 transferable credits.
Once admitted to Florida Southern College, ocial evaluations are completed by the Reg-
istrar’s Oce. Only courses in which a student earned a grade of C or higher from a regionally
accredited institution are considered for transfer credit. The maximum number of credit hours
transferable from a two-year college is 62, while a student transferring from a four-year institution
may enter Florida Southern with as many as 93 hours. If a student has attended more than one
college or university, each transcript is evaluated independently. Regardless of the amount of ap-
plicable transfer credit, students must complete at least 50 percent of their major and minor (if a
minor is elected) in Florida Southern College coursework. Transient coursework, CLEP and other
examination credits, and study abroad credits earned through an aliation agreement with an-
other institution are not considered FSC credit. In the case of students entering teacher education,
no more than eight semester hours of coursework may be accepted in the professional education
sequence at Florida Southern College.
Students who have attended institutions which are considered in-candidacy-for-accreditation,
or students who have college credits more than ten years old may have their credits accepted pro-
visionally and validated by completing at least 24 semester hours of Florida Southern College work
while maintaining at least a 2.0 grade point average.
Transfer credit hours for specialist education programs in military service schools may be
awarded to a maximum of 18 hours. Semester-hours credit is determined by standards of the Amer-
ican Council on Education guide to the evaluation of experiences in the Armed Services.
Non-degree-seeking applicants who have already earned a bachelor’s degree are required to
submit only a college transcript from the degree-issuing institution.
Transfer students requesting admission to 3000-level coursework in the teacher preparation
program of the School of Education must meet a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale
for all courses taken in the liberal arts general education courses and a passing score on all subtests
of the General Knowledge Test. Florida resident students should complete this requirement before
applying for admission to the teacher preparation program at Florida Southern College. Students
transferring to Florida Southern College from colleges or universities outside the state of Florida
should make arrangements to complete the General Knowledge Test in the first semester of their
enrollment in the teacher preparation program at Florida Southern College. For additional infor-
mation, see Teacher Education section in this catalog.
International Student Admission Priority Dates Fall—March 1;
Spring—December 1
Florida Southern College welcomes international students who wish to study in the United
States. International students applying for admission to Florida Southern College degree pro-
grams are required to submit all documents required for either freshman or transfer admission,
as well as a Financial Disclosure form (available online or from the admissions oce). Inter-
national students may be eligible for merit or talent-based scholarships and are encouraged to
contact the Oce of Traditional Undergraduate Admissions for appropriate information.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
18
If the student is from a nation where English is not the standard for daily communication,
scores on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL), IELTS or Doulingo may be substitut-
ed for SAT and/or ACT test results. The TOEFL requirement may be waived for students who have
completed at least one year of formal academic study at an institution where English is the lan-
guage of instruction. All transcripts from secondary and post-secondary institutions abroad must
be translated into English. Students seeking credit for secondary exams (e.g. GCSE) or post-second-
ary coursework should have all transcripts from colleges or universities outside the United States
evaluated by World Education Service, Josef Silny and Associates, Academic Evaluation Services,
Inc. or another similar approved transcript evaluation agency prior to submission to Florida South-
ern College.
Readmission of Former Traditional Undergraduate Students
See student handbook.
Deferred Admission
Students may defer their enrollment for a maximum of one full academic year from the
original intended entry term. A $500 enrollment deposit must be submitted within 30 days of
notification of the intent to defer if it has not already been submitted. If the student does not
submit the $500 enrollment deposit within 30 days, Florida Southern College will cancel the
student’s application.
Students will not be approved for deferrals if they plan to enroll in another institution before
attending Florida Southern College (see Reactivation of Applications). Federal, State, and need-
based financial aid cannot be automatically deferred. Students should contact the Financial Aid
Oce to ensure that full consideration for financial aid is given for the anticipated enrollment
term.
Deferring for One Semester
Students wishing to defer their enrollment for one semester must submit a written request
to the Director of Admissions. This letter of intent should include the reason for requesting the
deferral and any plans for the period before their anticipated enrollment term. There are no ad-
ditional charges to defer enrollment for one semester.
Deferring for One Academic Year
Students wishing to defer for one full academic year from the original intended entry term
must submit a letter of intent to the Director of Admissions. This letter should include the rea-
son for requesting the deferral and any plans for the period before their anticipated enrollment
term. Students will also be charged an additional $300 for deferring for one academic year. The
deadlines to submit the deferral deposit are September 15th for students deferring to the spring
term and January 15th for students deferring to the Fall term. The Director of Admissions may
grant extensions for the deferral deposit deadlines.
Reactivation of Applications
All applications to Florida Southern College remain on file for a period of one year. Students
who do not enroll in the semester requested on the original application may reactivate an appli-
cation for consideration for a subsequent semester within that period.
If the applicant has undertaken additional formal study in the intervening period, ocial
transcripts must be submitted showing all work completed or in progress. Candidates who have
attended a post-secondary institution in the intervening period should file the appropriate Re-
port of Social Standing form, available from the Oce of Traditional Undergraduate Admissions.
ADMISSIONS
19
If already on file, the following items do not need to be submitted when an application is
reactivated: final ocial transcripts of all work completed at the secondary or college level and
ocial results from standardized testing.
Admission decisions are made according to the requirements and expectations pertaining
to the class entering in the semester requested. Any decision rendered earlier by the Oce of
Admissions and the Admissions Committee is subject to review and modification.
Early Admission
Florida Southern College considers applications from high school juniors who have demon-
strated outstanding ability and achievement and wish to begin their college careers before earn-
ing the high school diploma. In such cases, a student must submit a letter from the high school
principal or school head granting Florida Southern College permission to enroll the applicant
as a full-time student in lieu of attending high school during the senior year. In addition, the
student must meet with a member of the Admissions sta for a personal interview to discuss the
appropriate course of action.
Conditional Admission
Florida Southern College may consider applicants for conditional admission as part of the
Gateway to Success program. The Gateway to Success program is designed to provide students
with a gradual transition to college by reducing the number of credit hours in the first term to
a maximum of 10 hours. Additionally, as part of the 10 credit hours, students may be asked to
adhere to a prescribed course plan while enrolled in the program. Students who earn at least
a 3.0 GPA in their first term in the program will be considered for traditional, full-time status.
Students who fail to earn a 3.0 may be considered for traditional, full-time admission with ap-
proval from the Dean of Student Success. Students enrolled in the program are not eligible for
institutional aid, and will be billed at the standard tuition rate for full time students. To be con-
sidered, students must have graduated from a regionally accredited high school; submit scores
on either the SAT or ACT; and submit one academic letter of recommendation, along with the
signed Gateway to Success Agreement form. A personal interview may be required as part of the
admission process, and enrollment deposits are non-refundable.
Summer Session
Non-Florida Southern students who wish to attend Florida Southern College for a summer
session only are required to submit a Summer Sessions Application and appropriate documenta-
tion of academic eligibility. Enrollment is limited to the specific coursework requested on a space
available basis. Students enrolled for only the summer session may not continue their studies in
the fall semester unless an application for admission has been approved for fall semester. (See
Special Admission.)
Admission Decisions, Procedures, and Deposits
Applications will be reviewed and admission decisions will be rendered as soon as all re-
quired credentials have been received. Written or verbal notification of admissions decisions may
generally be expected within two to four weeks.
The Oce of Admissions reserves the right to hold an application until further information
is available, such as end of semester grades or additional test results, before making a decision
about an application for admission.
If accepted, applicants need to submit a deposit of $500 ($300 for commuters) to reserve
both a place in the entering class and in on-campus housing. One hundred dollars of the initial
deposit will serve as a continuing deposit as long as the student remains enrolled in the College.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
20
The remaining amount will be applied to tuition for commuters or will be equally distributed as
a tuition and residence hall fee.
The College recognizes the date approved by the National Association of College Admission
Counseling as the standard Candidate’s Reply Date. For fall semester enrollment, the reply date
is May 1. Applicants who have submitted deposits for enrollment may receive refunds if they
decide not to attend the College and file written requests for refunds on or before May 1 (unless
a student was admitted under the early decision option).
Prior to enrollment, a student must have completed and filed the following documents: a
completed medical history form and a completed vaccinations form. These forms are available
online. In addition, students must also provide a copy of a valid state or federal government-
issued photo identification document as proof of identity.
The College reserves the right to withdraw any oer of admission, even aer accepted by an
applicant indicated by submission of the enrollment deposit, if the College learns of information
regarding the applicant’s academic achievement, aptitude, personal character, or performance in
general citizenship, which would adversely reflect upon the applicant’s ability to comply with
the high expectations of the College. Additionally, the College reserves the right to involuntarily
withdraw or expel a student from the College, or decline registration of a student for an upcom-
ing academic term, for a violation(s) of College policies or for behavior, conduct or acts deemed
inappropriate by the College.
Special Admission
A student who wishes to enroll for specific coursework is eligible to register as a non-de-
gree-seeking student through the Registrar’s Oce.
Students holding non-degree status may not enroll full-time and may accumulate no more
than 40 total hours of coursework at Florida Southern College. Upon completion of 15 semester
hours, non-degree students may seek degree status through the Oce of Traditional Undergrad-
uate Admissions. Students enrolled in a non-degree seeking status are not eligible for financial
assistance.
A student who is a degree candidate at another institution and wishes to take courses for
transfer credit should arrange with that college’s Oce of Admissions to submit a letter indicat-
ing good academic and social standing and granting permission to take specific courses at Flor-
ida Southern College. This transient permission serves as a substitute for the transcript required
from other students.
Part-time Student Status
Students are considered part-time if they enroll in less than 12 credit hours per semester. Part-
time students may lose eligibility for some or all financial aid sources and may not participate in
intercollegiate athletics or other College-sponsored activities. Students in the day program will
also be charged per-credit hour fees if they elect to attend the College on a part-time basis.
Requirements for Nontraditional Undergraduate Students
• Submit a completed application.
• Provide ocial transcripts of all academic work taken previously at other colleges, universi-
ties or professional schools (e.g. nursing).
• Provide ocial transcript of high school record (or GED test score) if fewer than 60 credit
hours have been earned from a regionally accredited college or university. The high school
record should include applicant’s SAT or ACT scores.
• Education applicants must meet additional requirements specified in the Education section
ADMISSIONS
21
of this catalog.
• Students may be admitted provisionally or conditionally as specified below.
Credit for Military Service and Military Service Schools
The College may award seven semester hours of military service credit aer one year of active
duty, if the credit is not duplicated by other earned credit in military science.
Credit for satisfactory completion of certain specialist education programs in military service
schools may be awarded. Semester-hour credit is determined by standards of the American Coun-
cil on Education guide to the evaluation of experiences in the Armed Services up to a maximum
of 18 hours. Any such credit must correlate reasonably with curricula of liberal arts programs
generally, and not more than six hours will be awarded for any combination of technical electives
such as radio, radar, navigation, and meteorology.
Credit for Correspondence and Extension Courses
Credit for up to six semester hours may be awarded for approved courses taken by correspon-
dence from a regionally accredited university. Florida Southern students wishing to take such
courses must receive approval to do so in advance.
Credit by Examination, Including AICE, AP, CLEP, and IB
AICE Cambridge Advanced International Certificate of Education credit is awarded on the
basis of level and grade earned. For further information about AICE credit, contact the admis-
sions or registrar’s oce.
Credit is awarded on the basis of satisfactory scores for Advanced Placement (AP) courses.
Credit is awarded on the basis of Advanced Placement Examination scores of three, four, or five.
For further information about AP credit, contact the Admission or Registrar’s Oce.
CLEP credit is credit by examination. Ordinarily, credit by examination is not awarded in
any area in which comparable college coursework or more advanced work is being attempted or
already has been attempted. Students who wish to attempt CLEP credit may not remain in the
comparable course aer the one-week schedule adjustment period is over; otherwise the CLEP
credit will be invalid. Exact requirements and scores for Florida Southern College credit are
published annually in the college’s brochure on CLEP credit. Please consult the annual brochure
which is available in the Registrar’s Oce or the Florida Southern College Testing Center in
Ordway Building for specific information.
Florida Southern College will grant up to thirty (30) hours of college credit and sophomore
standing to students earning the International Baccalaureate Diploma who have earned grades of
four or better in their three higher level subject examinations. IB students who have not earned
the full diploma may be awarded credit for certain higher level examinations upon which a stu-
dent has earned a score of four or better.
Credit by examination is recorded as transfer credit at Florida Southern College. Equivalents
are available on the FSC website.
Dual Enrollment
The College grants permission to eligible high school sophomores, juniors and seniors to
dual enroll at Florida Southern College in the fall and spring terms. In order to be considered for
admission, students must have at least a 3.5 GPA and submit a dual enrollment application, and
receive signed permission from a parent, high school counselor, and principal; candidates may be
asked to submit an ocial high school transcript and letter of recommendation. Students may be
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
22
eligible to take one course at no charge; additional courses will be billed at the standard rate for
part-time tuition. Students will be responsible for providing transportation to and from campus,
acquiring all textbooks and materials needed for courses, and working with the Registrar’s Oce
in order to register for courses.
Veterans
All baccalaureate degree programs currently oered at Florida Southern College are approved
for veteran training by the State Approving Agency. Veterans are required to maintain standards
of satisfactory progress and attendance. These include, but are not limited to, placing students on
Academic Probation when their overall grade point average is less than 2.0, the average required to
receive a degree, and suspension if they fail to meet the College’s academic standards. Regular class
attendance is required. In addition, the College continually monitors the progress of veterans to
assure that they are taking courses needed for their degrees. This is a requirement for receiving VA
benefits. Satisfactory progress means that students receiving VA benefits must take courses at a rate
that permits graduation within 124 semester hours unless there are extenuating circumstances.
When the above standards of progress are not met by a veteran, the Veterans Administration
is notified that the student is not making satisfactory progress toward the degree. Notices of
Changes in Enrollment Status are sent to the Veterans Administration when the student with-
draws during the semester or changes status from full-time to part-time.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
23
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The Undergraduate Day Program
Tuition and Fees
Students pay only a part of their costs—operating and instructional—at Florida Southern
College. The remainder comes from endowment income; from alumni and friends; from grants
from foundations, businesses, and the government; and from the Florida Conference of the Unit-
ed Methodist Church.
Florida Southern College is committed to a residential learning community environment. As
such, all students who live more than 30 miles from the campus are required to be a residential
student. Requests for commuter status should be submitted to the Oce of Student Develop-
ment.
Below are the costs per semester for students for the 2023-2024 academic year.
Boarding Students Semester Commuting Students Semester
Tuition $20,750 Tuition $20,750
Room and Board $6,900* Activities Fee $80
Activities Fee $80 Technology Fee $350
Technology Fee $350 Total: $21,180
Total: $28,080
Food Service (Total)
$2,750 20 meals a week**
$2,175 15 meals a week
$1,625 10 meals a week
$840 5 meals a week***
*Based on average cost of double occupancy room (rates vary per building) and 20-meal plan.
**20-meal plan required for all first-year residential students.
***Commuter students or residential students with full kitchen access only.
Tuition rates are for full-time loads of 12–18 credit hours. Additional charges are applicable above 18 hours.
Note: The College reserves the right to change fees due to economic conditions.
Meal Plans
Participation in a meal plan is required for all residential students.
All residential students (defined as any student living in a College-owned facility) must
participate in the campus meal program. All first-year residential students are required to have
the 20-meal plan. Students living in apartments with a full kitchen may select any available
meal plan, including the 5-meal plan (option not available to other residential students).
The College does not provide special diets and no refunds are made because of meals missed
due to dietary restrictions or religious beliefs.
Full-time residential and commuter day students may use their residence hall room and/
or meal service through the last final examination, except for holidays when residence halls
are closed.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
24
Insurance
Full-time residential and day students are covered by accident insurance (up to $2500 each
with 50 deductible), and may receive some on-campus health services. Serious illness requiring
hospitalization is not included in the accident insurance, but such coverage is automatically
included on a separate student waiver basis. Full-time students will be automatically provid-
ed with and charged for health insurance unless they complete a waiver/cancellation
form available through a link on the Florida Southern College website. Students will
be required to provide proof of alternate insurance during the cancellation process.
Information about United Health Care health insurance coverage is accessible online
at www.uhcsr.com. For students beginning their enrollment in January, a pro-rated
amount for health insurance coverage will be charged along with spring tuition and
fees unless the coverage is waived.
Additional Costs
Books and supplies, approximately, per semester ...............................................................$700
Credit hours (below 12 and above 18) ............................................................ $1,150 per hour
Graduation Fee .......................................................................................................................$60
Illness insurance premium ................................................................................ $1,760 annually
International Student Insurance ...................................................................... $1,760 annually
Late registration fee .............................................................................................................. $100
Late payment fee ..................................................................................................................$100
Audit fee (per course by permission) ..................................................................................$130
Orientation fee (new student only) ..................................................................................... $100
Technology fee (part-time students)
Up to 4 credit hours ..........................................................................................................$30
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................................$60
9–11 credit hours ............................................................................................................$120
Additional fees will be assessed for students in the four-year BSN program (see page 181).
Fees may also be assessed in courses where supplies must be purchased or where musical accom-
paniment is required. Additional fees may be required to verify identification while completing
academic assignments (i.e., online exams or quizzes).
The fees for private music applied lessons are $250 per semester for a weekly half-hour lesson.
For full-time students majoring in music, the fee is $400 for up to six credit hours per semester.
The fee is $100 for each credit hour of lessons over six credit hours. Students who withdraw from
music applied lessons do not receive a refund of the tuition and fees unless the withdrawal is
completed before the end of the first full week of classes. Please see the Music section of under-
graduate course descriptions for accompaniment fees.
Florida Southern College is not responsible for loss or damage to personal items (including vehicles).
It is recommended that students maintain appropriate vehicle insurance. Residential students are
encouraged to maintain applicable renter's coverage for personal belongings.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
25
Methods of Payment
All financial obligations are due before the beginning of the semester or term. Stu-
dents may not attend classes until their financial aairs have been satisfactorily arranged. These
include loans, grants, and/or scholarships. All current charges must be paid prior to student
authorization to register for a future term. Checks for payment of student accounts should
be made payable to Florida Southern College for the exact amount due. The College also accepts
MasterCard, VISA, Discover, and American Express. Payments may be made in person, mailed to
the business oce, or made over the web at www.flsouthern.edu through CashNet.
Also available for financing college expenses on monthly installments are programs oered
by Florida Southern College through Nelnet Campus Commerce (Formerly Tuition Manage-
ment Services or TMS). Please visit their website at www.aord.com/options or telephone Nelnet
at 1.800.722.4867.
If a student account is delinquent and it becomes necessary to submit the account to a collec-
tion agency, any collection fees, up to 40 percent of the assigned debt and/attorney fees incurred
in the collection process will be added to the outstanding balance. Students with unpaid student
accounts and/or past due student loan balances are not eligible to receive transcripts or diplomas.
Application Fee and Deposits
Upon acceptance for admission, each student must send $500 ($300 for commuters) to FSC to
reserve a place in the class and for on-campus housing. Of this $500, $200 is applied to the student’s
first semester tuition, $200 holds a place in on-campus housing, and $100 is applied to the student’s
account upon graduation. Any residual credit remaining will be refunded to the student. This pay-
ment is forfeited if the student withdraws from the College during the semester. The payments for
the fall semester are refundable until May 1 prior to the fall semester, but are not refundable aer that
date. The payments for spring semester are refundable until December 1.
Transcript Requests
Students may request transcripts by visiting www.flsouthern.edu and typing “transcripts” in the
search box. Click on the link to Order Transcripts Online. A credit card and an email account will
be required to order online. Students may also send a request to the Registrar’s Oce with a fee of
$10.00 for each transcript. Requests must be signed as federal law requires legal signature. Identi-
fying information in the request such as name (and any previous names), social security number,
birth date, and dates of attendance or graduation is also required. Transcripts cannot be issued if a
file is incomplete or if all financial obligations have not been settled in the Student Accounts Oce.
Defaulted student loans to include defaulted Florida Southern College loans prohibit the release of
transcripts.
General Information
Each student, by completing preregistration, becomes responsible for payment of all charges
for the semester. A student who submits a written request to the Registrar’s Oce within three
working days of the first day of class may cancel that registration and receive a full refund of
tuition and fees paid. A parent or other sponsor accepts these terms and regulations as final and
binding. All accounts must be paid in full before transcripts are released.
Refund Policy
In cases involving suspension, dismissal or expulsion, no financial refunds will be made by
the College. In cases of voluntary withdrawal from Florida Southern College, the student may be
eligible for a partial refund of tuition, room, board and fees.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
26
All withdrawals from Florida Southern College should begin in the Academic Center for
Excellence (Student Solutions). Necessary forms will be provided there to initiate the withdrawal
process.
If the student withdraws or is withdrawn during the first three calendar days of a regular
semester, the student will receive a 100 percent refund of tuition, room, board and fees. Begin-
ning with the 4
th
calendar day of class through the 10
th
calendar day, there is a 90 percent refund.
During the 11
th
through the 25
th
calendar day, a 50 percent refund is granted. Between the 26
th
day through the 50
th
calendar day, a 25 percent refund is made.
There will be no further refund allowances made past the 50
th
calendar day unless the stu-
dent is advised by medical professionals to withdraw from the college. Documentation from the
medical professional overseeing the student’s case is required to qualify for a medical withdrawal
refund and must be submitted within 3 business days of the withdrawal. If a student withdraws
under medically required conditions, a refund is calculated based on 75 percent of the unused
portion of tuition, room, board, and most fees.
For Summer terms, if a student withdraws during the first three calendar days of a summer
class, the student will receive a 100 percent refund of tuition. Beginning with the 4
th
calendar
day of classes through the 7
th
calendar day, there is a 50 percent refund of tuition. During the 8
th
through 13
th
calendar days, a 25 percentage refund is made. Aer the 13
th
calendar day, refunds
are made only aer the student is permitted withdrawal due to medical reasons. The student
must provide documentation within 3 business days of the withdrawal from a medical profes-
sional to substantiate the need for withdrawal.
The refund policies for adult and graduate programs are covered elsewhere in this catalog
and in the respective program guides.
No adjustment or refund is considered until a student files formal notice of with-
drawal and is ocially withdrawn. Formal withdrawal is the responsibility of the student.
Students withdrawing to avoid the discipline process, or those who are suspended from the Col-
lege, expelled from the College, or removed from campus housing, are not eligible for any refund.
The following conditions apply when a student withdraws from the College and has received
financial aid for the term of withdrawal:
1. Financial aid funded by Florida Southern College is refunded (returned to source) on
the same basis as the student charges are refunded. For example, a student receiving a 75
percent refund of charges will receive a credit of 25 percent of the financial aid awarded
and 75 percent is withdrawn from his account and returned to the appropriate funding
source. This policy does not include money a student earns under the Faculty Assistants
Program (FAP) or the College work-study program.
2. A separate Return to Title IV formula applies to the federal loan and grant programs,
including Pell Grant, SEOG, Perkins Loan, Staord Loan, and Parent Loan Programs.
Based upon the percentage of class days remaining in a given term/semester, this same
percentage of the total federal funds must be refunded, firstly to loan programs.
3. Financial aid received by the student from private sources is refunded in accordance with
the policy of the organization providing the funds. Lacking guidance from said organiza-
tions, funds are handled in the same manner as Florida Southern College funds.
A student who is administratively withdrawn from the College waives any rights to refunds
under the college policy regardless of when the withdrawal occurs.
In the event that any of the following occurrences causes or requires Florida Southern
College to suspend classes, move to online or remote education, close down the College
campus, close on or o campus housing, or otherwise not operate the College in its normal
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
27
and customary manner, the College shall not be required to provide students any refunds
or credits for tuition and fees, meal plans, housing, insurance, or any other fees and costs
paid to or owed to the College. Any refunds or credits, if any, paid by or determined to be
paid by the College to students, shall be deemed voluntary and not mandatory, and stu-
dents shall not have any right to, claim to, or legal cause of action for any refunds or credits:
a. Federal, State of Florida, Polk County, or City of Lakeland governmental orders, or-
dinances or decrees;
b. Hurricanes, tornados, earthquakes, floods, fires, explosions, or other Acts of God or
natural disasters of any kind;
c. Interruption of utility service or services not temporary in nature;
d. Pandemics, epidemics, or other significant outbreaks of disease;
e. Riots or insurrections;
f. Acts of terrorism;
g. Protests; or
h. Any other situation or unforeseen event, not specifically enumerated, which re-
quires the College to take the actions set forth above.
Financial Aid
Florida Southern College is the largest source of financial aid for its students. Ninety-eight
percent of FSC’s students receive some form of grant or scholarship aid from the College. In
addition to grants based upon financial need, leadership and community service, and church-re-
lated awards, Florida Southern provides academic scholarships to freshmen and transfer students.
Students must live in College-owned housing in order to be eligible for the Scholars Residency
Grant, unless the college grants a waiver.
State of Florida Programs
Florida Southern College students from Florida may receive aid from several state-funded
programs, including the Eective Access to Student Education (formerly FRAG), Bright Futures
Scholarships, and benefits under the Florida Prepaid Tuition Program. Bright Futures payments
are contingent upon the number of hours in which a student is enrolled. Bright Futures pay-
ments are reduced if a student withdraws from one or more classes.
Federal Programs
Florida Southern College students may receive aid from all of the major federal grant, loan
and work programs based on financial need.
Important Dates and Conditions
• In order to maximize financial aid opportunities, students should complete the FAFSA
and the Florida Southern College Financial Aid Application by April 1. Incoming students
should complete the admissions application process by November 1. While completing
these steps will ensure consideration for all federal, state, and college aid programs, students
are also encouraged to pursue scholarships through organizations in their home communi-
ty.
• Financial aid award notifications will reflect the student’s eligibility for federal, state, and
institutional aid.
• Most awards are intended to be renewed annually until graduation. Typically, however,
there are special renewal requirements, detailed in the Terms and Conditions Form found
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
28
in the Financial Aid section of the College website at www.flsouthern.edu/icsap.
• Florida Southern College scholarships and grants require full-time enrollment at Florida
Southern College. Whenever possible during the academic year, Florida Southern College
grants will be replaced with named scholarships as funding becomes available.
• Scholarship recipients are required to comply with all terms and conditions of their schol-
arship. If a student fails to meet scholarship terms or conditions, he or she will be subject to
loss of the scholarship. In such cases, repayment of the scholarship may be required at the
discretion of the donor. Students receiving scholarships must also adhere to the principles
of the Florida Southern College Cornerstone to retain eligibility.
• Financial aid awards are predicated on full-time enrollment, which is 12 credit hours at
Florida Southern College each semester. Only Florida Southern College-registered and
billed hours can be counted for the determination of aid eligibility. Annual awards cannot
be compressed into one semester. Students should consult the financial aid oce before
withdrawing from classes. Florida Southern College does not participate in Consortium
Agreements with any other college, university or school.
• Students obtaining student loans must complete a master promissory note and must com-
plete loan counseling prior to their first loan disbursement at Florida Southern College.
Information on these processes are available on our website.
• Students are responsible for reading and understanding the Terms and Conditions form
posted on the website.
Please call 863.680.4140 for additional information or visit the Financial Aid Oce.
Veteran Aairs
In accordance with Title 38 US Code § 3679 subsection (e), Florida Southern College adopts
the following additional provisions for any students using U.S. Department of Veterans Aairs
(VA) Post 9/11 G.I. Bill® (Ch. 33) or Vocational Rehabilitation & Employment (Ch. 31) benefits,
while payment to the institution is pending from the VA. Florida Southern College will not:
• Prevent the student’s enrollment;
• Assess a late penalty fee to the student;
• Require the student to secure alternative or additional funding;
• Deny the student access to any resources (access to classes, libraries, or other institutional
facilities) available to other students who have satisfied their tuition and fee bills to the
institution.
However, to qualify for this provision, such students will be required to provide Florida
Southern College with a copy of his/her VA Certification of Eligibility (COE) - A “Certificate
of Eligibility” can also include a “Statement of Benefits” obtained from the U.S. Department of
Veterans Aairs’ (VA) website; eBenefits; or a VAF 28-1905 form, for Chapter 31 authorization
purposes.
STUDENT LIFE
29
STUDENT LIFE
Florida Southern seeks to create a community of scholars who hold one another accountable
to the high ideals, vision, and mission of the College. Choosing to join the community obligates
each member to a code of behavior that reflects the highest personal and communal values to
which the college is committed. This code of behavior is called “The Cornerstone.”
Inspired by the Judeo-Christian principles on which the college was founded, a Florida
Southern Scholar…
• will practice personal and academic integrity and excellence of character and expect the
same from others.
• will respect the dignity, value, and worth of all persons while learning from the dierences
in people, ideas, and opinions.
• will respect the rights and property of others.
• will demonstrate concern for others, their feelings, and our collegiate need for conditions
that promote personal growth and academic success.
• will contribute to the rich heritage le by those who have preceded us and work to leave the
College a better place for those who follow.
These expectations help create an environment that supports Florida Southern’s living and
learning both inside and outside the classroom. The Student Handbook, found online at www.
flsouthern.edu/FSC/media/student-life/handbooks/FSC-Student-Handbook.pdf, provides more
descriptions of these tenets and details student life policies and expectations which contribute to
a campus environment that is conducive to growth and learning.
Florida Southern College strongly believes in its four-year residency requirement for stu-
dents. Our dynamic residential program allows our students to interact with a broad range of
people. These interactions help to shape them as individuals. As such, we know the events, pro-
grams, and services we oer augment and supplement the more formal College curriculum. The
programs oered in the residence halls are designed for the residents of that particular building
or community. The programs we oer are ever evolving to meet student needs at each stage of the
student’s educational journey.
With more than 100 campus clubs and organizations, there are many ways for a student to
become involved and connected. The College hosts honor societies, social Greek organizations,
interest clubs, professional and pre-professional organizations, religious groups, service clubs,
intramural programs, and an active Student Government Association. Student Government and
the Association for Campus Entertainment are opportunities for service-minded leaders. The col-
lege newspaper is open to everyone, as are many music organizations—the orchestra, the chorale,
the symphony band, and the jazz band (audition required). The Vagabonds theatre troupe is an
active student drama group.
For the safety of Florida Southern students, there is 24-hour campus security. Other student
services include the Student Health Center, the Counseling Center, and the Evett L. Simmons ’79
Center for Multicultural Appreciation.
Athletics
Florida Southern’s athletics department oers 20 NCAA Division II intercollegiate sports.
Florida Southern College is a member of the eleven-school Sunshine State Conference. Men’s
sports oered at Florida Southern College are baseball, basketball, cross country, golf, lacrosse,
soccer, swimming, tennis, and outdoor track. Women’s sports oered are basketball, cross country,
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
30
golf, lacrosse, soccer, soball, swimming, tennis, outdoor track, volleyball, and beach volleyball.
Members of the SSC are Barry (Miami Shores), Eckerd (St. Petersburg), Embry-Riddle (Daytona
Beach), Florida Tech (Melbourne), Lynn (Boca Raton), Nova Southeastern (Ft. Lauderdale), Palm
Beach Atlantic (West Palm Beach), Rollins (Winter Park, Saint Leo, and Tampa).
Moccasin teams have won 30 NCAA Championships (13 in men’s golf, 9 in baseball, 4 in
women’s golf, 2 in men’s basketball, 1 in soball, and 1 in women’s lacrosse), making the athletics
program one of the most successful in the country in Division II. In addition, Florida Southern
College teams have captured 22 NCAA runner-up finishes, won 201 Sunshine State Conference
regular season and post-season championships, with over 1,000 All-Americans, including over
300 student-athletes who have been named to the Academic All-America or various All-American
Scholar-Athlete teams.
Florida Southern College also oers several club sports including men and women’s water
skiing, eSports (League of Legends, Overwatch, Hearthstone, and Rocket League), equestrian,
and cheerleading.
Most Florida Southern College student-athletes are recruited and receive some type of fi-
nancial aid. However, walk-ons are welcome to try out for any sport. Florida Southern College
students are entitled to attend all home regular season athletic events free of charge with proper
ID.
Career Services
The Peter Golocko Oce of Career Services is dedicated to promoting the professional devel-
opment of all Florida Southern students and alumni. Career counselors are available to support,
guide, and mentor students throughout the career development process and will guide students
in approaching their academic experience in a strategic, intentional, and goal-directed manner.
Career Services oers individualized appointments to students and a variety of resources, events,
courses, and programs aimed at helping students develop essential professional skills including
resume writing, interviewing, networking, and creating a portfolio/LinkedIn profile to aid in the
job/internship search and graduate school application process.
Fraternities and Sororities
There are six national fraternities and six national sororities at Florida Southern College.
Both fraternities and sororities recruit transfer and returning students during the fall semester.
First year students are eligible for recruitment in the spring semester. The national fraternities
are Alpha Gamma Rho, Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Sigma Chi, and
Theta Chi. The national sororities are Alpha Chi Omega, Alpha Delta Pi, Gamma Phi Beta, Kappa
Delta, Zeta Tau Alpha, and Delta Delta Delta.
Each national fraternity is represented in the Interfraternity Council. Each national sorority
is represented in the Panhellenic Council. To be eligible for any aspect of Greek life, from re-
cruitment to initiation, the College requires students to earn a cumulative grade point average
of at least a 2.5, to be currently carrying at least 12 hours, and to be free from academic or social
probation. Eligibility must be certified by the Registrar and approved by the Center for Student
Involvement or designee.
Good Social Standing
A student is considered to be in good social standing at Florida Southern College unless one
or more of the following conditions exists:
• The student has existing accountability sanctions or probations.
• The student presents a significant risk to self, others, or campus property.
STUDENT LIFE
31
• The student has lost leadership roles by failing to attain good academic, social, or profes-
sional standing in the previous or current semesters.
• The student would not be welcome to remain at or return to Florida Southern College
without restrictions.
In some cases, institutional, local, state, or national agents or agencies may have the right to
modify these requirements.
Honorary Societies, Professional Organizations, and Clubs
There are many local and national honorary organizations established to recognize outstand-
ing students for leadership, service, and academic achievements. Each organization maintains
scholastic standards.
Athletic
CHAARG
Disc Golf Club
Fitness for FSC
Ping-Pong Tournament Club
Student-Athlete Advisory Committee
Campus Ministries
Beyond Campus Ministries
Catholic Campus Ministries
Fellowship of Christian Athletes
FSC Hillel
Men’s and Women’s Bible Studies
Nurses Christian Fellowship
Creative and Performing Arts
Cantilevers
Choreography Club
FSCTV
Film Club
Jazz Education Network - FSC Chapter
Phi Mu Alpha
Photography Club
Poetry Club
SoCo Productions
Studio Box
The Mocappellas
The Mocettes
The Southern
Vagabonds
Writing Club
Cultural
Allies
Asian-Pacific Islander Student Association
Black Student Union
Caribbean Student Association
Fempowered
First Generation Scholars Association
Hispanic/Latinx Student Coalition
International Student Association
Korean Culture Club
Multicultural Student Council
Scientista
Department/Pre-Professional
Accounting Club
Adam Smith Club
American Chemical Society
American Society for Biochemistry and
Molecular Biology
American Marketing Association
Collegiate Moot Court Board
Health Occupation Students of America
Computer Science Club
Criminology Club
History Club
Investment Club
Math Club
Museum Ambassadors Program
National Association for Music Education
Pre-Dental Society
Pre-Physical Therapy Club
Pre-Veterinary Society
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
32
Psychology Club
Scholars Experience
Secondary Educators Association
Student Nurse Association
Entertainment
Association of Campus Entertainment (ACE)
Greek Organizations
Fraternities
Interfraternity Council
Alpha Gamma Rho
Lambda Chi Alpha
Pi Kappa Phi
Sigma Alpha Epsilon
Sigma Chi
Theta Chi
Sororities
Panhellenic Council
Alpha Chi Omega
Alpha Delta Pi
Delta Delta Delta
Gamma Phi Beta
Kappa Delta
Zeta Tau Alpha
Honoraries
Alpha Epsilon Delta – Pre-Health
Alpha Psi Omega – Theatre
Association of Honor Students
Beta Alpha Psi – Accounting
Beta Beta Beta – Biological Sciences
Beta Gamma Sigma – Business
Delta Sigma Pi – Business
Gamma Sigma Epsilon – Chemistry
Kappa Delta Pi – Education
Kappa Mu Epsilon – Mathematics
Lamda Pi Eta – Communication
Omicron Delta Kappa – Leadership
Order of Omega – Fraternity and Sorority
Phi Alpha Theta – History
Phi Epsilon Kappa – Physical Education
& Exercise Science
Phi Eta Sigma – First-Year
Phi Kappa Phi – Academics
Pi Kappa Lambda – Music
Pi Sigma Alpha – Political Science
Psi Chi – Psychology
Rho Rho Rho – Marine Biology
Sigma Tau Delta – English
Sigma Theta Tau – Nursing
Interest
Astronomy Club
Board Game Club
Campus Cat Club
Chess Club
Climbing Club
College Democrats
College Diabetes Network at FSC
College Republicans
Crochet Club
Disney Club
FSC Chapter of the Deskovic Foundation
Fashion Club
Flosoco
Garden Club
Harry Potter Club
Mocsie’s Dungeoneers
Poux Read Book Club
The Cave of Positivity
VEG (Vegan/Vegetarian Enthusiasts Group)
Young Adults as Self Advocates
Young America’s Foundation
Leadership/Student Government
Enactus at FSC
Pell Grant Scholars
Sandwich Services
Student Accountability Board
Student Government Association
Service
Nature Enthusiasts
No More Campaign
Rotaract
STUDENT LIFE
33
Intramurals
The intramural sports program oers structured team and individual activities including flag
football, basketball, soball, ultimate Frisbee, volleyball, soccer, bowling, dodgeball, and golf. The
intramural program also plans special events and oers and attempts to place students who are
not able to form a team.
Performing Arts
There are many opportunities for qualified students to participate in the Concert Choir, the
Symphony Band, the Symphony Orchestra, and the Jazz Ensemble, as well as a number of cham-
ber ensembles.
The dramatic production group of the College, the Vagabonds, is open to all students with
potential ability in acting and writing. The group presents plays from the professional theatre
repertoire and experimental plays directed and produced by the members.
Religious Life
Florida Southern College is a United Methodist-aliated college. It encourages students,
faculty and sta to enrich their lives by the regular practice of worship and by participating
actively in religious aairs.
The College has a chaplain who serves as the coordinator of religious activities. These in-
clude a protestant worship service held in the Frank Lloyd Wright-designed Annie Pfeier
Chapel each Sunday at 11:00 a.m., a Roman Catholic mass celebrated each Sunday aer-
noon, and many denominational and non-denominational worship services, Bible studies, and
fellowship groups throughout the week.
The Chaplain visits the student health center and hospital when there is need and is avail-
able to all students for spiritual counseling. Information about local churches is available
through the Oce of the Chaplain.
Service and Civic Organizations
There are several student organizations designed to give their members an opportunity to
serve the community and become better-informed citizens. These include Best Buddies, Habitat
for Humanity, Mocs Give Back, and Flo So Co, among others. Civic Engagement (located in the
Center for Student Involvement) is available to help students find other avenues of service.
Special Recognitions and Awards
Each academic year a senior is selected as the Honor Walk Student on the basis of the stu-
dent’s academic record, campus leadership, and contribution to the college community. Addi-
tionally, an outstanding senior woman receives the Agnes Johnson Rowe Award, and an out-
standing senior man receives the James C. Rogers Award.
Other campus-wide awards include the Alumni Association Award to an outstanding senior
and the President’s Medal, conferred at commencement for excellence in scholarship and cam-
pus involvement. Many departments also confer academic and service recognitions.
Wellness and Recreation
The Nina B. Hollis Wellness Center is home to wellness and recreation activities at Florida
Southern College. The comprehensive program includes group exercise, aquatics, fitness, intra-
mural sports and outdoor recreation programming. The Wellness Center features a 2200-square-
foot fitness facility with a complete line of equipment, free weights and cardiovascular machines,
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
34
as well as a 2000-square-foot group studio for fitness classes and other instructional programs.
The eight-lane pool, full court gymnasium, and open lobby area provide the FSC community
with several recreational options to pursue a holistic lifestyle. In addition to the Wellness Center,
other recreation pursuits can be experienced in the Snake Pit in the Carlisle Rogers Building, on
the Sand Volleyball Courts, on the Intramural Sports Field, and on the Lake.
ACADEMICS
35
ACADEMICS
The academic experience at Florida Southern College places students at the center of their
education by providing them the resources necessary to achieve success in college and in life aer
college. Florida Southern’s student-centered approach involves a commitment to engaged learn-
ing in the classroom and to a strong advising program that pairs students with faculty mentors.
Engaged Learning
Engaged learning is an approach to teaching and learning in which students are responsible
for developing the skills, attitudes, and knowledge necessary for success in life. The role of the
professor is to empower students to achieve these outcomes. The engaged learning method of
teaching encourages learners to conduct meaningful inquiry, reflect, think critically, and develop
learning strategies for dealing with real-world challenges. Engaged learning may take place in a
variety of settings using approaches varying in complexity and tailored to diverse student learn-
ing styles.
Academic Advising
Academic advising is an integral part of academic life at Florida Southern College. Upon arriv-
ing at Florida Southern College, each new student is assigned to an Academic Advisor who serves
as a mentor to help the student develop a plan for college studies and for success in life beyond
college. The academic advising process emphasizes the collaborative role of the student and the Ac-
ademic Advisor and plays a vital role in empowering students to become responsible for their own
education. Because the partnership of student and Academic Advisor requires close cooperation, all
Florida Southern College students are required to meet with their Academic Advisors at designated
times during the academic year. Throughout the student’s career, the student and the Academic
Advisor work together to establish personal, educational, and professional goals for the student.
The Academic Center for Excellence (Student Solutions)
The Academic Center for Excellence is a comprehensive academic resource center for strengths-
based student support. Professional Academic Advisors help students establish a foundation for
academic achievement and success, which extends beyond the classroom. The Academic Center for
Excellence’s collaboration with numerous campus oces and departments enhances the develop-
ment of the whole student throughout their collegiate journey. Individual advising is at the core of
collegiate excellence and advisors assist students with understanding general education, major, and
degree requirements while creating academic maps for degree completion.
In addition to academic advising, the Academic Center for Excellence’s team oers resources
to support student success. Students who are uncertain of their academic direction may take the
Strong Interest Inventory, administered by one of our certified advisors. The information gained
from this assessment may assist students in determining their course of study.
Academic Fuel
• Peer Assisted Study Sessions (PASS) support students enrolled in a specific coursework.
PASS provides an engaging environment where students learn more eective study meth-
ods while also having a guide to direct them through the weekly lessons. PASS Leaders plan
sessions around the most rigorous topics in order to deepen students’ understanding of the
course material in a group setting.
• ReFuel is individual tutoring sessions by appointment. Students can schedule to meet with
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
36
a peer tutor for a one-on-one support session. ReFuel provides the opportunity for students
to work individually through academic challenges in specific courses or subjects.
• Scholars Strengthening Scholars (S3) is similar to traditional tutoring and oers stu-
dents an opportunity to meet with a peer scholar for general support in specific subject
areas. Peer scholars are available to assist students with their individual coursework.
• The FSC Writing Center provides students the opportunity to work with a peer writing
coach to discuss written work and build writing skills. Written work may include papers,
resumes, cover letters, personal statements, personal work, presentations, and more. The
FSC Writing Center motto is – Better writers, not just better papers!
For more information, contact the The Academic Center for Excellence at 863.680.4900.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
37
ACADEMIC POLICIES
First Day Attendance Policy
Students at Florida Southern College are required to attend, regardless of delivery method,
the first scheduled class meeting of the semester in each course in which they are enrolled or
they are subject to removal from the course. Students who will not be in attendance at the
first class meeting must notify their academic dean to be approved for late arrival. A student’s
major field of study determines the dean he or she should notify. All majors fall into one of five
schools, each of which is administered by an academic dean:
Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences: Dr. Laly J. Joseph
(ljoseph@flsouthern.edu)
School of Arts and Sciences: Dr. Sara Fletcher Harding (sharding@flsouthern.edu)
Barney Barnett School of Business and Free Enterprise: Dr. Michael J. Weber
(mweber@flsouthern.edu)
School of Education: Dr. Derrel J. Bryan (dbryan@flsouthern.edu)
School of Physical Therapy: Dr. Nancy Nuzzo (nnuzzo@flsouthern.edu)
General Policies on Attendance
Students are expected to attend all class and laboratory sessions on time and should
be absent only for unavoidable documented reasons. Individual programs and professors
will establish course attendance policies and publish them in the syllabus.
When absences are due to participation in authorized college activities, the directors of the
various college activities will send advance notice to all faculty members whose students are
involved. Although opportunity to make up the work ordinarily is extended at the discretion of
the professor, students absent for one of the above mentioned legitimate reasons should be al-
lowed, when practical, to complete makeup work. If, in the judgment of the professor, even those
absences incurred by reason of college activities are placing satisfactory academic performance
in jeopardy, the professor should notify the director, coach, or instructor of the activity. It is the
student’s responsibility to inform the faculty member a minimum of one week in advance of any
college-sponsored events that may result in absence from class or labs. In general, all missed class
activities will be made up at the discretion of the professor in accordance with the policies in the
course syllabus.
As a matter of information to a faculty member, a student may report an absence to the
Student Solutions Center when it is due to a documented, unavoidable serious personal emer-
gency. The Student Health Center will issue a student an ocial explanation of absence when
an absence is due to an illness treated by the Student Health Center. This information does not
nec- essarily excuse the absence; it only provides information to the faculty member. Students
should be aware of the class attendance policy listed in each syllabus.
Students having a prolonged period of absence for any reason must obtain written permis-
sion from their academic dean, in consultation with the professor, to return for the remainder of
the current semester. A student may be withdrawn from a class at the discretion of the professor.
Reasons for withdrawal may include, but are not limited to, lack of attendance or inappropriate
classroom behavior.
If a serious personal emergency has occurred which requires medical or psychological hos-
pitalization, the College may or may not choose to invoke a medical interim suspension. If the
College does not choose to invoke such a suspension, it can, however still require a student who
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
38
wishes to return to class and campus life participation to provide documentation from an out-
side mental health or medical professional. Please see Clearance Procedures under Medical and
Mental Health Withdrawals for specifics. In the case of an interim suspension, the student is not
allowed to stay in College housing and the College will not provide alternative housing for the
student.
Convocation & Passport Program
The Faith and Life Convocation Series brings the college community together on a regular basis
for outstanding presentations and programs. Florida Southern College believes that an educational
institution based on the liberal arts should expose students to a broad range of issues—religious,
aesthetic, moral, as well as intellectual. It is one of the many ways in which the College is committed
to providing educational excellence.
Passport is the College’s involvement curriculum program that is an incentive-based program
for full-time, undergraduate day students.
The College Schedule
The undergraduate day programs of the College function on the semester system with two
fieen-week semesters, a four-week May Option term for study abroad opportunities, two five-
week summer sessions, and one ten-week summer session. The academic calendar is published
annually and may be found at the beginning of this volume.
An instructional week begins on Monday morning and continues through Friday aernoon.
During final examinations, in the adult programs, and for purposes of administering standard-
ized examinations, the instructional hours may be extended through Saturday evening of any
given week. The College reserves the right to assign classes or laboratory hours throughout the
week.
Emergency Class Cancellation Policy
The College’s class cancellation policy is guided by our overriding concern for the safety of
students. To ensure a clear line of authority, the president has authorized the Provost to make
decisions about class cancellations in the event of weather or other emergencies. If class cancella-
tion is deemed necessary, the Provost will inform the President and the Vice President of Finance
and Administration. The Vice President of Finance and Administration will in turn launch the
College’s communication program, alert campus safety, and post information about cancella-
tions on the College website. If the Provost is not available, the Associate Provost or another des-
ignee shall make the decision whether to cancel classes. In the event that classes are not canceled
but weather conditions pose a safety concern for students traveling to campus, this fact will be
taken into consideration in assessing their attendance records.
Commencement and Academic Traditions
Academic achievement of collegiate degrees is recognized by the awarding of the degree
during formal commencement ceremonies. Each candidate’s diploma is bound in a red vellum
folder and signed by college ocials. The ocial seal of the College is axed. Students who
have completed all degree requirements are expected to attend their commencement ceremony.
Formal ceremonies are held in December and April/May. Students may also ocially graduate
in August and are invited to participate in the December ceremony. Students who have not com-
pleted all degree requirements are not eligible to participate in commencement.
Honorary degrees may be given by the College from time to time accompanied by the pre-
sentation of diplomas and of academic hoods bearing chevrons of red and white, the college
colors. Each year since 1934, the College has selected an outstanding person as honorary chancel-
ACADEMIC POLICIES
39
lor as part of its annual Founders Week program. The College’s honorary chancellors are listed
toward the end of this catalog.
College Academic Honors
Degree candidates with final cumulative grade point averages of 3.5000–3.6999 are graduated
cum laude; 3.7000–3.8499 magna cum laude; and 3.8500–4.0000 summa cum laude. To be eligible
for these honors within the graduating class, students must have earned 62 or more hours at
Florida Southern College. AICE, AP, CLEP, IB, transfer, transient, and other non-Florida Southern
credit does not meet this requirement.
In the day or adult undergraduate program, academic recognition is also provided by naming
students as President’s Scholars. They are students who achieve a grade point average of 4.0000
on a minimum of 15 graded semester hours in any one semester or a career grade point average
of 4.0000 with an average of 15 graded semester hours per semester across their career at Florida
Southern College.
Students in the day or adult programs may be named to the Dean’s List when they have
achieved grade point averages of 3.7000 or better on a minimum of twelve graded semester hours
in any one semester. Courses taken pass/fail or audit do not count in the calculation.
Students may be honored for academic and leadership achievement with election to one or
more of the College’s honor societies, listed in the Student Life section.
Roux Library
The Roux Library is an integral part of the intellectual life of the College and seeks to educate
students in developing lifelong, critical information-seeking skills through its sta, collections,
and services. Librarians provide group and individual instruction in using library resources. Stu-
dents have access to over 175,000 volumes, more than 7,000 full-text electronic journals in over
100 electronic databases, access to 29,000 electronic books, a 15,000 item media collection that
includes videocassettes, CDs, DVDs, and CD-ROMS, as well as a substantial microform collection
of over 458,000 items. Students may request items from nearly 54,000 libraries in 96 countries
and territories in over 400 languages through the international online network of the Online
Computer Library Center (OCLC).
Unit of Academic Credit
Florida Southern College utilizes the semester hour as the basic unit of academic credit. The
semester hour represents the equivalent of 14 clock hours of classroom instruction. Two to three
clock hours of laboratory or studio instruction are generally understood to be equivalent to one
clock hour of classroom instruction. Most of the College’s baccalaureate degree requirements
specify 124 semester hours for graduation. In some cases, degree programs may require more
than 124 semester hours, as noted in those degree program listings. In the course lists and descrip-
tions in this catalog, the use of the word “hour” means semester hour unless otherwise noted.
For each credit hour, students are expected to invest a minimum of two hours of work outside
the classroom each week. For other academic activities, labs, internships, practica, studio work,
online and other academic work leading to the awarding of credit, an equivalent amount of work
as required for a face-to-face course is expected. For each type of course or academic activity, Flor-
ida Southern has established guidelines that are available through the Provost’s Oce.
Classification of Students
The number of semester hours earned determines student classification.
Freshman 0–29 Junior 60–92
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
40
Sophomore 30–59 Senior 93 or more
Students are also classified as
• Degree-seeking full-time when taking 12 hours or more in any one semester and making
systematic progress toward the degree;
• Degree-seeking part-time when taking less than 12 hours in any semester and making
systematic progress toward the degree;
• Special when taking less than 12 hours in any semester and not being admitted to degree
status;
• Transient when a student from another college or university is admitted to Florida South-
ern College upon presentation of an ocial statement attesting to good academic standing.
Course Load
Full-time degree-seeking students in the traditional undergraduate day program normally
take 12–18 semester-hour course loads, although a 16-semester-hour load is considered typical.
Only with written approval of the student’s academic dean (or designee) and the advisor may a
student register for more than 18 hours. Course overloads are considered between 19–21 credit
hours. A student may not exceed 21 credit hours in a semester. The student should have a 3.0 GPA
and circumstances that warrant such an arrangement. Residential students may not register for
fewer than 12 hours and may generally not reduce the load below 12 hours during any semester.
However, a student may be residential in his or her final semester while taking a course load less
than 12 credit hours. Adult program students may not take more than 8 hours in any one term.
Students may enroll in certain traditional undergraduate courses as auditors. Full partici-
pation in class work is not expected and no credit is given. Courses taken as audit may not be
established later for credit.
Traditional undergraduate students ordinarily do not include adult undergraduate program
courses in their schedules of classes. However, students regularly registered in the traditional
undergraduate program of the College are permitted to register in an adult undergraduate pro-
gram course if the student’s total credit-hour load is not excessive and if the student’s grade point
average is at least 2.5. When students are permitted to take courses in the adult undergraduate
program additional tuition is assessed at the prevailing rate. Forms for “cross-over” into the adult
undergraduate program for fall or spring may be obtained in the Registrar’s Oce.
Online Coursework/Distance Education
Florida Southern College oers a limited number of undergraduate courses using online
delivery. Grading policies, academic integrity expectations, payment procedures, and general aca-
demic policies apply equally to both online and face-to-face courses, unless explicitly noted oth-
erwise in the course syllabus. Note: Full-time students in the traditional undergraduate program are
limited to two online courses per academic year (fall and spring semesters); however, this policy does not
apply to courses oered online in the summer undergraduate terms. Full-time students in the traditional
undergraduate program may enroll in additional courses oered online in the summer undergraduate
terms up to the allowable number of credits (18) for summer matriculation.
Pass/Fail/A Option
Students, other than first-year students, may take one elective course per semester on a Pass/
Fail/A basis. Students who earn an A in the course will have that grade recorded on their tran-
script and counted toward cumulative and term GPA. Students who receive the equivalent of a
B or C in the course will have a Pass recorded on the transcript. Grades of Pass are not calculated
into GPA. Students earning the equivalent of D or F will have a Fail recorded in the transcript. A
ACADEMIC POLICIES
41
grade of Fail is calculated into term and cumulative GPA.
Elective courses are defined as courses that do not satisfy general education requirements,
major or minor requirements, or degree requirements. Pass/Fail/A grading requires full participa-
tion of the student in all aspects of the class. Consent of the faculty member who is teaching the
course is required and the signed consent form must be filed with the Registrar’s Oce by the
deadline for adding a course. Once such an election has been made, it may not be reversed.
A student who elects to take a course or courses under the Pass/Fail/A option and who then
transfers to a major or minor for which that course or courses are required may petition the ap-
propriate dean to allow a transfer of Pass/Fail/A courses for credit within the major. Such transfer
will be at the discretion of the dean of the school into which the student is transferring and aer
consultation with the appropriate department chairperson.
In keeping with the liberal arts tradition, students are encouraged to use this option to ex-
plore areas outside requirements within a student’s major or minor. Pass/Fail/A consent forms are
available in the Registrar’s Oce.
Cross-listed Courses
From time to time, students may wish to explore topics that are cross-listed (courses that
are multi-disciplinary or that are accepted by multiple disciplines at Florida Southern College).
Students may designate cross-listed courses on their transcripts by choosing the prefix for any
cross-listed courses. To indicate which prefix will be recorded, the student registers for the course
via the preferred prefix.
Grades and Quality Points
The following scale of letter grades is used by the undergraduate program at Florida South-
ern College: A, Excellent; B, Good; C, Satisfactory; D, Deficient; and F, Failing. The letter “I” is
used to indicate incomplete. A grade of “W” is given in a course from which the student with-
draws by the calendar date specified in each semester; courses dropped aer this date will carry
a grade of F. An AU indicates audit. Certain courses may be elected on a “P”(pass) and “F” (fail)
basis. Grades of “P” do not aect the grade point average. Transfer course grades, AICE credit, AP
credit, IB credit, and credit for CLEP examinations do not aect the grade point average. Grade
point values are assigned to the letter grades for each semester hour of instruction: A, 4; B, 3; C, 2;
D, 1; F, 0. In determining grade point averages, the total number of quality points earned is divid-
ed by the total number of semester hours attempted for which quality point values are assigned.
At mid-semester, students are informed of academic progress by mid-term grade reports. At the
close of the semester, final grades are reported to students and become a part of the permanent
academic record. Students who wish to determine their academic standing at any time other than
when final grades are posted may consult an academic calculator program (to figure grade point
averages) on the College website through the Academic Center for Excellence.
Incompletes
At the end of the semester with most of the coursework complete, if a student is unable to
complete coursework in one or more courses for non-academic reasons, the academic dean(s) to
whom the course instructor(s) report will be notified. The appropriate academic dean then con-
fers with the faculty member(s) under whom the student has been studying. Faculty members
may then initiate procedures to establish an incomplete (grade of “I”). A form requesting permis-
sion to award the grade of “I” is filed with the faculty member(s)’ academic dean for approval and
transmission to the Registrar. The incomplete course must be finished before the end of the next
succeeding semester or term or within a briefer time frame established by the course instructor.
For such courses not completed within the allowable time limit, the “I” grade will become an “F.”
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
42
Drop/Add Procedures
First semester students making changes in registration (drop, add, or both) must complete
the change with a standard oce form bearing course numbers and all required signatures. All
other students may make changes to their schedule via the portal until the close of registration.
Aer the first week of class, the student must obtain signatures from both the course faculty
member and the student’s advisor on a Course Withdrawal Form in order to withdraw from a
course. The student is responsible for submitting the Course Withdrawal form to the Registrar’s
Oce. Verbal notification to the faculty member or failure to attend class does not constitute a
withdrawal. Students who abandon a course without filing a Course Withdrawal Form automati-
cally receive a failing grade (F). Students are reminded that shortly aer mid-term grade distribu-
tion a date is designated as the final date for withdrawing from courses without penalty.
Grades of “W” are recorded for all individual semester courses withdrawn from aer the first
week of classes and before the mid-term date. Full tuition is not refunded aer registration. Res-
idential students may generally not reduce their total course load below 12 semester hours.
During accelerated summer school sessions, students must cancel their registrations prior
to the first class meeting. If they do not do so, a “W” will be recorded for the course and certain
published refund policies apply. See the college website for specific information.
Students may be withdrawn from online class for non-participation without notice.
Withdrawal from the College
Student-Initiated Voluntary Withdrawals
Students may initiate a Voluntary Withdrawal when their behavioral, physical, or mental
health interferes with optimal college performance including successful engagement in, or com-
pletion of, academic course work; when the safety of the community is in question; or when
the demands of college life are interfering with the ability to recover from or adjust to a signifi-
cant challenge. Students interested in pursuing a Voluntary Withdrawal may initiate the process
through the Academic Center for Excellence (863.680.4900).
Residential students may be required to move out of their room within 24 hours of with-
drawing unless an extension is granted by the Dean of Students or designee.
Students who initiate a Voluntary Withdrawal for any reason are not allowed to participate
in any college activities, attend classes, reside in or visit campus residential facilities, and may
not be on campus except to attend meetings or hearings related to the student’s situation, unless
permission is granted in advance by the Dean of Students or designee.
Students seeking readmission to the College aer voluntary or involuntary withdrawals must
follow the readmission requirements as set forth in Appendix B of the Student Handbook ad-
dressing College-Initiated involuntary withdrawal.
College-Initiated Withdrawal
Florida Southern College (the “College”) expects and encourages students to behave in ways
that promote their academic and personal success and that of others. The College also seeks to
safeguard the health and well-being of individuals and the greater community. In certain cases,
a student’s medical health, psychological distress, or behavior becomes incompatible with these
goals. Under these or similar circumstances, on an individualized and case-by-case basis, the Col-
lege may institute an Involuntary Suspension or an Involuntary Leave of Absence. This action
may be taken by the College related to a student, whose conduct, academic standing, health, or
general influence, the College considers incompatible with student success or incompatible with
ACADEMIC POLICIES
43
the best interest of the College as a whole. This includes behaviors that disrupt the College or in-
terfere with the College’s educational mission, for which disciplinary action up to and including
suspension or expulsion may occur. Any separation between the student and the College will, in
most cases, take place only aer the College’s careful consideration of information pertinent to
the matter at hand, including a caring and interactive communication process with the student.
However, in certain cases, the College will be required to immediately act unilaterally in order to
protect the health and safety of the student or other members of the College community.
For a complete overview of the College’s Policy on College-Initiated Involuntary Withdrawal
please see Appendix B of the Student Handbook: https://www.flsouthern.edu/campus-oces/
student-accountability/home.aspx
Final Examinations
The final examination schedule is published at the beginning of each semester. College pol-
icy requires faculty members to give final examinations in all courses and to adhere to the pub-
lished schedule. Any deviations from this regulation—canceling a final examination, changing
the time or place of a scheduled final examination for the class, or adjusting the prescribed
two-hour time limit on final examinations, or any other alteration—must become the subject of
written memoranda between the faculty member and the faculty member’s academic dean.
Academic Standing
Good Academic Standing
A student not on academic probation or academic suspension is considered to be in good
academic standing. Academic standing is monitored at the end of each term, and students whose
performance is unsatisfactory or at risk of becoming unsatisfactory are notified of their status as
well as the implications of loss of good academic standing for continued progress to the degree.
Students are also advised of any steps they can or should take to improve their performance.
Students receiving financial aid need also to be aware of the satisfactory progress require-
ments for continued eligibility for financial aid.
Standards of Academic Progress
Degree-seeking students at Florida Southern College are required to comply with the Col-
lege’s standards of academic progress in order to remain in good academic standing. A student’s
compliance with the College’s standards of academic progress depends on both qualitative and
quantitative measures. Students who are not in compliance with the College’s academic stan-
dards, according to either qualitative or quantitative measures, are subject to loss of good academ-
ic standing, suspension, or even expulsion from the College.
Qualitative Measures of Academic Progress
Qualitative measures of academic progress are based on a student’s grade point average. Stu-
dents are expected to maintain minimum grade point averages of 2.0 (C) or better, both cumu-
latively and during each term. When semester, term, and/or the cumulative grade point averages
drop below 2.0, students are at risk of not achieving academic success and are subject to provi-
sions and sanctions ranging from academic alert to expulsion.
All periods of a student’s enrollment at Florida Southern College are utilized in determining
the cumulative grade point average. However, any grades earned in transfer courses do not enter
into the grade point average calculation.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
44
Quantitative Measures of Academic Progress
Once a student has earned 25 or more hours or has attended more than two regular se-
mesters, a quantitative measure is used to review the academic progress of each student toward
graduation. The quantitative measure of academic progress is based on a student’s annual rate of
course completion.
A course is said to be completed when a student receives a grade of A, B, C, D, or P for the
course; hence, students do not complete a course for which they receive a grade of F, G, I, or W.
(Audited courses for which a student receives a grade of AU are not included in the calculation.)
The completion rate is calculated in terms of credit hours: the rate of course completion
equals the number of hours completed divided by the number of hours attempted. Students are
expected to successfully complete at least 67 percent of all credit hours attempted in the
academic year.
A student’s rate of course completion is determined each year aer the end of the spring
semester. All periods of the student’s enrollment are counted in determining the total number of
credits earned and attempted, including credit hours transferred from other institutions.
Unsatisfactory Academic Progress
When term, semester, and/or cumulative grade point averages drop below 2.0, students are
academically deficient and subject to the following provisions and interventions:
Academic Alert
An academic alert indicates a failure to maintain Florida Southern’s academic progress
requirements during a semester or term. Although academically deficient for the semester or
term, students on academic alert remain in good academic standing. The status of academic alert
applies to students under the following conditions:
Students at the end of the first semester of enrollment at Florida Southern College:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0 but at least 1.7.
Students with total earned hours up to and including 24 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is at least 2.0 but term grade point average
is below 1.7.
Students with total earned hours of 25–47 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is at least 2.0 but term grade point average
is below 1.8.
Students with total earned hours of 48–62 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is at least 2.0 but term grade point average
is below 1.9.
Students informed that they are on academic alert should meet with their advisor during
the first two weeks of the next succeeding semester and devise a plan for improvement with the
advisor. Students on academic alert should also meet with their advisor one week aer mid-term
grades are posted that semester.
Academic Warning
An academic warning indicates a more serious failure to maintain Florida Southern College’s
academic progress requirements than an academic alert and reflects deficiencies in cumulative
performance and/or performance during a term or semester. The status of academic warning
indicates that a student is at risk of not attaining success at Florida Southern College. Howev-
er, although academically deficient, students on academic warning remain in good academic
ACADEMIC POLICIES
45
standing at the College. The status of academic warning applies to students under the following
conditions:
Students at the end of the first semester of enrollment at Florida Southern College:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.7 but above 0.0
Students with total earned hours up to and including 24 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0 but at least 1.7.
Students with total earned hours of 25–47 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0 but at least 1.8.
Students with total earned hours of 48–62 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0 but at least 1.9.
Students with total earned hours of 63 or more semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is at least 2.0, and the student’s term grade
point average is below 1.7.
Students informed that they are on academic warning should meet with their advisor during
the first two weeks of the next succeeding semester and devise a plan for improvement with the
advisor. Students on academic warning should also meet with their advisor one week aer mid-
term grades are posted that semester. A hold will be placed on registration for the following se-
mester’s classes until the student on academic warning has satisfied these advising requirements.
Failure to satisfy the terms of the academic improvement plan developed with the advisor may
result in either academic probation or suspension during the subsequent semester.
The status of academic warning means that students may not rush a sorority or fraternity
nor may they hold positions of leadership in student organizations including, but not limited to,
student publications, sororities, fraternities, ensembles, and other societies. An oce held by a
student placed on academic warning shall be declared vacant immediately.
First Year students, who at the end of their first semester at Florida Southern College, are on
academic warning, will be enrolled in an academic success course during their second semester.
Academic Probation (Loss of Good Academic Standing)
The status of academic probation signifies loss of good academic standing at Florida South-
ern College and is the most serious indication prior to suspension that a student’s academic
progress is in jeopardy.
Students are not subject to academic probation at the end of their first semester of enroll-
ment at Florida Southern College. However, at the end of two or more semesters, the status of
academic probation applies to any student who fails to complete 67 percent of credit hours
attempted over the previous academic year (for students who fail to complete any credit hours
attempted, see Suspension).
Additionally, at the end of two or more semesters of enrollment, the status of academic pro-
bation initially applies to students under the following conditions:
Students with total earned hours up to and including 24 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.7.
Students with total earned hours of 25–47 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.8.
Students with total earned hours of 48–62 semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.9.
Students with total earned hours of 63 or more semester hours of credit:
The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
46
Students whose term or semester grade point average falls below 1.0 are further subject to
suspension (see Suspension).
Students informed that they are on academic probation should meet with the Assistant Dean
for Academic Success during the first two weeks of the next succeeding semester to devise a
plan for improvement. Additionally, students should meet with their academic advisor monthly
during the semester. Students who remain on academic probation for two consecutive semesters
may face academic suspension.
The status of academic probation means that students may not rush a sorority or fraternity
nor may they hold positions of leadership in student organizations including, but not limited
to, student publications, sororities, fraternities, ensembles, and other societies. An oce held by
a student placed on academic probation shall be declared vacant immediately. Additionally, the
status of academic probation means that a student may not participate in internships.
Students on academic probation are usually not eligible to participate in intercollegiate ath-
letics. Questions about intercollegiate athletic eligibility should be directed to the Department
of Athletics.
Academic Suspension
The status of academic suspension is the most serious academic sanction prior to expulsion.
A student placed on academic suspension is no longer in good academic standing at Florida
Southern College and is not permitted to register for courses or to participate in any college-re-
lated opportunities until aer the next regular semester (fall or spring).
Students may be placed on academic suspension for three reasons: (a) deterioration of grade
point average below the level of academic probation (applicable only to students past the first
semester of enrollment), (b) lack of clear progress toward completion of degree requirements,
and (c) academic failure for the semester. These reasons are detailed below:
a. Grade point average below the level of academic probation
Following the first semester of enrollment at Florida Southern College, a student is subject to
suspension at the end of a term under the following conditions:
Students with total earned hours up to and including 24 semester hours of credit:
• The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.7.
• The student’s term grade point average is below 1.0.
Students with total earned hours of 25–47 semester hours of credit:
• The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.8.
• The student’s term grade point average is below 1.0.
Students with total earned hours of 48–62 semester hours of credit:
• The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 1.9.
• The student’s term grade point average is below 1.0.
Students with total earned hours of 63 or more semester hours of credit:
• The student’s cumulative grade point average is below 2.0.
• The student’s term grade point average is below 1.0.
b. Lack of clear progress toward completion of degree requirements
Based on the 67 percent course completion standard of academic progress (see Quantitative
Measures of Academic Progress), students are expected to undertake a course of study, including
general education, major, and degree requirements, that will eventuate in a bachelor’s degree by
ACADEMIC POLICIES
47
the end of at most twelve semesters of full-time enrollment. Failure to make clear progress toward
completion of degree requirements may lead to a student’s suspension.
c. Academic failure for the semester
Academic failure for the semester, as opposed to academic failure of a single course, occurs
when a student receives all F grades in all academic courses in a given semester. The result is a
term grade point average of 0.0. A student whose performance results in academic failure for the
semester is placed on academic suspension for the following semester.
The first time students qualify for suspension, they may be allowed to appeal that suspension
to their academic dean. It should be noted that approval of such an appeal is, however, in no way
automatic and is subject to the discretion of the dean. A student whose appeal is successful may
return to the College under the guidelines of academic probation (see above).
A student readmitted aer academic suspension is automatically placed on academic proba-
tion for the readmission semester (fall or spring).
d. Multiple semesters of probation
Aer two consecutive semesters of academic probation, a student is subject to suspension.
Academic Expulsion
A student who has qualified for academic suspension a second time will not be eligible for
future enrollment at Florida Southern College. A second suspension is permanent and is, in fact,
academic expulsion.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
48
Academic Progress Chart
The chart below summarizes the categories and criteria of unsatisfactory academic progress.
The chart includes the following abbreviations:
CmlGPA = Student’s cumulative grade point average
TermGPA = Student’s term grade point average
CompRate = Student’s annual course completion rate
LAP = Lack of academic progress (less than 67 percent course completion rate)
Term/Credit
Hour of
Enrollment
Academic Progress Classification
Academic Alert Academic Warning Academic Probation Suspension
At the end
of the first
semester at
FSC
CmlGPA below 2.0
but at least 1.7
CmlGPA below 1.7
but above 0.0
Not Applicable TermGPA = 0.0
0–24 hours
(at the end of
second and
subsequent
semesters)
CmlGPA at least
2.0 and
TermGPA below 1.7
CmlGPA below 2.0
but at least 1.7
CompRate below
67% or CmlGPA
below 1.7
TermGPA = 0.0
[CmlGPA below 1.7
and
TermGPA below 1.0]
25–47 hours
CmlGPA at least
2.0 and
TermGPA below
1.8
CmlGPA below 2.0
but at least 1.8
CompRate below
67% or CmlGPA
below 1.8
TermGPA = 0.0 or
Two consecutive
regular (fall + spring)
semesters on
probation or
[CmlGPA below 1.8
and
TermGPA below 1.0]
48–62 hours
CmlGPA at least
2.0 and
TermGPA below
1.9
CmlGPA below 2.0
but at least 1.9
CompRate below
67% or CmlGPA
below 1.9
TermGPA = 0.0 or
Two consecutive
regular (fall + spring)
semesters on
probation or
[CmlGPA below 1.9
and
TermGPA below 1.0]
63+ hours
CmlGPA at least
2.0 and
TermGPA below
1.7
CompRate below
67% or CmlGPA
below 2.0
TermGPA = 0.0 or
Two consecutive
regular (fall + spring)
semesters on
probation or [CmlGPA
below 2.0 and
TermGPA below 1.0]
ACADEMIC POLICIES
49
Retaking Courses and the College “Forgiveness Policy”
Students may be assisted in the improvement of cumulative grade point averages by the
privilege of retaking courses at Florida Southern College in which grades were earned at Florida
Southern College. This privilege does NOT apply to courses in which a grade of A was earned.
Upon completion of these courses, the original grades will no longer be counted in the determi-
nation of cumulative grade point averages although they will remain on the permanent academic
record. It should be noted that even though any such course may be repeated as many times as
necessary, it is only once that the original grade may be forgiven. In situations where the courses
in question are not available or no longer oered, appropriate “like courses” may be substituted
with the recommendation of the academic program coordinator or department chair and ap-
proval of the appropriate academic dean.
Permissions and Eligibility
Transient Student Permission
Students planning to take courses as transient students at other institutions (e.g., in summer
sessions) should note that (1) they must have a minimum 2.0 grade point average at Florida South-
ern; (2) they must have advance approval to attend another institution from the Florida Southern
College Registrar; (3) courses passed at the C level (but not at the C- level) or above at another
regionally accredited institution may be transferred to Florida Southern College for credit of hours
toward graduation but will not alter the student’s Florida Southern College grade point average; (4)
the maximum number of hours which can be transferred from a community or junior college is 62;
(5) students who have or will have earned 75 semester hours credit are generally ineligible to attend
a community or junior college. ; (6) aer completing 93 hours, a student must finish the remaining
credits at Florida Southern College; (7) students will be required to submit a Transient Enrollment
Verification form. Questions concerning this policy should be referred to the Registrar’s Oce.
Academic Progress Requirements for Veterans
Students who are supported financially by the Veterans Administration, Department of Vet-
erans Benefits, are subject to all academic performance requirements stated above for all students.
However, the veteran who is on academic probation for more than two consecutive semesters or
four adult program terms will no longer receive V.A. benefits.
Grade Grievance Procedures and Appeals
Florida Southern College has established a procedure for the resolution of grievances arising
from disputes over grades. Any student considering a grade appeal should understand that each
faculty member has the academic freedom and responsibility to determine and assign grades ac-
cording to any professionally acceptable method chosen by the faculty member, communicated
to everyone in the class, and applied to all students equally.
An appeal must be made in writing to the faculty member who taught the course (copies to
the department chair (if applicable), appropriate academic dean, and Associate Provost) no later
than the fieenth calendar day of the next succeeding regular semester.
Cases in which resolution has not been achieved by informal or formal negotiations among
the student, faculty member, department chair, or the appropriate academic dean may be sent
the Oce of the Provost for review. The Oce of the Provost may choose to send the appeal to
the Student Hearings and Infractions Board to make a recommendation. The Associate Provost
will communicate the final decision to the student, the faculty member, appropriate dean, and
the Registrar.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
50
Academic Integrity
On joining the Florida Southern College academic community, students are expected to
embrace the tenets of liberal learning—critical thinking, intellectual exploration, and academic
honesty.
Academic dishonesty, cheating, plagiarism, and other violations of academic integrity are
causes for suspension or expulsion from the college. Responsibility for dealing with violations
initially lies with the faculty member. Where further action is needed, cases fall under the juris-
diction of the Honor Code. Each case of academic dishonesty, however handled, is reported to
the Oce of the Provost as a matter of record.
The Florida Southern College Honor Code
I will practice academic and personal integrity and excellence of character and expect the
same from others.
I. Introduction
I.A. Policy
As an academic community, Florida Southern College is firmly committed to honor and integ-
rity in the pursuit of knowledge. Therefore, as members of this academic community, all students
acknowledge responsibility for their actions and commit themselves to the highest standards of
integrity, thereby making a covenant with the College and all members of the academic commu-
nity not to engage in any form of academic dishonesty as defined immediately below. This cov-
enant—Florida Southern College’s Honor Code—lies at the heart of learning, inquiry, and the
critical exploration and dissemination of ideas. Through it, students arm the authorship of their
own work, and when work is not their own, appropriately attribute ideas, concepts, data, words, and
artistic and creative expressions. Formal subscription to the Honor Code by all students assures the
academic community that breaches of academic integrity will not be tolerated and fosters learning
at its best.
I.B. Definition of Academic Dishonesty
Academic dishonesty is any act of cheating, assistance in cheating, plagiarism, academic the,
falsification, or misrepresentation. The following definitions, adapted from the University of
Pennsylvania’s Code of Academic Integrity (available online at www.vpul.upenn.edu/osl/acadint.
html), shed further light on the full meaning of academic dishonesty. Academic dishonesty in-
cludes but is not necessarily limited to:
Cheating: using or attempting to use unauthorized assistance, material, or study aids in ex-
aminations or other academic work or preventing, or attempting to prevent, another from using
authorized assistance, material, or study aids. Examples: using a cheat sheet in a quiz or exam,
altering a graded exam and resubmitting it for a better grade.
Plagiarism: using the ideas, data, or language of another without specific or proper acknowl-
edgment in oral, written or electronic media/formats. Examples: copying another person’s paper,
article, or computer work and submitting it for an assignment, cloning someone else’s ideas
without attribution, failing to use quotation marks where appropriate.
Fabrication: submitting contrived or altered information in any academic exercise. Examples:
making up data for an experiment, fudging data, citing nonexistent articles, contriving sources.
Multiple submission: submitting, without prior permission, any work submitted to fulfill
another academic requirement.
Misrepresentation of academic records: misrepresenting or tampering with or attempt-
ACADEMIC POLICIES
51
ing to tamper with any portion of a student’s transcripts or academic record, either before or
aer coming to Florida Southern College. Examples: forging a change of grade slip, forging a
signature, tampering with computer records, falsifying academic information on one’s résumé.
Facilitating academic dishonesty: knowingly helping or attempting to help another vio-
late any provision of the Code. Example: working together on a take-home exam.
Failure to report academic dishonesty: not reporting an observed violation. Example:
failing to report witnessing cheating on an exam.
Unfair advantage: attempting to gain unauthorized advantage over fellow students in an
academic exercise. Examples: gaining or providing unauthorized access to examination materials,
obstructing or interfering with another student’s eorts in an academic exercise, lying about a
need for an extension for an exam or paper, continuing to write even when time is up during an
exam, destroying or keeping library materials for one’s own use.
I.C. Notification
Florida Southern College’s new student orientation includes a written explanation of Florida
Southern College’s academic policies, in particular, a complete explanation of the Honor Code.
Upon enrollment, all new students, including Adult Program and graduate students, are to ad-
here to the Honor Code and its implications to academic honesty.
The Honor Code is published in the Academic Catalog and posted at the Florida Southern
College website and throughout various locations on campus. Faculty members should remind
students about the Honor Code at the beginning of each academic term or semester and place the
Honor Code in course syllabi, including any information specific to the faculty member’s use of
the Honor Code.
A student’s failure to be aware of the Honor Code or to understand its provisions does not
excuse the student from the jurisdiction, process, or penalties of the Honor Code. Furthermore, if
a student is unclear about whether his or her actions might be an infraction of the Honor Code,
the student is responsible for contacting the faculty member for clarification.
I.D. Jurisdiction
The Honor Code specifically applies to all academic transactions at Florida Southern Col-
lege—those that are academically related, as well as those in which students represent the Col-
lege or themselves as students of the College (e.g., competitions, internships, field experiences,
practica, research projects, poster displays, and the like), even when classes are not in session.
However, the Honor Code does not supersede or, in any manner, impinge upon the jurisdiction,
procedures, and penalties enforced under applicable state and federal laws.
II. Roles, Responsibilities, and Reporting Procedures
II.A. Roles and Responsibilities
Adherence to the Honor Code is assured by the participation and action of all students, fac-
ulty members, sta members, and members of Florida Southern College’s senior administration,
in their roles as outlined in Sections II and III.
II.A.1. Students
As members of the Florida Southern College academic community, students should nev-
er tolerate any form of academic dishonesty, whether committed by themselves or by others.
Therefore, a student who observes an act of academic dishonesty is responsible for reporting that
possible oense either to the faculty member who is teaching the course in which it occurred or
a dean. If a student’s report is made directly to a dean, the dean will notify the faculty member
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
52
involved and forward a copy of the report to that faculty member. The report should be made
immediately and should follow the procedure outlined in Section II.B.
II.A.2. Faculty, Sta, and Administrators
Faculty and sta members or administrators discovering a possible oense against the Honor
Code, either through investigation, through normal operations, or by report from a student,
should report the possible oense to a dean immediately. Reporting should follow the procedure
outlined in Section II.B.
II.B. Reporting Procedures
The student, faculty member, or other person reporting the possible oense should do so
in writing using the Honor Code report form available on the Registrar’s page of the website
under Forms and Documents. If a faculty member is reporting a case of possible plagiarism, the
faculty member should also include the original assignment (or photocopy), marking plagia-
rized passages and citing the original source(s). The report must be signed. Faculty members
who have received a report of academic dishonesty are required to take action immediately. The
faculty member receiving an Honor Code infraction report should report the matter to their
dean immediately, and within five days of receipt, the faculty member must inform the accused
of the content of the allegation. Full confidentiality is maintained during these steps; however, if
the accused student decides to appeal a course-related penalty, the student(s) or other person(s)
reporting the incident may be required to be present at the hearing. The faculty member may
choose one of two options and should report his or her choice of option to their dean:
1) a specific course-related penalty
2) forward for hearing by the Honor Code Infraction Review Board, in a timely manner but
no later than the end of the semester in which the event took place
II.C. Appeal Faculty Decision
Should the faculty member choose not to forward the case to the appropriate dean for a hear-
ing and decide to impose a course-related penalty, the accused student retains the right to appeal
the faculty member’s penalty. See Section III.B. Types of Cases.
III. Hearing Procedures and Outcomes
III.A. Hearing Body: Student Hearings and Infraction Board (SHIB)
The SHIB is composed of nine faculty members and two students. Students are non-voting
members. Any SHIB member who has an involvement with a particular case or whose participa-
tion would result in a conflict of interest may not hear that case.
III.A.1. Student Members
The two student representatives are elected by vote of the SHIB faculty members within four
weeks of the start of the academic year. Faculty may nominate students and provide nominees’
majors, GPAs, and any additional pertinent information. Before being nominated, students must
agree to serve, if elected, and must be available to serve through the summer break following the
academic year, if necessary. Student terms are for one year; however, a student member may be
elected for additional one-year terms so long as that student remains a degree-seeking student in
good academic and disciplinary standing at the College. A student who has been sanctioned for
an Honor Code violation cannot serve on the SHIB. In the event that a student SHIB member is
sanctioned during the year, the faculty members from his or her unit will elect a replacement.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
53
III.A.2. Faculty Members
The SHIB will have nine faculty representatives: one from each division of the School of Arts
and Sciences and one from each of the other schools.
A. Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences
B. Barney Barnett School of Business and Free Enterprise
C. School of Arts and Sciences
i. Social Sciences (Criminology, History, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology)
ii. Communication
iii. Humanities (English, Modern Languages, Religion and Philosophy)
iv. Fine Arts (Art, Music, Theatre)
v. Natural Sciences (Biology, Chemistry and Physics, Mathematics and Computer Science)
D. School of Education
E. School of Physical Therapy
III.B. Types of Cases
The SHIB serves as the hearing board in the following types of cases:
• Cases referred by faculty members to the appropriate dean, instead of a course-related penalty
• Cases referred to the appropriate dean by other members of the academic community (e.g.,
deans, division chairs, Registrar, library director, admissions director, or internship supervisor).
• The SHIB serves as an appeals board when the faculty member has sanctioned the student
by means of a course-related penalty, but the student wishes to appeal the decision on
grounds of challenging the evidence or capriciousness on the part of the faculty member.
III.C. Hearing Process
The hearing process begins when a dean refers a case and provides pertinent information
representing both sides to the SHIB.
III.C.1. Appellant Hearing Process
When the SHIB serves as an appeals board, it will meet in a pre-hearing to determine if there
is sucient reason to warrant review of the faculty member’s decision. Sucient reason would
include evidence of capriciousness on the part of the faculty member, questions of fact, or new
evidence since the faculty member invoked the penalty. The SHIB chair or members of the SHIB
at the chair’s direction will investigate the case, collect all pertinent materials, and notify the
parties involved in the case at least 72 hours in advance of the scheduled hearing. Every eort
should be made to investigate the allegations and to collect all pertinent materials in a reasonably
expeditious manner. If the SHIB determines not to hold a full hearing, the faculty member’s de-
cision stands. Should the SHIB hear the case on appeal, the hearing procedures outlined below
are followed.
III.C.2. Process for Hearing
SHIB hearings proceed in the following manner:
A quorum is 5 voting members.
Proceedings are recorded by an audio recording device.
The meetings are closed. Parents or guardians are not allowed to be present. No attorney may
be present. The student may have an advisor selected from among the faculty members of the
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
54
ASAI. Such an advisor may not speak for the student, but may oer counsel and explanation to
the student. Rules of law and evidence do not apply to Florida Southern College hearings.
The two parties are permitted to bring no more than two witnesses to the hearing. Both sides
may provide additional written testimony relevant to the case. The accused student may question
witnesses who speak at the meeting and may challenge any written witness statements presented
at the meeting. Witnesses must have personal involvement with, have personally observed, or
have otherwise relevant knowledge of, the incident in question. The SHIB reserves the right to
call additional witnesses.
Faculty members and/or accused students are responsible for providing the time and loca-
tion of the hearing to their witnesses and ascertaining if the witnesses will be present. The hear-
ing process will be scheduled when both parties are available, and both parties must be available
within 14 days of the SHIB’s announced decision to hold a hearing. If either party fails to appear,
the hearing process will proceed.
III.C.3. Honor Code Infraction Review Board Meeting Procedures
Outline of SHIB Meeting:
1. The chair will call the meeting to order and outline the purpose of the SHIB. The chair
will ask all persons present to identify themselves and state the reason for their presence.
2. The chair will read the charge(s) and ask the student to give a statement of “Responsible”
or “Not Responsible” to each charge. If the student enters a plea of “Not Responsible”
for any or all charges, the meeting will continue to the Determination of Responsibility
phase of the meeting. If the student enters “Responsible” for all the charges, the meeting
will continue to the Sanctioning phase of the meeting.
Determination of Responsibility Phase:
1. The College’s case may be presented by witnesses or by written documents or reports.
2. The charged student will then state his or her case.
3. The SHIB may ask questions of either the person presenting the charge(s) or the student
being charged.
4. Witnesses for the person presenting the charge(s) will be called in one at a time. Each
witness will be asked to present information relevant to the case. Each witness may be
questioned by the SHIB, the person presenting the charges, or the charged student.
5. The same process will be followed for the charged student.
6. Aer all witnesses have been heard, the SHIB may ask for additional information.
7. The person presenting charge(s) will give a closing statement.
8. The charged student will give a closing statement.
9. All persons, except the SHIB, will be excused from the room.
10. The SHIB will determine accountability of “Responsible” of “Not Responsible” for each
charge presented. The College and the accused student will then be brought back into the
room. The SHIB will read the findings.
11. If found not responsible for all charges, the proceedings are closed and everyone is
dismissed.
12. If found responsible, the proceedings continue with the sanctioning phase.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
55
Sanctioning Phase:
The Sanctioning Phase of the SHIB will take place at the hearing if the student has stated or
been found responsible for any of the charges.
1. The SHIB chair will present information related to the prior accountability record of the
charged student and present recommended sanctions.
2. The charged student may then make a statement on his or her behalf
3. The SHIB may ask questions of either the person presenting the charge(s) or the charged
student.
4. Aer all witnesses have been heard, the SHIB may ask for additional information.
5. The person presenting the charge(s) will give a closing statement.
6. The charged student will give a closing statement.
7. All persons, except SHIB, will be excused from the room.
8. Then the SHIB will open discussion of sanction(s).
9. A determination as to the appropriate sanction(s) will be made. All sanctions except sus-
pension and expulsion may be passed by a simple majority of the SHIB voting members
present. Suspension and expulsion decisions must be passed with a supermajority vote of
75 percent of the voting members present.
10. The person presenting charge(s), charged student, and advisor will be asked to return
to the room. The SHIB chair will read the findings.
11. Aer the sanction is read, the information in the catalog detailing the appeal process is
noted (if appropriate). Sanctions go into eect immediately.
12. Everyone is dismissed.
Student Appeal from an SHIB Decision
An appeal is defined as a request for review of the original case determination by the SHIB. A
student is entitled to appeal a decision rendered by the SHIB in cases where the SHIB is not the
appellate body. In cases where SHIB is acting as an appellate body (i.e., when the SHIB is acting
as appellate body aer a faculty member has sanctioned a student by means of a course-related
penalty) there is no further appeal from the SHIB decision. During the appeal process, sanctions
are in eect until such time as they might be reversed, modified, or upheld.
Appeals must be clearly and concisely written and must state clearly what the student is ap-
pealing and why.
1. A decision must be appealed by the student within three business days of the meeting.
Failure to pick up mail will not be grounds for an extension of the deadline for appeal.
Such appeals shall be in writing.
2. Appeal letters should be written to the Provost.
3. Except as required to explain the basis of new evidence, an appeal shall be limited to
review of the record of the initial meeting and for either of the following purposes:
a. The student provides evidence that was not available at the original meeting
and can defend why said evidence was not made available in a timely manner.
b. There were procedural irregularities in the original meeting.
4. A disagreement with the sanction issued is not, in itself, sucient reason for appeal.
5. The Provost may undertake a review of the SHIB’s decision or may appoint a committee
to review the case and make a recommendation, following which the Provost may modify,
uphold, or reverse the decision. There is no further avenue of appeal.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
56
Exception: The Provost may require a student whose case is under appeal, or pending meeting,
to leave the campus in the interim should the student’s presence on campus create a situation
which, in the opinion of the appropriate dean, could be detrimental to the student involved or
to the College community.
III.D. Sanctions
Depending upon the severity of the oense, the strength of the evidence, the ability of the
oender to continue working within the Honor Code, prior violations of the Honor Code by
the oender, and/or any extenuating circumstances, the SHIB may recommend a course-related
sanction (grade reduction, failure), on-campus probation and/or required counseling, suspension
with the possibility but not the guarantee of readmission, or expulsion. Expulsion is the perma-
nent removal of the student from Florida Southern College. Other sanctions may be considered
and imposed as well.
III.E. Appeal
In cases where the SHIB serves as an appellate board, its findings and decisions are binding
and no further appeal is possible.
III.F. Records
All records of the SHIB will be maintained in the Oce of the Registrar, including the audio
recording of the hearing.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
57
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Majors in the Liberal Arts, Sciences, and Professional
Degree Programs
Consistent with Florida Southern College’s essential mission as a comprehensive college and
its commitment to a liberal education, its academic program is designed to provide opportunities
for students to major in the liberal arts and sciences as well as in professional academic programs.
Regardless of major, a Florida Southern College education is grounded in a general educa-
tion curriculum that helps students acquire the knowledge, skills, and confidence necessary for
success. The goals of liberal learning are also integrated into coursework across the curriculum.
One advantage of this is to facilitate changes in vocation, which oen occur aer graduation or
even aer a number of years in a profession. In many of the professional programs, field expe-
rience is an integral part. Coursework is also designed to enable students to proceed directly to
graduate work upon completion of the bachelor’s degree.
Majors vary in the number of semester hours required; however, at least fiy percent of the
major requirements must have been completed at Florida Southern College.
Self-Designed Major
To serve the expectations and needs of academically qualified students, Florida Southern Col-
lege has implemented Venture into the Adventure—a major designed by the student to meet his
or her particular needs. This major is for academically qualified students; therefore, the student
must hold sophomore standing, have taken some courses in the areas of interest, and have main-
tained a minimum cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. Students who have accumulated more than 72
credit hours are not eligible for the self-designed major. Additional policies are included in the
“Self-Design Major Checklist” available from the interdisciplinary programs coordinator.
Students interested in the self-designed major should contact the interdisciplinary programs
coordinator. The student will generate the idea for the major aer discussion with the interdisci-
plinary programs coordinator and faculty members in the relevant areas of interest. The student
will invite faculty members to serve as an advisory committee to assist in framing the degree
proposal and advising the student toward degree completion.
The proposed self-designed major will build upon the existing strengths of the Florida South-
ern College faculty and programs. Each self-designed major must be built upon the requisite
number of lower- and upper-division courses.
A successful proposal will contain the following items:
• Goals for the degree
• Required course list to meet the General Education requirements
• Required courses for the major (30 semester hours minimum)
• Student learning outcomes and assessments
• A significant focus on interdisciplinary inquiry and critical thinking
• A senior research (or comparable creative) component to serve as a capstone experience
For more information about the Self-Designed Major, see 189.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
58
Interdisciplinary Degree Programs
Florida Southern College oers several interdisciplinary degree programs. They include
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, Environmental Studies, Humanities, Music Management,
Political Communication, Social Sciences, and Sports Communication and Marketing. See The
School of Arts and Sciences Undergraduate Program Requirements on pages 111 and following
for full descriptions of these programs.
Minors
Minors are oered in a variety of disciplines. Students are required to complete 50 percent of
the minor requirements at Florida Southern College. Please be reminded that AICE, AP, CLEP
and IB credits are recorded as transfer credits. Students at Florida Southern College may elect a
minor as specified in this catalog.
Minors must be successfully completed with a 2.0 grade point average. Specific information
about particular minors are included in the introductory section of each discipline found in this
catalog. In many cases, the particular courses for a minor are specified by the program.
Interdisciplinary Minors
In addition to interdisciplinary majors, interdisciplinary academic programs are available that
take the form of minors, concentrations within majors, and career paths in the major that may be
planned with a student’s faculty advisor. These interdisciplinary programs draw on faculty across
academic disciplines, integrating diverse perspectives to broaden the scope for studying critical
issues in a rapidly changing world. The interdisciplinary approach emphasizes independent and
critical thinking, which enriches the liberal arts experience and provides excellent preparation
for graduate education in a number of fields. The programs complement most academic majors
and provide the opportunity to expand and enhance career opportunities.
Advertising Design: The minor in advertising design provides students with design practic-
es and creative strategies needed to excel within the field of advertising design. Hands-on course-
work presents students with challenges faced in the industry and the skills and knowledge neces-
sary to face those challenges.
Ethics: The minor in ethics is an interdisciplinary minor housed in the department of Re-
ligion and Philosophy but is open to students of any major. Students in the program will be
introduced to key ethical approaches, ideas, and writings in both the Christian and secular phil-
osophical traditions. Students will be encouraged to think deeply and critically about how these
resources shape their personal views on contemporary ethical issues, as well as their conception
of what constitutes the well-lived life. The ability to take ethics-designated courses outside of the
Department of Religion and Philosophy also reflects the emphasis on viewing future vocation
through the lens of ethical reasoning and moral development.
Integrated Marketing Communication: The minor in integrated marketing communica-
tion blends coursework in marketing, advertising and public relations to better prepare students
for careers in the professional communication industry. Students gain hands-on experience in
gathering and applying research to strategically coordinate messages and establish relationships
with target audiences.
Latin American Studies: The U.S. finds itself increasingly involved in Latin American cul-
ture, as a trading partner with nineteen Spanish speaking countries in the world and in recogni-
tion that the largest minority population in this nation is Hispanic. The minor in Latin American
studies oers a student the opportunity to blend language studies with studies in culture, film,
and history along with multi-disciplinary courses in Latin American studies. Contact Dr. José
Garcia for further information.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
59
Neuroscience: The neuroscience minor provides an interdisciplinary perspective on how
natural and social sciences investigate relationships between the brain and behavior. Students
will be able to integrate biological and psychological influences on human and non-human be-
havior and apply broadly. Faculty members from the biology, psychology, and exercise science
departments support and teach courses in the minor. The faculty also oer opportunities for
relevant research projects, teaching assistantships, and professional development. Based on these
eorts, the neuroscience minor will provide students with the skills needed for employment or
to advance in further education.
Pre-Law: The pre-law minor covers the basic foundation courses relevant to problem solving
and analysis generally associated with the legal profession. Students on a trajectory for graduate
study in law, legal issues, public administration, and management will find this a useful minor.
It is inclusive of courses that prepare the student for LSAT testing (logic; accounting) as well as
socialization to the profession itself.
Race, Culture, and Ethnic Studies: The minor in race, culture, and ethnic studies allows
students to examine changing constructions of race and ethnicity in dierent historical, polit-
ical, and socio-cultural contexts. Utilizing methodologies from multiple academic disciplines,
students will also explore how gender, sexuality, class, disability, religion, and nation shape con-
structions of race and ethnicity. This minor pairs well with any major and will increase intercul-
tural competencies, critical thinking skills, and media literacy. Faculty members from across the
College support and teach in the race, culture, and ethnic studies program. Students are required
to take a total of 20 credit hours: 8 hours of core coursework and 12 hours selected from RCE
approved or cross-listed courses.
Women and Gender Studies – The women and gender studies minor provides an inter-
disciplinary framework for exploring the role of women throughout history and the ways in
which gender influences cultural, social, political, and economic relations. Students gain skills in
analytical and critical thinking through the study of gender from diverse academic perspectives,
such as literature, religion, economics, communication, sociology, psychology, and criminology.
Faculty members from a number of academic departments support and teach in the women and
gender studies program. The minor in women and gender studies complements almost any ma-
jor field of study. Students who complete the minor enhance their problem-solving, leadership,
and communication skills.
Pre-Professional Programs
The Pre-Professional Program (P3) is a rigorous, competitive program for students pursuing
admission to health professions schools aer obtaining their undergraduate degrees. P3 assists
students with academic and career goals to prepare them to be qualified candidates for these
professional programs. In this respect, “pre-professional” refers to most medically related fields,
including medical, dental, veterinary, physician assistant, optometry, podiatry, and physical ther-
apy, but does not apply to nursing or to pre-law studies and other paths that lie outside of the
natural sciences and health professions.
In this program, students will participate in specific activities that encourage ongoing ex-
ploration of the health care field and prepare them for success in this highly competitive arena.
Activities include workshops, classes, one-on-one advising, and professional observation and vol-
unteer experiences. Students completing the program are well prepared to submit a holistically
competitive application to outstanding professional programs.
Students interested in P3 should declare their intent to their academic advisor and partici-
pate in workshops and activities facilitated by the science and pre-health career and internship
coordinator in their first semester at Florida Southern College. Full participation in P3 includes
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
60
a 2-part application process:
• Part 1: Acceptance into P3 requires completion of specific coursework, a competitive GPA,
a personal statement, and completion of an application by January 15 of the second year.
• Part 2: Completion of P3 requires submission of an extensive application by March 15 of
the third year and culminates in a formal Committee Interview and Letter of Evaluation.
For full program details, including eligibility and requirements, contact Dr. Nancy Morvillo,
Chair of the Department of Biology, or Dr. Erin Myszkowski, the Executive Director of Career
Services.
The Florida Southern College–Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine
(LECOM) Early Acceptance Programs
Qualified students may take part in one of three FSC–LECOM Early Acceptance Programs.
If program requirements are met, students are virtually guaranteed acceptance into one of
LECOM’s professional programs: the LECOM College of Medicine (leading to the Doctor of
Osteopathic Medicine degree), the LECOM School of Dental Medicine, or the LECOM School
of Pharmacy. Students interested in these programs should contact Dr. Nancy Morvillo, Chair
of the Department of Biology.
Pre-Law and Legal Studies
The pre-law program is a three-part preparatory program aimed for student success in legal
studies. The three main components are 1) a formal pre-law minor, which includes study of the
US judicial system, accounting, logic, the written word, and oral presentation; 2) an internship
program, where students intern with local law firms, the public defender’s oce; the state’s at-
torney’s (prosecutor’s) oce, initially for a single credit hour, and as your particular interest
becomes more focused, through a guided 4-hour summer internship; 3) LSAT preparation, in-
cluding practice tests from first year onward, and a formal LSAT exam preparation course during
junior or senior year. Mentorship by local practitioners has become an integral part of the pro-
gram, as well as a first year based on legal studies and political science. All majors are welcome in
the pre-law program.
Pre-Theological Studies
A minister needs a broad liberal arts and sciences education. While there is no specific pro-
gram for pre-theological study, the Association of Theological Schools recommends courses in
the following subjects be included: English literature, European history, political science, eco-
nomics, psychology, religion, and the history of philosophy. Members of the religion faculty can
provide additional information about graduate study in theology.
Pre-Engineering Studies
The pre-engineering curriculum is less flexible than other pre-professional areas of study and
requires courses in mathematics, chemistry, and physics. Students planning to pursue pre-en-
gineering should consult their engineering school of choice for specific prerequisites and re-
quirements for entry. Students interested in pre-engineering should consult the pre-engineering
coordinator.
Junior Journey
First-time, full-time day program undergraduate students may be eligible to participate in
one Junior Journey travel experience aer the completion of their fourth full semester at Florida
Southern College. Transfer students may be eligible to travel during their fourth full semester at
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
61
Florida Southern College. Students must travel before they graduate. Students must be in good
academic, business, and social standing both at the time of application and departure. Trips will
be oered during fall break, spring break, and summer terms. Each Junior Journey destination
has course-related requirements to satisfy a one-credit hour, pass/fail course. All students must
meet entry and exit requirements for each travel destination. Students may contact the Oce of
Student Travel for more details on trips and eligibility.
May Term
May Term is an opportunity to take an innovative, engaging, and exciting course immediately
aer the spring semester ends. This format allows for creative exploration of course material that
is not always possible during the traditional semester. Some May Term courses are approved to
satisfy General Education requirements.
Guaranteed Internship Experience
Florida Southern College guarantees an internship experience to all day program students in
good academic, business, and social standing who enroll at Florida Southern starting in fall 2010.
Students should consult with their faculty advisor and are encouraged to visit the Career Services
to plan their internship experience prior to graduation.
The Washington Center - A Working Semester in Washington DC.
Florida Southern College is in full partnership with The Washington Center, the premier in-
ternship and education program in Washington, DC. FSC students, from all majors and from
sophomore year on, apply to this program and are selected on the basis of character and high
academic achievement. These students spend a semester in Washington in internships and classes
in government, pre-law, business, the arts, and in agencies working in the medical and natural sci-
ences. A full semester’s 18 credit hours may be earned toward a Florida Southern College degree.
Courses are “transparent” to the curriculum at FSC, typically earning elective credit in their majors.
Students interested in applying for The Washington Center should contact Dr. R. Bruce Anderson
in the Department of History and Political Science.
Study Abroad
Florida Southern College partners with institutions around the world enabling students to
study abroad. Because the College is committed to transforming lives through global education,
study abroad opportunities are oered during fall, spring, and summer terms. Florida Southern
College has long-standing relationships with institutions including Harlaxton College, Regent’s
College in England, and Proyecto Espanol in Spain. Florida Southern College students can also
take advantage of study abroad programs taken directly through universities in Europe, Asia,
Australia, South America, and Central America. Some curricula abroad require fluency in the
language of the host country. Other programs oer intensive intermediate or advanced study in
the language as the initial phase of the program. Florida Southern College students have stud-
ied French in Nice and Angers, Spanish in Spain, Mexico, and Costa Rica, a host of subjects in
England, marine biology in the Bahamas and Belize, and art, business, and literature throughout
Europe and the Far East. Students must be in good academic, business, and social standing both
at the time of application and departure. Course equivalencies must be approved in advance to
assure the appropriate transfer credit. All students must meet entry and exit requirements for
each travel destination. Students may contact the Oce of Student Travel for more details on
trips and eligibility.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
62
Honors Program
The mission of the Florida Southern College Honors Program is to oer talented and moti-
vated students the training and support they need to undertake an ambitious self-directed project
during their senior year. During the first two years of the program, students take dedicated cours-
es and seminars that push them to think critically about the pressing issues of our day. During
the second two years, in close collaboration with a faculty mentor, students develop a proposal
for their senior project, see that project through, and present the final product to their professors
and peers. To support their work, students in the Honors Program are aorded a number of
special privileges, including dedicated first-year housing, priority course registration, access to a
private student lounge, and a regular schedule of workshops and special events. Honors students
must maintain at least a 3.5 GPA to remain in the program, and maintain the highest standards
of academic integrity and quality.
Army Reserve Ocers Training Corps (ROTC)
The objective of the Army ROTC is to produce ocers possessing leadership qualities and
attributes essential to their progressive development in the active Army, Army Reserve, or Army
National Guard. It provides instruction in basic ocer competencies; teaches basic life skills
pertaining to fitness and interpersonal communication; introduces Army values and expected
ethical behavior; presents the unique duties and responsibilities of ocers and the expectation
of selfless service; and teaches the basic soldier skills required for squad level tactical operation.
The ROTC curriculum is separated into two phases: the Basic Course and the Advanced Course.
The Basic Course encompasses the freshman and sophomore years and incurs no service obliga-
tion unless on ROTC scholarship. Upon completion of the Basic Course the ROTC student who
elects, and is selected, enters the Advanced Course, which comprises the junior and senior years.
During these two years cadets continue to develop the leadership knowledge and skills required
to be a commissioned ocer. All classes are supplemented by a two-hour Leadership Lab each
week, during fall and spring semesters.
The ROTC department at Florida Southern College oers great opportunities for adventure.
In addition to indoor rock climbing, paint ball, and firing an M-4 rifle, cadets may find them-
selves jumping out of airplanes, rappelling out of helicopters, or even training with cadets from
the United Kingdom. Each year cadets are sent to Airborne School, Air Assault School, the Cadet
Summer Training Basic Camp (BC), the Cadet Summer Training Advanced Camp (AC), and
Cadet Troop Leadership Training (CTLT).
Entrance into the Advanced Course is not open to all students completing the Basic Course,
but only to those whose ROTC and academic records are such to warrant the belief that they will
become commissioned ocers in the U.S. Army. Students with prior military service and with at
least 60 semester hours may enroll in the Advanced Course if physically and academically quali-
fied.
Advanced Course students are required to sign a contract with the U.S. government whereby
the student agrees, in return for subsistence payment, to complete the entire Advanced Course and
to accept a commission as an ocer in the U.S. Army, Army National Guard, or Army Reserve.
Florida Southern College awards a military science minor for completion of all ROTC classes.
Financial aid is available through the ROTC department. Qualified students may receive a
monthly financial stipend ranging from $300 to $500 a month. Interested individuals may also
apply for ROTC scholarships. These scholarships provide the financial assistance above, as well
as full tuition and full room and board. Students attending the Cadet Summer Training Basic
Camp (BC) and Cadet Summer Training Advanced Camp (AC) also receive payment for their
attendance.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
63
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Undergraduate Degree Requirements
Florida Southern College oers courses in the day program leading to the Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Music Education, Bachelor of Science, and
Bachelor of Science in Nursing degrees. The specific nature of the academic major program pur-
sued by the student determines which degree is to be awarded. However, candidates for each of
these degrees fulfill the following academic requirements and standards:
A. A minimum of one hundred twenty-four (124) semester credit hours from Florida South-
ern College and other regionally accredited colleges or universities. A maximum of one-
half the required semester credit hours (62) may have been earned at a junior/community
college. Aer completing 93 hours, a student must finish the remaining credits at Florida
Southern College. Some degree programs require more than 124 semester hours. For de-
tails see requirements listed under specific majors.
B. Completion of Florida Southern College’s General Education Curriculum.
C. Grade point average of 2.0 (“C”) in all academic work attempted at Florida Southern
College.
D. Grade point average of 2.0 in all coursework in the major and minor department. Some
majors require a higher GPA than 2.0 in the major. Please consult the appropriate major
to determine applicability of this requirement.
E. An academic major in a program, division, or school of the College.
F. Fiy percent of the designated major or minor requirements (if the student has chosen a
minor) must be completed in Florida Southern College courses.
G. Successful completion of the Passport program.
The General Education Curriculum
Florida Southern College’s General Education Curriculum is designed to help students master
and integrate the critical knowledge areas, skills, attitudes, and habits of mind that are necessary for
success in life. As such, the General Education Curriculum forms the core of the College’s entire
transformational approach to education, which is grounded in the philosophy of engaged learning.
Courses in each category of the General Education Curriculum provide students the oppor-
tunity for meaningful achievement of key learning outcomes in three broad areas: (i) knowledge
of the cultural and natural world, (ii) intellectual and practical skills, and (iii) personal and social
responsibility. Each broad learning outcome category includes one or more specialized sub-areas.
Students may choose from a variety of courses to achieve the outcomes in each area.
Every student at Florida Southern College is expected to complete the General Education Cur-
riculum requirements below, totaling 46 semester hours of academic credit, with passing grades. Up
to 12 of the 46 hours of General Education courses may be completed in the student’s own major.
Students pursuing more than one major may count up to 16 hours from their majors toward Gen-
eral Education requirements with no more than 12 hours coming from either major.
Note on using a course to satisfy multiple requirements (also known as “double-dip-
ping”): The General Education Curriculum allows students to satisfy more than one curricular
requirement with a single course if that course has been approved to satisfy the requirements.
Such “double-dipping” or “triple-dipping” is permissible unless there are regulations preventing it
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
64
in the specific case. Thus, a course may count toward the satisfaction of both a General Education
and major (or minor) requirements. A course may also count toward the satisfaction of two or
more General Education student learning outcomes (SLOs). A student must earn a minimum of 40
hours in the general education curriculum. However, there are limits to this practice: a given course
may never be used to satisfy both General Education requirements and specific requirements pertaining to
the bachelor’s degrees granted by FSC: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Fine Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor
of Music Education, Bachelor of Science, or Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
Note on the application of three credit-hour courses to General Education require-
ments: Three-credit-hour courses deemed equivalent to four-hour General Education courses may
be approved for transfer from other institutions. Day students enrolled at Florida Southern may
also use three-hour courses equivalent to current four-hour General Education courses, if taken
prior to 2010–11, to satisfy the relevant four-hour General Education SLO. Adult program students
enrolled at Florida Southern College may likewise use three-hour courses equivalent to current
four-hour General Education courses, if taken prior to 2011–12, to satisfy the relevant four-hour
General Education SLO. In such cases, for every three-hour course applied toward a General Educa-
tion SLO, one hour of the requirement is reduced.
The following pages list and define the SLO categories comprising the General Education Cur-
riculum. The explanation of the SLO categories is followed by the list of courses that may be taken
to fulfill the categories. Individual courses that may be used to satisfy General Education SLO cate-
gories are also identified in the catalog’s section containing undergraduate course descriptions.
General Education Curriculum ............................................................................ 46 hours
I. Knowledge of Human Cultures and the Physical/Natural World
A. Meaning and Value ............................................................................................ 8 hours
Distribution: Only four (4) hours may be in the student’s own major. Students are
encouraged to fulfill the Meaning and Value category through coursework in dierent
disciplines when appropriate.
Student Learning Outcomes: To empower students to develop an understanding of aca-
demically significant historical and contemporary systems of thought and value and to promote
students’ own academically informed responses to these systems.
To fulfill the Meaning and Value requirement, students will need to explore and grapple
intellectually with fundamental and enduring questions of human concern. Courses enabling
students to satisfy the Meaning and Value outcome will develop student competencies in the
following areas:
1. Ultimate questions: Students will demonstrate understanding of and ability to articulate
questions about ultimate purposes in human life, that is, purposes that are not themselves
taken to be merely instrumental.
2. Levels of inquiry: Students will demonstrate understanding of and ability to articulate
explorations of ultimate questions on three levels: the universal, the communal, and the
personal.
3. System diversity: Students will demonstrate appreciation and understanding of diverse
systems of thought and/or value (e.g., religious, philosophical, ethical, political, aesthetic,
literary), as well as the ability to articulate and interpret those systems. Such systems may
be historical or contemporary.
4. Analysis and evaluation: Students will critically analyze, evaluate, and formulate aca-
demically informed responses to systems of thought and/or value.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
65
B. The Social World ................................................................................................. 8 hours
Student Learning Outcomes: To empower students to understand and describe how so-
cial identities and relationships are built and changed through various cultural structures. To
fulfill the Social World requirement:
1. Philosophical Understanding: Students will demonstrate knowledge of the social, polit-
ical, economic, personal, or cultural structures or historical development of their world,
including recognition and understanding of the contributions to knowledge and civili-
zation that have been made by members of diverse cultural and gender groups and other
historically marginalized people locally and globally.
2. Methodology: Students will use discipline-specific methodologies to critically evaluate
and interpret information and articulate knowledge from diverse perspectives, identities,
and sources about the social, political, economic, personal, or cultural structures or histor-
ical development of their world.
3. Synthesis: Students will critically engage and apply the knowledge, skills and dispositions
related to diversity, equity, and inclusion in order to analyze the various institutions and
structures that create and maintain power locally and globally.
C. The Natural World ............................................................................................... 4 hours
Laboratory requirement: Any course satisfying the Natural World requirement must in-
clude a laboratory component.
Distribution: Students are encouraged to fulfill the Natural World requirement through
interdisciplinary coursework when appropriate.
Student Learning Outcomes: To empower students to develop an understanding of the
scientific investigation of the natural world.
For students whose major does not require a strong natural science component (see below),
the course must emphasize the following:
1. Philosophical understanding: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowl-
edge of the natural world by investigating how scientific inquiry is dierent from other
types of investigation, focusing on the philosophy of science and notions of skepticism.
2. Scientific methodology: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowledge of
the natural world by utilizing scientific methodology, including experimental design and
data interpretation and analysis (including quantitative components).
3. Investigation: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowledge of the natural
world by demonstrating proficiency in the basic skills necessary for lab or field work and
using the tools of scientific inquiry to investigate real world problems.
4. Evolving systems: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowledge of the
natural world by applying the tenets of evolution as they pertain to the scientific disci-
pline being studied (e.g., cosmological or biological evolution, evolutionary psychol-
ogy, etc.).
5. Evaluation: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowledge of the natural
world by critically evaluating evidence pertaining to current scientific findings.
6. Practical relevance: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowledge of the
natural world by articulating how scientific discoveries and processes enhance everyday life.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
66
It is expected that students whose majors require a significant number (16 or more) hours in
the natural sciences will fulfill all these learning outcomes through their requirements. There-
fore, no one course will need to fulfill all the above learning outcomes.
D. Fine Arts Appreciation ....................................................................................... 4 hours
Student Learning Outcomes: To empower students to develop appreciation for and ability
to communicate about and interpret diverse expressions of artistic creativity.
To fulfill the Fine Arts Appreciation requirement, students must meet at least one of the two
outcomes below:
1. Students will demonstrate through writing or verbal discussion their understanding of
creative works of art, literature, theatre, and/or music.
2. Students will demonstrate through the completion of a sequence of their own creative
productions and through the discussion of these productions their understanding of cre-
ative works of art, literature, theatre, and/or music.
II. Intellectual and Practical Skills
A. Systematic and Creative Thinking ..................................................................... 8 hours
Student Learning Outcomes: To empower students to develop and refine their abilities to
reason systematically and creatively.
To fulfill the Systematic and Creative Thinking component of Florida Southern College’s
general education requirement, students must take at least two courses, one course with a qual-
itative emphasis and one course with a quantitative emphasis, that promote competencies in
the areas of critical and creative thinking. These courses will enable the student to recognize the
distinction between qualitative and quantitative methods, understand their strengths and limita-
tions, and apply each method in the appropriate context.
Qualitative Course ................................................................................................... 4 hours
A qualitative course in Systematic and Creative Thinking requires students to develop key
critical and creative thinking skills by teaching basic awareness and application of these skills.
The course also empowers students to develop their own creative projects. The course promotes
competencies in these two areas:
1. Critical thinking: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate the capacity to rea-
son logically (e.g., deductively, inductively, analogically, and abductively) about qualita-
tive data, using appropriate qualitative methods, and to apply reasoning to solve concrete
problems.
2. Creative thinking: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate the capacity to devel-
op original creative projects related to their application of critical reasoning.
Quantitative Course ............................................................................................... 4 hours
A quantitative course in Systematic and Creative Thinking requires students to refine the de-
velopment of key critical, quantitative, and creative thinking skills. Quantitative reasoning should
include the use of quantitative modeling, calculation, and data analysis to solve applied problems
in a variety of disciplines. The quantitative course must address competencies in the areas below:
1. Students will be able to interpret quantitative information presented in formulas, graphs,
tables, and schematics, and draw inferences from them.
2. Students will be able to express quantitative information symbolically, visually, numerical-
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
67
ly, and verbally.
3. Students will be able to use quantitative tools to solve problems, estimate solutions, and
check answers for reasonableness.
4. Students will be able to recognize and describe limitations of quantitative methods.
B. Eective Communication ................................................................................ 12 hours
Distribution: At least one course from each category (A, B, C), no more than two courses
within the major. One course is to be taken within the first year of a student’s Florida Southern
College career.
Student Learning Outcomes: To empower students to communicate eectively in English
in both oral and written form.
Placement: Before fulfilling Eective Communication requirements, students must suc-
cessfully complete a college-recognized placement process or complete an introductory English
course (Introduction to College English (ENG 1000)).
Category A: Eective Written Communication Skills Development .................. 4 hours
A course fulfilling Category A will require a minimum of 3,000 written words in assignments
with specific feedback. The course will provide students the opportunity to achieve the following
competencies:
1. Students will identify and apply multiple approaches to the study of language, usage,
grammar, diction, and style of standard written English.
2. Students will demonstrate knowledge of grammar and punctuation including: pronoun
case and pronoun antecedent; verbs (forms, tenses, moods, voice, subject-verb agreement);
adjectives and adverbs; avoiding common sentence flaws (sentence fragments, comma
splices, fused sentences, shis and dangling modifiers); diction and word choice.
3. Students will demonstrate mastery of elements of good writing, including paragraphing,
composing essays, pre-writing, outlining, draing, revising, editing and proofreading, and the
ability to organize ideas around a thesis or focal point using current relevant technologies.
Category B: Eective Oral Communication Skills Development ........................ 4 hours
A course fulfilling Category B will require a minimum of two presentations, for a combined
total of no less than 15 minutes. The course will provide students the opportunity to achieve the
following competencies:
1. Students will demonstrate the ability to organize ideas around a thesis statement through
a prepared speech.
2. Students will be able to identify a minimum of three types of organizational patterns
for speeches, and properly utilize one (for example: chronological/historical; sequential;
problem, cause, solution).
3. Students will demonstrate the ability to develop a polished speech presentation through
the process of research, outlining, revision, and delivery, using relevant presentation tech-
nologies.
4. Students will be able to define the dierence between informative and persuasive speak-
ing and demonstrate the ability to construct a persuasive message with an audience-cen-
tered call to action.
Category C: Eective Written and Oral Communication Skills Application ....... 4 hours
Prerequisite: Students must complete courses to meet the requirements for Category A and
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
68
Category B before taking a course in Category C.
A course fulfilling Category C will require a minimum of 3,000 written words in assignments
with specific feedback and at least one presentation totaling no less than 7 minutes. The course
will provide students the opportunity to achieve the following competencies:
1. Students will demonstrate the ability to organize ideas around a thesis or focal point and
incorporate relevant content and evidence in written work and/or oral presentations us-
ing current relevant technologies.
2. Students will demonstrate mastery of elements of good writing, knowledge of field-spe-
cific vocabulary, and the ability to use major specific documentation in text (MLA, APA,
Chicago, etc.) and/or properly cite materials in oral presentations.
3. Students will evaluate successful field-specific works (for example, peer reviewed academ-
ic journal articles) or successful field-specific oral presentations (for example, conference
presentations, testimony, speeches, and sermons).
4. Students will demonstrate the ability to construct an informative presentation or per-
suasive argument (oral or written) based on real quantitative and/or qualitative data, and
create and receive peer evaluation of oral presentations.
III. Personal Wellness
Personal Wellness ................................................................................................... 2 hours
Student Learning Outcomes: Courses satisfying the Personal Wellness category will
empower students to meet at least three of the four outcomes below:
1. Lifestyle programs: To fulfill this outcome, students will participate in healthy lifestyle
programs that incorporate mind, body, or spirit in order to enhance quality of life.
2. Risk factor control: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate how to control var-
ious risk factors, thereby showing an understanding of how to promote healthy lifestyle
behaviors.
3. Nutrition: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate knowledge and practice of
proper nutritional habits.
4. Reflection: To fulfill this outcome, students will demonstrate ability to reflect on how
physical, psychological, social and/or spiritual well-being contributes to overall health.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
69
General Education Courses
The courses in the table below have been approved to count toward completion of General
Education Student Learning Outcome (SLO) categories. SLO categories are abbreviated as follows:
FA = Fine Arts
SW = Social World
MV = Meaning and Value
NW = Natural World
SystTh = Systematic and Creative Thinking
Ql = Qualitative course
Qn = Quantitative course
E. Comm. = Eective Communication
A = Eective Written Communication course
B = Eective Oral Communication course
C = Eective Written and Oral Communication course
Well = Personal Wellness
Courses are listed by prefix, four-digit course number, and number of semester credit hours,
with a check indicating each SLO category for which they have been approved. A course appearing
under more than one category may be used to satisfy each SLO category under which it appears.
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
Hours Needed
8 8 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 2
ACC 2111
4 √
ARH 1100
4 √ √
ARH 2500
4 √ √
ARH 3700
4 √ √
ARH 3780
4 √
ARH 4999
4 √ √
ART 1120
4 √
ART 1140
4 √
ART 1175
4 √
ART 2240
4 √
ART 4900/4901
2 √
ART 4499
4 √ √
ART 4999
4 √ √
AST 1010
4 √
BIO 1000
4 √
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
70
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
BIO 1500
4 √
BIO 1900
4 √
BIO 2215
4 √
BIO/REL 3378
4 √
BIO 4359
4 √
BIO 4461/4462
4 √
BIO 4561/4562
4 √
BIO 4661/4662
6 √
BUS 3125
2 √
BUS 3311
4 √
BUS 3320
4 √
BUS 4430
4 √
BUS 4999
4 √
CHE 1005
4 √
CHE 1011
4 √
CHE 1111
4 √
CHE 4410
2 √
CHE 4960
2 √
CHE 4999
2 √
CIT 4999
4 √
COM 1500
4 √
COM 1600
2 √
COM 1601
2 √
COM 2100
4 √
COM 2250
4 √ √
COM 2260
4 √
COM/SOC 2270
4 √ √
COM 2280
4 √
COM 3200
4 √ √
COM 3210
4 √
COM/POS 3905
4 √ √
COM 4500
4 √
COM 4999
4 √
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
71
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
CRM 2280
4 √
CRM/SOC 3303
4 √ √
CRM/SOC 3305
√ √
CRM 3340
4 √
CRM/SOC 4420
4 √ √
CRM 4999
4 √
CSC/MAT 2100
4 √
CSC 3350
4 √
CSC 4899
4 √
DAN 1600
4 √
DAN 1643
3 √
DAN 3672
3 √
ECO 4550
4 √
EDU 2661
2 √
EDU 4990
4 √
ENG 1005
4 √
ENG 1130
4 √
ENG 2004
4 √ √ √
ENG 2023
4 √
ENG 2305
4 √ √
ENG 2309
4 √ √
ENG 2310
4 √
ENG 2313
4 √ √
ENG 2314
4 √ √
ENG 3100
4 √
ENG 3200
4 √
ENG 3217
4 √ √
ENG 3219
4 √ √
ENG 3235
4 √ √
ENG 3236
4 √ √
ENG 3263
4 √ √
ENG 3304
4 √
ENG 3320
4 √ √
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
72
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
ENG 3360
4 √ √
ENG/WST 3370
4 √
ENG 4209
4 √
ENG 4303
4 √
ENG 4305
4 √
ENG 4999
4 √
EXS 2760
4 √
EXS 4725
4 √
FRE 1101
4 √ √
HCA 4999
4 √
HIS 1100
4 √ √
HIS 1200
4 √ √
HIS 1300
4 √ √
HIS 2215
4 √ √
HIS 2225
4 √ √
HIS 3115
4 √ √ √
HIS 3165
4 √ √ √
HIS/POS 3175
4 √
HIS 3215
4 √ √ √
HIS 3225
4 √ √ √
HIS 3231
4 √ √ √
HIS 3232
4 √ √ √
HIS 3240
4 √ √ √
HIS 3275
4 √ √ √
HIS/LAS 3355
4 √ √ √
HIS/LAS 3365
4 √ √ √
HIS 3415
4 √ √ √
HIS 3445
4 √ √ √
HIS 3455
4 √ √ √
HIS 3550
4 √ √ √
HIS 3705
4 √ √ √
HIS 3755
4 √ √ √
HIS 4455
4 √ √ √
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
73
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
HIS 4550
4 √ √ √
HIS 4555
4 √ √ √
HIS 4999
4 √ √ √
HON 1700
4 √ √
HON 1701
4 √ √
HON 4955
4 √
HON 4956
4 √
HRT 1000
4 √ √
HRT 2100
4 √
LAS/SPA 3308
4 √
LAS/HIS 3355
4 √ √ √
LAS/HIS 3365
4 √ √ √
MAT 1007
4 √
MAT 1047
4 √
MAT 2022
4 √
MAT 2032
4 √
MAT 2050
4 √
MAT/CSC 2100
4 √
MAT 2311
4 √
MAT 2312
4 √
MAT 3313
4 √
MAT 4960/4961
4 √
MAT 4999
4 √
MKT 3160
√
MLS 4900
4 √
MUS 1101,2
1 √
MUS 1103,4
1 √
MUS 1105,6
1 √
MUS 1107,8
1 √
MUS 1109,10
1 √
MUS 1111,12
1 √
MUS 1113,14
1 √
MUS 1117,18
1 √
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
74
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
MUS 1121,22
1 √
MUS 1123,24
1 √
MUS 1162
2 √
MUS 1163
4 √
MUS 1164
4 √
MUS 1165
4 √
MUS 1166
4 √
MUS 2201,2
1 √
MUS 2203,4
1 √
MUS 2205,6
1 √
MUS 2207,8
1 √
MUS 2209,10
1 √
MUS 2211,12
1 √
MUS 2213,14
1 √
MUS 2217,18
1 √
MUS 2221,22
1 √
MUS 2223,24
1 √
MUS 3301,2
1 √
MUS 3303,4
1 √
MUS 3305,6
1 √
MUS 3307,8
1 √
MUS 3309,10
1 √
MUS 3311,12
1 √
MUS 3313,14
1 √
MUS 3317,18
1 √
MUS 3321,22
1 √
MUS 3323,24
1 √
MUS 3381
4 √ √
MUS 3382
4 √
MUS 4401,2
1 √
MUS 4403,4
1 √
MUS 4405,6
1 √
MUS 4407,8
1 √
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
75
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
MUS 4409,10
1 √
MUS 4411,12
1 √
MUS 4413,14
1 √
MUS 4417,18
1 √
MUS 4421,22
1 √
MUS 4423,24
1 √
NUR 1103
2 √
NUR 4110
4 √
PED 1005
2 √
PED 2003
1 √
PED 2005
1 √
PED 2010
1 √
PED 2013
1 √
PED 2014
1 √
PED 2015
1 √
PED 2018
1 √
PED 2019
1 √
PED 2020
1 √
PED 2026
1 √
PHI 1109
4 √ √
PHI 2204
4 √ √
PHI 2208
4 √
PHI/REL 2219
4 √ √ √
PHI 2224
4 √ √
PHI 3109
4 √ √
PHI 3309
4 √ √
PHI 3359
4 √ √ √ √
PHI/REL 3388
4 √ √ √
PHI 4479
4 √ √ √
PHY 2010
4 √
PHY 2110
4 √
POR 1101
4 √ √
POS 1115
4 √
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
76
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
POS 2100
4 √ √
POS 2290
4 √ √
POS 2295
4 √
POS 2900
4 √
POS 3100
4 √
POS/HIS 3175
4 √
POS 3315
4 √
POS 3320
4 √ √
POS 3323
4 √
POS 3325
4 √
POS 3327
4 √
POS 3330
4 √
POS 3339
4 √ √
POS 3345
4 √
POS 3380
4 √ √
POS 3400
4 √
POS 3500
4 √
POS 3550
4 √ √
POS 3600
4 √
POS/COM 3905
4 √ √
POS 4429
4 √
POS 4999
4 √ √ √
PSY 1106
4 √
PSY 1110
4 √
PSY 1500
4 √
PSY 1510
4 √
PSY 3310
4 √
PSY 3321
2 √
PSY 3322
2 √
PSY 4999
4 √
REL 1108
4 √ √
REL 2214
4 √ √
REL 2215
4 √ √ √
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
77
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
REL 2216
4 √ √
REL 2217
4 √
REL 2218
4 √ √
REL/PHI 2219
4 √ √ √
REL 2228
4 √ √
REL/WST 2256
4 √
REL 3328
4 √ √
REL/BIO 3378
4 √
REL/PHI 3388
4 √ √ √
REL 4428
4 √
REL 4448
4 √
REL 4474
4 √
SOC 1100
4 √ √
SOC 2216
4 √
SOC/WST 2220
4 √ √
SOC 2240
4 √
SOC/COM 2270
4 √ √
SOC 3300
4 √
SOC/CRM 3303
4 √ √
SOC/CRM 3305
4 √ √
SOC/SPM 3307
4 √
SOC 3309
4 √
SOC 3315
4 √
SOC 3336
4 √
SOC 3337
4 √ √
SOC 4400
4 √ √ √
SOC 4406
4 √ √ √
SOC/CRM 4420
4 √ √
SPA 1101
4 √ √
SPA 2205
4 √ √
SPA 2207
4 √ √
SPA/LAS 3308
4 √
SPA 3320
4 √ √
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
78
SEM Hours
MV
Knowledge Intellectual
Per/
Soc
SW NW FA
Syst Th E Comm
WELL
Ql Qn A B C
SPA 3323
4 √
SPA 3334
4 √
SPM/SOC 3307
4 √
SPM 4999
4 √
THE 1050
4 √ √
THE 1213
4 √ √
THE 1214
4 √ √
THE 2153
1 √
THE 2610
1 √
THE 2611
1 √
THE 2620
1 √
THE 2621
1 √
THE 2630
1 √
THE 2631
1 √
THE 2640
1 √
THE 2641
1 √
THE 3153
2 √
THE 3610
1 √
THE 3611
1 √
THE 3620
1 √
THE 3621
1 √
THE 3630
1 √
THE 3631
1 √
THE 3640
1 √
THE 3641
1 √
THE 4513
4 √ √
THE 4523
4 √ √
WST 2200
4 √ √
WST/SOC 2220
4 √ √
WST/REL 2256
4 √
WST/ENG 3370
4 √
WST 4400
4 √ √
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
79
Additional Degree Requirements: B.A. and B.S. Degrees
Candidates for the Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science degrees must fulfill additional
degree requirements listed below.
A note on using a course to satisfy multiple requirements (also known as “double-dip-
ping”): If a course required for a student’s major (or minor) field of study also satisfies Bachelor of
Arts (B.A.) or Bachelor of Science (B.S.) degree requirements, the student may use the course to ful-
fill both sets of requirements. Such “double-dipping” is permissible unless there are regulations pre-
venting it in the specific case. However, double-dipping is not permitted between bachelor’s
degree requirements and General Education requirements: A given course may never be
used to satisfy both General Education and Bachelor of Arts degree requirements. Like-
wise, a given course may never be used to satisfy both General Education and Bachelor of
Science degree requirements.
Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ............................................................... 20 hours
1. Foreign Language (12 hours of a single language, or competency through 2203 in a mod-
ern or classical language*)
2. Additional hours in two dierent disciplines in the humanities, fine arts, performing arts,
or other courses approved in the humanities by the Curriculum Committee (8 hours)
*Competency in the language requirement for the Bachelor of Arts degree is understood to be
equivalent to successful completion of the second year of a foreign language accepted by Florida
Southern College (proficiency at the 2203 level). For further information about meeting the
requirement, contact the dean of the School of Arts and Sciences.
Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements .......................................................... 12 hours
1. Computer Science, Mathematics, or other course approved as quantitative by the General
Education or Curriculum Committee (4 hours)
2. Natural Science (4 hours)
3. Social Science: One course selected from CRM, ECO, GEO, HIS, POS, PSY, or SOC or
other course approved as social science by the Curriculum Committee (4 hours)
Major Requirements
An academic major is an integral part of the degree program. While declaration of a major is
essential in the first year of some programs (athletic training, biology (pre-med), chemistry, edu-
cation, music, and theatre, for example), for other major programs, declaration may be deferred
until the end of the sophomore year.
Course requirements for each academic major are found in the undergraduate program re-
quirements section of this catalog. Majors vary in the number of semester hours required; how-
ever, fiy percent of the major courses must have been completed at Florida Southern College.
In order to complete the 124 semester hours required for graduation, students must complete
all major requirements, all General Education requirements, any applicable bachelor’s degree re-
quirements, and possibly electives. Additionally, they may pursue coursework leading to a second
major, a second concentration, and minors.
Programs Requiring more than 124 Semester Hours
Some programs of study require more than 124 semester hours for completion. Students in
these programs may be obligated to spend additional semesters or summer sessions in residence
in order to complete program requirements. Additionally, students who elect to pursue addi-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
80
tional majors or minors will in many cases have committed to earning above 124 hours and,
therefore, may also be obligated to spend additional semesters or summer sessions in residence.
The College may not be able to make available the opportunity for any student to take course
work in all desired options within the student’s eight semesters of college work. It will, however,
make accommodations enabling students to achieve a reasonable range of educational objectives
within eight semesters.
Minors
Minors are oered in a variety of disciplines. Students are required to complete 50 percent of
the minor requirements at Florida Southern College. Please be reminded that AICE, AP, CLEP
and IB credits are recorded as transfer credits. Students at Florida Southern College may elect a
minor as specified in this catalog.
Minors must be successfully completed with a 2.0 grade point average. Specific information
about particular minors are included in the introductory section of each discipline found in this
catalog. In many cases, the particular courses for a minor are specified by the program.
Prerequisites and Co-requisites
Prerequisites and co-requisites are indicated immediately before the description of the course
in the course listing at the back of this catalog. The hours printed aer each course title are semes-
ter credit hours. Prerequisites and co-requisites are binding.
Course Numbers
Courses in the Florida Southern College’s curriculum are identified by program prefix and
four-digit number. The following guidelines apply across the curriculum:
• First digit: The first digit of the course number designates the course level. Digits 1-4 may
be used (as in the current Florida Southern College course numbering system): 1 = first-year
level; 2 = sophomore level; 3 = junior level; 4 = senior level. (Digits “5” and “6” are reserved
for Masters-level courses and “7” is reserved for doctoral-level courses.)
• Second digit: The second digit of the course number designates the subdiscipline as well
as whether the course is intended for student majors or non-majors: 0 = Course for non-ma-
jors; digits 1–8 may be used for subdisciplines. (Digit “9” is reserved for special courses
described below.)
• Third and fourth digits: The third and fourth digits are to be used to designate course
sequences. Prerequisites: Sequences in which one course is a prerequisite for the next course
typically end in “1” and “2”. (Exceptions to this policy occur in the case of some special
courses described below.)
Special Courses
In addition to the range of courses in each of the program oerings, teaching and learning
opportunities may be arranged as follows:
Experimental/Special Topics Courses
1997–1998, 2997–2998, 3997–3998, 4997–4998
From time to time programs may establish experimental, trial courses to meet the needs of
certain groups of students, to test educational hypotheses about course oerings, or to create new
course oerings in response to faculty interests within a creative curriculum. Establishment of
these courses is contingent upon approval by the respective academic dean, and such courses may
be oered a maximum of three times.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
81
Departmental Research and Thesis (other than required for Honors)
1951–1952, 2951–2952, 3951–3952, 4951–4952 See specific program course listings.
Honors-in-the-Major Research and Thesis
3953–3954, 4953–4954 See specific program listings.
Honors Program research and thesis: 3955–3956, 4955–4956 See Honors Program listings.
Directed Study
1991–1992, 2991–2992, 3991–3992, 4991–4992, or current course number
Students with excellent grade point averages may, with the approval of the instructor and the
appropriate dean, register for advanced topics not listed among the current courses of instruc-
tion, or with extenuating circumstances, courses available in this catalog. Weekly conferences
with the faculty director of the project, oral or written examinations, and a paper of some sub-
stantial length are among the normal requirements for directed study courses.
Independent Study (other than research or thesis work)
1993–1994, 2993–2994, 3993–3994, 4993–4994
Students with junior or senior standing and superior grade point averages may, with the
approval of a faculty member, the department chair and/or dean, register for independent study.
Such study normally consists of research usually culminating in the presentation of a substantial
paper representing independent scholarly eort. Written examinations may be specified.
Internships
4960–4961; 4990
The College may schedule courses that are defined as internships or student teaching as
in Education. All internships, except in education, involve a “learning contract” which must be
completed by the student, faculty sponsor, and participating agency supervisor prior to the be-
ginning of the internship; one hour of credit will be awarded for every forty hours of internship
experience. Specific requirements may apply to the location of the internship.
Senior Seminars/Capstone Courses: 4889, 4999 See specific program course listings.
Course Cancellation
The College reserves the right to withdraw a course from its semester schedule when enroll-
ment is fewer than eight students. The College also reserves the right to change, add, or remove
courses from its list without notice.
Eective Date of Requirements
Degree requirements are based upon the catalog in eect at the time the student enrolls for
a degree or is given degree status. With continuous enrollment, any student may elect, however,
to be graduated under all the degree requirements of a later catalog. One may not be graduated
under the academic provisions of a catalog more than seven years old. The degree requirements
of the current catalog shall apply to all students who are readmitted to degree status.
Completion of Graduation Requirements
While the College makes every attempt to assist the student in the completion of graduation
requirements through academic advising, graduation checks by the Registrar’s Oce, etc., it is
ultimately the student’s responsibility to ensure that all graduation requirements are met.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
82
Application for Graduation
Degree candidates must complete the online application for graduation. Applications from
candidates anticipating graduation in the spring semester are due on or before December 15. Ap-
plications from candidates anticipating graduation in the summer semester(s) are due on or before
February 15. Applications from candidates anticipating graduation in the fall semester are due on
or before April 15.
A graduation check is recommended at minimum the semester preceding graduation in order
to assure that all degree requirements are met. All candidates for degrees are requested to attend the
appropriate commencement exercise.
Commencement ceremonies are held annually in December and April/May, and degrees
are ocially conferred at those times. Degrees are also conferred in August, although no formal
commencement ceremony is held.
A $60 graduation fee shall be assessed for all sudents during the semester in which gradua-
tion is anticipated.
UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS
83
UNDERGRADUATE MAJORS
Accounting
Applied Mathematics and Statistics
Art History and Museum Studies
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
Biology
Biotechnology
Business Administration
Business Analytics
Chemistry
Citrus and Horticultural Science
Communication
Computer Science
Criminology
Dance
Data Analytics
Economics
Education: Art Education
Education: Music Education
Education: Secondary Biology
Education: Secondary English
Education: Secondary Mathematics
Education: Secondary Social Science
Elementary Education
English
Environmental Studies
Exercise Science
Film
Finance
Graphic Design
History
Humanities
Integrative Biology
Interactive and Game Design
Marine Biology
Marketing
Mathematics
Medical Laboratory Sciences
Music
Music: Music Management
Music: Performance
Nursing
Philosophy
Political Communication
Political Science
Psychology
Religion
Self-Designed Major:
Venture into the Adventure
Social Sciences
Spanish
Sport Business Management
Sports Communication and Marketing
Studio Art
Theatre Arts
Theatre Arts: Musical Theatre
Theatre Arts: Technical Theatre/Design
Theatre Arts: Theatre Performance
Youth Ministry
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
84
ADULT UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
Florida Southern College provides opportunities for adult students to earn a bachelor’s de-
gree in the evening, online, or in a hybrid format. Florida Southern College also oers online
workshop courses for individuals who need certification or recertification through our Teacher
Workshop program. The Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission supports and facilitates the
progress of adult students in the completion of their degree requirements.
Most Florida Southern College academic policies, including those concerning academic
progress and standing, apply equally to all Florida Southern College programs (please consult
the Academic Policies section in this catalog for additional information).
Classes are oered in the following delivery methods: fully online and in a hybrid format (a
combination of on-campus and online).
Admission to the following bachelor’s degree programs is oered through the Oce of
Adult and Graduate Admission:
Bachelor of Science in Accounting
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education K–6
Bachelor of Science in Communication with a Concentration in Interpersonal and
Organizational Communication
Admission
Admission to adult undergraduate degree programs is generally limited to students who
are employed full-time or are at least 25 years of age or older. In considering applications, the
Oce of Admission gives careful consideration to each individual applicant, without regard to
race, creed, color, gender, marital status, religion, age, disability, sexual orientation, or nation-
ality. Applicants are considered for admission in any of the yearly terms. Students are advised
to submit applications as early as possible to assure optimal admission and financial aid con-
siderations. Any applications received the week of the start of classes will be considered on a
space-available basis.
Any student who is a first time in college student may not be enrolled at a full-time status (12
credit hours over two terms) for the first two terms in which the student is enrolled.
Adult Undergraduate Part-time Student Status
Adult undergraduate students are considered part time if they enroll in fewer than six credit
hours per term. Part-time students may have reduced eligibility for some or all financial aid.
Admission Requirements
• Submit a completed application.
• Provide ocial transcripts of all academic work taken previously at other colleges, universi-
ties, or professional schools.
• Provide ocial transcript of high school record (or GED test score) if fewer than 25 credit
hours have been earned from a regionally accredited college or university.
• Provide either ACT or SAT exam scores if fewer than 25 credit hours have been earned from
a regionally accredited college or university or as an alternative, applicants should instead
submit an updated resume and elect to apply through the test-optional policy.
ADULT UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
85
• Military service-connected, educational experiences may award transfer credits. Requests
should be accompanied by documents describing the educational experience. (Seven se-
mester hours of credit may be awarded.)
Please refer to the program-specific requirements for additional admission policies and
procedures. Students may be admitted provisionally or conditionally as specified.
Non-Degree Admission
Adult students who wish to enroll for specific coursework are eligible to apply as a non-de-
gree seeking student through the Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission. An online applica-
tion is required.
Students holding non-degree status may not enroll full-time and may accumulate no more
than 40 total hours of coursework at Florida Southern. Upon completion of 25 semester hours,
non-degree students may seek degree status through the Oce of Adult and Graduate Admis-
sion. Students enrolled in a non-degree seeking status are not eligible for financial assistance.
A student who is a degree candidate at another institution and wishes to take courses for
transfer credit should arrange with that college’s Oce of Admission to submit a letter indi-
cating good academic and social standing and granting permission to take specific courses at
Florida Southern College. This transient permission serves as a substitute for the transcript
required from other students.
Adult and Graduate Transfer Admission Policies
Students who have successfully completed work at a regionally accredited college or uni-
versity may apply for admission to adult undergraduate programs at Florida Southern College.
Ocial transcripts are required from each post-secondary institution attended.
Applicants are evaluated primarily on the strength of their academic achievement at the
post-secondary level, with emphasis placed on subject areas paralleling Florida Southern Col-
lege’s general education curriculum requirements. Particularly critical are courses in English and
mathematics. Total credits attempted, credits earned, and grades posted serve as the basis for
admission. Students who wish to transfer before accumulating 25 semester hours of transferable
credit must also submit high school transcripts and ACT or SAT scores or submit a current, pro-
fessional resume.
To be considered for transfer admission into an adult undergraduate degree program, a stu-
dent must be eligible, academically and socially, to return to the last college or university attend-
ed. A student on academic or social dismissal from any institution is not eligible to enroll at
Florida Southern College, unless approved by the Provost. Students transferring without an A.A.
degree at the time of matriculation are required to complete all general education courses not
previously successfully completed. Evaluation of transfer credit is on a course-by-course basis.
Please refer to additional information in the General Education Curriculum section of this cata-
log.
Students who have earned an A.A. degree from a regionally accredited institution in the
state of Florida will have met all of Florida Southern College’s general education requirements,
if the degree was awarded aer December 1994. Under agreements with the state’s community
colleges, A.A. degree graduates who earn their degrees in 1995 or subsequent years may enter
Florida Southern College as juniors with a maximum of 62 transferable credits.
Should the Admissions Committee deem a student admissible, the student’s file is then sent
to the Registrar’s Oce to have an ocial credit evaluation completed. Once the ocial evalua-
tion is complete, the student will be sent an admission update. Only courses in which a student
earned a grade of “C” or higher are considered for transfer credit. The maximum number of cred-
it hours transferable from a 2-year institution is 62, while a student transferring from a 4-year in-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
86
stitution may enter Florida Southern College with as many as 93 hours. If a student has attended
more than one college or university, each transcript is evaluated independently. Regardless of the
amount of applicable transfer credit, students must complete at least 50 percent of their major
and minor (if minor is elected) in Florida Southern College coursework. Transient coursework,
CLEP and other examination credit, and study abroad credits earned through an aliation agree-
ment with another institution are not considered Florida Southern College credit.
Students who have attended institutions which are considered in-candidacy-for-accredita-
tion, or students who have college credits more than ten years old may have their credits accepted
provisionally and validated by completing at least 24 semester hours of Florida Southern College
work while maintaining at least a 2.0 grade point average.
Transfer credit hours for specialist education programs in military service schools may be
awarded to a maximum of 18 hours. Semester-hours credit is determined by standards of the
American Council on Education guide to the evaluation of experiences in the Armed Services.
Re-Admission of Adult, Graduate, and Doctoral Students
Any adult or graduate student who wishes to return to Florida Southern College following
withdrawal or suspension must re-apply through the Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission.
To complete the application, the student must include the following:
• Statement explaining reasons for leaving
• Specification of the term of intended re-enrollment
• Statement of activities (work, travel, academic work) which have occurred since leaving
Florida Southern College
• If the student has undertaken any academic work at another institution since last enrolled
at Florida Southern College, ocial transcripts and a Report of Social Standing form must
be submitted upon re-applying.
Additionally, to be eligible for re-admission, students must have demonstrated a successful
and positive adjustment to the campus community while at the College and must not have any
outstanding accounts payable in the Business Oce or any unresolved judicial matters. Students
seeking to re-enter the program aer an absence of one full year or more are subject to the cata-
log under which they re-enter. Re-admission applicants who have been absent for more than five
years will be required to resubmit all transcripts and supporting documentation.
Overall, it is up to the discretion of the dean of the school in which the student is applying to
determine a student’s re-admittance decision.
Defer
Students who have been admitted to Florida Southern College for adult or graduate pro-
grams may defer admission for up to one year, provided the request for a deferred date of en-
rollment is made in writing prior to the start of the semester for which admission was granted.
Candidates may request deferred admission to pursue non-academic goals, such as work and trav-
el, only. Deferred admission is not granted to students who wish to enroll in another institution
prior to attending Florida Southern College. (See Reactivation of Applications). Deferment in all
graduate programs is limited and you must seek the Director of Adult and Graduate Admission’s
approval. Financial aid cannot be automatically deferred. Students should contact the Financial
Aid Oce to ensure that full consideration for financial aid is given for the designated semester
of enrollment.
ADULT UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
87
Reactivation of Application
All applications to Florida Southern College adult and graduate programs remain on file
for a period of one year. Students who do not enroll in the semester requested on the original
application may reactivate an application for consideration for a subsequent semester within that
period. Students should submit a new Application for Admission within the 12-month period
to reactivate the application. If the applicant has undertaken additional formal study in the inter-
vening period, ocial transcripts must be submitted showing all work completed or in progress.
Provisional Admission
Adult undergraduate students may be admitted provisionally while awaiting the accumu-
lation of required supporting documents. Documents must be provided by the end of the first
term following the acceptance of the initial application. Evaluation of transfer credits or military
experience cannot be completed until the required documents are received by the Oce of Adult
and Graduate Admission. Students admitted on provisional admissions status are not eligible to
receive state and federal financial aid during this period of provisional admission.
Conditional Admission
Florida Southern College recognizes that adult undergraduate applicants may have been in
the workforce for some time and are unable to provide sucient academic records on which to
base a decision for acceptance into a degree program. In such cases, in response to a student’s
application, Florida Southern College may admit the student on a conditional basis.
You must enroll and successfully complete 12 credit hours of coursework before you will be
formally accepted. You must maintain at least a 2.0 GPA in order to demonstrate you can meet
the academic requirements of the college. During this time period, you will not be eligible to
receive state or federal financial aid.
Adult Undergraduate Education Majors
Although students are permitted to enter during any of the nine terms throughout the year, it
is recommended that students begin their adult undergraduate degree program during term 1A
in the fall to ensure continuous enrollment leading to their internships. Students intern during
term 1C or 2C (16 weeks), aer ALL undergraduate coursework is completed with a grade of “C”
or better, a 2.5 cumulative GPA, passing scores on all parts of the Florida Teaching Certification
Exam (FTCE), and permission of the Dean of the School of Education.
Teacher Workshop Program
Certified teachers and post-degree teacher certification candidates are welcome to take pro-
fessional education coursework through Florida Southern College’s Teacher Workshop program
for initial certification or renewal of professional certification.
However, neither Florida Southern College nor the School of Education accepts responsibility
for advising post-baccalaureate degree students in course selection for teacher certification. It is the
responsibility of the student to follow all certification requirements via the Florida Department of
Education in order to meet the requirements to teach in the state of Florida.
Drop/Add Procedures
A student wishing to drop a course must notify the Registrar’s Oce in writing or by email
by the appropriate date. A student may not drop a course through an instructor or by simply not
attending class.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
88
Financial Information
Students pay only a part of their costs—operating and instructional—at Florida Southern
College. The remainder comes from endowment income and from alumni and friends, as well as
from grants from foundations, businesses and the government, and from the Florida Conference
of the United Methodist Church.
Tuition, Fees, and Other Costs
Basic costs of adult undergraduate degree programs include:
• Tuition
B.S. in Accounting ............................................................................. $340.00 per credit hour
B.S. in Business Administration ........................................................ $340.00 per credit hour
B.S. in Communication ..................................................................... $340.00 per credit hour
B.S. in Elementary Education ............................................................ $340.00 per credit hour
Adult Undergraduate Non-Degree ................................................... $340.00 per credit hour
• Technology fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................ $30.00 per term
5–8 credit hours .............................................................................................. $60.00 per term
9–12 credit hours .......................................................................................... $120.00 per term
• Parking fee ....................................................................................................... $40.00 per year
• Graduation fee ................................................................................................................ $60.00
• Lab fees for some courses ............................................................................................. variable
Note: The college reserves the right to change fees due to the economic conditions
“Refund Policy” on page 25
A student who withdraws from college during an adult term will be granted a refund as follows:
• Withdraw from college during the first three calendar days ............................. 100% refund
• Withdraw from college during the 4
th
to the 5
th
calendar days .......................... 90% refund
• Withdraw from college during the 6
th
to the 13
th
calendar days ........................ 50% refund
• Withdraw from college during the 14
th
to the 25
th
calendar days ...................... 25% refund
• Withdraw from college aer the 25
th
calendar day ......................................... no refund due
Registration
Registration may be accomplished by
• Registering online via Florida Southern College Portal. Online registration is a fast, conve-
nient method of registration available to all accepted adult students. Students registering
for the first time will receive written instructions on how to complete registration. Payment
must be made online or in person to the Business Oce prior to the first class session.
• Registering in person. The Oce of the Registrar is located on the second floor of the Buck-
ner Building, o Johnson Avenue. Oce hours are Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–5:00 p.m. The
phone number is 863.680.4127.
• If a student is not currently enrolled, but has been enrolled within the year, he or she may
ADULT UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
89
register via the Portal or by calling the Registrar’s Oce, 863.680.4127. Payment must be
made to the Oce of Student Accounts prior to the first class session.
Orientation
New adult undergraduate students are expected to complete orientation online. Students are
sent an email with a 13-minute video, which includes an overview of support services, resources,
sta information by department, and amenities available.
Financial Aid
Florida Southern College participates in federal and state financial aid programs. Informa-
tion and forms may be obtained from the Florida Southern College website or from the Finan-
cial Aid Oce. The phone number is 863.680.3963. Adult undergraduate degree students must
enroll in at least twelve hours per semester (terms A, B and C) to be awarded the Eective Access
to Student Education grant (EASE) -formerly FRAG.
Course Enrollment
Adult undergraduate degree programs are arranged so that a student may take one or two
courses in any term. The program oers three semesters per year—fall (Semester 1), spring (Se-
mester 2) and summer (Semester 3)—with three terms per semester: Terms A, B, and C.
A student who attends twelve hours in any one semester (1 (Fall), 2 (Spring), 3 (Summer)) is
considered full time. A full-time student may accumulate up to 48 semester hours of coursework
in a single calendar year and may qualify for state and federal financial assistance.
Students who entered the College through the Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission may
not enroll in more than 18 hours combined in Terms A, B, and C, without prior approval from
their academic dean.
Academic policies including standards of academic progress, academic probation, academic
suspension, and retaking course information, can be found earlier in the catalog.
Additional Program Information
Information on transient credits, graduation, and academic honors is located elsewhere in
this catalog. Further information concerning admission, evaluation of credits, registration, and
other details may be obtained from:
Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission 863.680.4205
111 Lake Hollingsworth Drive Fax: 863.680.3872
Lakeland, FL 33810-5698 Email: evening@flsouthern.edu
Adult Undergraduate Programs of Study
General Education Curriculum ................................................................................see page 63
Accounting ....................................................................................................................see page 98
Note: Adult undergraduate students earn a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. Be-
cause of the nature of the program for returning, working adults, BUS 1115 is waived as a degree
requirement for adult undergraduate students. The advising process will determine if BUS 3960
and an internship are required for an adult student. If not required, other business electives will
substitute for those credit hours. Accounting courses that are being transferred from another
institution cannot be more than 5 years old, except for those that are currently practicing in the
subject area.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
90
Business Administration ..........................................................................................see page 101
Note: Adult undergraduate students earn a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. Be-
cause of the nature of the program for returning, working adults, BUS 1115 is waived as a degree
requirement for adult undergraduate students. The advising process will determine if BUS 3960
and an internship are required for an adult student. If not required, other business electives will
substitute for those credit hours.
Management Certificate ...........................................................................................see page 102
Note: The Management Certificate is awarded at the adult undergraduate level. The certificate
requires completion of nine core business management courses consisting of 36 credit hours of
instruction. Students must submit an adult undergraduate non-degree application to be con-
sidered to pursue Florida Southern College’s Management Certificate. Upon completion of all
courses students desiring the certificate must submit a Certificate in Management Completion
form as well as the $25 processing fee to the Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission.
Communication .........................................................................................................see page 135
Note: Adult undergraduate students earn a Bachelor of Science degree in Communication with
a concentration in Interpersonal and Organizational Communication. Because of the nature of
the program, COM 1100 will be waived as a degree requirement for adult undergraduate stu-
dents. Additionally, COM 3955 and COM 4960/4961 are not oered in the adult undergraduate
degree program. Students must take COM 4900 to complete the degree requirements.
Elementary Education (K–6) ...................................................................................see page 197
Note: Students who intend to study in any of the teacher education programs at Florida South-
ern must apply for admission to the Teacher Preparation Program aer completion of all School
of Education admission requirements listed below. All students must pass the General Knowl-
edge Test prior to enrolling in EDU 3323. Transfer students must apply for and be admitted to
the teacher education program before enrolling in upper division classes. Application forms are
available through the School of Education. The application deadline for each fall semester is
March 15. The spring deadline is October 15.
Students who meet the following criteria are eligible for admission to teacher candidacy:
1. Submit a FSC School of Education Teacher Preparation Program Application for Admission.
2. Pass all four sections of the General Knowledge Test (GKT).
3. Earn an overall cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale for the general
education component of undergraduate studies.
4. Earn an overall GPA of 2.5 or better in all completed Education courses, with no course grade
lower than a C.
5. Obtain fingerprint/background clearance check from Polk County Public Schools.
6. Complete an academic interest inventory at FSC.
7. Successfully complete EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I and EDU 2200 Field Study I.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
91
THE ANN BLANTON EDWARDS SCHOOL
OF NURSING AND HEALTH SCIENCES
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
EXERCISE SCIENCE
Exercise science (EXS) is the study of the body’s response to exercise and requires an under-
standing of anatomy, kinesiology, health and fitness, biomechanics and exercise physiology. The
exercise science major will prepare students to pursue direct entry jobs in cardiac rehabilitation,
strength and conditioning, personal training, fitness center management, and health promotion.
The major will also prepare students for graduate programs in physical therapy, occupational
therapy, cardiac rehabilitation, kinesiology, physician assistant, orthotics, prosthetics, public
health, and other allied health professions. Exercise science majors will be prepared to take na-
tional certification exams from the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) or
from the American College of Sports Medicine (ACSM) during their senior year if they choose.
Persons with an exercise science degree establish exercise, fitness, and rehabilitative prescriptions
within hospitals, fitness facilities, universities, clinical rehabilitation facilities, and multi-aged ath-
letic programs. Example careers include:
• Exercise specialists in cardiopulmonary rehabilitation programs
• Strength coaches for college, university and professional sports programs
• Researchers within sports medicine laboratories
• Exercise technologists in cardiology clinics
• Managers and exercise leaders in corporate wellness programs
• Supervisors of specialized health, fitness, wellness, or lifestyle programs
• Personal trainers and fitness instructors in health and fitness centers and YMCAs
• Exercise and health entrepreneurs
• Fitness and wellness consultants
Special Requirements
Students must be able to obtain transportation to clinical and applied experience sites. In some
clinical situations, students may have to complete additional requirements such as, but not limited
to: background check, fingerprinting, drug screening, proof of vaccinations, and HIPAA training.
Students are responsible for any on-boarding fees associated with their internship site.
Progress Requirements
Majors must complete 52 hours from the EXS core requirements and an additional 12 hours
of elective courses from the EXS elective options for 64 total EXS major hours. EXS also oers a
Strength and Conditioning Concentration for students who would like to pursue careers within
the fitness and/or strength and conditioning field. Students selecting the Strength and Condi-
tioning Concentration must declare this concentration no later than the fall semester of their
junior year. Students in the Strength and Conditioning Concentration must complete 52 hours
from the EXS core requirements and an additional 12 - 14 hours within the Strength and Condi-
tioning Concentration for 64 - 66 total EXS major hours. All Exercise Science majors must earn
a grade of “C” or better in the major subject areas (EXS) marked with an (*). EXS 4950/4951 and
EXS 4960/4961 courses require approval from program faculty.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
92
Exercise Science Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Core Requirements .................................................................................. 64 - 66 hours
BIO 2215 Anatomy and Physiology I
BIO 2216 Anatomy and Physiology II
EXS 1105 Introduction to Exercise Science and Health Promotion*
EXS 1110 Fundamentals of Exercise Technique and Instruction*
EXS 2760 Sports Nutrition and Supplementation*
EXS/BIO 2770 Exercise Physiology*
EXS 2775 Kinesiology*
EXS 3720 Principles of Organizational and Facility Management*
EXS 3735 Exercise and Sports Psychology*
EXS 3740 Exercise Testing and Prescription*
EXS 3745 Exercise Management of Chronic Disease*
EXS 3750 Essentials of Strength and Conditioning*
EXS 4725 Research Methods in Exercise and Human Performance*
EXS 4960/4961 Applied Experiences in Exercise Science*
Twelve to Fourteen hours chose from either:
Strength and Conditioning concentration:
EXS 2205 First Aid and Safety*
EXS 2585 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries*
EXS 4100 Biomechanics and Movement Analytics*
EXS 4600 Certification Seminar*
EXS 4950/4951 Strength and Conditioning Field Experience*
Exercise Science electives (12 hours chosen from the courses below):
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
ENT 3575 New Venture Creation
EXS 1101 Exercise Science Seminar*
EXS 1234 Medical Terminology*
EXS 2115 Emergency Medical Responder*
EXS 2205 First Aid and Safety*
EXS 2585 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries*
EXS 3500 Motor Behavior*
EXS 4500 Advanced Exercise Training and Testing Techniques*
EXS 4600 Certification Seminar*
PHY 2010 Physics I (Algebra Based)
PHY 2020 Physics II (Algebra Based)
PSY 2209 Developmental Psychology
PSY 2214 Abnormal Psychology
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................ 12 hours
D. Electives .....................................................................................................................6 - 8 hours
E. Total .............................................................................................................................. 124 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
93
Exercise Science Minor Requirements
The minor in Exercise Science is designed to provide students with an overview of the funda-
mentals of Exercise Science including anatomy, kinesiology, exercise physiology, and exercise
programming concepts for multiple populations. Exercise Science minors must earn a grade of
C or better in the subject areas marked with an (*).
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
BIO 2215 Anatomy and Physiology 1
BIO 2216 Anatomy and Physiology 2
EXS 2770 Exercise Physiology*
EXS 2775 Kinesiology*
Students then select either:
One 4-credit hour EXS course OR
Two 2-credit hour EXS courses for the remaining 4 credit hours required to complete the
minor.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
NURSING BSN
Accreditation
The baccalaureate degree program in nursing at Florida Southern College is accredited by
the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, 655 K Street NW, Suite 750, Washington, DC
20001, 202-887-6791.
BSN
The BSN program prepares students to enter professional nursing practice. Upon graduation,
students are qualified to apply to take the National Council Licensure Exam for RNs (NCLEX-
RN) to obtain licensure as a registered nurse (RN), which allows them to practice in many dier-
ent roles across a wide variety of health care settings such as hospitals, clinics, home care, hospice
or other administrative or educational settings. The BSN curriculum includes general education
and prerequisite courses to support the student’s health care focus. Nursing courses begin in the
freshman year with initial clinical practice commencing in the sophomore year. Students take
a variety of clinical courses such as pediatrics, maternal-newborn, adult health, psychiatric and
community health nursing. Students participate in clinical simulation laboratories during the
course of study and have a wide range of transition-to-practice internship practicum opportuni-
ties in the senior year of the program. Students may also participate in the nursing focused junior
journey trips to domestic and international locations, where they may engage in health care and
nursing activities under the supervision of a nursing faculty member.
Admission Requirements
There are three entry pathways into the BSN program:
Direct entry applicants:
High school students may apply to the BSN program and begin their nursing education in
the freshman year to be completed over a four year time period. In order to apply for direct entry
a student must first be admitted to the College and, at minimum, should meet the academic
criteria which follow. Admission to the program is competitive, and a comprehensive review of
application materials will determine admittance.
Criteria for direct entry:
• Academic GPA of 3.25 AND
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
94
• 1100 SAT (M+CR) OR
• 22 ACT
Students oered a direct entry seat are admitted provisionally for the first year. Provided that
they complete all course requirements, including the required first year nursing courses (NUR
1105 and NUR 1106), with a GPA of 3.0 or better, and complete all prerequisite courses with
a grade of C or better, students do not need to re-apply to the BSN program. In all subsequent
years, students must maintain an overall Florida Southern GPA of 3.0, and have a final grade of
C or better in all BSN major and prerequisite courses. Students who are unable to maintain the
required GPA and these stated standards may be unenrolled from the BSN program (but may
still be eligible to remain at the College).
Internal transfer applicants:
While there are very limited spaces available for internal transfers, students currently enrolled
at Florida Southern College in dierent majors may apply for a change of major into the BSN
program. Students must meet all requirements for direct entry, have met or will meet all prereq-
uisite course requirements, and have an overall GPA of 3.0 and a C or better in all prerequisite
courses. The Dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences will
review all internal applicants and make a final decision for a change in major based on merit and
available space in the program. There is no guarantee for transfer into the BSN major from other
majors even if the student meets academic eligibility. Students who are accepted for internal
transfer must take NUR 1105 the next time the course is oered.
Process for Internal Transfer Application: A student requesting an internal transfer to the
nursing major is required to make an appointment with the BSN Director prior to the con-
clusion of fall semester to be considered for admission to the nursing major for the following
academic year. The student will bring an essay discussing personal reasons for requesting the
internal transfer into the nursing program. During this meeting the following admission criteria
will be reviewed: (1) Student essay, (2) overall GPA of 3.0 for all completed courses, (3) spring
course enrollment into NUR 1106, (4) and completion of freshmen level prerequisite courses
with a grade of C or higher prior to the sophomore fall semester. Students will be evaluated on
the above criteria and admitted based on availability within the program.
External transfer applicants:
The BSN program has very limited spaces available for external transfer students. In order to
apply for admission to the BSN program, a transfer student must first be admitted to the College
and, at minimum, should meet the following academic criteria:
• Overall college GPA of 3.0 for completed courses received as transfer credits;
Students accepted for external transfer will be required to complete the entire four-year BSN
course sequence. If admitted to the BSN program, students should maintain an overall Florida
Southern College GPA of 3.0 and a final grade of C or better in all BSN major and prerequisite
courses. Students who are unable to maintain the required GPA and these eligibility standards
may be unenrolled from the BSN program.
Nursing Clinical Requirements
• All nursing students are required to participate in clinical education experiences at o-site
locations. Each student is responsible for obtaining reliable transportation to the clinical
sites. Students may be assigned clinical rotations on weekends and evenings.
• Each nursing student is required to complete a criminal background screening including
finger printing prior to starting the first clinical course. NOTE: Any student with a prior
arrest or conviction history may be denied entry into the BSN program due to our agency contract
agreements or may be denied licensure as a registered nurse per Florida Statute 464 (Nurse Practice
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
95
Act). Students who apply to the BSN program with a prior criminal record must be further screened
by the program director and approved by the dean prior to acceptance into the BSN pre-licensure
program. Failure to disclose prior criminal history on application or report any subsequent criminal
arrest aer enrollment at Florida Southern College to the dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School
of Nursing and Health Sciences may disqualify the student from the BSN program.
• Each nursing student is required to complete a ten-panel drug screen prior to starting the
first clinical. Any student may be requested to repeat the urine drug screen as required by any
clinical site or as part of a drug testing program. The cost of the background check and drug
screenings is the responsibility of the student. Note: Students who have a positive drug test may
be denied acceptance into the BSN program or be unenrolled from the BSN program.
• A blanket student nursing liability insurance policy will cover all nursing students for the
time he or she is providing patient care as part of a supervised clinical education experience.
The cost (estimate $23 per year) will be included in the nursing fee charged each semester.
• All students must have a current adult and pediatric BLS with A.E.D. certification and
maintain certification through the end of the program of study.
• Each nursing student is required to purchase a clinical documentation package, upload
and maintain documents prior to the deadlines provided by the program director (prior to
entering the first clinical course).
• The following are required:
a) Tuberculosis testing: A negative 2 step TB skin test (administered 1-3 weeks apart) OR Neg-
ative TB blood test (lab report required)
b) Measles/Mumps/Rubella (MMR) immunization or-positive titer
c) Hepatitis B immunization or positive titer
d) Hepatitis C titer negative; if positive, see below
e) Varicella immunization or positive titer
f) Pertussis (TDAP) immunization
g) Tetanus booster every 10 years
h) Annual flu vaccine
i) SNHS Physical Exam form completed by health care provider stating student may partic-
ipate in clinical experience assignments. Any restrictions must be outlined and include a
reasonable plan for accommodation.
j) Adavit of Good Moral Character (notarized)
• Students who are not up to date on COVID 19 vaccinations and do not want to take the
vaccine must contact the clinical agency they are assigned to for an exemption request
if the agency required vaccination. Clinical agencies are not required to provide such
exemptions to students. Failure to be vaccinated could result in a student not being able
to be placed in a clinical site, and so the student may not be able to complete a required
component of the educational program.
• The student is responsible for all related immunization costs. No student will be allowed
to begin clinical experiences until all clinical requirements have been submitted by the
designated date prior to beginning the first clinical rotation.
• Students who have positive antibodies for Hepatitis C or HIV or other chronic infective dis-
eases that may compromise patient safety, must be further screened and counseled. Because
students will have direct contact with patients during the course of their clinical assign-
ments in hospitals and other care settings, specific safeguards or other restrictions to practice
may be imposed on the student to protect patients and themselves. The clinical agencies will
have final say whether infected students can practice or attend clinical assignments.
• Students are required to complete online OSHA and HIPAA training modules prior to
entering the clinical agency.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
96
• Individual health care organizations may have separate and/or additional screening re-
quirements. Students seeking placement in these organizations must fulfill these require-
ments in order to complete clinical hours at these sites.
Technical Standards
Florida Southern College nursing programs provide the following description of technical
standards to inform prospective and enrolled students of the technical standard requirements
for completing the nursing programs. These standards are not requirements for admission to
the program and the examples provided are not all-inclusive. Students and prospective students
should review these standards and assess their own ability to be successful in completing the
program. Key areas for technical standards in nursing include having abilities and skills in the
following areas: 1) observation, 2) communication, 3) motor, 4) cognitive, and 5) behavioral/
social. Technological compensation can be made for some disabilities in certain areas, but a can-
didate should be able to perform in a reasonably independent manner and exercise independent
judgment.
Observation
The candidate must be able to observe demonstrations and participate in didactic courses
and simulated learning opportunities. A candidate must be able to observe a patient accurately
at a distance and close at hand. Observation requires the use of common sense, as well as the
functional use of the senses of vision, audition, olfaction, and palpation.
Communication
Candidates must communicate eectively using English in clinical and classroom settings.
A candidate must be able to elicit information from patients, describe changes in mood, activity
and posture, and perceive nonverbal communications. A candidate must be able to communicate
eectively and sensitively with patients. Communication includes not only speech, but reading
and writing. The candidate must be able to communicate eectively and eciently with all mem-
bers of the health care team in both immediate and recorded modes.
Motor
Candidates should have sucient motor function to elicit information from patients by pal-
pation, auscultation, percussion and other assessment techniques. A candidate should be able to
perform nursing skills requiring the use of gross and fine motor skills (e.g. IV insertion, venous
blood draw, urinary catheter insertion). A candidate should be able to execute motor movements
reasonably required to provide nursing care and emergency response to patients. Examples of
emergency responses reasonably required of nurses are cardiopulmonary resuscitation, medi-
cation administration, and application of pressure to stop bleeding. Candidates must perform
actions which require the use of both gross and fine muscular movements, equilibrium, and
functional use of the senses of touch and vision. Candidates should also be able to assist and/or
participate in various liing activities.
Conceptual-Integrative
These abilities include measurement, calculation, reasoning, analysis, synthesis, and retention
of complex information. Critical thinking requires all of these intellectual abilities in order to
provide optimal nursing care. In addition, the candidate should be able to comprehend three-di-
mensional relationships and to understand the spatial relationships of structures.
Behavioral-Social
Candidates must possess the emotional health required for the full use of their intellectual
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
97
abilities, the exercise of good judgment, the prompt completion of all responsibilities attendant
to the care of patients, and the development of mature, sensitive, and eective relationships with
patients. Candidates must be able to tolerate physically taxing workloads and to function eec-
tively under stress in the classroom and clinical area. They must be able to adapt to changing
environments, display flexibility, and learn to function in the face of uncertainties inherent in
the clinical environment. Compassion, integrity, concern for others, interpersonal skills, interest,
and motivation are all personal qualities that are assessed during the admissions and educational
process.
Reasonable accommodations will be considered on a case by case basis for individuals who
meet eligibility under applicable statutes. Any person expecting to need accommodations should
request them prior to beginning the program, as some accommodations may not be considered
reasonable and may impact an applicant’s ability to complete all components of the program.
Students requesting accommodations should contact Dr. Marcie Pospichal, Assistant Vice Presi-
dent of Student Support. Her oce is in the Rogers Building Room 120. You may also call her
at (863) 680-4900 or e-mail at disabilityservices@flsouthern.edu with any questions or concerns.
For more information on disability accommodations and access, please visit our website at http://
www.flsouthern.edu/campus-resources/student-disability-services.aspx.
Progress Requirements
An overall GPA of 3.0 or higher is required for progression in the major. Students must
achieve a grade of C or higher in all required coursework for the nursing major. A student will
be placed on probation or an academic improvement plan in the semester following non-com-
pliance of the required academic or professional conduct standards. Students who do not meet
GPA requirements in the next or subsequent semesters may be dismissed from the BSN program.
Standardized testing is used to monitor student progress throughout the program, and students
must pass a final exit examination to meet BSN major graduation requirements. See the Nursing
Student Handbook for specific policies. Because BSN students will participate in actual patient
care in hospitals and other health care settings, there is an expectation of a high standard of con-
duct and professional behavior for all students. Students who do not maintain the expected level
of academic and professional performance may be unenrolled from the nursing program.
Estimated Additional Nursing Costs
Clinical documentation tracker with FDLE background check
and 10-panel urine drug screen .................................................................................................. $210
Immunizations (varicella, Tdap, PPD, Hep C titer) ......... $315.00 (varies with insurance carrier)
Uniforms (2) and shoes ............................................................................................................. $275
Nursing equipment. ................................................................................................................... $125
Nursing fees charged to student account
Professional liability insurance ..................................................................... estimate $23 annually
Lab Fee ............................................................................................................ estimate $70 annually
Content mastery modules and testing program
(sophomore, junior, and senior years) ........................................................ estimate $750 annually
Nursing (B.S.N.) Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 96 hours
NUR 1105 Nursing Foundations I
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
98
NUR 1106 Nursing Foundations II
NUR 2202 Nursing Fundamentals
NUR 3104 Applied Pathophysiology
NUR 3106 Basics of Health Assessment
NUR 3204 Applied Pharmacology
NUR 3302 Clinical Nutrition
NUR 3510 Psychiatric Nursing Care
NUR 3530 Maternal and Newborn Nursing Care
NUR 3540 Pediatric Nursing Care
NUR 3585 Adult Health Nursing Care I
NUR 4110 Evidence Based Health Care
NUR 4210 Senior Seminar
NUR 4570 Community Health Nursing Care
NUR 4575 Introduction to Global and Population Health
NUR 4585 Adult Health Nursing Care II
NUR 4591 Nursing Leadership
NUR 4595 Adult Health Nursing Care III
NUR 4961 Nursing Practicum
Prerequisites (prior to sophomore year nursing sequence):
BIO 2215 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
BIO 2216 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
CHE 1011 Chemical Foundations of the Biological Sciences
Prerequisites (prior to junior year nursing sequence):
BIO 2280 Applied Microbiology
Prerequisites (prior to senior year nursing sequence):
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................0 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 136 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
99
THE BARNEY BARNETT SCHOOL OF
BUSINESS AND FREE ENTERPRISE
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Florida Southern College’s Barney Barnett School of Business and Free Enterprise is AACSB
accredited, with a comprehensive curriculum portfolio of relevant interdisciplinary majors, mi-
nors and career paths. Available majors include accounting, business administration, business an-
alytics, economics, finance, marketing, and sport business management. Available minors include
business law, entrepreneurship, Esports, healthcare management, and supply chain management.
Available career paths include international business and management. The school prepares stu-
dents for lifelong professional development, financial success, and leadership roles in a dynamic
global environment. The school includes an accomplished faculty committed to teaching and
professional excellence, emphasizing practical applications, instructional development, and op-
portunities for student-faculty collaborative research.
Students are involved in relevant interdisciplinary education, given opportunities for stu-
dent-faculty collaborative research, and are encouraged to be committed to civic and social re-
sponsibility. Graduates will be prepared for career advancement, graduate candidacy, eective
communication, practical applications of current technology, and leadership roles in the profes-
sion and the greater community.
Multiple Majors Policy
For students majoring in two or more majors within the School of Business, a course that is
eligible to count for both majors outside of the business core can only be counted towards one of
those majors. For example, if a student majoring in both Business Administration and Marketing
takes MKT 3260, this course can count toward the Marketing or Business Administration major,
but not both.
Majors and Minors Policy
For students obtaining a major and a minor within the School of Business, courses can count
in both the major and minor. For example, a student majoring in Business Administration and
minoring in Marketing can have MKT 3260 count for both the major and the minor.
ACCOUNTING
The accounting program provides relevant undergraduate and graduate education in account-
ing. With an emphasis on ethics, current accounting topics, engaged learning, and real-world
applications, the program prepares students for professional certification, lifelong professional
development, financial success, and leadership roles in a dynamic environment.
Accounting Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 66 - 68 hours
Business Core Courses:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
100
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2860 Professional Development
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 4999 Seminar in Strategic Management of the Business Enterprise
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Accounting Core Courses:
ACC 3105 Accounting Information Systems
ACC 3111 Financial Accounting I
ACC 3112 Financial Accounting II
ACC 3211 Cost Accounting
ACC 4411 Federal Taxation
ACC 4511 Auditing
ACC 4960/4961 Accounting Internship (0-2 hours)
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ....................................................................................................................4 - 6 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Honors in the Major
Students in accounting may wish to pursue honors in the major. Please see the section under
Honors earlier in this catalog for information about qualifying for honors in the major. Addi-
tionally students must successfully complete ACC 4953: Departmental Honors in Accounting I
and ACC 4954: Departmental Honors in Accounting II.
Professional Licensure
A student may take the Certified Public Accountant (CPA) exam upon completion of 120
hours that includes certain courses. The B.S. degree satisfies those courses. CPA licensure requires
150 hours of academic credit including 36 hours of upper-level accounting and 39 hours of
general business core courses. The Master of Accountancy (MAcc) degree satisfies those courses.
To become licensed also requires passing the Uniform CPA Exam and one year of experience
supervised by a CPA. The Certified Managerial Accounting Examination (CMA) may be taken
by a student aer the junior year of the B.S. degree.
Accounting Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements .............................................................................................. 18-20 hours
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
ACC 3111 Financial Accounting I
ACC 3112 Financial Accounting II OR
ACC 3211 Cost Accounting
Choose one additional course from the following:
ACC 3105 Accounting Information Systems (2 hours)
ACC 3112 Financial Accounting II (if not chosen above) (4 hours)
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
101
ACC 3211 Cost Accounting (if not chosen above) (4 hours)
B. Total .............................................................................................................................18-20 hours
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The major in business administration provides students with opportunities to establish
the critical business skills and relationships needed to land a job. The program emphasizes hands-
on, real-world experiences that allows students to develop strong business skills in accounting,
management, marketing, ethics, finance, data analytics, and law. This will cultivate knowledge
and understanding of how organizations run at every level. In addition to the required courses
listed below, students will select their elective courses within the business administration major,
or Career Path courses, based upon their post-graduate/career goals and in consultation with
their advisor.
Business Administration Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 68 - 70 hours
Business Core Courses:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 2860 Professional Development
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 4960/4961 Business Administration Internship (2-4 hours)
BUS 4999 Seminar in Strategic Management of the Business Enterprise
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Business Administration Core Courses:
Any 3000-/4000-level BUS or ENT course not in the business core
Sixteen hours in selected career paths
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ....................................................................................................................2 - 4 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Business Administration Minor Requirements
The minor in business administration is designed to provide students with an overview of
the fundamentals of business including accounting, economics, finance or legal environment,
management, and marketing. Knowledge of these areas is essential to students irrespective of
major or career aspirations or profession.
Special Requirements
The Business Administration minor is not available to students with a business discipline
major, but is available to students seeking the Economics degree.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
102
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business OR
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
ECO 2010 Essentials of Economics OR
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics OR
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Management Certificate
The adult B.S. in Business Administration program oers students who complete a common
set of core business courses a Management Certificate. The certificate requires a completion of nine
core business management courses consisting of 34 credit hours of instruction. No more than two
courses may be accepted as transient course credit for the certificate. The courses required are:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Students must submit an adult undergraduate non-degree application to be considered to
pursue Florida Southern College’s Management Certificate. Upon completion of all courses stu-
dents desiring the certificate must submit a Certificate in Management Completion form as well
as the $25 processing fee to the Oce of Adult and Graduate Admission.
BUSINESS ANALYTICS
The major in business analytics is designed to provide students with an interdisciplinary busi-
ness education, specializing in business analytical skills to mine, analyze, manipulate, interpret
and present complex data for business decision making. Students will develop both quantitative
and qualitative reasoning skills while helping them learn how to apply those skills to statistical
and data visualization tools to solve various business problems. The business analytics major will
prepare graduates for 21st-century careers needed in various business units including but not
limited to finance, accounting, health care, supply chain, sports, marketing and information tech-
nology. This program will help prepare students to compete in the job market along a variety of
career paths, including business intelligence analyst, data analyst, business consultant, market re-
search analyst, financial analyst, as well as graduate programs in business analytics. The graduates
of this program will be data-savvy professionals who will be very well positioned to help modern
companies understand complex business relationships and generate value in dynamically chang-
ing markets.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
103
Business Analytics Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 68 - 70 hours
Business Core Courses:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 2860 Professional Development
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 4960/4961 Business Administration Internship (2-4 hours)
BUS 4999 Seminar in Strategic Management of the Business Enterprise
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Business Analytics Core Courses:
BUS 4420 Business Analytics
BUS 4440 Data Mining
BUS 4450 Data Visualization
Eight hours chosen from the following:
ACC 4105 Data Analytics in Accounting
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
ECO 4300 Introduction to Econometrics
MAT 2250 Introduction to Analysis n R
MAT 3250 Intermediate Analysis in R
MKT 4466 Marketing Research
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ....................................................................................................................2 - 4 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Business Analytics Minor Requirements
The minor in business analytics is designed to provide students with an overview of the
fundamentals of business analytics with the opportunity to take courses in data mining, data
visualization, econometrics, computer science, and programming. Knowledge of these areas is
essential to students irrespective of major or career aspirations or profession.
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 4420 Business Analytics
Eight hours chosen from the following Business Analytics Electives:
ACC 4105 Data Analytics in Accounting
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
104
BUS 4440 Data Mining
BUS 4450 Data Visualization
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
ECO 4300 Introduction to Econometrics
MAT 2250 Introduction to Analysis in R
MAT 3250 Intermediate Analysis in R
MKT 4466 Marketing Research
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
BUSINESS LAW MINOR
The minor in Business Law is designed to provide students with a foundation in legal prin-
ciples that govern businesses. Students will develop critical thinking and problem-solving skills
while gaining an appreciation for the role that law and ethics play in the world and in the stu-
dent’s chosen profession.
A. Minor Requirements ............................................................................................... 20-22 hours
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3312 Commercial Law
BUS 4430 Business Ethics
Ten to twelve hours chosen from the following:
ACC 4411 Federal Taxation
BUS 4110 Law in Film I
BUS 4120 Law in Film II
BUS 4460 Environmental, Property, and Contract Law
ECO 4100 Law and Economics
B. Total .............................................................................................................................20-22 hours
ECONOMICS
Economics is the science of understanding human decision making. It is a very sophisticated
and oen quantitative methodology for determining optimal economic behaviors of individuals,
firms, industries, and governments. Economics majors are inculcated with both theory and ap-
plication throughout their economics coursework. Typical careers and opportunities exist in the
fields of: economics, law, banking and other financial institutions, public administration, hospital
administration, private business, nonprofit organizations, education, journalism, and others.
With a background in economics our students are prepared to enter the working world or
continue their education with an advanced degree (MS, MBA, or Ph.D.). Our students are pre-
pared for jobs in international organizations such as the World Bank, Council of Ministers of the
European Union, and Central Banks, work within state and local governments doing forecasting
and financial analysis, as well as using economics as a springboard for the study of corporate law.
Potential employers hire economics degree-holders because they know they are creative, logical,
and disciplined problem-solvers who know how to think.
Economics Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 60 - 62 hours
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
BUS 2100 Introduction to the Philosophy of Business
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
105
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
ECO 3305 Microeconomic Theory
ECO 3307 Macroeconomic Theory
Choose one of the following:
BUS 2860 Professional Development AND
BUS 4960/4961 Business Administration Internship
OR
BUS 2860 Professional Development AND
ECO 4999 Contemporary Issues in Economics
Choose one of the following:
MAT 2050 Applied Calculus
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
Choose one of the following:
BUS 4420 Business Analytics
ECO 4300 Introduction to Econometrics
Sixteen hours chosen from the following:
BUS 4420 Business Analytics (if not chosen above)
ECO 3308 Money and Banking
ECO 3319 Labor Economics
ECO 3345 Economics and the Environment
ECO 4100 Law and Economics
ECO 4200 Behavioral Economics
ECO 4300 Introduction to Econometrics (if not chosen above)
ECO 4406 Public Economics
ECO 4407 International Trade and Finance
ECO 4415 Industrial Organization
ECO 4550 Comparative Economics Institutions
ECO 4999 Contemporary Issues in Economics (if not chosen above)
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ................................................................................................................10 - 12 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Economics Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
Twelve hours chosen from the following:
Any 3000-/4000-level ECO Course
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
106
ENTREPRENEURSHIP MINOR
The minor in entrepreneurship oers coursework to develop successful entrepreneurs and in-
novative future managers in contemporary, global organizations. Students gain “real world” skills
required to succeed in planning and launching a for-profit or non-profit business.
Entrepreneurship Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ENT 1100 Entrepreneurship Foundations
ENT 2100 New Venture Finance and Operations
ENT 3575 New Venture Creation
Eight hours selected from among courses in Columns A and/or B:
Column A
BUS 2100 Introduction to the Philosophy of Business
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 3125 International Business Environment
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 4430 Business Ethics, Communication, and Risk Management
HCM 2125 Healthcare Organization and Management
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
MUS 2253 Introduction of Music Business
SPM 2174 Management of Sport
THE 3330 Theatre Management
Column B
(These courses have prerequisites but may be appropriate for students who have taken the
prerequisites based on their major or other minor.)
BUS 3666 Leadership Competencies
BUS 3888 Principles of Real Estate Analysis and Valuation
BUS 4115 International Management
MKT 3115 Sales Management and Personal Selling
MKT 3175 International Marketing Strategies
MKT 4466 Marketing Research
MUS 3359 Music Management
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
ESPORTS MANAGEMENT MINOR
The Esports management minor allows all students, both within and outside of the business
school, to gain knowledge and skills that can provide them with an advantage in the growing
field of Esports. The Esports industry is growing at an exponential rate and there will be a grow-
ing need for a knowledgeable workforce. Students completing a minor in Esports management
will learn about the economic impact of gaming, team development, tournament design, con-
sumer behavior, and the strategic management of interactive entertainment. There will be large
focus on innovation and entrepreneurship.
Esports Management Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
SPM 1150 Introduction to Esports Management
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
107
SPM 2150 Media In Sport
SPM 3150 Esports Tournament Design
SPM 4150 Esports Sponsorship, Activation, and Fan Engagement
Choose one of the following:
ART 1150 Principles of Game Design
ART 1175 History of Game Design
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
FINANCE
The finance major is designed to provide students with an interdisciplinary business educa-
tion, specializing in the practical applications of finance. This program will help students develop
both quantitative and qualitative reasoning skills while helping them learn how to apply those
skills to the field of finance. This program will help prepare students to compete in the job mar-
ket along a variety of career paths, including corporate finance, financial services and banking, as
well as graduate programs in finance and business.
Finance Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 68 - 70 hours
Business Core Courses:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 2860 Professional Development
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 4960/4961 Business Administration Internship
BUS 4999 Seminar in Strategic Management of the Buisness Enterprise
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Finance Core Courses:
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 4188 Investments
Twelve hours chosen from the following:
Any 3000-/4000-level FIN course
BUS 4205 Spreadsheet Modeling and Quantitative Business Decisions
BUS 4420 Business Analytics
BUS 4430 Business Ethics, Communication, and Risk Management
ECO 3308 Monetary Economics
ECO 4300 Introduction to Econometrics
ECO 4407 International Trade and Finance
ECO 4550 Comparative Economic Institutions
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
108
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements...............................................................12 hours
D. Electives ....................................................................................................................... 2 - 4 hours
E. Total .......................................................................................................................... .....124 hours
Finance Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 24 hours
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
FIN 4188 Investments
Any 3000/4000-level FIN course
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 24 hours
HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT MINOR
The healthcare management minor prepares students for future leadership roles within
healthcare organizations. Students will learn about evolving trends in the healthcare industry
and how these trends impact organizational planning and business strategy. Students will also
be exposed to core values that emphasize the importance of building sustainable healthcare or-
ganizations and will develop innovative problem-solving skills to successfully address business
challenges unique to the healthcare industry.
Healthcare Management Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
HCM 2125 Healthcare Organization and Management
HCM 3325 Healthcare Finance
HCM 4125 Healthcare Policy and Planning
HCM 4225 Healthcare Information Systems
HCM 4325 Healthcare Quality and Quality Improvement
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
MARKETING
The marketing major at Florida Southern College combines the College’s General Education
curriculum with both business foundation courses (e.g., finance, accounting, management) and a
strong emphasis on marketing-specific courses such as consumer behavior, integrated marketing
communication, marketing research, marketing management, digital marketing and the like.
Students will learn about marketing theory and practice, with an emphasis on building a foun-
dational, practical body of knowledge that can be eectively applied in a variety of marketing
careers. Graduates will be well-prepared for entry-level marketing positions, and importantly, be
positioned for successful advancement within their careers. Graduates will also be well-prepared
and positioned for graduate studies in business.
Marketing Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements ............................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .............................................................................................72 - 74 hours
Business Core Courses:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
109
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 2860 Professional Development
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 4960/4961 Business Administration Internship
BUS 4999 Seminar in Strategic Management of the Buisness Enterprise
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Marketing Core Courses:
MKT 3260 Consumer Behavior
MKT 4466 Marketing Research
MKT 3360 Integrated Marketing Communications OR
ENT 3575 New Venture Creation
Twelve hours chosen from the following:
ENT 3575 New Venture Creation (if not chosen above)
MKT 3175 International Marketing Strategies
MKT 3270 Sales Management and Personal Selling
MKT 3360 Integrated Marketing Communications (if not chosen above)
MKT 3380 Digital Marketing
MKT 3460 Services Marketing
MKT 3560 Marketing Channel Management
MKT 4488 Marketing Management
SPM 3160 Sports Marketing
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements .......................................................... ..12 hours
D. Electives ...........................................................................................................................0 hours
E. Total ................................................................................................................ .....124 - 126 hours
Marketing Minor Requirements
The marketing minor at Florida Southern College allows all students, both within and out-
side of the business school, to gain marketing knowledge and skills that can provide them with
an advantage in a number of fields. Marketing is a critical skill for virtually any business, includ-
ing those in the arts, healthcare, wellness/fitness, and the like. Students will learn about market-
ing theory and practice with an emphasis on building a practical body of knowledge that can be
eectively applied in a variety of careers, including those in entrepreneurship.
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
MKT 3360 Integrated Marketing Communications
Twelve hours chosen from the following:
ENT 3575 New Venture Creation
MKT 3175 International Marketing Strategies
MKT 3260 Consumer Behavior
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
110
MKT 3270 Sales Management and Personal Selling
MKT 3380 Digital Marketing
MKT 3460 Services Marketing
MKT 3560 Marketing Channel Management
SPM 3160 Sports Marketing
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
SPORT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
The sport business management program at Florida Southern College provides students with
an interdisciplinary education that combines business foundation courses with a specific sport
business management curriculum in an eort to prepare graduates for a career in the sports
business industry. Through engaged learning, students will work with faculty and sports industry
experts combining textbook theory with industry application. Students who major in sport busi-
ness management will likely be interested in careers relating to professional sport administration,
sports marketing and branding, major and minor league leadership, athletic goods and apparel,
amateur and collegiate sports, sales, and management.
Sport Business Management Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 68 hours
Business Core Courses:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 1115 The Dynamics of Business and Free Enterprise
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 2705 Business Systems and Processes
BUS 2860 Professional Development
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Sport Business Core
SPM 2174 Management of Sport
SPM 2960 Internship in Sport Business Management
SPM 3160 Sport Marketing
SPM 3370 Administration of Sport
SPM 4999 Senior Seminar in Sport Business Management
Eight hours chosen from the following:
SPM/COM 2150 Media in Sport
SPM 2520 Ethics in Sport
SPM 2961 Internship in Sport Business Management
SPM 3180 Planning and Maintaining Facilities
SPM/SOC 3307 Sport Leisure and Society
SPM 3500 Economics of Sport
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
111
SPM 3520 Recreation and Fitness Management
SPM 4510 Fitness and Prescription
SPM 4520 International Sport
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................4 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Sport Business Management Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
SPM 2174 Management of Sport
Sixteen hours chosen from the following:
SPM/COM 2150 Media in Sport
SPM 2520 Ethics in Sport
SPM 2960/2961 Internship in Sport Business Management
SPM 3160 Sport Marketing
SPM 3180 Planning and Maintaining Facilities
SPM/SOC 3307 Sport Leisure and Society
SPM 3370 Administration of Sport
SPM 3500 Economics of Sport
SPM 3520 Recreation and Fitness Management
SPM 4510 Fitness and Prescription
SPM 4520 International Sport
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT MINOR
The Minor in Supply Chain management is designed to provide students with an overview
of the fundamentals of supply chain management including courses in transportation, logistics,
analytics, quality management, project management and lean & six sigma processes. Upon suc-
cessfully completing the minor in Supply Chain Management, students will possess a broad and
well-structured understanding of supply chain management fundamentals.
Supply Chain Management Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 26 hours
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 2220 Microso Excel for Business
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
BUS 3210 Operations and Supply Chain Management
BUS 3650 Project Management
BUS 4300 Productivity, Work Systems, and Management of Work
BUS 4420 Business Analytics
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 26 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
112
THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
VISUAL ARTS AND DESIGN
The Department of Visual Arts and Design oers the B.A. and B.F.A. degrees in graphic de-
sign, interactive and game design and studio art; the B.A. and B.S. degrees in art education; the
B.F.A. degree in film. The department has excellent facilities, an outstanding faculty, and a talent-
ed and active student body. The Melvin Art Gallery has exhibitions of Florida Southern students
and of many leading professionals. The department also sponsors educational and social events
on campus, field trips in the area, and study abroad programs.
Admissions Requirements
Upon application to and acceptance by the Oce of Traditional Undergraduate Admissions,
a student may be accepted into a major program in film, graphic design, interactive and game
design, or studio art only through review of his or her portfolio of art and/or writings, as appro-
priate. Interviews and portfolio reviews are oered throughout the school year by appointment.
Applicants should contact the department for information about the procedures that apply to
them.
Progress Requirements.
All majors in the Department of Visual Arts and Design must have a C or better in all major
courses. Prior to four semesters before a student’s scheduled graduation, the department will re-
quire a control examination, jury, or other procedure to determine the advisability of continuing
a major in the Department of Visual Arts and Design. Although it may be required at any time,
such examination or procedure will typically be instituted near the end of the freshman year or
the beginning of the sophomore year.
Art Programs: Graphic Design and Studio Art
The graphic design and studio art programs provide challenging, professional-level under-
graduate course work for talented, motivated young artists. Students develop their skills and con-
cepts, and in conjunction with the college curriculum, are further prepared to demonstrate the
vital relationships between art and culture, art and emotion, and art and history. These programs
provide appropriate preparation for graduate school and for entry into the job market.
Small classes are taught by top professionals and students enjoy working relationships with
their professors in a nurturing environment. Art classes are held in eight fully equipped stu-
dio classrooms—each dedicated to a specific discipline: painting, figure drawing, printmaking,
graphic design, photography, sculpture, ceramics, film, and design.
Additional Degree Requirements
Presentation of a senior exhibition is required for all degrees in graphic design and studio art.
FILM (B.F.A.)
The Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in film focuses on the integration of theoretical, historical,
and cultural application of film alongside the hands-on production of documentary, narrative
and experimental films using industry standard motion picture equipment and techniques. The
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
113
rigorous curriculum includes comprehensive production courses, in addition to cinema studies,
art, screenwriting and more. This program is designed to prepare students for the professional
industry in a variety of professional video and filmic roles as socially and politically informed
thinkers, artists, and professionals.
Film Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements...........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Core Requirements.........................................................................................72 hours
ART 1110 Introduction to Film
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1140 Introduction to Digital Photography
ART 2115 Introduction to Digital Filmmaking
ART 2215 Storytelling for the Screen
ART 2240 Film History
ART 3250 Advanced Screenwriting
ART 3365 Documentary Filmmaking
ART 3367 Motion Picture Productions
ART 3999 Topics in Film Theory
ART 4100 Film Aesthetics
ART 4900/4901 Senior Media Project
ART 4960/4961 Art Internship
THE 1214 Acting for the Non-Actor
ARH 1100 Survey of Art and Architecture
Four hours from:
ART 2570 Video Art
ART 3364 Dance for the Camera
Two hours from:
ART 1101 Production Practicum I
Two hours from:
ART 1102 Production Practicum II
C. Electives ......................................................................................................................12 hours
D. Total ...........................................................................................................................124 hours
Film Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ART 1110 Introduction to Film
ART 2115 Introduction to Digital Filmmaking
ART 2215 Storytelling for the Screen
ART 2240 Film History
ART 3365 Documentary Filmmaking OR
ART 3367 Motion Picture Productions
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
114
GRAPHIC DESIGN
Graphic Design (B.A.) Major Requirements
The Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Graphic Design certifies the completion of major study in the
visual arts, which has been undertaken as an integral part of a general liberal arts degree program.
Graphic design is the art of providing meaningful form to information. Combining intensive stu-
dio work with the traditional liberal arts, the graphic design program follows two tracks—one in
print design and the other in web design. All students take both tracks. This degree represents study,
in some depth, a number of graphic design, studio art, and art historical disciplines. Such study may
or may not prepare students for careers as art professionals. Career preparation is not a primary
objective in programs leading to the B.A., with over 50 percent of a student’s education in areas
outside art, with substantial coverage in the humanities, social sciences, and physical sciences.
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................ 56 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1132 Drawing II OR
ART 2170 Figure Drawing I
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 2210 Sculpture I
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
ART 3410 Advanced Print Design
ART 3510 Web Design
ART 4499 Senior Design Studio
Two ART electives
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
One ARH elective
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ............................................................... 20 hours
D. Electives ........................................................................................................................8 hours
E. Total ...........................................................................................................................124 hours
Graphic Design (B.F.A.) Major Requirements
The Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) in Graphic Design oers comprehensive training in art and
design, focusing on the balance of theory and practice and culminating with the completion of
a senior thesis exhibition and critique. Print and web design are the two design tracks followed
by students in the program. These are supported by a broad education in art history and contem-
porary art in addition to a liberal arts foundation. Throughout required courses, students will
demonstrate critical thinking, technical abilities, and communication skills, as well as be able
to collaborate eectively with their peers and professors. Graduates will be prepared to submit
a complete portfolio and enter competitive graduate programs in art and design. Graduates also
will be prepared to enter the professional fields of commercial design and advertising. B.F.A.
graduates will have developed technical competence, aesthetic judgment, and a strong commit-
ment to artistic quality.
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 72 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
115
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1132 Drawing II OR
ART 2170 Figure Drawing I
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 2210 Sculpture I
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
ART 2570 Video Art
ART 3410 Advanced Print Design
ART 3510 Web Design
ART 4499 Senior Design Studio
Four four-hour ART electives
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
Eight additional hours of ARH courses at the 3000- and/or 4000-level
C. Electives .......................................................................................................................12 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Graphic Design Minor Requirements–Print Emphasis
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
ART 3410 Advanced Print Design
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Graphic Design Minor Requirements–Web Emphasis
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
ART 3510 Web Design
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
INTERACTIVE AND GAME DESIGN
Interactive and Game Design (B.A.) Major Requirements
The Bachelor of Arts (B.A.) in Interactive and Game Design oers artistic application of
interactive and game design principles within a variety of academic and professional contexts.
Interdisciplinary concentrations in programming or art and cinema encourage experiential
learning opportunities that will enrich study in the core of the major. Students utilize diverse
intersections of skills combining artistic practice and expression blended with new media tech-
nology. This technology targets interactive environments such as web, mobile, and gaming. The
program emphasizes interactive technologies, allowing new media artists to create user-cen-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
116
tered experiential art. Through design-based problem solving and development of interactive
spaces and simulation, students conceptualize, prototype, and create concepts that shape user
experiences providing students with creative and technological skills that are in high demand
in today’s rapidly evolving visual communication environment.
A. General Education Requirements...........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Core Requirements.........................................................................................56 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1150 Principles of Game Design
ART 1160 New Media
ART 1175 History of Game Design
ART 2215 Storytelling for the Screen
ART 2225 User Experience Design
ART 3160 Experimental Game Design
ART 3275 Special Topics in Game Design
ART 4320 Simulation/Cinematic VR
ART 4900/4901 Senior Media Project
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
Select at least one of the following tracks:
Art and Cinema
Eight additional hours in ART/ARH at progressively higher levels
OR
Programming
Eight additional hours in CSC at the 2000-level and above
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ............................................................... 20 hours
D. Electives ........................................................................................................................8 hours
E. Total ...........................................................................................................................124 hours
Interactive and Game Design (B.F.A.) Major Requirements
The Bachelor of Fine Arts (B.F.A.) in Interactive and Game Design oers intense artistic ap-
plication of interactive and game design principles within a variety of academic and professional
contexts culminating with the completion of a senior exhibition and critique. Interdisciplinary
concentrations in programming or art and cinema encourage experiential learning opportuni-
ties that will enrich study in the core of the major. Students utilize diverse intersections of skills
combining artistic practice and expression blended with new media technology in preparation
for the professional game industry. This professional development targets interactive environ-
ments such as web, mobile, and gaming. The program emphasizes interactive technologies, al-
lowing new media artists to create user-centered experiential art. Through design-based problem
solving and development of interactive media and simulation, students conceptualize, prototype,
and create concepts that shape user experiences providing students with creative and technolog-
ical skills that are in high demand in today’s rapidly evolving interactive environment.
A. General Education Requirements..............................................................................40 hours
B. Major Core Requirements...........................................................................................72 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
117
ART 1150 Principles of Game Design
ART 1160 New Media
ART 1175 History of Game Design
ART 2115 Introduction to Digital Filmmaking
ART 2215 Storytelling for the Screen
ART 2225 User Experience Design
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
ART 3160 Experimental Game Design
ART 3275 Special Topics in Game Design
ART 3510 Web Design
ART 4320 Simulation/Cinematic VR
ART 4960/4961 Art Internship
ART 4900/4901 Senior Media Project
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
Select at least one of the following tracks:
Art and Cinema
Eight additional hours in ART/ARH at progressively higher levels
OR
Programming
Eight additional hours in CSC at the 2000-level and above
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................12 hours
E. Total ..............................................................................................................................124 hours
Interactive and Game Design Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ART 1150 Principles of Game Design
ART 1160 New Media
ART 2225 User Experience Design
ART 4320 Simulation/Cinematic VR
ART 3160 Experimental Game Design OR
ART 3510 Web Design
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
STUDIO ART
Studio Art (B.A.) Major Requirements
The B.A. in Studio Art certifies the completion of major study in the visual arts, which has
been undertaken as an integral part of a general liberal arts degree program. The degree rep-
resents study in some depth in a number of studio and art historical disciplines. Such study may
or may not prepare students for careers as art professionals. Career preparation is not a primary
objective in programs leading to the B.A., with over 50 percent of a student’s education in areas
outside art, with substantial coverage in the humanities, social sciences, and physical sciences.
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................ 60 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
118
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1132 Drawing II OR
ART 2170 Figure Drawing I
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 2110 Painting II
ART 2210 Sculpture I
ART 2220 Ceramics I
ART 2310 Printmaking I
ART 4999 Senior Seminar
Two 3000- and/or 4000-level ART courses in one of the following areas: drawing, painting,
printmaking, photography, ceramics, sculpture, digital media, or an appropriate combina-
tion of these areas chosen in consultation with the advisor
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
ARH 2700 Art Theory and Practice
Four additional hours of ARH courses at the 3000- and/or 4000-level
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................4 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Studio Art (B.F.A.) Major Requirements
The B.F.A. in Studio Art provides professional education in art and design at the undergraduate
level, to enable graduates to enter professional careers in such fields as design, painting, and sculp-
ture aer the award of the degree. Additionally, this program is designed to give students optimal
preparation for admission to M.F.A. programs in art. Students concentrate in relevant technical and
aesthetic studies, which are a major portion of the program. B.F.A. graduates will have developed
technical competence, aesthetic judgment, and a strong commitment to artistic quality.
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................ 76 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1132 Drawing II
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 2110 Painting II
ART 2170 Figure Drawing I
ART 2210 Sculpture I
ART 2220 Ceramics I
ART 2310 Printmaking I
ART 4999 Senior Seminar
Three 3000- and/or 4000-level ART courses in one of the following areas: drawing, painting,
printmaking, photography, ceramics, sculpture, digital media, or an appropriate combina-
tion of these areas
One four-hour ART elective
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
ARH 2700 Art Theory and Practice
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
119
Eight additional hours of ARH courses at the 3000- and/or 4000-level
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................8 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Studio Art Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
Eight additional hours of ART courses at progressively higher levels in a related area.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
ART EDUCATION (B.A. or B.S.)
The Department of Art and Art History in conjunction with the School of Education oers
the B.A. or B.S. degree, approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educa-
tional requirements for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida in Art
Education K-12. The program provides challenging, professional-level undergraduate coursework
for talented, motivated artists. Students develop their skills and concepts, and are prepared to
teach art in the K-12 setting. See page 200.
Small classes are taught by top professionals, and students enjoy working relationships with
their professors in a nurturing environment. Art classes are held in eight fully equipped stu-
dio classrooms—each dedicated to a specific discipline: painting, figure drawing, printmaking,
graphic design, photography, sculpture, ceramics, and design.
Art Education Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 82–83 hours
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 1131 Drawing I
ART 1132 Drawing II OR
ART 2170 Figure Drawing I
ART 1140 Intro to Digital Photography
ART 1160 New Media OR
ART 2570 Video Art
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 2110 Painting II
ART 2210 Sculpture I
ART 2220 Ceramics I
ART 2310 Printmaking I
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
120
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4400 Field Study Level III (Elementary Education Art students only)
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .........................................................................................................................0 hours
F. Total ..................................................................................................................... 134-143 hours
ART HISTORY AND MUSEUM STUDIES
Art History and Museum Studies (B.A.)
The B.A. in Art History and Museum Studies prepares students in the historical interpreta-
tion and critical analysis of the visual arts and artistic culture as well as for potential long-term ca-
reers in the field. Through intensive study of the art, artifacts, and architecture produced over the
course of human history, students who have earned a B.A. in Art History and Museum Studies
will gain broad knowledge of the intellectual, cultural, social, and political histories of the world.
Examining not simply the history of art but rather history through art, Art History and Museum
Studies majors develop a strong mastery of major works of art, artists, and art movements and
gain the essential understanding of how art is inextricable from the time in which it was made.
In coursework inside and outside the classroom, majors in the program will study directly with
art objects and with museum experts in the space of the College’s Polk Museum of Art, while
simultaneously honing the skills of visual discernment, writing proficiency, and verbal expression
fundamental to art historical analysis.
By preparing students to think critically, conceptually, and professionally about the connec-
tions between the way works of art are made, why they were made that way by their artists, and
their essential roles as parts of public history and memory, the Art History and Museum Studies
Program gives students the academic and technical expertise required for looking at, handling,
speaking, and writing about art and its vital role in human culture. With individualized intern-
ships and museum studies classes that immerse majors in the inner workings of museums and
non-profits, the Art History and Museum Studies Program provides appropriate preparation for
graduate school and for entry into the job market along many possible career tracks, from mu-
seums, galleries, conservation, and art administration to business, art law, education, journalism,
and beyond.
Progress Requirements
Beginning with the sophomore year, students majoring in Art History and Museum Studies
must maintain a 2.4 average overall. Students must earn a C or better on all course work in the
major that is to count towards the degree.
Art History and Museum Studies Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 48 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
121
ARH 1100 Survey of Art and Architecture
ARH 2500 Introduction to Museum Studies
ARH 3780 Modern Art
ARH 3790 Contemporary Art
ARH 4960 or 4961 Art History and Museum Studies Internship
ARH 4999 Art History Senior Thesis
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals (may be taken pass/fail)
ART 1131 Drawing I (may be taken pass/fail)
Sixteen additional hours chosen from the ARH courses below and/or from
selected Career Paths chosen with approval of department chair
ARH 3700 History of Photography
ARH 3710 Ancient Art and Architecture
ARH 3720 Medieval Art and Architecture
ARH 3740 Renaissance Art
ARH 3750 Baroque Art
ARH 3770 Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Art
ARH 3800 Special Topics in Art History and Museum Studies
ARH 4960 or 4961 Art History and Museum Studies Internship (in addition to above
requirement)
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................16 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Art History and Museum Studies Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
Sixteen additional hours chosen from the following:
ARH 2500 Introduction to Museum Studies
ARH 3700 History of Photography
ARH 3710 Ancient Art and Architecture
ARH 3720 Medieval Art and Architecture
ARH 3740 Renaissance Art
ARH 3750 Baroque Art
ARH 3770 Eighteenth and Nineteenth Century Art
ARH 3780 Modern Art
ARH 3790 Contemporary Art
ARH 3800 Special Topics in Art History and Museum Studies
ARH 4960/4961 Art History and Museum Studies Internship
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
BIOCHEMISTRY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
The biochemistry and molecular biology (BMB) program is interdisciplinary, reflecting the
complex modern study of life at the cellular level. Drawing on chemistry, biology and mathe-
matics, the program allows students to use the resources and perspectives of multiple disciplines,
reflecting the collaborative nature of current scientific research. The BMB program follows the
guidelines specified by the American Society for Biochemistry and Molecular Biology (ASBMB).
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
122
Graduates of this program are well prepared to enter professional schools, such as medical, dental
and veterinary schools, as well as graduate programs in biochemistry, molecular biology and oth-
er related disciplines, and to enter careers in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries.
Admission Requirements
Students applying for the program must have a GPA of 3.0 in basic biology and chemistry
courses by the end of their freshman year.
Program Requirements
All biochemistry and molecular biology majors must earn a grade of C or better in all BIO
and CHE courses and courses cross-listed with BIO and CHE.
Special Requirements
Due to the interdisciplinary nature of this program, students majoring in biochemistry and
molecular biology are not allowed to double major in biology, integrative biology, or chemistry,
and are not allowed to receive minors in biology or chemistry.
Biochemistry and Molecular Biology Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 70–74 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
CHE 1110 Chemistry, Biochemistry and Society (FTIC only)
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory OR
CHE 2253 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory for Majors
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II
CHE 2252 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory OR
CHE 2254 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory for Majors
CHE 3340 Physical Chemistry for the Chemical and Biological Sciences
BIO/CHE 3362 Biochemistry: Molecular Biology
BIO/CHE 3371 Biochemistry: Structure and Function
BIO/CHE 3372 Biochemistry: Metabolism
BIO/CHE 3373 Biochemistry: Structure and Function Laboratory
BIO 3700 Genetics
BIO 3800 Cell Biology
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based)
PHY 2120 General Physics II (Calculus Based)
Four to six hours selected from the following:
BIO 4560 Introduction to Molecular Biology Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
OR
CHE 4410 Introduction to Research Methods AND
CHE 4999 Senior Research in Chemistry
OR
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
123
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis
Eleven hours selected from the courses below (with no more than eight hours coming from
the same prefix, e.g. BIO or CHE):
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 2215 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
BIO 2216 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 3727 Techniques in Nucleic Acid and Cloning Research
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
BIO 4150 Plant Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 4160 Developmental Biology
BIO 4300 Immunology
BIO 4330 Techniques in Protein Purification
BIO 4360 Techniques in Tissue Culture and Cell Signaling
BIO 4960 Biology Internship OR
BIO 4961 Biology Internship
CHE 2275 Forensic Chemistry
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
CHE 2355 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry
CHE 3320 Applied Synthesis and Characterization
CHE 3330 Medicinal Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE 4340 Advanced Physical Chemistry
CHE 4425 Special Topics in Chemistry
CHE 4455 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHE 4475 Advanced Forensic Chemistry
CHE 4960 Internship in Chemistry
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ....................................................................................................................0 - 2 hours
E. Total .....................................................................................................................124-126 hours
BIOLOGY
The Department of Biology oers a B.S. in Biology applicable to a variety of career and
post-graduate educational opportunities. Students not only learn about biology; they experi-
ence it. Through engaged learning in the classroom, laboratory experiments with state-of-the-art
equipment, field trips to local venues of interest, internships at local and national companies,
and original research on the Florida Southern College campus and beyond, biology students are
provided with ample opportunities to practice what they learn, and learn what they practice.
Faculty work one-on-one with students, in areas of academics, research, advising, and plan-
ning for the future, to ensure students have the tools necessary to succeed. Many biology gradu-
ates go on to professional or graduate school, and most are very successful in the pursuit of their
advanced degree.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
124
Statement on Engaged Learning
The Department of Biology includes many types of engaged learning activities in its courses.
All 1000- and 2000-level courses, as well as some 3000-level courses, have laboratory components,
where students work in pairs or in groups to engage in various aspects of the scientific process
such as problem solving, experimental design, manipulation of variables, and data interpretation.
Field trips, mini labs, small and large group discussions, presentations, case studies, and use of
specific scientific computer programs are other methods commonly employed in the classroom
to engage students. All students majoring in biology have the opportunity to design and imple-
ment their own original research project.
Special Programs: The Pre-Professional Program (P3) for Pre-Medical, Pre-
Dental, Pre-Veterinary, Pre-Pharmacy, and Pre-Physical Therapy Studies
Although pre-professional students may major in any program, the number of courses in
the natural sciences required to prepare students for this path means most students major in the
natural sciences, usually including biology, chemistry, and biochemistry and molecular biology.
However, professional schools do recognize and encourage breadth in education, and the liber-
al arts emphasis at Florida Southern College, along with the strong natural sciences curriculum,
provides an excellent background. All pre-professional students are strongly encouraged to work
closely with their advisors to ensure that the curricular, co-curricular and extracurricular aspects of
their education will provide the best opportunities for admission into a professional school. (See
“Pre-Professional Programs” on page 58 for more information.)
FSC–Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine (LECOM) Early Acceptance Pro-
grams. Qualified students may take part in one of three FSC–LECOM Early Acceptance Pro-
grams. If program requirements are met, students are virtually guaranteed acceptance into one
of LECOM’s professional programs: the LECOM College of Medicine (leading to the Doctor of
Osteopathic Medicine degree), the LECOM School of Dental Medicine, or the LECOM School
of Pharmacy. Students interested in these programs should contact Dr. Nancy Morvillo, Chair of
the Department of Biology.
Biology Major with Secondary Education
Students meeting the department’s requirements for a major in biology as well as the re-
quired professional courses, education courses, and other degree requirements specified by the
School of Education will meet the certification requirements for teaching biology in the state of
Florida. Students seeking state certification should meet with an advisor in the School of Educa-
tion as soon as possible. Education: Secondary Biology majors see page 202.
Program Requirements
All biology majors and minors must earn a grade of C or better in all BIO courses and courses
cross-listed with BIO.
Transfer Student Requirements
Upon application and acceptance to the college, transfer student transcripts will be reviewed
by the Registrar. Transfer students are required to create a course plan for degree completion in
conversation with a Biology faculty member before they matriculate. Students should be advised
that courses in the natural sciences require prerequisite coursework and transfer students who are
not bringing in these courses may be delayed in taking upper-level courses until they fulfill these
requirements.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
125
Special Requirements
Due to similarities in the programs, students majoring in biology are not allowed to double
major in biochemistry/molecular biology, biotechnology, environmental studies, integrative biol-
ogy, or marine biology, nor are they allowed to minor in environmental studies.
Biology Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ............................................................................................ 72-77 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1501 Current Perspectives in Biology (FTIC only)
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 2500 Biology III: Ecology and Evolution
BIO 3700 Genetics OR
BIO 3710 Microbiology
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II
CHE 2252 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
One other 2000-level course in Mathematics
PHY 2010 General Physics I (Algebra Based) AND
PHY 2020 General Physics II (Algebra Based)
OR
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based) AND
PHY 2120 General Physics II (Calculus Based)
Twenty semester hours chosen from the following. At least eight hours must be at the
3000/4000-level:
BIO 1520 Introduction to Marine Biology
BIO 1820 Oceanography
BIO 1900 Human Genetics
BIO 2120 Biology and Conservation of Marine Mammals
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
BIO 2214 Disasters, Civilizations and the Environment
BIO 2215 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
BIO 2216 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
BIO 2220 Biology of the Fishes
BIO 2320 Marine Microbiology
BIO 2520 Biological Geography and GIS
BIO 2600 Introduction to Neuroscience
BIO/EXS 2770 Exercise Physiology
BIO 2900 Conservation Biology
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
126
BIO 3100 Plant Taxonomy
BIO 3120 Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles
BIO 3200 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
BIO 3250 Sensory Biology
BIO 3301 Field Ecology
BIO/HRT 3302 Plant Nutrition
BIO 3316 Tropical Ecology
BIO 3360 Medical Botany
BIO/CHE 3362 Biochemistry: Molecular Biology
BIO/CHE 3371 Biochemistry: Structure and Function
BIO/CHE 3372 Biochemistry: Metabolism
BIO/CHE 3373 Biochemistry: Structure and Function Lab
BIO/REL 3378 Dialogues in Science and Religion
BIO 3500 Marine Ecosystems Ecology
BIO 3600 Special Topics in Biology
BIO 3700 Genetics
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 3727 Techniques in Nucleic Acid and Cloning Research
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
BIO 3800 Cell Biology
BIO 3850 Parasitology
BIO 3900 Animal Behavior
BIO 3920 Marine Invertebrate Zoology
BIO 3988/3989 Professional Shadowing
BIO 4150 Plant Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 4160 Developmental Biology
BIO 4200 Histology
BIO 4240 Seminar in Biotechnology
BIO 4300 Immunology
BIO 4330 Techniques in Protein Purification
BIO 4360 Techniques in Tissue Culture and Cell Signaling
BIO 4461/4462 Research: Ecology
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
BIO 4661/4662 Site-Specific Research in Biology
BIO 4960/4961 Internship
Four to six hours selected from the following:
BIO 4359 Research Methods in Integrative Biology
OR
BIO 4460 Introduction to Ecology Research AND
BIO 4461/4462 Research: Ecology
OR
BIO 4560 Introduction to Molecular Biology Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
OR
BIO 4661/4662 Site-Specific Research in Biology
OR
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
127
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval) AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval)
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................0 hours
E. Total ...................................................................................................................124 - 129 hours
Biology Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Twenty hours of BIO courses that count toward the major except BIO 1000 and BIO 2280
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
BIOTECHNOLOGY
Biotechnology is a rapidly growing industry that oers many exciting possibilities for stu-
dents. From fields as diverse as medicine and agriculture to products as dierent as biofuels and
pharmaceuticals, biotechnology plays a key role in improving the health and wellbeing of the
global population, and is shaping the future of humanity. The biotechnology major at Florida
Southern College encourages students to explore the profession and provides the background
and skills necessary for students to succeed in this highly diversified field. The expanding Central
Florida biotech industry provides a rich educational environment for our students with the pos-
sibility of internships, research, and employment opportunities. Graduates are well qualified for
employment in the global market and make outstanding candidates for graduate programs.
Special Requirements
Due to similarities in the programs, students majoring in biotechnology are not allowed to
double major in biology or integrative biology, nor are they allowed to minor in biology.
Transfer Student Requirements
Upon application and acceptance to the College, transfer student transcripts will be reviewed
by the Registrar. Transfer students are required to create a course plan for degree completion in
conversation with a Biology faculty member before they matriculate. Students should be advised
that courses in the natural sciences require prerequisite coursework and transfer students who are
not bringing in these courses may be delayed in taking upper-level courses until they fulfill these
requirements.
Program Requirements
All biotechnology majors must earn a grade of C or better in all BIO courses and courses
cross-listed with BIO.
Biotechnology Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 54 - 59 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1501 Current Perspectives in Biology (FTIC only)
BIO 3700 Genetics
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 3727 Techniques in Nucleic Acid and Cloning Research
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
128
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
BIO 4240 Seminar in Biotechnology
BIO 4330 Techniques in Protein Purification OR
BIO 4360 Techniques in Tissue Culture and Cell Signaling
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I AND
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
Choose 12 hours from the following:
BIO 1520 Introduction to Marine Biology
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 2600 Introduction to Neuroscience
BIO 3360 Medical Botany
BIO/CHE 3362 Biochemistry: Molecular Biology
BIO/CHE 3371 Biochemistry: Structure and Function
BIO 3600 Special Topics in Biology (with permission)
BIO 3850 Parasitology
BIO 4330 Techniques in Protein Purification (if not chosen above)
BIO 4360 Techniques in Tissue Culture and Cell Signaling (if not chosen above)
BIO 4960/61 Biology Internship
BUS 2217 Principles of Management OR
HCA 2125 Healthcare Organization and Management
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I AND
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II AND
CHE 2252 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
HRT 2100 Introduction to Horticultural Science
Choose one of the following research options:
BIO 4359 Research Methods in Integrative Biology
OR
BIO 4560 Introduction to Molecular Biology Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
OR
BIO 4661/4662 Site-Specific Research in Biology
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval) AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval)
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives .................................................................................................................13 -18 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
CHEMISTRY
The fields of chemistry and physics are integrated into our daily lives in many ways. Behind
the medicines we take, the plastics we use, the cars we drive, and the foods we eat stands a team
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
129
of scientists responsible for designing, manufacturing, and safeguarding these products. Further-
more, the fields of chemistry and physics have experienced dynamic change and growth in the
last century and have generated many of the most exciting and profound discoveries of modern
times. The study of matter – and how it is created, changed and manipulated – makes chemistry
one of the most fascinating and fast-paced majors at Florida Southern College. Our programs
provide students with a broad-based understanding of the fundamental principles of chemistry
and physics. The overriding objective is to provide students with the knowledge and skills needed
for success as professional scientists. Many Florida Southern College chemistry majors have con-
tinued their education in medical, dentistry, pharmacy, and graduate schools, at institutions such
as Duke University, the University of Notre Dame, the University of Florida, and the University of
Washington.
Chemistry Concentrations:
Students majoring in chemistry may choose one of the following concentrations:
Environmental Chemistry provides students with a strong foundation in analytical chemistry,
instrumental analysis, and method development with specific application to the transport and
fate of chemicals in the environment and potential eects on human health. This concentration
will prepare students to pursue an environmental engineering degree or work in many dierent
areas, such as analytical testing, regulatory compliance, or environmental consulting.
Forensic Chemistry provides students with a strong background in analytical and instrumental
analysis, applications of chemistry to criminalistics, and strong written communication skills.
This concentration will prepare students well for careers in crime labs, the FBI, or the medical
examiner’s oce.
Students may pursue a major in chemistry with either a B.A. or B.S. degree. A minor is also
available in physics. For information about the minor in physics, see “PHYSICS” on page 181.
Statement on Engaged Learning
In both the classroom and in the laboratory, students will participate in engaged learning ac-
tivities that may include, but are not limited to, guided inquiry experiments, active learning exer-
cises, computational exercises, collaborative learning and problem solving, team-based laboratory
projects, experimental design, literature searches using library resources, web-based content, and
discipline specific databases (such as SciFinder), and individual/small group peer teaching. All
students majoring in chemistry are also required to conduct research, which is oen presented at
local, regional, or national chemistry conferences.
Honors in the Major
Chemistry also oers an option for Honors in the Major. The purpose of the program is to
provide an opportunity for high achieving students who are motivated and talented to do an
in-depth investigation of an area of interest in consultation with a professor having expertise in
that area. During senior year, students will register for CHE 4953 and CHE 4954. Please see the
department chair during the first semester of the junior year for further information.
Pre-Medical, Pre-Dental, and Pre-Pharmacy Studies
Students majoring in chemistry are well prepared to pursue a career in the medical field—
including an MD/Ph.D. degree. The rigorous training in the sciences and mathematics com-
bined with the broad liberal arts curriculum emphasized at Florida Southern College provides
an excellent background for professional schools. All pre-professional students are encouraged
to work closely with their academic advisor and the science and pre-health career and internship
coordinator to ensure they meet the requirements for application to a professional school. (See
“Pre-Professional Programs” on page 58.)
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
130
Program Requirements
A student must obtain a grade of C or better in all 1000- and 2000-level courses that are re-
quired for the major for the B.A. and B.S. degrees.
Special Requirements
Due to the similarities in the programs, students majoring in chemistry are not allowed to
double major in biochemistry and molecular biology.
Chemistry (B.A.) Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ............................................................................................ 56-70 hours
CHE 1110 Chemistry, Biochemistry and Society (FTIC only)
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I
CHE 2253 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory for Majors
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II
CHE 2254 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory for Majors
CHE 2355 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry
CHE 3340 Physical Chemistry for the Chemical and Biological Sciences
CHE 4410 Introduction to Research Methods AND
CHE 4999 Senior Research
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval) AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval)
Cognate Courses
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based)
PHY 2120 General Physics II (Calculus Based)
and one of following groups:
General BA (10-12 hours)
CHE 2105 Environmental Chemistry OR
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
Choose at least 6 credit hours of electives from:
CHE 2105 Environmental Chemistry (if not taken above)
CHE 2275 Forensic Chemistry
CHE 3320 Applied Synthesis and Characterization
CHE 3330 Medicinal Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE/BIO 3371 Biochemistry: Structure and Function
CHE/BIO 3372 Biochemistry: Metabolism
CHE 4340 Advanced Physical Chemistry
CHE 4405 Human Health Risk Assessment
CHE 4425 Special Topics in Chemistry
CHE 4450 Bioinorganic Chemistry
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
131
CHE 4455 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
CHE 4475 Advanced Forensic Chemistry
CHE 4960 Internship in Chemistry
Environmental Concentration (18 hours)
CHE 2105 Environmental Chemistry
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE 4405 Human Health Risk Assessment
Choose one of the following:
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
HRT 3301 Soil Science
Forensic Chemistry Concentration (22 hours)
CHE 2275 Forensic Chemistry
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE/BIO 3371 Biochemistry: Structure and Function
CHE 4475 Advanced Forensic Chemistry
Choose one of the following:
CRM 3310 Crime Scene Investigation
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives ......................................................................................................................0-8 hours
E. Total .....................................................................................................................124-130 hours
Chemistry (B.S.) Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ............................................................................................ 63-77 hours
CHE 1110 Chemistry, Biochemistry and Society (FTIC only)
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I
CHE 2253 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory for Majors
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II
CHE 2254 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory for Majors
CHE 2355 Descriptive Inorganic Chemistry
CHE 3320 Applied Synthesis and Characterization
CHE 3340 Physical Chemistry for the Chemical and Biological Sciences
CHE/BIO 3371 Biochemistry: Structure and Function
CHE/BIO 3373 Biochemistry: Structure and Function Laboratory
CHE 4410 Introduction to Research Methods AND
CHE 4999 Senior Research
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval) AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval)
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
132
Cognate Courses
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based)
PHY 2120 General Physics II (Calculus Based)
and one of following groups:
General BS (12-14 hours)
CHE 2105 Environmental Chemistry OR
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
Choose two of the following courses:
CHE/BIO 3372 Biochemistry: Metabolism
CHE 4340 Advanced Physical Chemistry
CHE 4455 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Choose one elective from:
CHE 2105 Environmental Chemistry (if not taken above)
CHE 2275 Forensic Chemistry
CHE 3330 Medicinal Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE 4405 Human Health Risk Assessment
CHE 4425 Special Topics in Chemistry
CHE 4450 Bioinorganic Chemistry
CHE 4475 Advanced Forensic Chemistry
CHE 4960 Internship in Chemistry
3rd course from list above
Environmental Concentration (21 hours)
CHE 2105 Environmental Chemistry
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE 4405 Human Health Risk Assessment
Choose one of the following:
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
HRT 3301 Soil Science
Choose one of the following:
CHE/BIO 3372 Biochemistry: Metabolism
CHE 4340 Advanced Physical Chemistry
CHE 4455 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
Forensic Chemistry Concentration (22 hours)
CHE 2275 Forensic Chemistry
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
CHE 3335 Instrumental Analysis
CHE 4475 Advanced Forensic Chemistry
Choose one of the following:
CRM 3310 Crime Scene Investigation
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
133
Choose one of the following:
CHE/BIO 3372 Biochemistry: Metabolism
CHE 4340 Advanced Physical Chemistry
CHE 4455 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ......................................................................................................................0-9 hours
E. Total .....................................................................................................................124-129 hours
Chemistry Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 22 hours
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
Fourteen additional hours of CHE courses at the 2000-level or above.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 22 hours
CITRUS AND HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE
The Citrus and Horticultural Science major leads to a Bachelor of Science degree. The ma-
jor provides a strong science-based curriculum with opportunities to specialize in four separate
concentrations. Students satisfy core requirements and fulfill the coursework required for one or
more areas of concentration: Citrus, Pre-Graduate Studies, Biotechnology, or Business. Professional
internships, research opportunities, and other forms of experiential learning prepare students for
exciting, challenging careers or for continuing their education through graduate studies. A minor
in horticultural science is also available.
Citrus and Horticultural Science
Citrus and Horticultural Science Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 60–65 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
HRT 1501 Current Perspectives in Horticulture Science (FTIC only)
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 4150 Plant Anatomy and Physiology
CHE 1011 Chemical Foundations for the Biological Sciences OR
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CIT 4303 Citrus Pest and Disease Management
HRT 2100 Introduction to Horticultural Science
HRT 3301 Soil Science
HRT/BIO 3302 Plant Nutrition
One of the following courses not included in the concentration:
BIO 3700 Genetics
CIT 3302 Citrus Grove Management
HRT 3326 Tropical and Temperate Fruits
HRT 4320 Special Topics in Horticulture
Four-six hours from the following courses:
CIT 4999 Citrus Production and Business Practices
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
134
OR
BIO 4359 Research Methods in Integrative Biology
OR
BIO 4460 Intro to Ecology Research AND
BIO 4461/4462 Research: Ecology
OR
BIO 4560 Intro to Molecular Biology Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
Select at least one of the following concentrations:
Biotechnology (20 hours)
BIO 2280 Applied Microbiology
BIO 3700 Genetics
BIO 3727 Techniques in Nucleic Acid and Cloning Research
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
Four semester hours chosen from:
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
BIO 4240 Seminar in Biotechnology
BIO 4360 Techniques in Tissue Culture and Cell Signaling
HRT 4320 Special Topics in Horticulture (with departmental approval)
Business (20 hours; earns a minor in business administration)
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business OR
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
ECO 2010 Essentials of Economics OR
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics OR
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
Citrus (22 hours)
CIT 3301 Introduction to Citrus
CIT 3302 Citrus Grove Management
CIT 3313 Citrus Post-harvest Practices
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
HRT 4960 Internship
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
Pre-Graduate Studies (20 hours)
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
135
Eight hours chosen from:
BIO 3362 Biochemistry: Molecular Biology
BIO 3700 Genetics
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II AND
CHE 2252 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
MAT 2050 Applied Calculus
PHY 2010 General Physics I (Algebra Based)
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives ...................................................................................................................7–12 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Horticultural Science Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
HRT 2100 Introduction to Horticultural Science
Sixteen additional hours of CIT or HRT courses except HRT 1000
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
COMMUNICATION
A degree in communication prepares students for the dynamic and changing field of commu-
nication by oering a challenging academic program that prepares students for the professional
world or graduate school. The program gives students the opportunity for hands-on experience
while they explore and apply the theoretical underpinnings of the discipline. Graduates of the
communication program are conscientious and critical consumers and producers of mediated
and professional communication. Communication majors graduate prepared with the skills and
knowledge to excel across a broad spectrum of careers, including advertising, public relations,
print and broadcast journalism, law, education, and business. Students are also prepared to con-
tinue their education in graduate programs across a range of disciplines.
Communication Concentrations
Students majoring in communication may choose from one or more of the following con-
centrations:
• Advertising and Public Relations focuses on the development, creation, and placement
of messages and how consumers process messages, as well as on the professional develop-
ment of relationships with internal and external target audiences, crisis management, brand
management, and promotion.
• Media Strategies and Production focuses on strategic messaging and telling stories in
today’s global digital environment using social media marketing, video and audio produc-
tion, journalism, and persuasive writing to compete in the fast paced, high-demand com-
munication industry.
• Interpersonal and Organizational Communication focuses on the interpersonal and
behavioral elements of communication in a variety of settings and prepares students to
communicate eectively across diverse populations and develop the knowledge and skills
necessary to be a competent leader.
• Multimedia Journalism focuses on writing, reporting, and producing stories in a variety
of forms and through various media, as well as on the professional and ethical decisions
journalists face during the storytelling process.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
136
Progress Requirements
Communication majors are required to complete either a senior project or a three-hour in-
ternship. Internships are typically completed during the senior year. Requirements of the intern-
ship include completion of all 3000-level concentration courses, a 2.0 cumulative grade point
average, application, and permission of the internship coordinator. Interns must have their own
transportation.
Only courses in which grades of C or higher are earned may count toward the major or mi-
nor in the degree programs.
Communication Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 42–66 hours
Twenty-two hours in the core Communications major.
COM 1100 Introduction to Communication
COM 1500 Fundamentals of Speech
COM 2100 Mass Media and Society
COM 4550 Communication Research
COM 4500 Communication Law and Ethics AND/OR
COM 4999 Speech and Mass Communication Theory
COM 3955 Professional Development for Communication Careers AND
COM 4960/4961 Communication Internship
AND/OR
COM 4900 Senior Project
Select at least one of the following concentrations:
Advertising and Public Relations
COM 2400 Principles of Advertising and Public Relations
COM 2500 Visual Communication
COM 3200 Persuasion
COM 3410 Advertising Creative AND/OR
COM 4350 Social Media Strategies
COM 3420 Advertising Writing AND/OR
COM 3450 Public Relations Writing
COM 4400 Advertising and Public Relations Campaigns
Media Strategies and Production
COM 2110 Media Writing
COM 2500 Visual Communication
COM 3420 Advertising Writing
COM 3340 Video Production
COM 3360 Online Media
COM 3370 Photojournalism
COM 4350 Social Media Strategies
Interpersonal and Organizational Communication
COM 2250 Interpersonal Communication
COM 2270 Intercultural Communication
COM 3210 Organizational Communication
COM 3900 Special Topics in Communication
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
137
COM 2260 Small Group Communication AND/OR
COM 3200 Persuasion
Multimedia Journalism
COM 2101 News Media Practicum I
COM 2102 News Media Practicum II
COM 2110 Media Writing
COM 3300 News and Feature Writing
COM 3320 Introduction to Broadcast Journalism
COM 3360 Online Media
COM 4300 News Media Projects
Choose four hours from the following:
COM 3340 Video Production
COM 3353 Editing for Media
COM 3355 Publication Design and Production
COM 3370 Photojournalism
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives ...................................................................................................................0–30 hours
F. Total ................................................................................................................... 124 - 126 hours
Communication Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
COM 1500 Fundamentals of Speech
Sixteen additional hours of COM courses
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
COMPUTER SCIENCE
The Computer Science program oers the B.A. and B.S. degrees with a major in Computer
Science. A minor in Computer Science is available for students majoring in disciplines other
than Computer Science or Computer Science/Mathematics.
The Computer Science major provides both breadth and depth in computer science funda-
mentals and practical applications in a curriculum that is based on the recommendations from
ACM, IEEE, and ABET/CS for undergraduate computer science degree programs. Graduates are
prepared to enter the workforce as computer scientists or computing specialists in a wide variety
of fields or to enter graduate programs in computer science or other computing disciplines.
Students enjoy small classes, highly-qualified faculty committed to teaching and profession-
al excellence, and modern computing laboratories. In addition to providing a sound theoreti-
cal base, the coursework includes many practical applications, including collaborative problem
solving, soware for robotics applications, computer game design, soware engineering, service
learning, and real-world group projects. Internships and undergraduate research opportunities
are also available.
Progress Requirements
All computer science majors must earn a grade of C or better in all CSC and MAT courses
and courses cross-listed with CSC and MAT.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
138
Computer Science Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 66 - 68 hours
Thirty four to thirty six hours in core computer science courses:
CSC 1980 Exploring Computer Science
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
CSC 2290 Object-Oriented Programming
CSC 3280 Data Structures
CSC 3310 Computer Organization and Architecture
CSC 3380 Analysis of Algorithms
CSC 3400 Soware Engineering
CSC 4410 Operating Systems & Concurrency
CSC 4899 Senior Project
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis
Twelve-hours of computer science concentration selected from the following sequences:
Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning
CSC 3510 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
CSC 3520 Machine Learning
CSC 4510 Advanced Topics in Artificial Intelligence
Web and Cloud Computing
CSC 3610 Introduction to Web Development
CSC 3620 Web Application Architectures
CSC 4610 Advanced Topics in Web Development
Cybersecurity
Note: Students completing the Cybersecurity concentration must take CSC 3810 as one of their
computer science electives.
CSC 3820 Penetration Testing and Ethical Hacking
CSC 3830 Fundamentals of Digital Forensics
CSC 4810 Threat Detection Engineering
Eight hours of computer science electives selected from list below (if not counted above)
OR
Twenty hours of computer science electives (no concentration) selected from the following:
CSC 3340 Database Management Systems
CSC 3350 Computer Game Design
CSC 3510 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence
CSC 3520 Machine Learning
CSC 3610 Introduction to Web Development
CSC 3620 Web Application Architectures
CSC 3810 Principles of Computer Networking
CSC 3820 Penetration Testing
CSC 3951 Computer Science Research I
CSC 4510 Advanced Topics in Artificial Intelligence
CSC 4610 Advanced Topics in Web Development
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
139
CSC 4640 Selected Topics in Computer Science
CSC/MAT 4645 Selected Topics in Computer Science and Mathematics
CSC 4810 Threat Detection Engineering
CSC 4952 Computer Science Research II
CSC 4960 Internship in Computer Science
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
Twelve hours of mathematics:
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
CSC/MAT 2100 Discrete Structures
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .....................................................................................................................0–6 hours
F. Total .................................................................................................................... 124–128 hours
Computer Science Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
CSC 2290 Object-Oriented Programming AND
Twelve hours of 3000-level or higher CSC courses
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
CRIMINOLOGY
Criminology oers two degrees: the Bachelor of Science in Criminology and the Bachelor of
Arts in Criminology; a minor requires 20 hours in criminology.
Students will gain the ability to understand social policy, to critically assess proposed programs,
and to recognize the complexity of crime-related issues, creating solutions, rather than relying on
failed programs of the past. Criminology majors explore theoretical causes of crime, as well as prac-
tically apply concepts learned to real world situations in advanced courses. Students analyze situa-
tions, evaluate their causes, and recommend solutions. Criminology majors gain skills in analytical
and critical thinking in understanding human behavior at the individual, group, and societal levels,
as well as competency in addressing cultural and social issues and solving crime problems. The
criminology experience focuses on engaged, active, and service learning in diverse applications both
in and out of the classroom, oering students opportunities to become involved in community
and campus projects and programs; research projects; the use of instructional technology including
data management and data analysis; group projects, discussions and presentations; and internships.
Talented instructors from the community, who currently are or have been employed in a variety of
criminology-related careers, support academic faculty members. Because the criminology program
is based in the broad, liberal arts tradition, students have a wide variety of career choices and gain
academic preparation for a number of advanced degrees. Advising is designed to reflect student in-
terests and individual career paths. A diversity of internships is available in both the public and pri-
vate sectors, including administration/management, education, social work/counseling, non-profit
agencies, and criminal justice. Most criminology graduates go to local, state, or federal agencies,
while some continue their schooling at criminal justice agencies, law schools, or graduate schools.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
140
Criminology Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 56 hours
CRM/SOC 1200 Race, Culture, and the Criminal Justice System
CRM 2280 Introduction to Criminal Justice
CRM 3303 Sociology of Deviant Behavior OR
CRM 3340 Criminology
CRM 3350 Policing in American Society
CRM/SOC 4420 Methods of Social Research
CRM/PSY 4430 Criminalization of Mental Illness
CRM 4440 Judicial Processes
CRM 4450 Corrections and Rehabilitation
CRM 4960 Criminology Practicum
CRM 4999 Seminar in Criminology
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics
PHI 2204 Ethics
Choose 8 hours from the following courses:
COM/SOC 2270 Intercultural Communication
CRM/SOC 3303 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (if not chosen above)
CRM/SOC 3305 Race, Culture, and Human Relations
CRM 3310 Crime Scene Investigation
CRM 3340 Criminology (if not chosen above)
CRM 3360 Juvenile Delinquency
CRM/SOC 3855 Selected Topics in Criminology/Sociology
SOC/WST 2220 Marriage and Family
SOC 2240 Clinical Sociology
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives ...................................................................................................................8 -16 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
Criminology Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Twenty hours of CRM courses
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
DANCE
The dance program at Florida Southern College provides students with a 21
st
-century dance
education that emphasizes technical training, creative exploration and expression, compositional
skills, and performance while providing professional preparation for a variety of careers in dance
as artists, educators, and scholars. Grounded in FSC’s commitment to engaged learning, impor-
tance is placed on an individual’s interaction with the world as a whole person, not just as an
artist. Throughout the program, students also are provided with the tools and knowledge to take
care of their personal well-being through anatomical and somatic study, encouraging long and
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
141
healthy careers in the field of dance.
The B.F.A. in Dance Performance and Choreography provides intensive study in technique,
as well as composition and theory. It is intended for the student who wishes to pursue a profes-
sional performance or creative career in dance. The degree also prepares the student to pursue an
M.F.A., the terminal creative degree.
The B.A. in Dance Studies program provides students with a solid study in technique, com-
position, and theory while allowing flexibility for the student who intends to investigate and
connect another area of interest with dance, and for students wishing to pursue dance outside
the realms of performance and choreography, such as movement/dance therapy, education, arts
administration, and sports medicine.
The Minor in Dance is a comprehensive 21-hour program designed for students who wish to
stay involved in the art of dance, yet wish to pursue a degree program in another field.
Students must audition and be accepted into the B.F.A, or B.A programs. Auditions are also
required for the Minor in Dance.
B.A. in Dance Studies Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 53 hours
DAN 1613–4613 Ballet Technique I, II, III, IV*
DAN 1643–4643 Modern Dance Technique I, II, III, IV*
DAN 1651 Dance Improvisation
DAN 2623 Jazz Dance I
DAN 3623 Jazz Dance II
DAN 2661 Choreography I
DAN 2662 Choreography II
DAN 3671 Dance History I
DAN 3672 Dance History II
DAN 3653 Dance Practicum**
DAN 4990 Senior Seminar
DAN 4999 Senior Project
*Must take a minimum of three credit hours at level III
**Must take a minimum of two credit hours (two semesters)
Additional requirements:
EXS 2775 Kinesiology
Additional three credit hours from:
DAN 2613–4613 Ballet Technique II, III, IV
DAN 2643–4643 Modern Dance Technique II, III, IV
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................11 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
B.F.A. in Dance Performance and Choreography Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 79 hours
DAN 1613–4613 Ballet Technique I, II, III, IV*
DAN 1643–4643 Modern Dance Technique I, II, III, IV*
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
142
DAN 1651 Dance Improvisation
DAN 2623 Jazz Dance I
DAN 3623 Jazz Dance II
DAN 2661 Choreography I
DAN 2662 Choreography II
DAN 3663 Choreography III
DAN 3671 Dance History I
DAN 3672 Dance History II
DAN 3653 Dance Practicum**
DAN 4990 Senior Seminar
DAN 4999 Senior Project
*Must take a minimum of three credit hours at level IV
**Must take a minimum of four credit hours (four semesters)
Additional requirements:
EXS 2775 Kinesiology
MUS 1163 Explorations in Music and Dance OR
MUS 1165 Great Works of Music
THE 1214 Acting for the Non-Actor
Dance Electives: Choose four credit hours from:
DAN 2651 World Dance
DAN 2681 Teaching Studio Dance
DAN 3615 Ballet Variations
DAN 3691 Dance Ensemble
THE 2630 Beginning Tap I
THE 2631 Beginning Tap II
THE 3630 Intermediate Tap
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................5 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Dance Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 21 hours
DAN 1613–4613 Ballet Technique I, II, III, IV*
DAN 1643–4643 Modern Dance Technique I, II, III, IV*
DAN 1651 Dance Improvisation
DAN 2661 Choreography I
*Must take a minimum of six credit hours in each technique.
Additional three credit hours from the following:
DAN 2613-4613 Ballet Technique II, III, IV
DAN 2643-4643 Modern Dance Technique II, III, IV
Dance Electives: Three credit hours from the following:
DAN 1600 Dance Appreciation
DAN 2623 Jazz Dance I
DAN 2651 World Dance
DAN 2662 Choreography II
DAN 2681 Teaching Studio Dance
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
143
DAN 3615 Ballet Variations
DAN 3623 Jazz Dance II
DAN 3671 Dance History I
DAN 3672 Dance History II
DAN 3691 Dance Ensemble
THE 2630 Beginning Tap I
THE 2631 Beginning Tap II
THE 3630 Intermediate Tap
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 21 hours
DATA ANALYTICS
See Mathematics
ENGLISH
An English major typically seeks intellectual growth; prefers independent work and study;
is creative; is disciplined; values integrity; has a strong imagination; enjoys reading, thinking,
and writing. English majors sharpen their reading skills—their observational and analytical
acuity. They improve their writing skills—the ability to shape words to communicate more
eectively with others. And they enhance their thinking skills—the ability to recognize prob-
lems and solve them creatively.
Our goals are to help majors develop the resources and methods needed to pursue inde-
pendent inquiries and enjoy a lifelong appreciation for the value of the written word; and to
sharpen their critical skills in written and oral expression as they read, analyze, and evaluate
representative works of American, English, and other world literature in their cultural and
historical perspectives.
We oer a range of special topics and interdisciplinary courses in addition to an already im-
pressive range of courses. The program sponsors a number of public readings from professional
poets and writers; we also oer events such as open mic nights that allow students to share
their own work. Students can become involved in numerous organizations, such as Cantilevers
(the FSC literary magazine) or Sigma Tau Delta (the international English honor society). In
addition, the FSC Writing Center oers opportunities to those students who want to acquire
practical experience as tutors on all levels. We also have intern programs in the public schools
for English majors in secondary education. Moreover, some students, in consultation with their
advisors, create internships in the business community to meet their individual career goals.
Our graduates enter the work force with a full range of marketable skills: listening and
reading acuity; clear, critical thinking; inventive expression; accurate writing; and persuasive
speaking. Career opportunities for the English major abound in advertising, business writing
and consulting, editing (for books and other media), fund raising and grant writing, journal-
ism, teaching, and technical writing. English is also a natural pre-professional major for those
who are planning to study business administration, law, or theology.
English: Teacher Certification
Students who meet both the requirements for an English major and the professional courses
and other degree requirements specified by the School of Education will meet the certification
requirements for teaching English in the state of Florida. The English Education graduate is eli-
gible for a Florida Professional Teacher Certificate in English (6-12) with endorsements in ESOL
and Reading. See page 201.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
144
Honors in the Major
The English program also oers an Honors in the Major option. The purpose of the program
is to provide an opportunity for highly achieving students who are motivated and talented to do
an in-depth investigation of an area of interest in consultation with a professor having expertise
in that area. Please see the department chair during the first semester of your junior year for fur-
ther information.
Area Concentration Achievement Test (ACAT)
In the first or second semester of their senior year, all English majors will take the ACAT
in Literature, which is a standardized exam covering various periods of English and American
literature. Test scores will be distributed to the faculty, and students’ performance on this test
will be considered by all professors who write recommendations for job, graduate school, and
professional school applications.
English Major Requirements
The English program oers concentrations in literature and writing. Core requirements for
both concentrations are the same. Each student who declares English as a major either should
have a full-time member of the English faculty as an academic advisor or, if a student has a dou-
ble major and an ocial advisor from that other major, they should also meet with a full-time
member of the English department before registering for the next semester’s classes.
English Major Requirements: Literature Concentration
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 56 hours
Core requirements for the English major:
ENG 1130 Introduction to English Studies
ENG 2305 Masterpieces of World Literature
ENG 2309 American Literature I: Pre-1600 to 1865
ENG 2310 American Literature II: 1865-Present
ENG 2313 British Literature from the Medieval to the Neo-Classical
ENG 2314 British Literature from the Romantic Era to the Post Modern
ENG 3100 Studies in Literary Theory
ENG 3360 Race, Ethnicity, and Literature
ENG 4999 English Senior Seminar
Three literature courses:
ENG 3304 Major Authors
ENG 4303 Studies in Literary Periods
ENG 4305 Special Topics in Literature
Two 3000- or 4000-level English course chosen from:
ENG 3100 Studies in Literary Theory
ENG 3200 Writing for Business
ENG 3217 Creative Nonfiction Writing
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
ENG 3235 Creative Writing: Poetry
ENG 3236 Creative Writing: Fiction
ENG 3263 Rhetoric and Writing
ENG 3320 Special Topics in Media Studies
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
145
ENG 3370 Gender in Literature
ENG 4209 Special Topics in Nonfiction
ENG 4303 Studies in Literary Periods
ENG 4305 Special Topics in Literature
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................8 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
English Major Requirements: Writing Concentration
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 56 hours
Core requirements for the English major:
ENG 1130 Introduction to English Studies
ENG 2305 Masterpieces of World Literature
ENG 2309 American Literature I: Pre-1600 to 1865
ENG 2310 American Literature II: 1865-Present
ENG 2313 British Literature from the Medieval to the Neo-Classical
ENG 2314 British Literature from the Romantic Era to the Post Modern
ENG 3100 Studies in Literary Theory
ENG 3360 Race, Ethnicity, and Literature
ENG 4999 English Senior Seminar
Writing concentration requirements (5 courses total):
ENG 3263 Rhetoric and Writing
ENG 4209 Special Topics in Nonfiction
One of the following creative writing courses:
ENG 3217 Creative Nonfiction Writing
ENG 3235 Creative Writing: Poetry
ENG 3236 Creative Writing: Fiction
One of the following multi-genre writing courses:
ENG 3200 Writing for Business
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
One additional 3000- or 4000-level ENG course, excluding internship
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................8 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
English Minor Requirements
Special Requirements
CLEP credits may not be applied to the minor.
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Twelve hours of ENG courses at the 2000-level or above
Four hour ENG course at the 3000-level
Four hour ENG course at the 4000-level
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
146
ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES
Our use of natural resources impacts the environment on a local, regional, and global scale.
The management of these resources, and the solutions needed to overcome complicated chal-
lenges, requires broad knowledge of multiple disciplines. With the environmental studies major,
students study important issues directly related to the consequences of human action on the
natural landscape, and gain insight and understanding of governmental and economic policies
and historical precedents that led us to this point. Students gain experience in methods of com-
munication necessary for bridging the gap between disparate fields, such as research science and
governmental agencies. The interdisciplinary nature of this major will equip students with an ex-
tensive and broad background to enter into a career with governmental agencies, local ecological
organizations, the forestry service, or other environmental groups.
Students may also enroll in the FSC–Duke University Cooperative 3+2 program. Students
successfully complete their first three years at FSC and are accepted into either the Master of
Environmental Management or the Master of Forestry program. The student will be awarded the
appropriate bachelor’s degree upon satisfactory completion of one year of study at Duke. Contact
Dr. Eric Kjellmark for more information.
Program Requirements
All environmental studies majors must earn a grade of C or better in all BIO courses and
courses cross-listed with BIO.
Transfer Student Requirements
Upon application and acceptance to the college, transfer student transcripts will be reviewed
by the Registrar. Transfer students are required to create a course plan for degree completion in
conversation with a Biology faculty member before they matriculate. Students should be advised
that courses in the natural sciences require prerequisite coursework and transfer students who are
not bringing in these courses may be delayed in taking upper-level courses until they fulfill these
requirements.
Special Requirements
Due to similarities in the programs, students majoring in environmental studies are not al-
lowed to double major in biology or integrative biology, nor are they allowed to minor in biolo-
gy.
Environmental Studies Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ............................................................................................ 64-65 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1501 Current Perspectives in Biology (FTIC only)
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
BIO 2320 Marine Microbiology OR
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 2500 Biology III: Ecology and Evolution
BIO 2900 Conservation Biology
BIO 3301 Field Ecology
CHE 1011 Chemical Foundations for the Biological Sciences OR
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
147
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
28 hours selected from the following (at least 16 hours must be outside of the natural
scienes; at least 12 hours must be at the 3000- or 4000-level) or other courses approved by
the faculty and advisor:
Natural Science
BIO 1520 Introduction to Marine Biology
BIO 1820 Oceanography
BIO 2520 Biological Geography and GIS
BIO 3100 Plant Taxonomy
BIO 3120 Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles
BIO 3250 Sensory Biology
BIO 3316 Tropical Ecology
BIO 3700 Genetics
BIO 4359 Research Methods in Integrative Biology
OR
BIO 4460 Introduction to Ecology Research AND
BIO 4461/4462 Research: Ecology
OR
BIO 4560 Introduction to Molecular Biology Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
OR
BIO 4661/4662 Site Specific Research in Biology (with departmental approval)
BIO 4960/4961 Biology Internship
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I AND
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II AND
CHE 2252 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
CHE 2335 Analytical Chemistry
HRT 2100 Introduction to Horticultural Science
HRT 3301 Soil Science
PHY 2010 General Physics I (Algebra Based)
OR
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based)
PHY 2020 General Physics II (Algebra Based)
OR
PHY 2120 General Physics II (Calculus Based)
Outside Natural Science
BIO 2214 Disasters, Civilizations, and the Environment
BIO/REL 3378 Dialogues in Science and Religion
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
COM 2100 Mass Media and Society
COM 2400 Principles of Advertising and Public Relations
COM/SOC 2270 Intercultural Communication
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
148
COM 3200 Persuasion
COM 3450 Public Relations Writing
COM 4350 Public Relations Strategies
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
ENG 3200 Writing for Business
ENG 3217 Creative Nonfiction Writing
ENG 3219 Persuasive Writing
ENG 3263 Rhetoric and Writing
ENG 4209 Special Topics in Nonfiction (with advisor approval)
HIS 1300 The Modern World
PHI 2204 Ethics
PHI/REL 2219 World Religion and Philosophies
POS 1115 Methods for Political Science I
POS 2290 Current Issues in American Politics
POS 2295 Methods for Political Science II
POS 3323 International Organizations
POS 3400 Political Parties and Interest Groups
POS 3500 International Relations of the Developing World
SPA 1101 First Semester Spanish
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .....................................................................................................................0–8 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
Environmental Studies Minor Requirements
The Minor in Environmental Studies is designed to provide students with a fundamental back-
ground in scientific aspects of studying the environment. This minor can complement a number of
majors where students would like to be knowledgeable of and active in environmental issues.
Special Requirements
At least 50% of the coursework for the environmental studies minor must be unique for the
minor and cannot also be applied towards the biology minor or the biology, biochemistry and
molecular biology, biotechnology, integrative biology or marine biology majors.
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 24 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
BIO 2500 Biology III: Ecology and Evolution
Choose one of the following:
BIO 2900 Conservation Biology
BIO 3301 Field Ecology
Choose four credit hours from any COM, ENG, HIS, or POS course that applies to the envi-
ronmental studies major.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 24 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
149
ETHICS MINOR
See Interdisciplinary Minors
FILM
See Visual Arts and Design
GRAPHIC DESIGN
See Visual Arts and Design
HISTORY
The history program at Florida Southern College is designed to assist those students who
are working toward a B. A. degree in developing the ability to think, speak and write in a clear,
logical and critical manner as they search for answers to questions about the past. This search
takes place in a variety of contexts. Each major works in close consultation with an advisor to
select thirty-six hours (nine courses) of history, distributed across lower and upper level oerings
and covering a variety of topics. Classroom activities include group projects, class discussions,
presentations, and lectures, oen enhanced by the use of appropriate technologies. Outside the
classroom, faculty oces, the departmental lounge, or a favorite campus dining spot provide
the opportunity for the exchange of ideas between students and faculty in a less formal setting.
In addition, the History Club sponsors an annual field trip, picnic, and at least one movie night
each semester; it also assists in hosting the Florida Lecture Series. Faculty members work closely
with students in directing research projects, some of them undertaken jointly, including the
senior capstone or honors thesis. Internships are also available at several on-campus sites, such as
the Lawton Chiles Center of Florida History, the Florida Citrus Hall of Fame, and the Archives
of the Florida Conference of the United Methodist Church. Students oen accompany mem-
bers of the faculty to a professional conference, where they oen present papers, or share the
results of research projects. At graduation, history majors should be prepared for a wide variety
of occupations requiring the ability to think logically and critically; they should also be able to
perform successfully in graduate and professional school.
Honors in the Major
The history program also oers an Honors in the Major option. The purpose of the program
is to provide an opportunity for highly achieving students who are motivated and talented to do
an in-depth investigation of an area of interest in consultation with a professor having expertise in
that area. Please see the department chair during the first semester of your junior year for further
information. During the senior year, students should register for HIS 4953 and HIS 4954.
Social Science: Teacher Certification
Students who meet both the requirements for a Social Science education major and the
professional courses and other degree requirements specified by the School of Education will
meet the certification requirements for teaching Social Science in the state of Florida. The Social
Science Education graduate is eligible for a Florida Professional Teacher Certificate in Social
Science (6-12). See page 203.
History Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 36 hours
HIS 4999 Philosophy and Methodology of History
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
150
Two courses selected from the following:
HIS 1100 The Ancient World
HIS 1200 The Making of the World
HIS 1300 The Modern World
HIS 2215 The American Experience through the Civil War
HIS 2225 The American Experience since the Civil War
One course selected from the following:
HIS 3225 Modern America: 1945-Present
HIS 3231 History of the Old South
HIS 3232 History of the New South
HIS 3240 Introduction to Public History
HIS/LAS 3355 History of Florida
HIS 3550 Selected Topics in United States or Latin American History
One course selected from the following:
HIS 3115 History of Early Modern Europe
HIS 3165 History of Modern Europe
HIS 3215 History of Russia and the Soviet Union
HIS 3455 Selected Topics in History of the Western World
One course selected from the following:
HIS 3275 History of East Asia
HIS/LAS 3365 History of Modern Latin America
HIS 3415 History of the Middle East
HIS 3445 History of Modern Africa
HIS 3555 Selected Topics in World or Thematic History
One course selected from the following:
HIS 4455 Seminar on Selected Topics in the History of the Western World
HIS 4550 Seminar on Selected Topics in U.S. or Latin American History
HIS 4555 Seminar on Selected Topics in World or Thematic History
One course selected from any 3000-level HIS oering
One HIS course (non-designated)
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .................................................................................................................28–36 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
History Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Eight hours of HIS courses at the 1000-4000-level
Twelve hours of HIS courses at the 3000-4000-level
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program gives students the tools and opportunities to think bigger—beyond the
bounds of their regular assignments, beyond the bounds of their home discipline, even beyond
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
151
the bounds of what passes as common sense. Whatever their path, they are prepared to think
critically and creatively about the world we live in.
The keystone of the Honors Program is the senior project. During their final year at Florida
Southern College, all honors students will undertake an ambitious project of their own design
and present the results to their peers. Working in close collaboration with a faculty mentor, stu-
dents might research the evolutionary history of the human eye, produce a chapbook of their
own poetry, compose and perform an original concerto, start their own sustainable business,
or make a contribution to the philosophy of happiness. Everything in the Honors Program is
designed to prepare students for this final project.
The Honors Program curriculum requires 23–26 hours of coursework, just slightly more
than a typical minor. During the first two years, honors students take a sequence of courses de-
signed to push them to think critically about pressing contemporary questions. Those courses in-
clude one writing-intensive and one speaking-intensive course, one upper-level liberal arts course
outside the student’s home discipline, and two seminars. During the second two years, students
turn their focus towards their own final project. They first develop a project proposal, which is
presented to their peers and to an interdisciplinary faculty committee for approval. Once their
proposal is approved, they begin work on the project itself. The honors project culminates with a
presentation of the work in a public venue, either at Fiat Lux (Florida Southern’s own celebration
of student scholarship) or at a professional meeting within their own discipline.
Honors Program Requirements
HON 1700 Writing on Contemporary Social Issues
HON 1701 Speaking on Contemporary Social Issues
HON 1990 Honors First Year Seminar
HON 2990 Honors Second Year Research Seminar
One sophomore or junior honors course
HON 3955/56 Honors Directed Study
HON 4955/56 Honors Senior Thesis
Total hours in the Honors Program ................................................................................ 23–26
Qualifications for Admission
To qualify for admission to the Honors Program, incoming students must earn at least a 1330
on the SAT or at least a 29 on the ACT, and must have an unweighted high school GPA of at least
3.5. In exceptional cases, other factors like extracurricular activities and National Merit status may
be considered.
Students already enrolled at Florida Southern who wish to apply to the Honors Program must
do so by the end of their first semester. In order to be considered, students must have a minimum
3.5 GPA and a letter of recommendation from a faculty member. Please contact the director of the
Honors Program for more information.
Students in the Honors Program must maintain a minimum of a 3.5 cumulative GPA, and
must earn a C or better in all Honors Program courses. Any act of academic dishonesty will result
in automatic expulsion from the program. Students must also participate in at least two events
sponsored by the Honors Program each semester.
Other Honors Options
Certain departments oer the possibility of earning ‘Honors in the Major.’ Honors in the Major
is separate from the Honors Program. See departmental listings for more specific information.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
152
HUMANITIES
The B.A. in Humanities degree oers students the opportunity to attain two goals: a broad
immersion in the humanities—art, communication, English, foreign languages, music, philosophy,
religion, and theatre—and a deeper study in two of these disciplines. Humanities graduates pursue
careers in law, education, ministry, the arts, journalism, and business. Most important, students
emerge as well-rounded, insightful human beings with the ability to think clearly and critically.
Students interested in this major should contact the Department of Religion and Philosophy.
Humanities Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 52 hours
ARH 1100 Survey of Art and Architecture
ENG 2305 Masterpieces of World Literature
HUM 4999 Humanities Senior Capstone
MUS 1165 Great Works of Music
Any PHI course, except PHI 2208
THE 1050 Introduction to Theatre
One of the following religion courses:
REL 2214 Christian Ethics
REL 2217 Introduction to the Bible
REL 2218 Basic Christian Beliefs
REL/PHI 2219 World Religions and Philosophies
Two emphases selected from the list below:
Art Emphasis
Three courses, including at least two selected from:
ARH 3710 Ancient Art and Architecture
ARH 3720 Medieval Art and Architecture
ARH 3770 Eighteen and Nineteenth Century Art
ARH 3780 Modern Art
English Emphasis
Three courses, two of which must be at the 3000- or 4000-level
(No 1000-level English courses may count toward this emphasis)
Modern Languages Emphasis
Three courses beyond the third-semester language course
Music Emphasis
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1173 Theory: Introductory Harmony
MUS 3381 History of Music I
MUS 3382 History of Music II
Philosophy Emphasis
Three courses, one of which must be at the 3000- or 4000-level
Religion Emphasis
Three courses, one of which must be at the 3000- or 4000-level
Theatre Emphasis
Three courses including:
THE 4513 Theatre History and Literature I
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
153
THE 4523 Theatre History and Literature II
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................12 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
INTEGRATIVE BIOLOGY B.S.
The sub-disciplines in Biology are interconnected and overlap with one another in a myriad
of ways. Integrative Biology (IB) is a broad program of study that allows students to explore
these interactions. Students have the opportunity to experience and learn from a wide variety
of biological sub-disciplines, including evolution, ecology, animal behavior, comparative anato-
my and physiology, genomics, plant sciences, and other related fields. In addition, students will
gain important backgrounds in mathematics, specifically statistics, and data analysis, which are
necessary tools for careers in IB fields. Because of the many potential interests that students may
have, this major is highly flexible with respect to each student’s particular academic and career
goals. Students who major in IB will be well versed in the language of Biology and will be well
prepared to pursue graduate degrees in integrative biology programs, to obtain research positions
in government or private industry, and to enter many other biology-specific or adjacent careers.
Program Requirements
All integrative biology majors must earn a grade of C or better in all BIO courses and courses
cross-listed with BIO.
Transfer Student Requirements
Upon application and acceptance to the college, transfer student transcripts will be reviewed
by the Registrar. Transfer students are required to create a course plan for degree completion in
conversation with a Biology faculty member before they matriculate. Students should be advised
that courses in the natural sciences require prerequisite coursework and transfer students who are
not bringing in these courses may be delayed in taking upper-level courses until they fulfill these
requirements.
Special Requirements
Due to similarities in the programs, students majoring in integrative biology are not allowed
to double major in biology, biochemistry and molecular biology, biotechnology, environmental
studies, or marine biology, nor are they allowed to minor in biology or environmental studies.
Integrative Biology (B.S.) Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ............................................................................................64-69 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1501 Current Perspectives in Biology
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 2500 Biology III: Ecology and Evolution
BIO 3700 Genetics
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
154
MAT 2050 Applied Calculus OR
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 3132 Advanced Statistical Topics
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I AND
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
Choose one of the following courses:
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
BIO 2520 Biological Geography and GIS
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
Choose one of the following plant specific courses:
HRT 2100 Introduction to Horticultural Science
BIO 3100 Plant Taxonomy
BIO 3360 Medical Botany
BIO 4150 Plant Anatomy and Physiology
Choose one of the following microbiology specific courses:
BIO 2320 Marine Microbiology
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 3850 Parasitology
Four to six hours chosen from the following:
BIO 4359 Research Methods in Integrative Biology
OR
BIO 4460 Intro to Ecology Research AND
BIO 4461/4462 Research: Ecology
OR
BIO 4560 Intro to Molecular Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
OR
BIO 4661/4662 Site Specific Research in Biology
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis AND
HON 4956 Honor Senior Thesis
Twelve hours chosen from the following (if not chosen above):
BIO 1520 Introduction to Marine Biology
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
BIO 2214 Disasters, Civilizations, and Environment
BIO 2320 Marine Microbiology
BIO 2520 Biological Geography and GIS
BIO 2600 Introduction to Neuroscience
BIO 2900 Conservation Biology
BIO 3100 Plant Taxonomy
BIO 3120 Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles
BIO 3200 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
BIO 3250 Sensory Biology
BIO 3301 Field Ecology
BIO 3316 Tropical Ecology
BIO 3360 Medical Botany
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
155
BIO 3500 Marine Ecosystem Ecology
BIO 3600 Special Topics in Biology (with departmental approval)
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
BIO 3850 Parasitology
BIO 3900 Animal Behavior
BIO 4150 Plant Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 4160 Developmental Biology
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
HRT 2100 Introduction to Horticultural Sciences
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................ 12 hours
D. Electives ......................................................................................................................3 - 8 hours
E. Total .............................................................................................................................124 hours
INTERACTIVE AND GAME DESIGN
See Visual Arts and Design
INTERDISCIPLINARY MINORS
Florida Southern College oers interdisciplinary minors in advertising design, ethics, inte-
grated marketing communication, Latin American studies, race, culture, and ethnic studies, and
women’s studies. Please see the appropriate program director for more information.
Advertising Design
The Minor in Advertising Design provides students with design practices and creative strat-
egies needed to excel within the field of advertising design. Hands-on coursework will present
students with challenges faced in the industry and the skills and knowledge necessary to face
those challenges.
Advertising Design Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
COM 2500 Visual Communication
COM 3410 Advertising Creative
COM 4400 Strategic Communication Campaigns
One of the following courses:
ART 3410 Advanced Print Design
ART 3510 Web Design
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Ethics Minor
The Ethics minor is an interdisciplinary minor housed in the department of Religion and
Philosophy but is open to students of any major. Students in the program will be introduced
to key ethical approaches, ideas, and writings in both the Christian and secular philosophical
traditions. Students will be encouraged to think deeply and critically about how these resources
shape their personal views on contemporary ethical issues, as well as their conception of what
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
156
constitutes the well-lived life. The ability to take ethics-designated courses outside of the Depart-
ment of Religion and Philosophy also reflects the emphasis on viewing future vocation through
the lens of ethical reasoning and moral development.
Special Requirements
Students majoring in Religion, Religion: Youth Ministry, or Philosophy may use only one
course from the Ethics minor to complete their major.
Ethics Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
PHI 2204 Ethics
REL 2214 Christian Ethics
Eight hours chosen from the following:
REL 4474 Special Topics in Christian Ethics (may take more than once)
PHI 4479 Special Topics in Philosophy (may take more than once)
PHI 3500 Social and Political Philosophy
Four hours chosen from the following:
Additional course from above list
Other ethics-related course at FSC approved by program coordinator
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Integrated Marketing Communication Minor
The Minor in Integrated Marketing Communication blends coursework in marketing, ad-
vertising and public relations to better prepare students for careers in the professional commu-
nication industry. Students will gain hands-on experience in gathering and applying research to
strategically coordinate messages and establish relationships with target audiences.
Integrated Marketing Communication Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 24 hours
COM 2400 Principles of Advertising and Public Relations
COM 4400 Strategic Communication Campaigns
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
MKT 3360 Integrated Marketing Communication
MKT 3260 Consumer Behavior OR
MKT 3270 Sales Management and Personal Selling
One of the following courses:
COM 2500 Visual Communication
COM 3410 Advertising Creative
COM 3420 Copy Writing
COM 3450 Public Relations Writing
COM 4350 Social Media Strategies
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 24 hours
Latin American Studies Minor
The Minor in Latin American Studies provides a comprehensive view of Latin America from
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
157
the perspectives of political science, Spanish and Portuguese literatures, history, sociology, and
other fields. Students are required to take 20 hours, which include 12 hours in Spanish or Por-
tuguese or a combination of the two areas. In addition, students are required to take eight hours
selected from other LAS oerings. Latin American studies minors are strongly encouraged to
study abroad in Latin America as any courses taken during a study abroad experience can also be
counted for the minor.
Latin American Studies Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
12 hours in Spanish or Portuguese or a combination of the two areas
Eight hours chosen from the following courses or a study abroad option in Latin America:
LAS 2005 Latin American Culture
LAS 2006 Latin America on Film I
LAS 2007 Latin America on Film II
LAS/SPA 3308 Topics in Hispanic Culture and Civilization
LAS/SPA 3335 Latin American Film and Fiction
LAS/HIS 3355 History of Florida
LAS/HIS 3365 History of Modern Latin America
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Neuroscience Minor
The Minor in Neuroscience provides an interdisciplinary perspective on how natural and
social sciences investigate relationships between the brain and behavior. Students will be able to
integrate biological and psychological influences on human and non-human behavior and apply
them to a broad array of scenarios (clinical, ecological, etc). Faculty members from the Biology,
Psychology, and Exercise Science departments support and teach courses in the minor. The facul-
ty also oer opportunities for relevant research projects, teaching assistantships, and professional
development. Based on these eorts, the Neuroscience minor will provide students with the skills
needed for employment or to advance in further education.
Special Requirements
Students must obtain permission from both of the minor co-coordinators prior to declaring
the minor. Students are required to complete twenty-four hours with at least 4 hours of BIO
coursework and 4 hours of PSY coursework unique to the minor. A grade of C or better must be
earned in all courses to complete the requirements for this minor. Special topics courses oered
within the departments may be taken towards completion of the minor with prior approval from
the minor co-coordinators.
Neuroscience Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 24 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 2600 Introduction to Neuroscience
PSY 1110 Psychology and the Natural World
PSY 3309 Behavioral Neuroscience
Eight hours selected from the courses listed below:
(no more than four hours coming from the same prefix, BIO, EXS, PSY)
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
158
BIO 3250 Sensory Biology
BIO 3600 Special Topics in Biology (approved)
BIO 3900 Animal Behavior
EXS 2775 Kinesiology
EXS 3500 Motor Behavior
PSY 3301 Special Topics in Psychology (approved)
PSY 3305 Learning and Behavioral Psychology
PSY 3315 Cognitive Psychology
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 24 hours
Pre-Law Minor
The Minor in pre-law covers the basic foundation courses relevant to problem solving and
analysis generally associated with the legal profession. Students on a trajectory for graduate study
in law, legal issues, public administration and management will find this a useful minor. It is
inclusive of courses that prepare the student for LSAT testing (Logic; Accounting) as well as
socialization to the profession itself.
Pre-Law Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 21 hours
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
COM 1500 Fundamentals of Speech
PHI 2208 Logic
POS 2500 Law and the Courts
A Four-hour 3000- or 4000-level course outside of the student’s major field of study with a
course prefix that begins with ARH, COM, CRM, ENG, HIS, PHI, POS, or REL.
At least one hour of internship credit with a law firm approved by the pre-law advisor
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 21 hours
Race, Culture, and Ethnic Studies Minor
The minor in Race, Culture, and Ethnic Studies allows students to examine changing con-
structions of race and ethnicity in dierent historical, political, and socio-cultural contexts. Uti-
lizing methodologies from multiple academic disciplines, students will also explore how gen-
der, sexuality, class, disability, religion, and nation shape constructions of race and ethnicity. This
minor pairs well with any major and will increase intercultural competencies, critical thinking
skills, and media literacy. Faculty members from across the College support and teach in the race,
culture, and ethnic studies program. Students are required to take a total of 20 credit hours: 8
hours of core coursework and 12 hours selected from RCE approved or cross-listed courses.
Race, Culture, and Ethnic Studies Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
COM 2270 Intercultural Communication
ENG 3360 Special Topics in Race, Ethnicity, and Literature OR
RCE 3100 Race in Science and Medicine
Twelve hours selected from the courses below, or other cross-listed or RCE-related courses at
FSC approved by the program coordinator, with no more than 8 hours coming from the
same prefix, COM, ENG, HIS, etc. A minimum of 12 hours for this minor must be at the
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
159
3000-4000 level.
COM 2280 Gender, Race, Class, and Media
ENG 3360 Special Tpcs in Race, Ethnicity, & Literature (if not chosen above)
HIS 3275 History of East Asia
HIS/LAS 3365 History of Modern Latin America
HIS 3415 History of the Middle East
HIS 3445 History of Modern Africa
LAS 2005 Latin American Culture
LAS 2006 Latin American on Film I
LAS 2007 Latin American on Film II
MUS 1164 History of Jazz
MUS 1166 Caribbean Music
PHI 3400 Philosophy and Class, Gender, Race, and Sexuality
PHI 4479 Philosophy and Race
RCE 3100 Race in Science and Medicine (if not chosen above)
SPM 3307 Sport, Leisure and Society
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Women and Gender Studies Minor
The Minor in Women and Gender Studies is 20 credit hours and provides an interdisciplinary
framework for exploring the role of women throughout history and the ways in which gender
influences cultural, social, political, and economic relations. Students will gain skills in analyti-
cal and critical thinking through the study of gender from diverse academic perspectives, such
as literature, religion, economics, communication, sociology, psychology, and criminology. Faculty
members from a number of academic departments support and teach in the women and gender
studies program. A minor in women and gender studies will complement almost any major field
of study. Students who complete the minor will enhance their problem-solving, leadership, and
communication skills.
Women and Gender Studies Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
WST 2200 Introduction to Women’s and Gender Studies
WST 4400 Women and Gender in Contemporary Culture
Twelve hours selected from the following courses, or any other course cross-listed with WST,
eight hours must be at the 3000-or 4000-level:
ART 3999 Gender in Film (WST 3997)
CRM/SOC 3855 Women and Crime (WST 3997)
ENG/WST 3370 Gender in Literature
PSY 3330 Human Sexuality (WST 3997)
REL/WST 2256 Gender, Interpretation and the Biblical Tradition
REL 4474 Sexual Ethics (WST 4997)
SOC/WST 2220 Marriage and Family
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
160
MARINE BIOLOGY
Marine biology is the study of the organisms that reside in the world’s ocean environments.
Marine ecosystems cover more than seventy percent of the Earth’s surface, and the diversity of
life that exists in these environments is astounding. The marine biology major allows students
to explore the variety of life in the world’s oceans, estuaries, and coral reefs. Graduates of this
program are well prepared to enter marine biology graduate programs or gain employment as
marine scientists with county, state, and federal agencies, aquaria/museums, universities, and pri-
vate marine organizations or consulting firms.
Statement on Engaged Learning
The Department of Biology includes many types of engaged learning activities in its courses.
Most courses required in the major have laboratory or field components, where students work in
pairs or in groups to engage in various aspects of the scientific process such as problem solving,
experimental design, manipulation of variables, and data interpretation. Field trips, mini labs,
small and large group discussions, presentations, case studies, and use of specific scientific com-
puter programs are other methods commonly employed in the classroom to engage students. All
students majoring in marine biology have the opportunity to design and implement their own
original research project.
Program Requirements
All marine biology majors must earn a grade of C or better in all BIO courses and courses
cross-listed with BIO.
Transfer Student Requirements
Upon application and acceptance to the college, transfer student transcripts will be reviewed
by the Registrar. Transfer students are required to create a course plan for degree completion in
conversation with a Biology faculty member before they matriculate. Students should be advised
that courses in the natural sciences require prerequisite coursework and transfer students who are
not bringing in these courses may be delayed in taking upper-level courses until they fulfill these
requirements.
Special Requirements
Due to the similarities in the programs, students majoring in marine biology are not allowed
to double major in biology or integrative biology nor are they allowed to minor in biology.
Marine Biology Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements .............................................................................................70–76 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1501 Current Perspectives in Biology (FTIC only)
BIO 1520 Introduction to Marine Biology
BIO 1600 Biology II: Biological Diversity
BIO 1820 Oceanography
BIO 2320 Marine Microbiology
BIO 2500 Biology III: Ecology and Evolution
BIO 3700 Genetics
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I AND
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
161
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
Choose three (3) of the following (14-15 Hours):
BIO 2120 Biology and Conservation of Marine Mammals
BIO 2220 Biology of the Fishes
BIO 3120 Biology of Amphibians and Reptiles
BIO 3727 Techniques in Nucleic Acid and Cloning Research
BIO 3920 Marine Invertebrate Zoology
Four to six hours selected from the following:
BIO 4359 Research Methods in Integrative Biology
OR
BIO 4460 Introduction to Ecology Research AND
BIO 4461/4462 Research: Ecology
OR
BIO 4560 Introduction to Molecular Biology Research AND
BIO 4561/4562 Research: Molecular Biology
OR
BIO 4661/4662 Site Specific Research in Biology (with departmental approval)
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval) AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval)
BIO 4960 or 4961 may substitute for one of the above courses, with approval of the
Biology faculty
Twelve hours chosen from the following:
BIO 2200 Environmental Issues
BIO 2520 Biological Geography and GIS
BIO 2900 Conservation Biology
BIO 3200 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy
BIO 3250 Sensory Biology
BIO 3301 Field Ecology
BIO 3316 Tropical Ecology
BIO/CHE 3362 Biochemistry: Molecular Biology
BIO 3500 Marine Ecosystems Ecology
BIO 3600 Special Topics in Biology (with departmental approval)
BIO 3850 Parasitology
BIO 3900 Animal Behavior
BIO 4150 Plant Anatomy and Physiology
BIO 4461 or 4462 or 4561 or 4562 Research (1 semester)
BIO 4960/4961 Internship
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I AND
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Lab
PHY 2010 General Physics I (Algebra Based) OR
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based)
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
162
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................ 12 hours
D. Electives ......................................................................................................................0 -2 hours
E. Total ....................................................................................................................124 - 128 hours
MATHEMATICS
The program in mathematics oers the B.A. and B.S. degrees with a major in mathematics,
applied mathematics and statistics, and data analytics, and the B.S. in Secondary Mathematics
Education, 6–12 for students seeking to earn a degree teaching mathematics in secondary school.
(To teach in secondary school, additional coursework leading to teacher certification is required
in the School of Education.) A minor in mathematics is available for students majoring in other
disciplines.
The mission of the program is to promote the full potential of each student through the ex-
ploration of the world of mathematics and the mastery of the mathematics discipline necessary
to be a contributing citizen in this highly technical society.
To accomplish this mission, the program’s objective is to provide mathematical expertise
for the Florida Southern community by oering diverse engaging programs that allow students
the opportunity to explore these fields. Student-faculty collaborative research and internships
are available for mathematics majors. The program provides up-to-date computer laboratories
that enable students to learn and practice skills required for the pursuit of a modern liberal arts
education within our technologically oriented society.
Education: Secondary Mathematics
Students who meet both the requirements for a Mathematic major and the professional
courses and other degree requirements specified by the School of Education will meet the certi-
fication requirements for teaching Mathematics in the state of Florida. The Mathematics Educa-
tion graduate is eligible for a Florida Professional Teacher Certificate in Mathematics (6-12). See
page 202.
Progress Requirements
Only courses in which grades of C or higher are earned may count toward the major or mi-
nor in mathematics.
Special Requirements
Double-dipping is allowed between declared Mathematics, Applied Mathematics and Statis-
tics, and Data Analytics majors. However, a minimum of twelve (12) credits must be exclusive to
each declared major or concentration and may not be double-dipped.
Applied Mathematics and Statistics Major
Applied mathematics is interdisciplinary allowing students who choose this major to acquire
the techniques necessary to be at the forefront of innovation. Many areas such as biology, med-
icine, chemistry, physics, engineering, business, and economics use mathematical and statistical
models to advance understanding in their disciplines. Each student in this major will choose
a field of study in either Actuarial Foundations, Business, or STEM. They will then learn how
mathematics and statistics applies to this area, as well as learning general modeling and analytic
skills that apply broadly. The program is specifically formulated to serve as a solid foundation on
which to build a career.
Applied Mathematics and Statistics Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
163
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 52–58 hours
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
MAT/CSC 2100 Discrete Structures
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 3132 Advanced Statistical Topics
MAT 4960/4961 Mathematics Senior Internship
OR
MAT 4999 Mathematics Senior Seminar (with departmental approval)
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis
Twelve hours from the following, if not taken above:
MAT 2250 Introduction to Analysis in R
MAT 2505 Linear Algebra
MAT 3205 Proof Techniques
MAT 3250 Intermediate Analysis in R
MAT 3350 Dierential Equations
MAT 3355 Coding Theory
MAT 3960 Field Experience in Mathematics
MAT 4442 Probability and Statistics (if not taken in Actuarial concentration)
MAT 4630 Selected Topics in Mathematics
MAT 4635 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics
MAT 4960/4961 Mathematics Senior Internship (if not taken above)
MAT 4999 Mathematics Senior Seminar (if not taken above)
Select one of the concentrations from below:
Note: 12 additional hours of MAT electives from list above are required if double concentrating.
Actuarial Foundations (18 credit hours)
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
ECO 2010 Essentials of Economics
MAT 4442 Probability and Statistics
MAT 4452 Preparation for Actuarial Exam P
Business (16 credit hours)
Choose twelve hours from courses in ACC, BUS, ECO,and FIN at least four hours of
which is 3000-level or above
Additional MAT course from elective list above
STEM (16 credit hours)
Choose twelve hours from courses in BIO, CHE, CSC, HRT, or PHY, at least three hours of
which is 3000-level or above
Additional MAT course from elective list above
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
164
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives ...................................................................................................................6–20 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
Data Analytics Major
Data Analytics is the use of raw data to improve performance and make informed decisions.
Data Analytics can be used in many areas: business, science, sports, or any other areas where
data-driven decisions matter. Statistics is a closely aligned field. It is used in decision making in
medicine, business, sports and many other areas. The major in Data Analytics combines course-
work in statistics, coding, and advanced analytical techniques to prepare students for entry-level
positions in data analytics or graduate study in either field. Students will gain hands-on experi-
ence in data visualization, report generation, and data processing as well as foundational knowl-
edge of the field.
Data Analytics Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .......................................................................................... 60 - 64 hours
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
MAT/CSC 2100 Discrete Structures
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2505 Linear Algebra
MAT 3100 Foundations of Data Analytics
MAT 3132 Advanced Statistical Topics
MAT 4100 Advanced Analysis
MAT 4442 Probability and Statistics
MAT 4635 Applied Special Topics
MAT 4960 Senior Internship in Mathematics
OR
MAT 4999 Mathematics Senior Seminar
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval) AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis (with departmental approval)
4 hours of programming selected from:
MAT 2250 Introduction to Analysis in R
MAT 3250 Intermediate Analysis in R OR
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
12 hours from the following, if not taken above:
MAT 2250 Introduction to Analysis in R
MAT 3205 Proof Techniques
MAT 3250 Intermediate Analysis in R
MAT 3350 Dierential Equations
MAT 3355 Coding Theory
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
165
MAT 3960 Field Experience in Mathematics
MAT 4630 Selected Topics in Mathematics
MAT 4635 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics
MAT 4960/61 Senior Internship in Mathematics (if not chosen above)
MAT 4999 Mathematics Senior Seminar (if not chosen above)
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives ..................................................................................................................0 - 12 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
Mathematics Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 52–54 hours
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
MAT/CSC 2100 Discrete Structures
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2505 Linear Algebra
MAT 3205 Proof Techniques
MAT 3313 Calculus III with Solid Analytic Geometry
MAT 4999 Mathematics Senior Seminar
OR
HON 4955 Honors Senior Thesis AND
HON 4956 Honors Senior Thesis
20 hours from the following, if not taken above:
MAT 3132 Advanced Statistical Topics
MAT 3305 Abstract Algebra
MAT 3330 History of Mathematics
MAT 3350 Dierential Equations
MAT 3355 Coding Theory
MAT 3960 Field Experience in Mathematics
MAT 4205 Algebraic Structures
MAT 4315 Elementary Analysis
MAT 4442 Probability and Statistics
MAT 4630 Selected Topics in Mathematics
MAT 4999 Mathematics Senior Seminar
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives ...................................................................................................................6–20 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
166
Data Analytics Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
MAT 3100 Foundations in Data Analytics
MAT 3132 Advanced Statistical Topics
One statistics sequence selected from:
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
Four hours of programming selected from:
CSC 2280 Introduction to Computer Science
OR
MAT 2250 Introduction to Analysis in R AND
MAT 3250 Intermediate Analysis in R
Four hours chosen from either Group A or Group B:
Group A
MAT 4100 Advanced Analytics
MAT 4635 Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics
Group B
BIO 3770 Bioinformatics
BUS 4420 Business Analytics
CSC 3520 Machine Learning
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
Mathematics Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Sixteen hours of MAT courses applicable to the major (may include one 2000-level or higher
CSC course).
Four hours of MAT courses at the 3000- or 4000-level.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
Florida Southern College’s medical laboratory sciences (MLS) major provides students with
a Bachelor of Science degree and extensive training for a career as a medical laboratory scientist
in a four-year program. Medical laboratory scientists play a vital role in the health care system,
and are involved in medical diagnosis and treatment. They operate and manage clinical labs,
perform research, and are involved in education and training of lab sta. Students in the MLS
major gain experience with state of the art automated laboratory equipment, computers and
microscopes, and learn the proper procedures for clinical tests involving analysis of patient sam-
ples. MLS majors have extensive backgrounds in basic and advanced sciences, including anatomy
and physiology, immunology, microbiology, and chemistry. Students must possess the abilities to
critically analyze results and troubleshoot problems.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
167
Florida Southern College has partnered with Lakeland Regional Health (LRH), the major
health care provider in the community, to create a unique program where students spend their
first three years on the campus of Florida Southern College, and their fourth year at LRH clinical
labs in the nearby hospital and testing facilities. The curriculum follows the strict guidelines set
by the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS). By the end of
the program, students are well prepared to take the national certification exam for the Medical
Laboratory Scientist administered by the American Society for Clinical Pathology Board of Cer-
tification.
Admissions Requirements
Enrollment in the MLS major is restricted to six students per year. There are three entry path-
ways into the MLS pre-certification program:
Direct Entry Applicants
High school students may apply to the MLS program and begin their education in the first
year to be completed over a four year time period. Enrollment is limited to six students per year.
Admission to the program is competitive, and a comprehensive review of application materials
will determine admittance.
Students should maintain an overall Florida Southern College GPA of 3.0, and have a final
grade of C or better in all major and prerequisite courses. Students who are unable to maintain
the required academic standards may be unenrolled from the MLS program.
Internal Transfer Applicants
Students currently enrolled at Florida Southern College in dierent majors may apply for a
change of major into the MLS program. Students must meet all requirements for direct entry,
have met or will meet all prerequisite course requirements, and have an overall GPA of 3.0 with
a C or better in all major and prerequisite courses. The dean of the School of Arts and Sciences
and the MLS director will review all internal applicants and make a final decision for a change in
major based on merit and available space in the program. There is no guarantee for transfer into
the MLS major from other majors even if the student meets academic eligibility.
Note: A student requesting an internal transfer to the MLS major is required to make an appointment
with the MLS director prior to the conclusion of fall semester. This would be for consideration of the
transfer request to the MLS major being approved for the following academic year.
External Transfer Applicants
To apply for admission to the MLS program, a transfer student must first be admitted to the
College and, at minimum, should meet the following academic criteria:
• Overall college GPA of 3.0 for completed courses received as transfer credits.
• Completion of at least three prerequisite courses including BIO 1500, CHE 1111, and CHE
1112 all with a grade of C or higher.
Application deadline for the MLS program is March 1 for the following fall semester. If ad-
mitted to the MLS program, students should maintain an overall Florida Southern College GPA
of 3.0 and a final grade of C or better in all MLS major and prerequisite courses. Students who
are unable to maintain the required GPA and these eligibility standards may be unenrolled from
the MLS program.
Transfer Student Requirements
Upon application and acceptance to the College, transfer student transcripts will be reviewed
by the Registrar. Transfer students are required to create a course plan for degree completion in
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
168
conversation with a Biology faculty member before they matriculate. Students should be advised
that courses in the natural sciences require prerequisite coursework and transfer students who are
not bringing in these courses may be delayed in taking upper-level courses until they fulfill these
requirements.
Special Requirements
• All pre-certified MLS students are required to participate in clinical laboratory experiences
at o-site locations. Each student is responsible for obtaining reliable transportation to the
clinical laboratory sites. Students may be assigned laboratory rotations on weekends.
• Each pre-certified MLS student is required to complete a criminal background screening,
including fingerprinting, prior to starting the first clinical laboratory course. Note: Any
student with a prior arrest or conviction history may be denied entry into the MLS program
due to our agency contract agreements. Students who apply to the MLS program with a
prior criminal background check must be further screened by the program director and
approved by the dean of the School of Arts and Sciences and the MLS Program Direc-
tor prior to acceptance into the MLS pre-certification program. Failure to disclose prior
criminal history on application or report any subsequent criminal arrest aer enrollment
at Florida Southern College to the dean of the School of Arts and Sciences and the MLS
Program Director may disqualify the student from the MLS program.
•Each MLS student is required to complete a ten-panel drug screen prior to starting the first
clinical laboratory experience. Any student may be requested to repeat the urine drug
screen as required by any clinical site or as part of a drug testing program. The cost of the
background check and drug screenings is the responsibility of the student. Note: Students
who have a positive drug test may be denied acceptance into the MLS program or be unenrolled
from the MLS program.
• A blanket student liability insurance policy will cover all MLS students for the time he or
she is working in a clinical site as part of a supervised laboratory experience. The student
will be billed the annual fee (estimate $20).
• Each MLS student is required to apply for and obtain a trainee license with the state prior
to beginning the first clinical rotation.
• Each MLS student is required to provide proof of immunization prior to entering any
clinical laboratory. The following are required
a) Mantoux tuberculin test (2-step method if more than one year has passed since the last
Mantoux tuberculin test)
b) Measles/Mumps/Rubella (MMR) titers
c) Hepatitis B titer
d) Hepatitis C titer
e) Varicella titer
f) Pertussis (Tdap booster within past 10 years) vaccination record
g) Tetanus booster every 10 years
h) Annual flu vaccine
i) Health statement of physical fitness from health care provider stating student may partic-
ipate in clinical experience assignments
j) Any additional requirements specified by your clinical site, including but not limited to
COVID-19 vaccination and boosters
• The student is responsible for all related costs for immunization. No student will
be allowed to begin clinical laboratory experiences until all immunizations or proof of
immunity (titers) has been submitted to the MLS director.
• Students who have positive antibodies for Hepatitis C or HIV or other chronic infective dis-
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
169
eases that may compromise patient safety, must be further screened and counseled. Because
students will have direct contact with patients during the course of their clinical assign-
ments in hospitals and other care settings, specific safeguards or other restrictions to practice
may be imposed on the student to protect patients and themselves. The clinical agencies will
have final say whether infected students can practice or attend clinical assignments.
Progress Requirements
All MLS majors must earn a grade of C or better in all required coursework for the major and
maintain a minimum GPA of 3.0 each semester. Failure to meet these criteria may result in students
being unenrolled from the MLS program. Because MLS students will participate in direct patient
contact in hospitals and other health care settings, there is an expectation of a high standard of con-
duct and professional behavior for all students. Students who do not maintain the expected level of
academic and professional performance may be unenrolled from the MLS program.
Medical Laboratory Science Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ............................................................................................ 81-84 hours
BIO 1500 Biology I: Biological Essentials
BIO 1501 Current Perspectives in Biology (FTIC only)
BIO 2215 Human Anatomy and Physiology I
BIO 2216 Human Anatomy and Physiology II
BIO/CHE 3362 Biochemistry: Molecular Biology
BIO 3710 Microbiology
BIO 3850 Parasitology
BIO 4300 Immunology
CHE 1111 Principles of Chemistry I
CHE 1112 Principles of Chemistry II
CHE 2231 Organic Chemistry I
CHE 2251 Organic Chemistry I Laboratory
CHE 2232 Organic Chemistry II
CHE 2252 Organic Chemistry II Laboratory
MAT 2032 Biostatistics
OR
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics AND
MAT 2027 Transition to Biostatistics
MLS 3100 Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Sciences
MLS 3200 Clinical Chemistry and Immunology
MLS 3300 Phlebotomy
MLS 4100 Clinical Hematology
MLS 4200 Clinical Immunohematology
MLS 4300 Clinical Hemostasis, Urinalysis and Body Fluids
MLS 4400 Clinical Microbiology
MLS 4500 Molecular Pathology Methods
MLS 4800 Medical Laboratory Science Practicum
MLS 4900 Medical Laboratory Science Capstone
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements .......................................................... 12 hours
D. Electives ..........................................................................................................................0 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
170
E. Total .......................................................................................................................133-136 hours
MILITARY SCIENCE
The Department of Military Science oers leadership courses with two-, three-, and four-
year programs of instruction leading to a commission as an ocer in the United States Army.
The MSL 1000- and 2000-level courses oer introductory leadership instruction to all students
without incurring any military or service obligation. These courses are an excellent introduction
to leadership techniques that are applicable for business, academia, and the military. The military
science and leadership curriculum is designed to be sequential, with one semester building upon
the lessons and information learned in the previous semester.
Qualified students who wish to pursue a program of study leading to a commission may be
eligible to receive a monthly stipend. A limited number of military scholarships are available each
year which provide financial assistance, full tuition, as well as financial assistance for book fees and
full room and board. Upon successful completion of the required program of study, students are
commissioned as Second Lieutenants in the Army, Army Reserve, or Army National Guard.
Minor in Military Science and Leadership
The minor helps students acquire leadership and management skills that prepare them to
excel in any environment, civilian or military. Emphasis is placed on strengthening values and
ethical leadership. The minor provides the student a fundamental understanding of human
behavior and the process of leading, motivating, and inspiring people to accomplish common
goals. Students develop their mental, physical, and emotional capabilities. They also develop
their conceptual and interpersonal skills. Also, they learn how to communicate eectively;
make good decisions; motivate others; plan, execute, and assess operations; develop and build
teams; and improve themselves and the organizations they lead. The student learns basic fac-
tors, principles, ethics, styles, and competencies of leadership that aect what he/she must be,
know, and do to be an eective leader. It is the most comprehensive leadership development
program in the nation.
Military Science and Leadership Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 28 hours
MSL 1001 Introduction to the Army and Critical Thinking
MSL 1002 Introduction to the Profession Arms
MSL 2001 Leadership and Decision Making
MSL 2002 Army Doctrine and Team Development
MSL 2006 American Military History
MSL 3001 Training Management and the Warfighting Functions
MSL 3002 Applied Leadership in Small Unit Operations
MSL 4001 The Army Ocer
MSL 4002 Company Grade Leadership
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 28 hours
MODERN LANGUAGES
The Department of Modern Languages oers a major and minor in Spanish and provides
courses in French for students interested in it as a second language. The program equips students
with the necessary foreign language skills, cultural understanding, and sensitivity to prepare
them for graduate studies, employment, and to function in our increasingly global and diverse
society. The program provides high quality instruction from elementary through advanced lev-
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
171
els and oers a wide variety of courses in language, literature, film, and culture, as well as study
abroad experiences to accommodate students’ needs. The program strives to ensure that Florida
Southern College students gain a working knowledge of a second language, which is a vital and
practical skill for many careers in business, education, social services, health care, and the govern-
ment.
The modern languages department also oers a Critical Languages Program via the NASILP
(National Association of Self-Instructional Language Programs) format for languages that are not
oered in the regular classroom setting. Courses in Arabic, German, Japanese, and Portuguese
are currently being oered. Major emphasis is on the development of oral and aural skills with
class time spent in oral drills and conversation practice with a native speaker. Class is conducted
almost entirely in the target foreign language. Tests are given by a qualified external examiner.
Students participating in the Critical Languages Program must have a cumulative GPA of at
least 2.5 or approval from the program director. Prior to the first class, students will be required
to attend a class orientation with the program director and sign a course agreement emphasizing
their responsibility for and commitment to self-instruction. For more information about the
Critical Languages Program, contact the modern languages department.
Spanish Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 38 hours
SPA 1101 First Semester Spanish
SPA 1102 Second Semester Spanish
SPA 2203 Second Year Spanish
SPA 4999 Senior Capstone Project
At least one Composition and Conversation course:
SPA 2205 Composition and Conversation I
SPA 2207 Composition and Conversation II
One Culture and Civilization course:
SPA/LAS 3308 Topics in Hispanic Culture and Civilization
One Literature course:
SPA 3320 Introduction to Literature in Spanish
SPA 3323 Survey of Spanish Literature
SPA 3334 Survey of Spanish-American Literature
SPA/LAS 3335 Latin American Film and Fiction
SPA 4408 Special Topics in Hispanic Literature
Twelve additional hours of Spanish electives from any SPA course not taken already.
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................26 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Spanish Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Twenty hours of SPA courses counting toward the major.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
172
MUSIC
The Department of Music oers courses of instruction leading to the Bachelor of Music de-
gree, Bachelor of Music Education degree, and Bachelor of Arts degree. A program in music with
a concentration in music management, which the department oers in conjunction with the
Barney Barnett School of Business and Free Enterprise, leads to the Bachelor of Science degree.
Florida Southern College is an accredited institutional member of the National Association of
Schools of Music.
Admission Requirements
Upon application to and acceptance by the Florida Southern College Oce of Admissions,
a student may be accepted into the music major program only through an audition in his or
her applied music area. Auditions are oered throughout the school year on an appointment
basis. Applicants should contact the department oce for procedures which apply to them. All
programs of study in music are structured in four-year formats; therefore, students intending to
major in any music area should consult the department concerning appropriate courses for the
first college semester.
Progress Requirements
All music majors with scholarships must be enrolled in a major ensemble in their major ap-
plied area throughout their program of study (music education majors and music management
majors until the internship semester). Music majors are subject to supplementary departmental
policies printed in the Department of Music Student Policies Guide, available on the Florida Southern
College website and from the department oce. Four semesters before a student’s scheduled grad-
uation, the department will require a control examination, jury, or other procedure to determine
the advisability of continuing the major in music. Although it may be required at any time, such
examination or procedure will typically be instituted near the end of the freshman or sophomore
year.
All music majors must earn a grade of C or better in all required MUS courses. Music education
majors must also earn a C or better in all EDU courses for the major.
Piano Proficiency Statement
All non-piano majors, including transfers, must complete a piano proficiency exam before
their internship semester or graduation. Students who failed to fulfill this requirement will delay
their internship or graduation (please see the music student handbook for details).
Bachelor of Arts in Music
The Bachelor of Arts in Music provides a student with a liberal arts education with an em-
phasis in applied music, enabling the student to teach applied music privately and/or to enter
graduate school for more specialized studies. Through study in an applied music area, students
develop and apply skills in their primary instrument or voice. Studies in theory, music history,
and piano proficiency enable students to explore and express the structure of music and the
historical context of musical genres. In chamber and large-scale ensemble experiences, students
learn to collaborate with one another, musical coaches, and/or conductors in the analysis, prepa-
ration and performance of significant works of music. Students in this degree program must
satisfy the B.A. requirements of the General Education curriculum.
Music (B.A.) Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
173
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 52–64 hours
Music Theory: Sixteen hours:
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1152 Aural Skills II
MUS 1173 Theory: Introductory Harmony
MUS 2251 Aural Skills III
MUS 2252 Aural Skills IV
MUS 2271 Theory: Advanced Harmony I
MUS 2272 Theory: Advanced Harmony II
MUS 3371 Theory: Form and Analysis
Music History: Eight hours:
MUS 3381 History of Music I
MUS 3382 History of Music II
Conducting: Two hours:
MUS 3386 Fundamentals of Conducting I
Keyboard Musicianship: Four hours (non-piano majors):
MUS 133C Keyboard Musicianship I
MUS 134C Keyboard Musicianship II
MUS 233C Keyboard Musicianship III
MUS 234C Keyboard Musicianship IV
Note: Students testing out of Keyboard Musicianship classes will take a comparable number
of credits in Applied Piano in addition to the required fourteen hours of Applied Lessons.
Applied Lessons and Recitals: Fourteen hours from the principal instrument (one hour
required from MUS 4490)
MUS 1131–4432 Strings (violin, viola, cello, string bass)
MUS 1133–4434 Piano
MUS 1135–4436 Woodwinds (flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, saxophone)
MUS 1137–4438 Brass (trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba)
MUS 1139–4440 Percussion
MUS 1143–4444 Voice
MUS 1147–4448 Classical Guitar
MUS 4490 Senior Recital
Student Recital: Lab Requirement (8 semesters): 0 hours
MUS 1197 and 1198 Student Recital
MUS 2297 and 2298 Student Recital
MUS 3397 and 3398 Student Recital
MUS 4497 and 4498 Student Recital
Piano Performance: Lab requirement (Piano majors only) 8 semesters: 0 hours
MUS 1133L and MUS 1134L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 2233L and MUS 2234L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 3333L and MUS 3334L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 4433L and MUS 4434L Piano Performance Lab
Ensemble: 8–16 hours:
At least five ensemble hours must be chosen from the following major ensembles:
MUS 1101–4402 Chamber Singers
MUS 1103–4404 Women’s Chorale
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
174
MUS 1105–4406 Men’s Chorale
MUS 1109–4410 Concert Choir
MUS 1111–4412 Symphony Band
MUS 1117–4418 Wind Ensemble
MUS 1121–4422 Orchestra
Three additional hours must be chosen either from the major ensembles listed above or the
chamber ensembles listed below:
MUS 1107–4408 Opera Theatre
MUS 1113–4414 Jazz Ensemble
MUS 1119–4420 Piano Ensemble (two hours required for piano majors)
MUS 1123–4424 Chamber Ensemble (variable selections)
*Other requirements for piano concentration majors only: Four hours
*MUS 3378 Piano Pedagogy
*MUS 4481 History and Literature of the Piano
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives ...................................................................................................................0–12 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Bachelor of Music in Performance
The Bachelor of Music in Performance enables a student to enter a graduate school for fur-
ther study, teach applied music privately, and/or enter a professional career in music performance.
Through comprehensive studies in their applied music areas, students develop and apply ad-
vanced skills on their primary instrument or voice. With studies in theory, music history, and
piano proficiency, students explore the structure of music and the historical context of musical
genres. In chamber and large-scale ensemble experiences, students learn to collaborate with one
another, with musical coaches, and/or with conductors in the analysis, preparation and perfor-
mance of significant works of music.
Bachelor of Music in Performance Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 74–82 hours
Music Theory: Sixteen hours:
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1152 Aural Skills II
MUS 1173 Theory: Introductory Harmony
MUS 2251 Aural Skills III
MUS 2252 Aural Skills IV
MUS 2271 Theory: Advanced Harmony I
MUS 2272 Theory: Advanced Harmony II
MUS 3371 Theory: Form and Analysis
Music History: Eight hours:
MUS 3381 History of Music I
MUS 3382 History of Music II
Conducting: Two hours:
MUS 3386 Fundamentals of Conducting I
Keyboard Musicianship: Four hours (non-piano majors):
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
175
MUS 133C Keyboard Musicianship I
MUS 134C Keyboard Musicianship II
MUS 233C Keyboard Musicianship III
MUS 234C Keyboard Musicianship IV
Note: Students testing out of Keyboard Musicianship classes will take a comparable number
of credits in Applied Piano in addition to the required twenty-two hours of Applied Lessons.
Six hours chosen from one of the tracks below:
Instrumental Track
MUS 3372 Theory: Counterpoint OR
MUS 4471 Orchestration
Four additional hours of music electives
Jazz Studies Track
MUS 1175 Jazz Pedagogy
MUS 3374 Jazz Arranging
MUS 3388 Jazz Improvisation
MUS 4388 Advanced Jazz Improvisation
Two additional hours selected from:
MUS 1133-4434 Jazz Piano (Section 004)
MUS 1113-4414 Jazz Ensemble (Repeated)
MUS 1123-4424 Jazz Workshop Ensemble/Chamber Jazz Ensemble (Repeated)
Piano Track
MUS 3378 Piano Pedagogy
MUS 4481 History and Literature of the Piano
MUS 3372 Theory: Counterpoint OR
MUS 4471 Orchestration
Vocal Track
MUS 1185 German Diction
MUS 1186 Italian Diction
MUS 1187 French Diction
MUS 3377 Vocal Pedagogy
Two additional hours of music electives
Applied Lessons and Recitals: Twenty-two hours from the principal instrument (one hour
required from MUS 3390 and one hour required from MUS 4490)
MUS 1131–4432 Strings (violin, viola, cello, string bass)
MUS 1133–4434 Piano
MUS 1135–4436 Woodwinds (flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, saxophone)
MUS 1137–4438 Brass (trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba)
MUS 1139–4440 Percussion
MUS 1143–4444 Voice
MUS 1147–4448 Classical Guitar
MUS 3390 Junior Recital
MUS 4490 Senior Recital
Student Recital: Lab Requirement (8 semesters): 0 hours
MUS 1197 and 1198 Student Recital
MUS 2297 and 2298 Student Recital
MUS 3397 and 3398 Student Recital
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
176
MUS 4497 and 4498 Student Recital
Piano Performance: Lab requirement (Piano majors only) 8 semesters: 0 hours
MUS 1133L and MUS 1134L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 2233L and MUS 2234L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 3333L and MUS 3334L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 4433L and MUS 4434L Piano Performance Lab
Ensemble: 8–16 hours:
At least five ensemble hours must be chosen from the following major ensembles:
MUS 1101–4402 Chamber Singers
MUS 1103–4404 Women’s Chorale
MUS 1105–4406 Men’s Chorale
MUS 1109–4410 Concert Choir
MUS 1111–4412 Symphony Band
MUS 1117–4418 Wind Ensemble
MUS 1121–4422 Orchestra
Three additional hours must be chosen either from the major ensembles listed above or the
chamber ensembles listed below:
MUS 1107–4408 Opera Theatre
MUS 1113–4414 Jazz Ensemble
MUS 1119–4420 Piano Ensemble (two hours required for piano majors)
MUS 1123–4424 Chamber Ensemble (variable selections)
Language Requirements: Eight hours
To be fulfilled through the modern language department’s oerings (German, Italian or
French preferred.)
C. Electives ...................................................................................................................2–10 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Bachelor of Music Education
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Music
Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in the K–12 setting,
vocal, instrumental, and general music. Through a rigorous and comprehensive music education
curriculum that includes courses in conducting, pedagogy, and technology, extensive field studies
as well as professional education courses, students learn to structure and apply music for mean-
ingful and eective class and ensemble instruction. Students must earn a grade of C or better in
all music education, professional education, and conducting courses. See page 200.
Bachelor of Music Education Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements .........................................................................................99–106 hours
*(99-110 Piano) *(99–108 Voice)
Music Theory: Sixteen hours:
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1152 Aural Skills II
MUS 1173 Theory: Introductory Harmony
MUS 2251 Aural Skills III
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
177
MUS 2252 Aural Skills IV
MUS 2271 Theory: Advanced Harmony I
MUS 2272 Theory: Advanced Harmony II
MUS 3371 Theory: Form and Analysis
Music History: Eight hours:
MUS 3381 History of Music I
MUS 3382 History of Music II
Conducting: Four hours:
MUS 3386 Fundamentals of Conducting I
MUS 3387 Fundamentals of Conducting II
Music Education: Twelve hours:
MUS 2275 Strings Pedagogy
MUS 2276 Woodwind Pedagogy
MUS 2277 Choral Pedagogy
MUS 3375 Brass Pedagogy
MUS 3376 Percussion Pedagogy
MUS 4476 Elementary Methods and Materials
MUS 4477 Secondary Methods and Materials
MUS 4889 Music Education Seminar
Keyboard Musicianship: Four hours (non-piano majors):
MUS 133C Keyboard Musicianship I
MUS 134C Keyboard Musicianship II
MUS 233C Keyboard Musicianship III
MUS 234C Keyboard Musicianship IV
Note: Students testing out of Keyboard Musicianship classes will take a comparable number
of credits in Applied Piano in addition to the required fourteen hours of Applied Lessons.
Applied Lessons and Recitals: Fourteen hours from the principal instrument (one hour
required from MUS 4490)
MUS 1131–4432 Strings (violin, viola, cello, string bass)
MUS 1133–4434 Piano
MUS 1135–4436 Woodwinds (flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, saxophone)
MUS 1137–4438 Brass (trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba)
MUS 1139–4440 Percussion
MUS 1143–4444 Voice
MUS 1147–4448 Classical Guitar
MUS 4490 Senior Recital
Student Recital: Lab Requirement (7 semesters): 0 hours
MUS 1197 and 1198 Student Recital
MUS 2297 and 2298 Student Recital
MUS 3397 and 3398 Student Recital
MUS 4497 Student Recital
Piano Performance: Lab requirement (Piano majors only) 7 semesters: 0 hours
MUS 1133L and MUS 1134L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 2233L and MUS 2234L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 3333L and MUS 3334L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 4433L Piano Performance Lab
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
178
Ensemble: 7–14 hours:
At least five ensemble hours must be chosen from the following major ensembles:
MUS 1101–4402 Chamber Singers
MUS 1103–4404 Women’s Chorale
MUS 1105–4406 Men’s Chorale
MUS 1109–4410 Concert Choir
MUS 1111–4412 Symphony Band
MUS 1117–4418 Wind Ensemble
MUS 1121–4422 Orchestra
Two additional hours must be chosen either from the major ensembles listed above or the
chamber ensembles listed below:
MUS 1107–4408 Opera Theatre
MUS 1113–4414 Jazz Ensemble
MUS 1119–4420 Piano Ensemble (two hours required for piano majors)
MUS 1123–4424 Chamber Ensemble (variable selections)
Professional Education: 34 hours:
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
*Other requirements for voice concentration majors only: Two hours:
*MUS 1185 German Diction for Applied Voice
*MUS 1186 Italian Diction for Applied Voice
*Other requirements for piano concentration majors only: 4 hours
*MUS 4481 History and Literature of the Piano
*MUS 3378 Piano Pedagogy
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................0 hours
D. Total ....................................................................................................................139–146 hours
*(139-150 Piano) *(139–148 Voice)
Bachelor of Science in Music with a Concentration in
Music Management
The Bachelor of Science in Music with a Concentration in Music Management is an inter-
departmental degree program that provides a student with a carefully selected combination
of music, economics, and business courses that enable the student to enter a career in music
business: music retail, music marketing, artist management, hall management, music publish-
ing, record production (non-technical), and similar areas. Through studies in applied music,
music theory, music history, and ensemble, students gain insight about the challenges and
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
179
demands of music study and performance. Studies in business and economics provide students
with a foundation in business administration that serves to prepare them for the pursuit of a
professional music business career. The final semester of study will culminate in a music man-
agement internship. Students in this degree program must satisfy the B.S. requirements of the
General Education curriculum.
Music (B.S.) with a Concentration in Music Management Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 85-92 hours
Music Theory: Nine hours:
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1152 Aural Skills II
MUS 1173 Theory: Introductory Harmony
MUS 2251 Aural Skills III
MUS 2271 Theory: Advanced Harmony I
Music History: Twelve hours:
MUS 1164 History of Jazz
MUS 3381 History of Music I
MUS 3382 History of Music II
Keyboard Musicianship: Four hours (non-piano majors):
MUS 133C Keyboard Musicianship I
MUS 134C Keyboard Musicianship II
MUS 233C Keyboard Musicianship III
MUS 234C Keyboard Musicianship IV
Note: Students testing out of Keyboard Musicianship classes will take a comparable number
of credits in Applied Piano in addition to the required seven hours of Applied Lessons.
Applied Lessons: Seven hours from the principal instrument:
MUS 1131–4432 Strings (violin, viola, cello, string bass)
MUS 1133–4434 Piano
MUS 1135–4436 Woodwinds (flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, saxophone)
MUS 1137–4438 Brass (trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba)
MUS 1139–4440 Percussion
MUS 1143–4444 Voice
MUS 1147–4448 Classical Guitar
Student Recital: Lab Requirement (7 semesters): 0 hours
MUS 1197 and 1198 Student Recital
MUS 2297 and 2298 Student Recital
MUS 3397 and 3398 Student Recital
MUS 4497 Student Recital
Piano Performance: Lab requirement (Piano majors only) 7 semesters: 0 hours
MUS 1133L and MUS 1134L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 2233L and MUS 2234L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 3333L and MUS 3334L Piano Performance Lab
MUS 4433L Piano Performance Lab
Ensembles: 7–14 hours:
At least five hours must be chosen from the following ensembles:
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
180
MUS 1101–4402 Chamber Singers
MUS 1103–4404 Women’s Chorale
MUS 1105–4406 Men’s Chorale
MUS 1109–4410 Concert Choir
MUS 1111–4412 Symphony Band
MUS 1117–4418 Wind Ensemble
MUS 1121–4422 Orchestra
Two additional hours must be chosen either from the major ensembles listed above or the
chamber ensembles listed below:
MUS 1107–4408 Opera Theatre
MUS 1113–4414 Jazz Ensemble
MUS 1119–4420 Piano Ensemble (two hours required for piano majors)
MUS 1123–4424 Chamber Ensemble (variable selections)
Business and Music Management: 46 hours:
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
FIN 1105 Personal Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
MUS 2253 Introduction to Music Business
MUS 2255 Music Product and Retailing
MUS 3359 Music Management
MUS 4461 Internship Seminar
MUS 4462 Music Management Internship
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives .........................................................................................................................0 hours
E. Total .....................................................................................................................137-144 hours
Minor in Music
The Minor in Music provides students majoring in other disciplines with the opportunity to
learn the fundamental principles of music. Courses are selected from music theory, music history,
ensembles, and applied lessons.
Music Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Music Theory: Five hours:
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1152 Aural Skills II
MUS 1173 Theory: Introductory Harmony
Music History: Four hours:
MUS 3381 History of Music I OR
MUS 3382 History of Music II
Applied–Lessons: Six hours chosen from:
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
181
MUS 1131–4432 Strings (violin, viola, cello, string bass)
MUS 1133–4434 Piano
MUS 1135–4436 Woodwinds (flute, clarinet, oboe, bassoon, saxophone)
MUS 1137–4438 Brass (trumpet, French horn, trombone, tuba)
MUS 1139–4440 Percussion
MUS 1143–4444 Voice
MUS 1147–4448 Classical Guitar
Ensemble: Five hours chosen from:
MUS 1101–4402 Chamber Singers
MUS 1103–4404 Women’s Chorale
MUS 1105–4406 Men’s Chorale
MUS 1109–4410 Concert Choir
MUS 1111–4412 Symphony Band
MUS 1121–4422 Orchestra
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
NEUROSCIENCE MINOR
See Interdisciplinary Minors
PHILOSOPHY
Students who pursue the B.A. in Philosophy will deal with fundamental questions about the
nature of reality, knowledge, and value: Is there a God? Is the soul something dierent from the
body? Do human beings have free will? Are there objective standards of morality? What are the
grounds and limits of human knowledge? Philosophy addresses these kinds of questions using
critical reasoning methods that develop students’ problem-solving skills. Philosophical reasoning
skills are portable: you can adapt them to various kinds of practical and theoretical problems.
Philosophy is especially useful as a major or minor for students considering graduate study or
career fields requiring abstract reasoning and creative problem solving abilities.
Honors in the Major
Academically exceptional students majoring in philosophy may pursue Honors in the Major.
Students must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.66 in the major and a cumulative GPA of 3.5. At
least half of their total coursework must have been completed at Florida Southern College. Can-
didates must apply for acceptance into Honors in the Major no later than the third semester prior
to graduation, and if accepted, begin the honors course sequence, PHI 4953 and 4954: Honors
in Philosophy. Working under a project director in these courses, students will prepare a major
paper to be presented to their thesis committee during the final semester. Please see the religion
and philosophy department chair by the first semester of the junior year for further information.
Philosophy Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 40 hours
PHI 2204 Ethics
PHI 2208 Logic
PHI 3109 Great Philosophers I
PHI 3309 Great Philosophers II
PHI 4479 Special Topics in Philosophy
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
182
PHI/REL 4900-4901 Capstone Seminar in Philosophy and Religion
Sixteen additional hours selected from the following if not selected above:
PHI 1109 What Is Philosophy?
PHI/REL 2219 World Religions and Philosophies
PHI 2224 Business Ethics
PHI 3359 Aesthetics
PHI/REL 3388 Fundamental Questions in Theology and Philosophy
PHI 3400 Philosophy and Class, Gender, Race, and Sexuality
PHI 3500 Social and Political Philosophy
PHI 4479 Special Topics in Philosophy (dierent topic than above core)
PHI 4953/4954 Honors in Philosophy
PHI 4960 Internship in Philosophy
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................24 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Philosophy Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Twenty hours selected from PHI courses applicable to the major.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
PHYSICS
A minor in physics is available through the Department of Chemistry, Biochemistry, and
Physics. The physics minor introduces students to the basics of contemporary physics. Students
can have the opportunity to deepen their understanding of the foundations of physics and its ap-
plications in other fields. At Florida Southern College, the physics minor is intended to provide
students with a strong background in the principles of physics and the application of those prin-
ciples to new and emerging technologies. It provides an understanding of both a classical and
quantum description of matter. The physics minor is particularly eective in preparing students
for graduate study and careers in chemistry, physics, engineering, applied mathematics, research,
and/or teaching.
Physics Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 24 hours
MAT 2311 Calculus I with Plane Analytic Geometry
MAT 2312 Calculus II with Plane Analytic Geometry
PHY 2110 General Physics I (Calculus Based)
PHY 2120 General Physics II (Calculus Based)
PHY 3070 Modern Physics I
Four hours selected from either group A or group B:
Group A
PHY 4110 Classical Mechanics
PHY 4310 Thermal Physics
Group B
(These courses have prerequisites but may be appropriate for students who have taken the
prerequisites based on their major or other minor).
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
183
PHY 4210 Electricity and Magnetism I
PHY 4410 Quantum Mechanics I
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 24 hours
POLITICAL COMMUNICATION
Political communication is the study of information flow through political processes and
institutions. Majors gain the practical and theoretical knowledge necessary to compete in a mul-
titude of industries connected to the political arena. With exposure to social science research
methods, journalism practices, speech writing, and debate experience, majors develop a strong set
of marketable skills. Students will graduate prepared for careers in industries including business
and political consulting, public aairs, political journalism, and public diplomacy.
Program Requirements
Only courses in which grades of C or higher are earned may count toward the major.
Political Communication Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 48 hours
COM 1500 Fundamentals of Speech
COM/POS 3905 Politics and the Media
COM 4500 Communication Law and Ethics
COM 4550 Communication Research
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics
COM 3955 Professional Development for Communication Careers AND
COM 4960/4961 Communication Internship
OR
POS 4960/4961 Internship (4 hours)
Select two courses from one political science concentration and one course from the other
political science concentration:
American Politics Concentration
POS 1115 Methods for Political Science I
POS 2500 Law and the Courts
POS 3320 Legislative Processes
POS 3325 U.S. Campaigns and Elections
POS 3400 Political Parties and Interest Groups
POS 4429 Political Theory
International Relations Concentration
POS 2900 Introduction to International Relations
POS 3175 United States Foreign Policy
POS 3323 International Organizations
POS 3345 Conflict and War
POS 3500 The International Relations of the Developing World
POS 3550 National and International Political Economy
POS 3600 Topics in International Relations
Select one communication concentration below:
Media Concentration
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
184
COM 3300 News Reporting and Feature Writing
COM 3320 Introduction to Broadcast Journalism
COM 3360 Online Media
Public Aairs Concentration
COM 2400 Principles of Advertising and Public Relations
COM 3450 Public Relations Writing
COM 3900 Special Topics in Communication OR
COM 4350 Social Media Strategies
Organizational Communication Concentration
COM 2260 Small Group Communication OR
COM 3200 Persuasion
COM/SOC 2270 Intercultural Communication
COM 3210 Organizational Communication
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .................................................................................................................16–24 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
POLITICAL SCIENCE
The Department of Political Science oers the B.A./B.S. in Political Science. Courses focus
on American politics and international relations. Students are encouraged to take a variety of
courses in both areas and not become too specialized at the undergraduate level.
Progress Requirements
Students must have at least a 2.5 GPA in the major and either instructor’s permission or 18
hours of political science courses to register for POS 4960 or 4961 (Internship).
Political Science Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ........................................................................................... 37–41 hours
POS 1115 Methods for Political Science I
POS 2900 Introduction to International Relations
POS 2295 Methods for Political Science II
POS 4960/4961 Internship (1–5 hours)
POS 4999 Senior Seminar in Political Science
Majors must complete an additional 20 hours of course work in political science. At least 12
hours must come from the specific distribution requirements below; additional courses not
listed, but which carry the POS prefix, may be counted towards the major.
At least one course chosen from the following:
POS 3100 Southern Politics
POS 3320 The Legislative Process
POS 3325 U.S. Campaigns and Elections
POS 3400 Political Parties and Interest Groups
At least one course from the following:
POS 3175 Foreign and Security Policy of the United States
POS 3323 International Organizations
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
185
POS 3345 Conflict and War
POS 3500 The International Relations of the Developing World
POS 3600 Topics in International Relations
At least one course from the following:
HIS 3165 History of Modern Europe
HIS 3275 History of East Asia
HIS/LAS 3365 History of Modern Latin America
HIS 3415 History of the Middle East
HIS 3445 History of Modern Africa
POS 3327 Topics in Comparative Politics
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .................................................................................................................23–35 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
Political Science Minor Requirements
To earn a minor in political science, students must complete a minimum of 20 hours of po-
litical science coursework, subject to the following restrictions:
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
1. Eight of the twenty hours of coursework must be earned at the 1000- and 2000-level.
2. Twelve of the twenty hours of coursework must be earned at the 3000- and 4000-level.
3. Students must complete two courses of any level in American politics and two of any level
in international relations (see below).
4. An internship is NOT required for the minor.
5. Only one hour of internship credit (POS 4960 or 4961) may be applied toward the minor.
American Politics Courses
POS 1005 Summer Odyssey 20XX: FSC in D.C.
POS 1115 Methods for Political Science I
POS 2500 Law and the Courts
POS 3100 Southern Politics
POS 3320 The Legislative Process
POS 3325 U.S. Campaigns and Elections
POS 3400 Political Parties and Interest Groups
International Relations Courses
POS 1005 Summer Odyssey 20XX: FSC in D.C.
POS 2900 Introduction to International Relations
POS 3175 Foreign and Security Policy of the United States
POS 3323 International Organizations
POS 3345 Conflict and War
POS 3500 The International Relations of the Developing World
POS 3550 National and International Political Economy
POS 3600 Topics in International Relations
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
186
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
PSYCHOLOGY
Psychology oers two degrees: the Bachelor of Science in Psychology and the Bachelor of
Arts in Psychology. A minor in psychology is also available (20 hours of PSY courses). Psychol-
ogy majors have the opportunity to work in collaboration with energetic faculty in building a
thorough understanding of the major areas and issues in psychology. The psychology program
provides opportunities for student engagement and active learning through classroom activities,
internships and student-faculty collaborative research projects. Where possible, students are sup-
ported in presenting projects at scholarly meetings and venues. The program encourages student
involvement in discipline-related campus and community service projects, as well as actively par-
ticipating in psychology student organizations. The psychology program is based in the empirical
research tradition and oers preparation for both graduate school and entry into the job market.
Honors in the Major
The psychology program oers an Honors in the Major option. The purpose of the program
is to provide an opportunity for highly achieving students who are motivated and talented to do
an in-depth investigation of an area of interest in consultation with a professor having expertise in
that area. Please see the program coordinator during the first semester of the junior year for further
information. Students should register for PSY 4953 and PSY 4954 in their senior year.
Psychology Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 52 hours
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics
PSY 1500 Psychological Investigations of the Social World
PSY 1510 Psychological Investigations of the Natural World
PSY 3310 Research Design and Statistics
PSY 4450 Research Practicum OR
PSY 4960/4961 Internship in Psychology
PSY 4999 Capstone Seminar
Eight hours of PSY electives.
One course selected from social-cognitive group:
PSY/SOC 2206 Social Psychology
PSY 2209 Developmental Psychology
PSY 3314 Psychology of Personality
PSY 3315 Cognitive Psychology
One course selected from natural sciences group:
PSY 2220 Sensation and Perception
PSY 3305 Learning/Behavioral Psychology
PSY 3309 Behavioral Neuroscience
PSY 3330 Human Sexuality
Three courses selected from the applied and professional development group:
PSY 2210 Tests and Measurements
PSY 2214 Abnormal Psychology
PSY 3300 Clinical/Counseling Psychology
PSY 3301 Special Topics in Psychology
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
187
PSY 3325 Positive Psychology
PSY 3336 Industrial/Organizational Psychology
PSY 3350 Professional Issues in Psychology
PSY 3370 Trauma and Recovery
PSY 4410 Psychology and Law
PSY 4460 Advanced Research Design Analysis
Note: All courses are four credit hours.
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives ................................................................................................................12 - 20 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
Psychology Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Twenty hours selected from PSY courses applicable to the major.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
RACE, CULTURE, AND ETHNIC STUDIES MINOR
See Interdisciplinary Minors
RELIGION
The religion program oers the Bachelor of Arts in Religion and the Bachelor of Arts in
Religion with a Concentration in Youth Ministry. Students who pursue the B.A. in Religion will
encounter a balanced and challenging curriculum oering courses in the traditional areas of Bib-
lical and Christian theological studies, as well as exposure to non-Christian religious traditions.
Through critical engagement with Biblical, theological, and religious concepts, students will
develop an understanding and appreciation for religious faith and how this faith engages and
transforms culture, history, and the human experience, while at the same time comprehending its
implications for both ethical conduct and self-understanding as responsible citizens of the global
community. The curriculum is driven by student-focused learning, instructional technology, and
student guided discussions, seminars and research.
Students who pursue the degree in religion with a Concentration in Youth Ministry will
build on the solid foundation provided by the above curriculum by critically applying it in the
youth ministry setting while also developing an understanding of teaching and learning theories
for youth ministry and its leadership and administration. This religion major with youth min-
istry concentration allows students to advance their understandings of youth ministry through
practical applications culminating in an internship.
Honors in the Major
Academically exceptional students majoring in religion have the option of pursuing Honors
in the Major. Students must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.66 in religion and a cumulative GPA
of 3.5. At least half of their total coursework must have been completed at Florida Southern
College, as well. Candidates must apply for acceptance into Honors in the Major no later than
the third semester prior to graduation, and if accepted, begin the honors course sequence, REL
4953 and 4954: Honors in Religion. Working under a project director in these courses, students
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
188
will prepare a major paper to be presented to their honors thesis committee during their final
semester at Florida Southern College. Please see the department chair by the first semester of the
junior year for further information.
Religion Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 44 hours
REL 2214 Christian Ethics
REL 2217 Introduction to the Bible
REL 2218 Basic Christian Beliefs
REL/PHI 2219 World Religions and Philosophies
REL/PHI 4900-4901 Capstone Seminar in Philosophy and Religion
One course selected from each of the following groups:
Old Testament
REL 3345 The Wisdom Tradition in Ancient Israel
REL 4435 Prophetic Thought in Ancient Israel
New Testament
REL 3366 Johannine Literature: Gospel, Letters and Apocalypse
REL 4416 Life and Letters of Paul
REL 4446 Life and Teachings of Jesus
Theology
REL 4428 Current Theological Thought
REL 4448 The Doctrine of God
Theology
REL/PHI 4473 Medical Ethics
REL 4474 Special Topics in Christian Ethics
Eight additional hours in REL courses selected from the following if not chosen above:
REL 1108 What is Religion?
REL 2228 Jesus in Film
REL/WST 2256 Gender, Interpretation and the Biblical Tradition
REL 3328 History of Christian Thought
REL 3345 The Wisdom Tradition in Ancient Israel
REL 3366 Johannine Literature: Gospel, Letters and Apocalypse
REL/BIO 3378 Dialogues in Science and Religion
REL/PHI 3388 Fundamental Questions in Theology and Philosophy
REL 4416 Life and Letters of Paul
REL 4428 Current Theological Thought
REL 4435 Prophetic Thought in Ancient Israel
REL 4446 Life and Teachings of Jesus
REL 4448 The Doctrine of God
REL 4473 Medical Ethics
REL 4474 Special Topics in Christian Ethics
REL 4953/4954 Honors in Religion
REL 4960 Internship in Religion
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................20 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
189
Religion with Concentration in Youth Ministry Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 52 hours
REL 2214 Christian Ethics
REL 2217 Introduction to the Bible
REL 2218 Basic Christian Beliefs
REL/PHI 2219 World Religions and Philosophies
REL/PHI 4900-4901 Capstone Seminar in Philosophy and Religion
RYM 2210 Teaching and Learning Theories for Youth Ministry
RYM 3310 Leadership and Administration for Youth Ministry
RYM 4410 Bible and Theology in the Youth Ministry Setting
RYM 4960/4961 Internship in Religion: Youth Ministry
One course selected from each of the following groups:
Old Testament
REL 3345 The Wisdom Tradition in Ancient Israel
REL 4435 Prophetic Thought in Ancient Israel
New Testament
REL 3366 Johannine Literature: Gospel, Letters and Apocalypse
REL 4416 Life and Letters of Paul
REL 4446 Life and Teachings of Jesus
Theology
REL 4428 Current Theological Thought
REL 4448 The Doctrine of God
Theology
REL/PHI 4473 Medical Ethics
REL 4474 Special Topics in Christian Ethics
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................12 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Religion Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 20 hours
Sixteen hours selected from REL courses applicable to the major.
Four hours selected from REL courses at the 3000- or 4000-level.
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 20 hours
SELFDESIGNED MAJOR
To serve the expectations and needs of academically qualified students, Florida Southern Col-
lege has implemented Venture into the Adventure—a major designed by the student to meet his
or her particular needs. This major is for academically qualified students; therefore, the student
must hold sophomore standing, have taken some courses in the areas of interest, and have main-
tained a minimum cumulative GPA of at least 3.0. Students who have accumulated more than 72
credit hours are not eligible for the self-designed major. Additional policies are included in the
“Self-Design Major Checklist” available from the interdisciplinary programs coordinator.
Students interested in the self-designed major should contact the interdisciplinary programs
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
190
coordinator. The student will generate the idea for the major aer discussion with the interdisci-
plinary programs coordinator and faculty members in the relevant areas of interest. The student
will invite faculty members to serve as an advisory committee to assist in framing the degree
proposal and advising the student toward degree completion.
The proposed self-designed major will build upon the existing strengths of the Florida South-
ern College faculty and programs. Each self-designed major must be built upon the requisite
number of lower- and upper-division courses.
A successful proposal will contain the following items:
• Goals for the degree
• Required course list to meet the General Education requirements
• Required courses for the major (30 semester hours minimum)
• Student learning outcomes and assessments
• A significant focus on interdisciplinary inquiry and critical thinking
• A senior research (or comparable creative) component to serve as a capstone experience
Once the proposal has been approved by the student’s committee, it will be sent to the inter-
disciplinary programs coordinator, who will post it for review and comment by the appropriate
deans, division chairs, and interested faculty. The appropriate dean (or deans) will make the final
decision on the quality of the self-designed major and the elements of the plan in consultation
with the interdisciplinary programs coordinator and will either approve or not approve the pro-
posal. If approved, the appropriate dean (or deans) will notify all parties and file the degree plan
with the Registrar. Degree audits will be based on the plan, and transcripts of students who have
completed the self-designed major will duly show the program of study.
SOCIAL SCIENCES MAJOR
The social sciences major provides students with a broad-based education in the social sci-
ences. The major, when taken in conjunction with the secondary education requirements as
listed under Education in this catalog, prepares students for secondary education certification as
regulated by the Florida Department of Education. The major is designed to provide students
a broad range of required social sciences courses, from psychology to history, which, combined
with required education courses, provide students with the foundational knowledge to become
eective educators at the secondary level. Students interested in this major should contact the
Department of History and Political Science.
Education: Secondary Social Science
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial Teacher Certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Second-
ary Social Science Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in
the 6–12 school setting. See page 203.
Social Sciences Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 44 hours
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
GEO 3320 Human Geography OR
GEO 3340 World/Regional Geography
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
191
HIS 1100 The Ancient World
HIS 1200 The Making of the Modern World
HIS 1300 The Modern World
HIS 2215 The American Experience through the Civil War
HIS 2225 The American Experience since the Civil War
HIS/LAS 3355 History of Florida
POS 1115 Methods for Political Science I
POS 3323 International Organizations OR
POS 3327 Topics in Comparative Politics
PSY 1106 Psychology and the Social World OR
SOC 1100 Introduction to Sociology
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .................................................................................................................20–28 hours
F. Total ............................................................................................................................124 hours
SPANISH
See Modern Languages
SPORTS COMMUNICATION AND MARKETING
The major in sports communication and marketing blends coursework in communication,
business, and sports marketing to prepare students for the dynamic industry of sports. Because the
business of sports is a $200 billion industry in the U.S., the demand for students with knowledge of
business and communication is growing. Students will gain hands-on experience in digital media
production and design and implement this experience in sports-related projects. Graduates of the
major can pursue jobs in sports broadcasting, sports management, or sports information.
Program Requirements
Only courses in which grades of C or higher are earned may count toward the major.
Sports Communication and Marketing Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 58 hours
COM 1500 Fundamentals of Speech
COM 2110 Media Writing
COM/SPM 2150 Media in Sport
COM 3955 Professional Development for Communication Careers
COM 4960/4961 Communication Internship
MAT 2022 Elementary Statistics
Business Core
BUS 3320 Applied Statistics and Analytics for Business
ECO 2205 Principles of Microeconomics
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
MKT 4466 Marketing Research
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
192
SPM 2174 Management of Sport
SPM 3160 Sport Marketing
SPM 4520 International Sport
Select one communication core below:
Core One
COM 2400 Principles of Advertising and Public Relations
COM 3450 Public Relations Writing
COM 4350 Social Media Strategies
Core Two
COM 3300 News Reporting and Feature Writing
COM 3320 Introduction to Broadcast Journalism
COM 3360 Online Media
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................14 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
STUDIO ART
See Visual Arts and Design
THEATRE ARTS
The Department of Theatre Arts oers a B.F.A. in Theatre Performance, a B.F.A. in Technical
Theatre/Design, a B.F.A. in Musical Theatre, and a B.A. in Theatre Arts. The department provides
a nurturing yet challenging environment in which students may strive to achieve their highest
intellectual, artistic, and professional potential. Through a rigorous and comprehensive theatre
curriculum, the department focuses on discipline-specific student needs and goals while con-
tributing in meaningful ways to the cultural life of the College and local community through
productions and community service. Highly qualified faculty artists collaborate with students in
the classroom, rehearsal hall, and on stage, fostering excellence in performance, directing, design,
and technical production.
The goal of Florida Southern College’s theatre arts department is to train and prepare stu-
dents for professional careers in the theatre. A B.F.A. candidate has opportunities to perform ma-
jor roles on the main stage beginning in his or her first year at the College, and B.F.A. in Technical
Theatre/Design candidates have the opportunity to see their work realized on our main stage.
We emphasize one-on-one instruction, hands-on experience, individual mentoring and a
high degree of professionalism. Our programs are aimed at providing students with the knowl-
edge and skills needed to succeed at any level of theatre, whether it is further graduate study or
a career as a performer, professional designer, stage manager, or technician. Our aim is to see you
succeed, and we will give you the tools you will need to do so.
Performance Opportunities
The department presents four main stage productions each year, including two musicals and
a second stage lab production. There are also opportunities for additional student productions.
The main stage productions are presented in the beautiful Loca Lee Buckner Theatre, an intimate
336-seat thrust stage outfitted with three full-stage hydraulic lis and high-end lighting and sound
equipment and soware. Student productions are mounted in the Frank Lloyd Wright Theatre-
in-the-Round, which serves as our lab theatre and is entirely student run. Additionally, Florida
Southern College’s Festival of Fine Arts program brings in world-class productions and concerts in
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
193
the third theatre facility on campus, the 1,800-seat proscenium theatre, Branscomb Auditorium.
Admission Requirements
Upon acceptance, a student may be accepted into the theatre B.F.A. program only through an
audition/interview in his/her area of expertise. Auditions are oered on special dates throughout
the school year or by appointment. The prospective student for the B.F.A. performance degree
will need to prepare two monologues of a contrasting style; the prospective student for the mu-
sical theatre B.F.A. will need to prepare two songs of contrasting style, and candidates for the
B.F.A. in Technical/Design will need to present a portfolio and have an interview. For additional
information, please visit flsouthern.edu/theatre.
No audition/interview is necessary for admission to the B.A. program. However, it should
also be noted that scholarship assistance is available for any student majoring in theatre arts.
Scholarships are awarded based on an audition and interview by the theatre faculty. B.F.A. audi-
tions will automatically be considered for scholarship eligibility. Theatre studies B.A. candidates
may present either audition or portfolio.
All programs of study in theatre are structured in four-year formats; therefore, students in-
tending to pursue the B.F.A. should consult the department concerning appropriate courses for
the first college semester.
Theatre Arts (B.A.) Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 50 hours
THE 1101–1106 Production Practicum I - VI
THE 1213 Acting I OR
THE 1214 Acting for the Non-Actor
THE 1220 Stage Movement OR
THE 2220 Voice and Dialect for the Actor
THE 1413 Stagecra and Production Practice
THE 2210 Acting II
THE 2413 Scene Design
THE 2420 Lighting Design OR
THE 2430 Costume Design
THE 3323 Directing OR
THE 3330 Theatre Management
THE 4513 Theatre History and Literature I
THE 4523 Theatre History and Literature II
One of the following courses:
THE 3110 Musical Theatre Audition
THE 3120 Musical Theatre Scene Study
THE 3214 Acting III: Acting for the Camera
One of the following courses:
THE 4210 Acting IV: Advanced Acting Topics
THE 4199 Senior Project–Musical Theatre
THE 4299 Senior Project–Performance
THE 4499 Senior Project–Design/Technical
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................ 20 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
194
D. Electives .......................................................................................................................14 hours
E. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Theatre Arts: B.F.A. in Musical Theatre
Musical Theatre Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 78 hours
THE 1101-1106 Production Practicum I - VI
THE 1130 Vocal Technique Master Class
THE 1213 Acting I
THE 1220 Stage Movement OR
THE 2220 Voice and Dialect for the Actor
THE 1231-1238 Applied Voice for the Theatre
THE 1240 Improvisation and Creative Expression
THE 1413 Stagecra and Production Practice
THE 2210 Acting II
THE 3110 Musical Theatre Audition
THE 3120 Musical Theatre Scene Study
THE 4110 Musical Theatre History and Literature
THE 4199 Senior Project: Musical Theatre
THE 4210 Acting IV: Advanced Acting Topics
THE 4513 Theatre History and Literature I OR
THE 4523 Theatre History and Literature II
THE 4650 Musical Theatre Dance OR
THE 4660 Musical Theatre Choreography
MUS 1070 Introduction to Music Theory
MUS 1151 Aural Skills I
MUS 1152 Aural Skills II
Two hours from (according to the student’s skill set):
THE 2610 Beginning Ballet I
THE 2611 Beginning Ballet II
THE 3610 Intermediate Ballet
THE 3611 Advanced Ballet
Two hours from (according to the student’s skill set):
THE 2620 Beginning Jazz I
THE 2621 Beginning Jazz II
THE 3620 Intermediate Jazz
THE 3621 Advanced Jazz
Two hours from (according to the student’s skill set):
THE 2630 Beginning Tap I
THE 2631 Beginning Tap II
THE 3630 Intermediate Tap
THE 3631 Advanced Tap
Two hours from (according to the student’s skill set):
THE 2640 Beginning Modern Dance I
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
195
THE 2641 Beginning Modern Dance II
THE 3640 Intermediate Modern Dance
THE 3641 Advanced Modern Dance
Two hours from (according to the student’s skill set):
MUS 133C/134C/233C/234C Keyboard Musicianship OR
MUS 1133/1134, 2233/2234, 3333/3334, 4433/4434 Piano
Two hours selected from:
MUS 1107/1108 Opera Theatre
MUS 1109/1110 Concert Choir (or other vocal ensemble)
MUS 1143/1144 Voice
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................6 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Theatre Arts: B.F.A. in Theatre Performance
Theatre Performance Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 75 hours
THE 1101-1106 Production Practicum I–VI
THE 1213 Acting I
THE 1220 Stage Movement
THE 1240 Improvisation and Creative Expression
THE 1413 Stagecra and Production Practice
THE 2210 Acting II
THE 2220 Voice and Dialect for the Actor
THE 2313 Script Analysis
THE 2413 Scene Design
THE 2420 Lighting Design OR
THE 2430 Costume Design
THE 3323 Directing
THE 4210 Acting IV: Advanced Acting Topics
THE 4299 Senior Project - Performance
THE 4513 Theatre History and Literature I
THE 4523 Theatre History and Literature II
One of the following courses:
THE 3110 Musical Theatre Audition
THE 3120 Musical Theatre Scene Study
THE 3214 Acting III: Acting for the Camera
Five hours selected from:
THE 2153 Applied Production Experience
(repeatable up to 6 hours and may be used as elective hours)
THE 3153 Applied Production Experience
(repeatable up to 12 hours and may be used as elective hours)
Four hours selected from:
THE 1231–1238 Applied Voice for the Theatre
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................9 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
196
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Theatre Arts: B.F.A. in Technical Theatre/Design
Technical Theatre/Design Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 75 hours
THE 1101–1106 Production Practicum I–VI
THE 1213 Acting I OR
THE 1214 Acting for the Non-Actor
THE 1240 Improvisation and Creative Expression
THE 1413 Stagecra and Production Practice
THE 2313 Script Analysis
THE 2413 Scene Design
THE 2420 Lighting Design
THE 2430 Costume Design
THE 3323 Directing
THE 3330 Theatre Management
THE 3410 Draing for the Stage
THE 4410 Advanced Technical Topics
THE 4499 Senior Project - Technical/Design
THE 4513 Theatre History and Literature I
THE 4523 Theatre History and Literature II
Five hours selected from:
THE 2153 Applied Production Experience
(repeatable up to 6 hours and may be used as elective hours)
THE 3153 Applied Production Experience
(repeatable up to 12 hours and may be used as elective hours)
Two courses (totaling eight hours) from one of the following areas:
Scene Design
ART 1131 Drawing I AND
One of the following three courses:
ARH 1100 Survey of Western Art and Architecture
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 3150 Watercolor
Lighting Design
ART 1120 Design Fundamentals AND
One of the following three courses:
ART 1140 Introduction to Digital Photography
ART 2410 Typography and Layout
ART 2570 Video Art
Stage Management
COM 2250 Interpersonal Communication AND
One of the following two courses:
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
COM 2260 Small Group Communication
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
197
Sound Design
MUS 1165 Great Works of Music AND
One of the following two courses:
ART 2570 Video Art
MUS 1164 History of Jazz
Costume Design
ART 1131 Drawing I AND
One of the following three courses:
ART 2100 Painting I
ART 2170 Figure Drawing I
ART 3150 Watercolor
C. Electives .........................................................................................................................9 hours
D. Total ............................................................................................................................ 124 hours
Theatre Arts Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 24 hours
Twelve hours from the following:
THE 1050 Introduction to the Theatre
THE 1213 Acting I
THE 1214 Acting for the Non-Actor
THE 1220 Stage Movement
THE 1240 Improvisation and Creative Expression
THE 1413 Stagecra and Production Practice
THE 2153 Applied Production Experience
THE 2210 Acting II
THE 2220 Voice and Dialect for the Actor
THE 2313 Script Analysis
THE 2413 Scene Design
THE 2420 Lighting Design
THE 2430 Costume Design
Twelve hours from the following:
THE 3110 Musical Theatre Audition
THE 3120 Musical Theatre Scene Study
THE 3153 Applied Production Experience
THE 3214 Acting III: Acting for the Camera
THE 3323 Directing
THE 3330 Theatre Management
THE 3410 Draing for the Stage
THE 4210 Acting IV: Advanced Acting Topics
THE 4410 Advanced Technical Topics
THE 4513 Theatre History and Literature I
THE 4523 Theatre History and Literature II
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 24 hours
WOMEN AND GENDER STUDIES MINOR
See Interdisciplinary Minors
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
198
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
Florida Southern College oers teacher education programs in Elementary Education K–6,
with both an ESOL Endorsement (K–12) and a Reading Endorsement (K–12), Art Education
K–12, Music Education K–12, Secondary Biology 6–12, Secondary English 6–12 with both an
ESOL Endorsement (K–12) and a Reading Endorsement (K–12), Secondary Mathematics 6–12,
and Social Sciences 6–12. These programs are approved by the Florida Department of Educa-
tion to satisfy the educational requirements for the baccalaureate degree and initial professional
teacher certification in Florida. State-mandated approved program changes are usually modest;
however, prospective education students may expect changes to program requirements during
their academic careers. Every eort will be made to assist students in completing program re-
quirements within the normal four-year baccalaureate period. Florida Southern College oers
state approved teacher education programs and is accountable to the Florida Department of Ed-
ucation for meeting all mandated general education, professional education, and specialization
requirements. The School of Education not only oers certificate-seeking programs for state of
Florida certification, it is also home to the Roberts Academy and Roberts Center for Learning
and Literacy, and FSC Early Childhood Learning Lab. Students in School of Education will be
engaged in a variety of field study experiences on and o campus including Polk County Public
Schools and the FSC lab schools.
Each undergraduate EDU student is required to complete a criminal background screening,
including finger printing and obtaining a Polk County Public Schools badge as a Florida South-
ern College student prior to starting the program.
School of Education Admission Requirements
Students who intend to study in any of the teacher education programs at Florida
Southern must apply for admission to the program aer completion of all program admission
requirements listed below. All students must pass the General Knowledge Test prior to
enrolling in EDU 3323. Transfer students must apply for and be admitted to the teacher
education program before enrolling in upper division classes. Application forms are available
through the School of Education. The application deadline for each fall semester is March 15.
The spring deadline is October 15.
Students who meet the following criteria are eligible for admission to teacher candidacy:
1. Submit a FSC School of Education Teacher Preparation Program Application for Admis-
sion.
2. Pass all four sections of the General Knowledge Test (GKT).
3. Earn an overall cumulative grade point average of at least 2.5 on a 4.0 scale for the general
education component of undergraduate studies.
4. Earn an overall GPA of 2.5 or better in all completed courses for the Education major,
with no course grade lower than a C.
5. Obtain fingerprint/background clearance check from the Polk County Public Schools.
6. Complete an academic interest inventory at FSC.
7. Successfully complete EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors, EDU
1107 Foundations of Education I, and EDU 2200 Field Study I.
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
199
Estimated Additional Education Costs
Electronic Portfolio (4 year subscription) ..........................................................................$155
FSC School of Education Clinical Experience Polo Shirt .................................................$30
Polk County Public Schools Background Clearance and ID Badge ...............................$80
FTCE Exam
General Knowledge Test (GKT) ..................................................................................... $130
Professional Educator Test (PEd) .................................................................................. $150
Subject Area Exam (SAE) .................................................................................................$150
Education Fees Charged to Student Account
FTCE Test Prep ........................................................................................ estimate $40 annually
Transfer Students
Transfer students beyond the sophomore year must meet all teacher education admission re-
quirements before enrollment in professional education classes. Failure to pass all four sections of
General Knowledge Test in that semester will preclude the student from enrolling in professional
education courses until the General Knowledge Test requirement is met.
Student Profiles
Students must maintain an electronic portfolio using the required soware per the FSC
School of Education.
Field Study Courses (refer to the specific program descriptions below)
Requirements: Weekly attendance and approved fingerprints/background clearance check
by the Polk County Public Schools. Adhere to the School of Education dress code. Must pass
GKT prior to enrolling in EDU 3323.
Elementary: All elementary education majors will enroll in EDU 2200, EDU 3323, and EDU
4400 following the appropriate four-year degree schedule or transfer schedule. The Director of
Field Study will assign education majors to one of the Polk County Public Schools. Field study
students will report to the assigned school for the full-day on Tuesday of each week. Field study
students are responsible for providing their own transportation. A grade of C or better is required
to take the next level of field study. A grade of C or better must be obtained in all three field study
courses for a teacher education candidate to be eligible for senior internship.
Secondary: All secondary education majors are required to enroll in EDU 2200 and EDU
3323. The Director of Field Study will assign secondary education majors to one of the Polk
County Public Schools. Secondary education students will be assigned a placement in their ma-
jor field of study (English, mathematics, etc.). Field study students are responsible for providing
their own transportation. A grade of C or better is required to take the next level of field study. A
grade of C or better must be obtained in both field study courses for a teacher education candi-
date to be eligible for the senior internship.
Senior Internship
Prerequisites for the 12- or 13- credit senior internship semester are
1. Submit School of Education Internship Application by October 15 for spring internships
and March 15 for all fall internships.
2. Submit ocial score reports with passing scores on all parts of the FTCE.
3. Complete all other required courses for the degree.
4. Earn a grade of C or better in all professional education courses.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
200
5. Earn a minimum grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale.
6. Submit approved fingerprint/background check conducted by Polk County Public
Schools.
All approved senior interns will be placed in a K-12 classroom in Polk County Public Schools.
The senior intern is responsible for providing transportation to the assigned school. The assign-
ment will represent the major certification area of the candidate. The student will be under the
direction of a Florida certified teacher who has received clinical supervision training and the
recommendation of the school principal as a highly qualified teacher. A grade of C or better
is required to pass the Senior Internship and meet state of Florida certification requirements.
Education majors are required to pass all three Florida Teacher Certification Exams prior to the
Senior Internship.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor degree in
Elementary Education prepares individuals to enter a professional teaching career in the K-6
school setting. The rigorous coursework and myriad practical clinical experiences provided
through the elementary education curriculum serves as the foundation for connecting theory to
practice in private and public school settings. The Elementary Education graduate is eligible for
a Florida Professional Teacher Certificate in Elementary Education (K-6) with endorsements in
ESOL (K-12) and Reading (K-12).
Elementary Education Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements .........................................................................40 hours
B. Major Requirements.................................................................................................68 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2240 Foundations of Reading Instruction
EDU 2241 Clinical Experience in Literacy Instruction
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 3339 Instructional Methods in Elementary Mathematics
EDU 3343 Literacy and Literature in the Classroom
EDU 3347 Diagnostic Assessment and Instruction in Literacy
EDU 3370 Dierentiated Instruction of Reading
EDU 4400 Field Study Level III
EDU 4407 Instructional Methods in Social Studies in the Elementary School
EDU 4409 Instructional Methods in Science in the Elementary School
EDU 4478 Applied Linguistics–ESOL II
EDU 4887 Reading Endorsement Practicum
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
201
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ................................................................20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ..........................................................12 hours
E. Electives .....................................................................................................................0–4 hours
F. Total....................................................................................................................124–128 hours
Art Education (B.A. or B.S.)
The Department of Visual Arts and Design in conjunction with the School of Education
oers the B.A. or B.S. degree, approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the ed-
ucational requirements for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida in
Art Education K-12. The program provides challenging, professional-level undergraduate course
work for talented, motivated artists. Students develop skills, explore concepts, and are prepared
to teach art in the K-12 setting.
Art Education Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements
Art Requirements ................................................................................................see page 119
Education Requirements .........................................................................................34 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4400 Field Study Level III (Elementary Education Art students only)
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ..................................................................20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................12 hours
Music Education (B.A. or B.S.)
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Music
Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in the K–12 setting,
vocal and instrumental. Through a rigorous and comprehensive music education curriculum
that includes courses in conducting, pedagogy, and technology, extensive field studies as well as
professional education courses, students learn to structure and apply music for meaningful and
eective class and ensemble instruction. Students must earn a grade of C or better in all music
education, professional education, and conducting courses.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
202
Bachelor of Music Education Major Requirements
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements
Music Requirements ..................................................................................see pages 176-177
Education Requirements .........................................................................................34 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessments
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
Secondary Biology Education
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Secondary
Biology Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in the 6–12
school setting. This is accomplished through a rigorous and comprehensive Biology and educa-
tion curriculum that includes courses for the Biology major, teaching methods, technology, and
clinical studies.
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements
Biology Requirements ......................................................................................see pages 124
Education Requirements .........................................................................................34 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
C. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................ 12 hours
Secondary English Education
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements for
the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Secondary
English Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in the 6–12
UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
203
school setting. This is accomplished through a rigorous and comprehensive English and educa-
tion curriculum that includes courses for the English major, teaching methods, technology, and
clinical studies. The English Education graduate is eligible for a Florida Professional Teacher
Certificate in English (6-12) with endorsements in ESOL (K-12) and Reading (K-12).
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements
English Requirements ...............................................................................see pages 143-144
Education Requirements .........................................................................................51 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assesment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 3343 Literacy and Literature in the Classroom
EDU 3347 Diagnostic Assessment and Instruction in Literacy
EDU 3370 Dierentiated Instruction of Reading
EDU 4478 Applied Linguistics–ESOL II
EDU 4887 Reading Endorsement Practicum
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ..................................................................20 hours
Secondary Mathematics Education
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Secondary
Mathematics Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in the
6–12 school setting. This is accomplished through a rigorous and comprehensive mathematics
and education curriculum that includes courses for the Mathematics major, teaching methods,
technology, and clinical studies.
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements
Mathematics Requirements ..............................................................................see page 164
Education Requirements ..................................................................................34 - 44 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
204
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ..................................................................20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................12 hours
Secondary Social Science Education
Approved by the Florida Department of Education to satisfy the educational requirements
for the baccalaureate degree and initial teacher certification in Florida, the Bachelor of Secondary
Social Science Education degree prepares a student to enter a professional teaching career in the
6–12 school setting. This is accomplished through a rigorous and comprehensive social science/
history and education curriculum that includes courses for the Social Science major, teaching
methods, technology, and clinical studies.
A. General Education Requirements ........................................................................... 40 hours
B. Major Requirements
Social Science Requirements ............................................................................see page 189
Education Requirements .........................................................................................34 hours
EDU 1000 Professional Preparation for Education Majors
EDU 1107 Foundations of Education I
EDU 2200 Field Study Level I
EDU 2203 Foundations of Education II
EDU 2210 Foundations in Special Education
EDU 2235 Methods of Assessment
EDU 2256 Special Methods in Reading and Writing in the Content Areas
EDU 3279 Foundations of ESOL I
EDU 3323 Field Study Level II
EDU 3333 Foundations of Education III
EDU 4889 Student Teacher Intern Seminar
EDU 4990 Senior Internship
C. Bachelor of Arts Degree Requirements ..................................................................20 hours
OR
D. Bachelor of Science Degree Requirements ............................................................12 hours
Special Education Minor
The Minor in Special Education allows undergraduate students to examine strategies and meth-
ods for addressing the needs of students with exceptionalities in a variety of educational settings.
Through specialized courses students will explore child and adolescent development, equitable
assessment methodologies, positive behavior approaches, and multisensory instructional strate-
gies to address the unique needs of students with exceptionalities. All courses in the minor in-
clude theoretical and clinical practices transferable to the teaching practice. The courses address
the six Competencies found on the Florida Department of Education Subject Area Exam in
Exceptional Student Education K-12.
Progress Requirements
Only courses in which grades of C or higher are earned may count toward the minor in Spe-
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
205
cial Education.
Special Education Minor Requirements
A. Minor Requirements ................................................................................................... 18 hours
EDU 2210 Foundations of Special Education
EDU 2230 Typical and Atypical Child and Adolescent Development
EDU 3230 Assessment and Evaluation of Exceptional Learners
EDU 3235 Positive Behavior Approaches for Exceptional Students
EDU 4230 Instructional Strategies for Exceptional Learners
B. Total ................................................................................................................................ 18 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
206
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Course descriptions for undergraduate courses are provided below. Courses that may be taken
to fulfill General Education student learning outcomes (SLOs) are indicated with the following
abbreviations:
FA = Fine Arts
SW = Social World
MV = Meaning and Value
NW = Natural World
SystTh = Systematic and Creative Thinking
Ql = Qualitative course
Qn = Quantitative course
EC = Eective Communication
A = Eective Written Communication course
B = Eective Oral Communication course
C = Eective Written and Oral Communication course
Well = Personal Wellness
ACCOUNTING ACC
ACC 2111FOUNDATIONS OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING
Four hours. Build an understanding of accounting for corporations. Gen Ed: Qn
ACC 2112FOUNDATIONS OF MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2111. Examine managerial accounting and analysis.
ACC 3105 ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Two hours. Prerequisites: BUS 2220 and ACC 2111. A study of accounting information systems
within a business organization. Students will examine a variety of technologies, business cycles,
and internal controls. Students will receive hands-on instruction on the design, analysis, and im-
plementation of accounting information systems.
ACC 3111FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING I
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2111. Delve into the conceptual framework of accounting, gen-
erally accepted accounting principles, the preparation of financial statements, the determina-
tion of income, and the procedures related to accounting for assets and liabilities.
ACC 3112FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 3111. Required in the Accounting major. A detailed study of
the procedures and disclosures related to accounting for stockholders’ equity, earnings per
share, investments, pensions, leases, income recognition, the statement of cash flows, account-
ing changes and accounting for income taxes.
ACC 3211COST ACCOUNTING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2112, computer competency. Investigate cost accounting for man-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
207
ufacturing and non-manufacturing entities, including cost terminology and concepts, and cost
accounting systems such as activity-based costing and dierential costs for decision making.
ACC 4105 DATA ANALYTICS IN ACCOUNTING
Two hours. Prerequisites: ACC 2112, BUS 3320. Explore methods used to make more eective
business decisions with accounting data. Examine the sources of data, the methods of collecting
and cleaning the data, analyzing the data using a variety of accounting and business data analyt-
ic programs, and then presenting the data in meaningful and impactful ways. Students will use
real-world, modern applications to study the analytical tools needed to make eective business
decisions with large and copious datasets. The course will build and strengthen skills necessary to
translate accounting business problems and data into actionable proposals so that students can
competently present results to superiors.
ACC 4411FEDERAL TAXATION
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2112 or permission of the instructor. Explore the concepts of fed-
eral income taxation for individuals, including an introduction to the procedures for tax research.
ACC 4511AUDITING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 3111 or permission of the instructor. Required in the account-
ing major. Examine all aspects of auditing, including auditing standards, accepting and plan-
ning the audit, evaluating internal controls, verifying account balances and financial statement
assertions, reporting on audited financial statements, and the legal liabilities and ethical re-
sponsibilities of auditors.
ACC 4715INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2112. Examine the standards and procedures related to accounting
for international organizations, including the dierences and similarities in reporting amongst
countries, particular issues of analyzing foreign financial statements, and the current issues in the
development of international auditing standards and reporting standards.
ACC 4960/4961ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP
Zero to four hours. Prerequisites: permission of the instructor. Correlate theory and practice in
an operational setting supervised by cooperating practitioners and faculty in approved areas of
application.
ARABIC ARA
Each course is an enhanced self-study program in the NASILP (National Association of Self-In-
structional Language Programs) format, which relies heavily upon the student’s motivation and
discipline. Major emphasis is on the development of oral-aural skills. Class time is spent in oral
drills and conversation practice with a native-speaking (or equivalent) tutor. Classes are conducted
almost entirely in Arabic. Students study the grammar independently, using the NASILP format
with the help of the assigned text and workbook, as well as in the lab. Students are expected to
work outside of class and in the lab each week and come to class prepared.
ARA 1101FIRST SEMESTER ARABIC
Four hours. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 or approval from the Critical Languages
program director.
ARA 1102SECOND SEMESTER ARABIC
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARA 1101 proficiency.
ARA 2203 SECOND YEAR ARABIC
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARA 1102 proficiency.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
208
ART ART
ART 1101 PRODUCTION PRACTICUM I
One hour. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. Practical experience working in all areas of film
and television production, scheduling, and management. Students are free to design their own
project-based focus or to pursue approved field study/experiential learning opportunity in the
local industry. Two hours required. Course may only be taken two times for credit.
ART 1102 PRODUCTION PRACTICUM II
One hour. Prerequisite: ART 1101 and permission of instructor. Intermediate practical experience
working in all areas of film, video, and television production, scheduling, and management. Stu-
dents are free to design their own project-based focus or to pursue approved field study/experien-
tial learning opportunity in the local industry. A minimum of two practicum credits are required.
This course may be repeated each semester.
ART 1110 INTRODUCTION TO FILM
Four hours. This course provides students an introduction to formal, historical, and theoretical
approaches to cinema and how moving images create meaning. The course will examine cine-
ma’s formal elements (cinematography, editing, mise-en-scène, sound) in order to establish the
necessary terminology required for the analysis of film. Then the course will look at conventions
and critiques of Hollywood narrative filmmaking, considering issues of genre, authorship, and
ideology, before considering some cinematic alternatives (avant-garde, art cinema, other national
cinemas, documentary).
ART 1120DESIGN FUNDAMENTALS
Four hours. An introduction to the elements and principles of design, including line, shape, color,
value, texture, balance, emphasis, rhythm, and unity. Gen Ed: FA
ART 1131DRAWING I
Four hours. An introduction to various drawing media and methods of representation in line
and tone.
ART 1132DRAWING II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1131 or permission of the instructor. Explore color and mixed media
drawing techniques, focusing on forms of personal expression and representational development.
ART 1140INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY
Four hours. Explore aspects of digital photography such as image capture and digital pro-
cessing, design, lighting, digital technology, applications, and printing. Assignments explore
creativity, problem solving, and understanding the camera, with focus on capturing one’ s
surroundings using specific techniques for landscape, architectural, and cultural (i.e., people)
photography. A critique occurs at the end of each assignment to discuss solutions, problems,
and successes. Gen Ed: FA
ART 1150 PRINCIPLES OF GAME DESIGN
Four hours. Explores the basic principles of game design providing students a broad conceptual
understanding of the design and development process.
ART 1160NEW MEDIA
Four hours. An introduction, both through examining existing new media artworks and through
the construction of projects, to new and unconventional and/or unfamiliar forms of visual art.
Cultivate an appreciation for contemporary art forms and explore new media and new creative
avenues through which to engage your own expressive abilities.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
209
ART 1175 HISTORY OF GAME DESIGN
Four hours. Explores aesthetics, technological variations, practices, and cultural implications relat-
ed to the history of video game design. Gen Ed: SW
ART 2100PAINTING I
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1131. An introduction to acrylic painting, exploring various paint-
ing techniques, painting surfaces, and elements of color.
ART 2110PAINTING II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2100 or permission of the instructor. An introduction to oil paint-
ing, investigating various techniques using the oil medium and color relationships.
ART 2115 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL FILMMAKING
Four hours. This hands-on course is designed to familiarize students with cinematic language and
filmmaking technique in preparation for more advanced production courses. Through a series of
intense collaborative assignments and exercises, students will employ a wide range of cinematic
techniques designed to provide practical experience with digital cinema cameras, sound record-
ing, lighting, and editing soware. Discussion regarding film content will be held, allowing stu-
dents to critically discuss the social and political implications of creating media content.
ART 2170FIGURE DRAWING I
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 1131 or permission of the instructor. A studio class emphasizing
drawing from the human figure and including the study of human anatomy.
ART 2210SCULPTURE I
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1120. An introduction to the use of traditional and contemporary
sculptural media, modeling and plaster casting, clay and paper casts.
ART 2215 STORYTELLING FOR THE SCREEN
Four hours. This course explores various approaches to screen-based storytelling in film, television
and new media environments with a focus on short form development. Topics include story ide-
ation, character development, theme, and scene structure.
ART 2220CERAMICS I
Four hours. Creative pottery making, using various methods of hand building. Students learn to
load and fire the kiln.
ART 2225 USER EXPERIENCE DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 1120 or COM 1101 or permission of instructor. This course in-
vestigates areas of web and new media in relation to human centered/human driven design and
development. The emphasis will be on understanding users’ needs and practices and translating
them into design decisions.
ART 2230 MEDIA ANALYTICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 2225 or permission of instructor. This course examines and em-
ploys various media analytic practices with the intent to monetize and increase usability of inter-
active content. The emphasis is on measuring user experiences, evaluating interactive optimization
eorts, and skills to collect, analyze and drive actionable insights towards targeted interactive au-
diences.
ART 2240 FILM HISTORY
Four hours. This course introduces a broad collective history of cinema along with an examination
of film form principals providing needed terminology for film production and analysis. Gen Ed:
SW
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
210
ART 2310PRINTMAKING I
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1120 or 1131 or permission of the instructor. Introduction to inta-
glio and relief printmaking techniques. Monotypes are explored.
ART 2410TYPOGRAPHY AND LAYOUT
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 1120 and either ART 1140 or COM 2500. Traverse a breadth of top-
ics in two-dimensional design from language used in critiques to basic seeing and technical skills
behind the formal elements of design—more specifically, composition, shape, line, value, texture,
and color. Work in a variety of media to explore concepts introduced in the class. Students are
expected to produce a weekly visual journal updated with class assignments. Weekly readings are a
mandatory part of the class, as are discussions and critiques.
ART 2570VIDEO ART
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1120 or permission of the instructor. An introduction to the use of
video as a medium for artistic expression, visual communication, and social inquiry. Emphasis is
on the creation, modification and activation of space and time. Includes investigations into narra-
tive structure, visual abstraction, advertising formats, and video art installation.
ART 3110 PAINTING III
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2110. An exploration of various directions in painting with a con-
centration in one area. Assignments relative to traditional space and the picture plane.
ART 3120CERAMICS II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2220. Advanced pottery making, including throwing on the potter’s
wheel, glaze formulation, and testing of clay bodies.
ART 3150 WATERCOLOR
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 1131 or permission of the instructor. An exploration of approaches
and techniques in painting with transparent watercolor.
ART 3160 EXPERIMENTAL GAME DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisites: Junior standing and ART 1150 or permission of instructor. This course
explores the creation of playable game prototypes using a variety of experimental approaches and
materials. Topics include conceptualization, level design, and character formation within video
game simulation.
ART 3170 FIGURE DRAWING II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2170. Advanced projects in drawing from the human figure and in
the study of human anatomy.
ART 3210 SCULPTURE II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2210. Concentration in selected areas of work: modeling and cast-
ing, ceramic sculpture, construction, or carving.
ART 3250 ADVANCED SCREENWRITING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2215. In this advanced writing course, students will study, analyze,
and produce professional level screenplays. This course emphasizes and focuses on the use of
traditional storytelling for feature length film and television productions. Students will go from
concept to a completed first dra of a feature length screenplay or television pilot.
ART 3275 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GAME DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1150 or permission of instructor. This course focuses on emerging
and specialized topics within game design. Coursework may include, but are not limited to, 3d
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
211
modeling, sound design for game, character rigging, and game scripting. Course may be repeated
for credit with dierent topics. (see current listing for topic)
ART 3310 PRINTMAKING II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2310. Continuation of more advanced intaglio and relief processes
including multi-plate color printing techniques. Learn to combines monotypes and monoprints
in various mixed media prints.
ART 3365 DOCUMENTARY FILMMAKING
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 2115 or permission of instructor. This course investigates various
approaches to documentary genre in film and television and guides students in their own appli-
cation of selected approaches, i.e. in their own thinking, writing, production, and speaking about
documentary.
ART 3367 MOTION PICTURES PRODUCTION
Four hours. Prerequisites: Art 2215 or permission of instructor. This course explores visual time-
based aesthetic concepts of short form storytelling. Elements include screenplay breakdown, pro-
duction management, casting, concept-to-visual, editing rhythm and pacing, and post color design.
ART 3410 ADVANCED PRINT DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2410. Explore the design process and print production. Learn to
troubleshoot the one-, two-, three-, and four-color print production areas. Critiques at the end
of each assignment address design solutions, problems, and successes. Delve into topics such as
creativity, solving communication problems, understanding the applications on a deeper level,
working directly with a client, understanding briefs, and bringing a job to press.
ART 3440 ADVANCED DIGITAL PHOTOGRAPHY
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1140. This course covers aspects of digital photography such as im-
age capture and digital processing, design, lighting and digital technology. Assignments are given
to explore creativity, problem solving, and understanding the camera, with a focus on capturing
our surroundings using specific techniques for landscape, architectural, and cultural (i.e. people)
photography. A critique occurs at the end of each assignment to discuss solutions, problems and
successes. Applications and printing are also covered in this class.
ART 3510 WEB DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 2410. Basic elements of web design, including html language, dig-
ital sound, 2-D animation, and non-linear editing. Aesthetic and practical aspects of creating web
pages. As his or her major project, each student builds a personal, multi-layered web page on the
art department’s server using the latest soware.
ART 3610 PACKAGING DESIGN
Four hours. This course will focus on the design/branding packaging process; discovery, creation,
refinement, implementation and production. The assignments will be geared toward problem
solving, idea generation and brand identification/dierentiation. The critique process will be in-
volved throughout every assignment to discuss design solutions, problems and successes. Creativ-
ity, solving communication problems, understanding the applications on a deeper level, under-
standing briefs and bringing a job to press will be covered in this class.
ART 3664 DANCE FOR THE CAMERA
Four hours. Same as DAN 3664. Prerequisite: DAN 2662 for Dance majors or minors, Film majors,
or permission of the instructor. Introduction to how dance and video work best together and why,
including composing for the camera, recording dancers in action and editing footage to create
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
212
original work. There are several approaches to putting dance on video, but we focus on what has
only recently become identified as “video dance:” the contemporary term for the genre of dance
made for the camera. This course consists of lecture, discussion, video response and film studies.
Class content includes reading, writing, viewing and speaking about dance for camera, creating
and showing work.
ART 3999 TOPICS IN FILM THEORY
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 1110 or permission of instructor. This course reinforces and applies
advanced film theories on a rotating topic basis. Special attention is given to film and video philos-
ophy, psychology, history, ideology, and sociology. Course may be repeated for credit with dierent
topics. (see current listing for topic)
ART 4100 FILM AESTHETICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 3367 or permission of instructor. This course reinforces and applies
advanced film production on a rotating topic basis. Rigorous attention is given to film and video
production techniques such as writing, directing, cinematography, and editing. Course may be
repeated for credit with dierent topics. (see current listing for topic)
ART 4110 PAINTING IV
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 3110 or permission of the instructor. This course emphasizes orga-
nization and variations of format in painting and explores color as an expressive basis for painting.
ART 4170 FIGURE DRAWING III
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 3170. Further emphasizes advanced projects in drawing the human
figure and in the study of anatomy.
ART 4320 SIMULATION AND CINEMATIC VR
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 3510. This course explores history, aesthetics, practices, and cul-
tural implications involved in the transition from linear cinematic film to immersive cinematic
VR experience. Topics include conceptualization, design, and formation within 360 simulated
experiences.
ART 4411 ADVANCED GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO I
Four hours. Prerequisite: junior standing in the Department of Art and Art History and per-
mission of the instructor. Advanced projects with emphasis on the development of a personal
direction of expression.
ART 4412 ADVANCED GRAPHIC DESIGN STUDIO II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 4411 and the permission of the instructor. Advanced projects in a
selected medium and stylistic approach.
ART 4499 GRAPHIC DESIGN SENIOR THESIS
Four hours. Prerequisites: ART 3410 and 3510, graphic design major, senior standing, and success-
ful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Building on
all their previous experiences, students finish complex individual and collaborative projects for
their professional portfolios. Emphasis placed on independence, professional habits and attitudes,
and personal design development. Gen Ed: Ql, EC-C
ART 4899 ART FOR TEACHERS K–12
Four hours. Prerequisite: senior standing in the art program. A senior seminar for the develop-
ment of (1) a senior exhibition and (2) a portfolio suitable for presentation to graduate schools,
prospective clients, and/or employers.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
213
ART 4900-4901 SENIOR MEDIA PROJECTS
Four hours distributed over 2 semesters: Prerequisites: Permission of Instructor. In this course,
students will develop, execute, create, and present an original creative media. Students will write
a 10 to 20-page proposal and present a 20 to 30-minute thesis “defense” of their work to faculty
and peers. students are required to exhibit their work on a department approved public platform.
Gen Ed: EC-C.
ART 4911 ADVANCED STUDIO I
Four hours. Prerequisite: junior standing in the Department of Art and Art History and per-
mission of the instructor. Advanced projects with emphasis on the development of a personal
direction of expression.
ART 4912 ADVANCED STUDIO II
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 4911. Advanced projects in a selected medium and stylistic approach.
ART 4913 ADVANCED STUDIO III
Four hours. Prerequisite: ART 4912. Continued study in advanced projects in a selected medium
and stylistic approach.
ART 4960-4961ART INTERNSHIP
Two to four hours. Prerequisite: Permission of supervising faculty. Internship is intended to pro-
vide on-the-job training during the last three semesters of study. Following departmental intern-
ship guidelines and in coordination with the faculty, students secure an appropriate internship
assignment in the field of their concentration. Summer internships are encouraged.
ART 4999 SENIOR SEMINAR
Four hours. Prerequisites: senior standing in the art program and successful completion of
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. A senior seminar for the
development of (1) a senior exhibition and (2) a portfolio suitable for presentation to graduate
schools, prospective clients, and/or employers. This is the capstone course for the B.A. and
B.F.A. in studio art, and is designed to prepare one to create professional artwork and make
a scholarly thesis presentation, whether in preparation for graduate school or for other life
activities. In this course, the student writes a ten-page research paper associated with his or her
senior thesis exhibition and presents a 10- to 15-minute oral presentation and defense of his or
her thesis exhibition at the senior thesis exhibition critique. The student undertakes and completes
the research and writing of the thesis in consultation with the thesis advisor. The thesis
advisor assigns the final grade. Gen Ed: Ql, EC-C
ART HISTORY ARH
ARH 1100 SURVEY OF ART AND ARCHITECTURE
Four hours. An introduction to painting, sculpture, and architecture from prehistory to the pres-
ent in the context of social, cultural, religious, and political history. Gen Ed: SW, FA
ARH 2500 INTRODUCTION TO MUSEUM STUDIES
Four hours. An introduction to the history, theory, and cultural practices of museums and the
career possibilities available within the museum and non-profit professions. This course prepares
students to critically and qualitatively analyze exhibitions and museums in general in relation
to recent practices in acquiring, collecting, displaying, and installing works of art. Utilizing the
College’s Polk Museum of Art as a working case study, the course is designed to blend academic
theory with practical museum experience. Gen Ed: FA; QL
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
214
ARH 2700 ART THEORY AND PRACTICE
Four hours. Prerequisites: ARH 1100, ART 1120, ART 1131, and sophomore standing. This sopho-
more seminar course provides a survey of contemporary theory and practice from the artist’s per-
spective and to prepare the student for portfolio development. Students explore specific directions
and methods of contemporary art practice, engage in art making as an aspect of their exploration
of contemporary media, discuss health hazards associated with making art, and prepare a curricu-
lum vita and portfolio representing themselves as contemporary artists.
ARH 3700HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY
Four hours. A period-survey of the origins, technological developments, key figures, pivotal artists,
and scholarly criticism in the history of photography from 1837 through today. Gen Ed: SW, FA
ARH 3710 ANCIENT ART AND ARCHITECTURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100. An introduction to painting, sculpture, and architecture of
the Ancient Mediterranean in the context of social, cultural, religious, and political history.
ARH 3720 MEDIEVAL ART AND ARCHITECTURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100. An introduction to painting, sculpture, and architecture of
the Medieval period in the context of social, cultural, religious, and political history.
ARH 3740 RENAISSANCE ART
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100. An introduction to painting, sculpture, and architecture of
the Renaissance period in the context of social, cultural, religious, and political history.
ARH 3750 BAROQUE ART
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100. An introduction to painting, sculpture, and architecture of
the Baroque period in the context of social, cultural, religious, and political history.
ARH 3770 EIGHTEENTH-AND NINETEENTH-CENTURY ART
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100. A period-survey of European and American painting, sculp-
ture, and architecture of the eighteenth and nineteenth centuries in the context of social, cultural,
religious, and political history.
ARH 3780 MODERN ART
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100. A period survey of European and American painting,
sculpture, and architecture of the 20
th
century in a social, cultural, religious, and political con-
text. Gen Ed: FA
ARH 3790 CONTEMPORARY ART
Four hours. Prerequisites: ARH 1100 and junior or senior standing; additionally, ARH 3780 is
highly recommended, but is not required. An introduction to painting, sculpture, architecture,
and new media from mid-twentieth-century minimalism to the present in the context of contem-
porary social, cultural, religious, and political history. This course has extensive writing and oral
presentation components.
ARH 3800 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY AND MUSEUM STUDIES
Four hours. Prerequisite: ARH 1100 or permission of instructor. This course focuses on specialized
and intensive study of issues in the field of Art History and/or in the world of museums. Special
topics dier from term to term and augment in new ways the existing departmental curriculum.
Topics may include in-depth explorations of current Polk Museum exhibitions, timely issues in
the art historical discipline, experimental and experiential coursework, and thematic studies on
concentrated subjects. Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
215
ARH 4960/4961 ART HISTORY AND MUSEUM STUDIES INTERNSHIP
Two to four hours, as arranged with Department Chair. Prerequisites: ARH 1100 and permission
of supervising faculty. This course is intended to provide supervised, on the-job training during
one or more of the last three semesters of a student’s studies. Following departmental intern-
ship guidelines and in coordination with the supervising faculty member, the student secures
an internship assignment that provides an appropriate learning experience in their field(s) of
concentration. Summer field experiences are encouraged. Most Art History and Museum Studies
internships are in museum, gallery, or non-profit institution settings.
ARH 4999 ART HISTORY SENIOR THESIS
Four hours. Prerequisites: Senior standing in the Department of Art and Art History, ARH
1100, an ARH course at the 3000-level or higher, and permission of thesis advisor. This is the
capstone course for the B.A. in Art History. Working closely with the thesis advisor, students
will produce independent scholarship in the form of a written thesis and thesis presentation
on an original art historical subject of their choosing. In this course, students will develop,
execute, create, and present on their original research projects. Gen Ed: Ql, EC-C
ASTRONOMY AST
AST 1010 DESCRIPTIVE ASTRONOMY
Four hours. Prerequisite: High school geometry, physics, or physical science. A survey of the astro-
nomical universe including planets, stars, galaxies, old cosmology, and new cosmology. Activities
include use of binoculars and portable telescopes, planetarium demonstrations, problem solving,
and investigations. Gen Ed: NW
BIOLOGY BIO
BIO 1000 BIOLOGY FOR YOUR LIFE
Four hours. Does not count toward major or minor. This course focuses on how biological con-
cepts impact our daily lives. Topics include the cell, ecology, evolution, and heredity. Gen Ed: NW
BIO 1500 BIOLOGY I: BIOLOGICAL ESSENTIALS
Four hours. A rigorous introduction to the principles that lay the foundation for the biological
sciences. The course examines the relationships between metabolism, genetics, cell biology,
and evolution. Students learn scientific methodology in laboratory exercises focused on cellu-
lar and molecular biology. Gen Ed: NW
BIO 1501 CURRENT PERSPECTIVES IN BIOLOGY
One hour. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Co-requisite: BIO 1500. This seminar-style course
accompanies BIO 1500. Students will develop an understanding of the role of Biology as an aca-
demic discipline, reflect on the importance of Biology in society, and explore opportunities for a
variety of careers in the Biological Sciences. Students will practice important academic skills that
will help them succeed in BIO 1500 and across the curriculum.
BIO 1520INTRODUCTION TO MARINE BIOLOGY
Four hours. Pre- or co-requisite: BIO 1500. This foundational course provides an introduction to
the interrelated physical, chemical, geological, and biological processes of the oceans, atmosphere,
and coasts, with a focus on Florida waters.
BIO 1600BIOLOGY II: BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY
Four hours. Prerequisite: Grade of C or better in BIO 1500 or permission of the instructor. A mod-
ern survey of the major groups of living organisms on Earth with emphasis on their evolutionary
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
216
relationships and biological adaptations.
BIO 1820OCEANOGRAPHY
Four hours. Prerequisite: A grade of C or better in BIO 1520 or permission from the instructor. An
overview of the sub disciplines of ocean sciences including the sea floor, waves, tides, currents, the
physical and chemical properties of seawater and their distribution in the sea, and planktonic life
and its relation to nutrient cycling. This course focuses on how we study and use the ocean as well
as the impact of human activities on the oceans.
BIO 1900 HUMAN GENETICS
Four hours. No credit awarded if student has completed BIO 3700. Explores the basic principles of
inheritance and their applications to medicine, behavior, forensics and populations. Gen Ed: NW
BIO 2120BIOLOGY AND CONSERVATION OF MARINE MAMMALS
Five hours. Prerequisite: BIO1820. An introduction to the biology of marine mammals, including
cetaceans, pinnipeds, sirenians and sea otters on topics including physiology, behavior, evolution,
and ecology, with particular attention paid to the conservation of marine mammals.
BIO 2200 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES
Four hours. A study of public policy; environmental conservation and preservation; and current
environmental issues, their origins, their consequences and possible solutions.
BIO 2214 DISASTERS, CIVILIZATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Four hours: An analysis of the inter-relationships between human societies and their environ-
ment. The course focuses on case studies of historical civilizations that have degraded their envi-
ronment. Case material is then applied to current environmental problems.
BIO 2215 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY I
Four hours. No credit awarded if student has completed BIO 2209, BIO 2210, or BIO 4408. Struc-
ture and function of the following major organ systems of the human body: integumentary, skel-
etal (including joints), muscular, and nervous. Gen Ed: NW
BIO 2216 HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY II
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2215. No credit awarded if student has completed BIO 2209, BIO
2210, or BIO 4408. Structure and function of the following major organ systems of the human
body: endocrine, cardiovascular, respiratory, urinary, digestive, and reproductive.
BIO 2220 BIOLOGY OF THE FISHES
Five hours. Prerequisites: BIO1820. A comparative analysis of fish anatomy, taxonomy, physiology,
behavior, ecology, evolution, and conservation and management, with a focus on the fishes found
in Florida waters.
BIO 2280APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: CHE 1011 or CHE 1111. Pre- or co-requisite: CHE 1013 or CHE 1112.
Does not count toward the biology major. Morphology and physiology of microorganisms, partic-
ularly bacteria, with emphasis on clinical disease.
BIO 2320MARINE MICROBIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 1600. An overview of marine microbial diversity, mophology,
pathogenesis, and physiology, particularly viruses, prokaryotes, and fungi.
BIO 2500 BIOLOGY III: ECOLOGY AND EVOLUTION
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 1600 or permission of the instructor. Theory, patterns, and processes
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
217
in the biological evolution of organisms and their adaptation to the abiotic and biotic environ-
ment.
BIO 2520 BIOLOGICAL GEOGRAPHY AND GIS
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2500. A course for science related majors that introduces them to
geological processes on local and regional scales, sedimentology, geography and geomorphology.
Students will also be introduced to geographic information system (GIS) and shown how to uti-
lize this approach to answer a multitude of geological and biological questions.
BIO 2600 INTRODUCTION TO NEUROSCIENCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 1500. Introduction to cellular, molecular, and developmental neu-
roscience. Exploration of neuroanatomy, cellular communication, sensory systems, learning and
memory, development, injury and regeneration, and disorders of the nervous system.
BIO 2770EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
Four hours; Same as EXS 2770. Prerequisites: BIO 2215 and BIO 2216. An exploration of physio-
logical responses to acute and chronic exercise, as well as its application in the development of the
exercise training program. Lab experiences reinforce physiological concepts and expose students
to common exercise techniques and evaluations.
BIO 2900 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2500 or permission of the instructor. Exploration of the phenomena
that aect the maintenance, loss, and restoration of biological diversity, including the impacts of
climate change, species invasions, and habitat destruction on biodiversity and strategies to combat
these threats.
BIO 3100 PLANT TAXONOMY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2500. Nomenclature, classification, and identification of flowering
plants, especially those of Central Florida.
BIO 3120BIOLOGY OF AMPHIBIANS AND REPTILES
Five hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2500 and permission of instructor. A modern survey of amphibians
and reptiles, including life history, physiology, behavior, ecology, evolution, and conservation, with
a focus on the amphibians and reptiles (especially sea turtles) of Florida.
BIO 3200 COMPARATIVE VERTIBRATE ANATOMY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2500. An introduction to the methods, technology, and equipment
used to collect, analyze, and interpret ecological and environmental data. Students will apply the
techniques they learn to investigation of environmental problems and ecological issues.
BIO 3250 SENSORY BIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2500 or permission of instructor. This course will broadly examine
sensory systems from multiple biological lenses. The course will explore morphological, physio-
logical, and molecular components from an array of systems that allow animals to process envi-
ronmental information. Additionally, this course will focus heavily on the diversity of these sys-
tems across the animal kingdom, their natural history, and the ecological drivers that have shaped
and continue to shape these systems.
BIO 3302 PLANT NUTRITION
Four hours. Same as HRT 3302. Prerequisites: HRT 3301 and either BIO 1600 or HRT 2100. This
course deals with the relationship of plants to soil in their acquisition of the mineral nutrients
needed for life. Students examine the chemical and physical properties of plant mineral nutrients,
their reactions in the soil, and how the plant absorbs, transports, modifies, stores, and utilizes
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
218
them. There is an emphasis on Florida soils and crops.
BIO 3316 TROPICAL ECOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2500. A field course studying the geology, history, vegetation, and
ecology of a tropical region. Students may take the course twice, with dierent topic emphasis.
BIO 3360 MEDICAL BOTANY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 1500. The history and uses of plants in medicine in the U.S. and oth-
er cultures around the world. Special emphasis is placed on plant medicine in European history
and modern uses in other areas of the world.
BIO 3362 BIOCHEMISTRY: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Four hours. Same as CHE 3362. Prerequisites: BIO 1500, CHE 2232, and CHE 2252. Students
consider important topics in molecular genetics, including structure, function and manipulation
of DNA, and selected topics in metabolism and signaling.
BIO 3371 BIOCHEMISTRY: STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
Three hours. Same as CHE 3371. Prerequisite: CHE 2232 and CHE 2252. Suggested prerequisite
BIO 1500. Biochemistry is the study of the molecules and chemical reactions of living systems.
Topics covered include water, structure and function of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lip-
ids, and nucleic acids, enzyme kinetics and regulation, and the supramolecular architecture of
cellular components.
BIO 3372BIOCHEMISTRY: METABOLISM
Three hours. Same as CHE 3372. Prerequisite: CHE/BIO 3371. Metabolism is the study of bio-
chemical energetics and biochemical pathways of living systems. Topics include the metabolism of
carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids along with the integrated nature of metabolism.
BIO 3373BIOCHEMISTRY: STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION LABORATORY
One hour. Same as CHE 3373. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CHE 3371. Study the molecules and
chemical reactions of living systems. The laboratory provides a hands-on opportunity to study
macromolecules and to learn the fundamental experimental techniques of biochemistry includ-
ing electrophoresis, chromatography, spectroscopy and principles of enzymatic assays.
BIO 3378 DIALOGUES IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION
Four hours. Same as REL 3378. Prerequisites: any 1000 level or above course in the natural sciences
and any 2000 level or above course in religion. Oered in the spring semester every other year.
Considers the cultural, philosophical and intellectual factors that have contributed to the develop-
ment of the relationship between science and religion in Western thought. Gen Ed: MV
BIO 3500 MARINE ECOSYSTEM ECOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2500. Examination of processes that drive biological and ecological
patterns in the marine and estuarine environment with a focus on major marine habitats.
BIO 3600 SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
Two to four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2500 and CHE 1011 or CHE 1111. The course explores dif-
ferent topics in biology, which may include recent developments in dierent fields. Students may
repeat the course for credit with a dierent topic emphasis.
BIO 3700 GENETICS
Four hours. No credit will be awarded if student has completed BIO 1900. Prerequisite: BIO 1500 or
permission of the instructor. This course explores the principles of heredity as applied to all living
organisms, the use of genetics to investigate evolution, and the application of genetics to the topics
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
219
of immunology, cancer, and development.
BIO 3710 MICROBIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 1500 AND CHE 2231 and CHE 2251 or BIO 3700. Morphology
and physiology of microorganisms, with particular emphasis on bacteria.
BIO 3727 TECHNIQUES IN NUCLEIC ACID AND CLONING RESEARCH
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2280 or BIO 2320 or BIO 3710. Techniques in DNA isolation and
analysis, including purification, quantitation, PCR, agarose gel electrophoresis, and cloning DNA
in prokaryotes, including use of plasmids, restriction digests, ligation, and transformation. Appro-
priate database analysis of DNA sequences.
BIO 3770BIOINFORMATICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 3700 or BIO 3710; MAT 2032 or MAT 2022 and MAT 2027. Ad-
vanced methods involved in acquiring, manipulating, and analyzing biological datasets. The
course will introduce students to basic programming skills and advanced bioinformatic tech-
niques that they can apply to address real research questions.
BIO 3800 CELL BIOLOGY
Four hours: Prerequisites: BIO 3700, CHE 2231, and CHE 2251 or CHE 2253. Structure and func-
tions of the cell as the basic unit of life, with emphasis on those features common to all living cells.
BIO 3850 PARASITOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2500 or permission of instructor. This course focuses on the iden-
tification and understanding of parasitic organisms and their hosts, including most of the major
groups of animals with parasitic members. The course focuses on human parasites, tropical medi-
cine, and epidemiology, but includes veterinary diagnostics and the parasites of wildlife.
BIO 3900 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2500 or permission of the instructor. Analysis of behavior patterns
and their importance in the natural environment.
BIO 3920MARINE INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY
Five hours. Prerequisites: BIO 2120 or BIO 2220. This course provides a modern survey of the
major branches of marine invertebrates, focused on bauplans (body plans), ecology, and evolution
(phylogenetics) of each fascinating phylum, with primary attention provided to organisms collect-
ed along Florida coastlines and the Caribbean.
BIO 3988, 3989PROFESSIONAL SHADOWING
Zero to one hour. Same as PHP 3988, 3989. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Students
shadow a professional (for example a physician, dentist or veterinarian) for at least forty hours
to observe the profession, experience how professionals conduct themselves, and learn policies
governing privacy issues in the profession. Students selecting the zero credit hour option enroll
on a pass/fail basis.
BIO 4150 PLANT ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BIO 1600 and either CHE 1011 or 1111, or permission of the instructor.
Photosynthesis, respiration, and other metabolic processes, anatomy, growth, and water relation-
ships in vascular plants. Engaged learning activities include group demonstrations of concepts
discussed in class as well as group work on multi-week experiments on which graded reports are
written.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
220
BIO 4160 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 3362 or BIO 3700, or BIO 3800, or permission of the instructor. A
study of the developmental processes of invertebrate and vertebrate animals.
BIO 4200 HISTOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 3800, or permission of the instructor. A study of the structure and
function of human tissues.
BIO 4240SEMINAR IN BIOTECHNOLOGY
Two hours. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Overview of the biotechnology industry fo-
cusing on a variety of topics related to basic research, industry practices, and applications of
biotechnology.
BIO 4300 IMMUNOLOGY
Four hours: Prerequisites: BIO 3362 or BIO 3710 or BIO 3800, or permission of instructor. Build
basic knowledge of the immune response and its involvement in health and disease, including the
role of the immune system in fighting infections, preventing cancer, immunizations, autoimmune
conditions, allergic reactions, and transplant rejection.
BIO 4330TECHNIQUES IN PROTEIN PURIFICATION
Four hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Protein purification, focusing on native pro-
teins, includes methods such as column chromatography, gel electrophoresis, and western blot-
ting. Protein expression and purification in recombinant systems are also explored.
BIO 4359 RESEARCH METHODS IN INTEGRATIVE BIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Intensive reading of peer-reviewed literature
in various fields of Biology. Students will become familiar with current trends in biological re-
search. Students will develop skills that will help them determine the importance of research
questions, critique methodology, and analyze data. Gen Ed: EC-C
BIO 4360 TECHNIQUES IN TISSUE CULTURE AND CELL SIGNALING
Four hours. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor. This course covers the theory and prac-
tice of animal tissue culture. Students develop laboratory skills in continuous and primary cell
culture, as well as microscopic observation and biochemical and cytological analysis of cultured
cells. Students investigate signal transduction pathways and molecules, and how they relate to
normal cellular function and disease. (Special course fee is required: $100)
BIO 4460INTRODUCTION TO ECOLOGY RESEARCH
Two hours. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Introduction to and preparation for research
in ecology, resulting in the generation of a research proposal at the conclusion of the semester.
BIO 4461, 4462 RESEARCH: ECOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 4460 or permission of the instructor, and successful completion of
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Students learn basic techniques
in ecological research, and design and carry out research in ecology. Gen Ed: EC-C
BIO 4560INTRODUCTION TO MOLECULAR BIOLOGY RESEARCH
Two hours. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor. Introduction to and preparation for research
in molecular biology, concluding with the generation of a research proposal.
BIO 4561, 4562 RESEARCH: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 4560 or permission of instructor and successful completion of
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Learn basic techniques in mo-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
221
lecular biology research and design and carry out research in molecular biology. Gen Ed: EC-C
BIO 4661, 4662 SITE-SPECIFIC RESEARCH IN BIOLOGY:
Six hours. Prerequisite: permission of instructor, and successful completion of coursework that sat-
isfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Students design and carry out an original research
project. The background, design and analysis are done on campus, with the data and specimen
collection being done during an extensive travel experience. Students are required to pay for trav-
el-related expenses, and may use Junior Journey funds as applicable. Gen Ed: EC-C
BIO 4960, 4961BIOLOGY INTERNSHIP
Zero to eight hours (eight hours maximum). Prerequisites: Junior or Senior standing; permission
of and consultation with a full time faculty member the semester prior to the internship; mini-
mum 3.0 grade point average. Correlating theory and practice in at least one operational setting;
supervision by cooperating professionals and faculty. Students selecting the zero credit hour op-
tion enroll on a pass/fail basis.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS
BUS 1115THE DYNAMICS OF BUSINESS AND FREE ENTERPRISE
Four hours. An interdisciplinary survey course designed for taking a first look at the dynamics
of business and free enterprise. Ethical values, collaboration and leadership are emphasized, and
issues of work, careers, and the essentials for success in life are explored. Through an integrated
and competitive entrepreneurial project, students discover how business makes a positive and
consequential impact on society. This course is designed for first year students.
BUS 2100INTRODUCTION TO THE PHILOSOPHY OF BUSINESS
Four hours. Many people have preconceived notions of what free enterprise means and what
role, if any, business plays in our social order. This class challenges many preconceived notions
of free enterprise by asking what is the philosophical relationship between individuals and the
state and the philosophical relationship between individuals and society. The course uses eco-
nomic methodology as the mental model to discuss the role information and knowledge play
in coordinating individuals in society to improve the lives of others. In the process, the course
questions the dangers of hubris and anti-intellectualism in business and ask whether business is
inherently social.
BUS 2217PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Concepts, principles, and functions of management applicable to all types of organi-
zations; dierent managerial styles.
BUS 2220 MICROSOFT EXCEL FOR BUSINESS
Two hours. This course introduces students to basic, intermediate, and advanced features of Mi-
croso Excel for use in business applications. Students will learn how to create and format a
workbook, work with common formulas and functions and produce and modify charts for data
presentation. In addition, students will explore advanced features, including complex formulas
and functions, macros, what-if analyses and PivotTables used in data analysis, financial modeling
and management decision-making.
BUS 2705BUSINESS SYSTEMS AND PROCESSES
Two hours. Prerequisite: BUS 2220. Business Systems and Processes connects computer science
and business disciplines by aligning the use of information and communication technologies
(ICT) with the strategic and operational plans of the organization. The course will cover data anal-
yses and problem-solving methods using contemporary technology applications. Additionally,
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
222
the course will address dynamic global, ethical, and social implications of business information
systems in managerial decision-making.
BUS 2860 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
Two hours. Prepare for professional internship and employment opportunities by developing
essential career planning/management skills. The course will address the critical topics of pro-
fessionalism and business etiquette, personal branding, resume/cover letter writing, networking,
interviewing, digital portfolios, social media and technology. The course will examine transitional
issues faced by students as they navigate the professional world of work.
BUS 3100BUSINESS, SOCIAL ORDER, & MARKET-BASED MANAGEMENT
Four hours. An in-depth examination of the institutional structure necessary for a flourishing so-
cial order. An exploration of the need to use economics as a mental model to understand market
behavior and apply it to understanding the economy as an informational feedback mechanism
allowing social cooperation and entrepreneurial activity. The course also discusses how societies
provide quality assurance in the absence of government regulation. This requires the student to
invoke basic economic theory, particularly supply and demand and opportunity cost analysis,
and to apply the understanding of social science to business management.
BUS 3125INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
Two hours. An initial examination of the dierences between business in a domestic context and
business in an international context. Content includes exposure to culture, political, and social
environment considerations, as well as trade theory, government influence on trade, and global
management strategy. Gen Ed: SW
BUS 3200 ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
Four hours. Various organizational structure models and supporting theory, organizations as com-
plex systems, organizational behavior, individual and group dynamics in the business environ-
ment, organization development and change.
BUS 3210 OPERATIONS AND SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 2217 and BUS 2220. The most successful companies of the 21st
century eectively integrate and manage supply chains (sourcing, manufacturing, g, logistics, and
sales) of goods and services in the market. This course focuses on understanding operations and
planning activities from a supply chain management perspective. Topics include procurement
planning, forecasting, capacity management, quality management, inventory control and plan-
ning, and information technology.
BUS 3217 HR MANAGEMENT & TALENT ACQUISITION
Four hours. Prerequisite: BUS 2217. This course covers the broad range of topics associated with
HR management and Talent acquisition from the perspective of the HR professional, the man-
ager, and the employee. It is designed to help students become more eective managers (and
employees) by building skills and raising awareness of critical human resource management re-
lated issues, including stang, motivating, and developing team members. All material will be
presented in the context of the current workforce. Through a combined lecture and case study
approach, students learn the ways in which human resource managers hire, develop, and maintain
top individuals. Discussions and topics include additional areas such as methods for motivating
individuals and opportunities for students to practice many aspects of the overall mission of the
role of HR within organizations.
BUS 3311LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS
Four hours. Introduction to commercial, property, administrative, constitutional and liability law,
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
223
and the American court system, with special emphasis on how it aects people in business. Stu-
dents engage in evaluation, analysis, and application of legal doctrines to business and personal
situations. Gen Ed: Ql
BUS 3312COMMERCIAL LAW
Two hours. Prerequisite: BUS 3311. In-depth study of the legal issues and principles inherent
in business transactions, including sales, commercial paper, contracts, secured transactions, real
property, business organizations, and trusts and estates; with heavy emphasis on applications of
principles to problems.
BUS 3320APPLIED STATISTICS AND ANALYTICS FOR BUSINESS
Four hours. Prerequisite: BUS 2705 or its equivalent or permission of the instructor. Mathemat-
ical statistical tools for managerial analysis, research, and decision making, data collection and
presentation, multi-variable hypothesis testing, regression analysis, and business analytics.
Gen Ed: Qn
BUS 3455FINANCIAL PLANNING AND POLICY
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3453. Study and analysis of the financial planning process includ-
ing client interactions, assessment of investor risk profiles, construction of comprehensive per-
sonal financial statements and financial plans, ethics and responsibilities of professional financial
planners, and the regulation of the financial services industry.
BUS 3650 PROJECT MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 2217 or BUS 2705. This course provides the fundamental and foun-
dational topics and knowledge areas of Project Management, both from managerial and technical
perspectives. Projects will include practical examples and practitioner reviewers from a variety of
industries, dierent parts of the world, and from many sizes and types of projects. Students will ac-
quire skills and apply their knowledge using PM soware tools to help them identify and manage
the following: Project scope, work breakdown structure, project plans, project budget, defining
and allocating resources, managing the project development, identifying and managing risks, and
understanding the project procurement process.
BUS 3666LEADERSHIP COMPETENCIES
Four hours. Study and application of cases, concepts, and theories related to leadership. Experien-
tial exercises are used to simulate leadership situations and facilitate growth in leadership skills
and abilities.
BUS 4110LAW IN FILM I: LEGAL ISSUES AND PROCEDURES
Two hours. Prerequisites: junior standing and BUS 3311 and other approved criminology or po-
litical science course, or permission of the instructor. An in-depth examination of legal issues and
procedures, and the perception versus the reality of the American legal system and the practice of
law through the use of mainstream films and television shows.
BUS 4115INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 2217 and BUS 3125. This is a seminar course covering global la-
bor markets, stang, training and development, performance appraisal, and compensation. The
course also examines the key competencies of global leaders and the challenges of managing
global assignments.
BUS 4120LAW IN FILM II: ETHICS AND PERCEPTIONS
Two hours. Prerequisites: junior standing and BUS 3311 and other approved criminology or po-
litical science course, or permission of the instructor. Ann in-depth examination of legal and busi-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
224
ness ethics and the perception of lawyers, businessmen, and the legal system created by cinematic
depictions.
BUS 4205SPREADSHEET MODELING AND QUANTITATIVE BUSINESS DECISIONS
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS/ECO 3320 and BUS 3453. The course provides a complete and
modern treatment of management science methodology and the use of spreadsheet applications.
Topics include decision theory, linear programming, network analysis, transpiration & assign-
ment, PERT/CPM, forecasting, inventory control and queuing theory.
BUS 4300 PRODUCTIVITY, WORK SYSTEMS, AND MANAGEMENT OF WORK
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3320. The focus of this course is on approaches for designing and
creating the best methods, processes, tools, equipment, and skills to provide a service or man-
ufacture a product. At the completion of this course, students are expected to be able to assess
direct and indirect operations, identify opportunities for improvements, and systematically exam-
ine methods for doing work with the aim to eectively and eciently use resources for the work
being carried out.
BUS 4420 BUSINESS ANALYTICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 2220 and BUS 3320. This course introduces students to the tools
used for business decision-making in today’s rapidly advancing data-driven business environment.
BUS 4430BUSINESS ETHICS, COMMUNICATION, AND RISK MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: junior standing and BUS 2217 and 3311, or ENT 1100 and 2100 for
interdisciplinary minors, or permission of the instructor. This course integrates legal research,
writing, and document creation with business ethics. It is designed to prepare business students to
eectively address and avert the legal and ethical challenges they will face in day-to-day business
operations. Gen Ed: MV
BUS 4440DATA MINING
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3320. Companies rely heavily on intelligent data mining, classifica-
tion and prediction tools to make better and timely decisions today as data collection and analysis
can no longer be a manual job due to its volume and dynamicity. This course will introduce funda-
mental concepts in data mining via R, a statistical programming language. Fundamentals of data
manipulation, wrangling, mining, clustering and prediction will be taught over business prob-
lems and case studies to enable students to automate analytical decision-making process, identify
and interpret complex relationships of fast changing and high volume data streams.
BUS 4450DATA VISUALIZATION
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3320. This course focuses on the art and science of turning data
into readable graphics. The course will begin with an understanding and application of explor-
atory data analysis which is the first critical step in the data analysis and modeling workflow, and
it most always helps to refine an analyst’s research question. Then the course will explore how to
design and create data visualizations based on data available and tasks to be achieved. This process
includes data modeling, data processing (such as aggregation and filtering), mapping data attri-
butes to graphical attributes, and strategic visual encoding based on known properties of visual
perception as well as the task(s) at hand. Students will also learn to evaluate the eectiveness of
visualization designs, and think critically about each design decision.
BUS 4460 ENVIRONMENTAL, PROPERTY, AND CONTRACT LAW
Four hours. Prerequisite: BUS 3311. An introduction to basic environmental, property and con-
tract law with a focus on land management. Topics include the basic rules of contract and real
property law, environmental issues, the land survey systems, legal descriptions, recording statutes,
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
225
public records examination, surface and mineral ownership, interest types in property, concurrent
estates, calculating ownership and revenue associated with land and mineral development, meth-
ods of acquiring property, conveyancing, title research, land and mineral leasing, and ethics.
BUS 4960/4961BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION INTERNSHIP
Two to four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3960; junior standing; minimum 3.0 GPA; permission of
the instructor. Correlating theory and practice in an operational setting; supervision by cooperat-
ing practitioners and faculty in approved areas of application.
BUS 4990 IMMERSIVE FIELD EXPERIENCE
Eight hours. Prerequisites: permission of the department chair and the instructor. An on-the-job
experience conducted under the supervision of the sponsoring organization and the Internship
Coordinator, correlating theory and practice in an operational setting. Performance is measured
through a combination of reflection assignments, mid-term and final supervisor evaluations, and
an end-of-term project focusing upon the relationships between the academic experience and the
practical experience gained in the work setting.
BUS 4999SEMINAR IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF THE BUSINESS ENTERPRISE
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3320 and FIN 3453, senior standing, and successful completion
of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. The capstone course of the
business administration major. The course integrates knowledge of all business disciplines from
other courses. Uses case studies, individual projects and team-based projects to identify problems,
formulate strategic policies, and create original strategic plans to shape the future of business
organizations. The course emphasizes analysis, decision-making, and implementation of business
strategies. Gen Ed: EC-C
CHEMISTRY CHE
CHE 1000 PREPARATION FOR PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY
Two hours. A review and practice in those basic principles and mathematical skills needed by stu-
dents planning to take CHE 1111 and CHE 1112. Coursework includes active learning exercises
and collaborative problem solving.
CHE 1005 CHEMISTRY OF FOOD AND COOKING
Four hours. Exploration of the science of food from a basic chemical perspective. Through the
course, students will examine the components of food, including spices and other additives, and
the preparation of food. The course specifically addresses the physical and chemical changes asso-
ciated with food preparation at a basic level, in addition to food storage or preservation and trends
in food industry as it pertains to chemistry. This course uses some hands-on activities which will
require in-lab activities and demonstrations. Gen Ed: NW
CHE 1011 CHEMICAL FOUNDATIONS FOR THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Four hours. A review and study of chemical concepts that includes atomic structure, chemical
reactions, chemical bonding, acidity and basicity and oxidation-reduction reactions. The labo-
ratory portion contains experiments to reinforce the principles introduced in the classroom.
Gen Ed: NW
CHE 1013 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY FUNDAMENTALS
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1011. Principles of the distribution and interaction of matter in
the atmosphere and in aqueous systems. Human influences on each will be explored, along with
major classes of environmental pollutants.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
226
CHE 1110 CHEMISTRY, BIOCHEMISTRY, AND SOCIETY
Two hours. Co-requisite: CHE 1111. Pre-requisite: Chemistry or Biochemistry and Molecular Biol-
ogy major, or permission of instructor. This seminar course accompanies CHE 1111 for BMB and
chemistry majors and includes learning to navigate higher education, time management skills,
tools to develop communication skills, and career education. Students will be engaged in service
learning projects in which they will apply tools and content they learn to a problem or develop
methods of communicating chemistry and biochemistry.
CHE 1111 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY I
Four hours. Prerequisite: High school chemistry, CHE 1000 or CHE 1011. Quantitative treatment
of the principles of chemistry including stoichiometry, states of matter, energy, atomic structure,
periodicity, ionic compounds, and molecular structure. Gen Ed: NW
CHE 1112 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY II
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1111. The topics covered in this course include: intermolecular
forces, kinetics, equilibrium, acid, bases, buers, thermodynamics, electrochemistry, nuclear chem-
istry, and introduction to basic organic chemistry.
CHE 2105 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1112. Study of the chemical composition and processes within
atmospheric, aquatic, and soil systems. Energy sources, climate change, human influences on en-
vironmental systems, and the transport and degradation of environmental pollutants will be ex-
amined.
CHE 2110 PHYSIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY
Four hours. A survey and study of chemical concepts that includes atomic structure, chemical
reactivity, chemical bonding, and acid/base chemistry. Special emphasis is placed upon the study
of organic compounds that includes structure, properties, and reactions of functional groups fol-
lowed by an examination of the role these molecules play in biological structures and processes.
For RN-to-BSN students only.
CHE 2231 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I
Three hours. Prerequisite: CHE1112, and Co-requisite or Pre-requisite: CHE 2251 or CHE 2253.
Detailed study of carbon compounds approached through the study of nomenclature, structure,
stereochemistry, functional groups, reactions, and mechanisms. This course includes drawing,
visualizing and describing molecular features, interactions of organic compounds, rationale of
mechanistic pathways, and applications of kinetics and thermodynamics. The basic theory and
interpretation of instrumentation, including polarimetry, NMR, IR and Mass spectroscopy, will
be used to determine molecular structure.
CHE 2232 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II
Three hours. Prerequisites: CHE 2231 and CHE 2251 or CHE 2253, and Co-requisites: CHE 2252
or CHE 2254. Continuation of the study of carbon compounds approached through the study
of structure, functional groups, reactions, multi-step synthesis, computational simulations, and
mechanisms. An emphasis is placed upon synthesis illustrating chemical reactivity, regiochemis-
try, and stereochemistry. To further evaluate structure and chemical properties, the course will in-
corporate analysis of NMR, IR, UV-Vis and Mass spectroscopy relevant to the reactions and theory
of the course. Biochemical molecules are introduced.
CHE 2251 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I LABORATORY
One hour. Co-requisite or Pre-requisite: CHE 2231. Study of basic techniques and procedures
in isolation, purification, identification, and synthesis. Techniques will include extraction, recrys-
tallization, distillation, and organic reactions. Students will be introduced to molecular charac-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
227
terization of organic compounds utilizing IR, NMR, polarimetry, MS, melting point range, and
refractometry. Students will learn to keep a formal and detailed lab notebook.
CHE 2252 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II LABORATORY
One hour. Co-requisite or Pre-requisite: CHE 2232 and Pre-requisite: CHE 2251. Continuation of
the study of basic techniques and procedures in isolation, purification, and molecular characteri-
zation of organic compounds. Instrumentation will include the use of IR, refractometer, and mass
spectroscopy. Students will keep a formal and detailed lab notebook.
CHE 2253 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY I LABORATORY FOR MAJORS
One hour. Co-requisite or Pre-requisite: CHE 2231. Fundamental principles of Organic Chemistry
reactions and mechanisms with associated laboratory techniques and procedures will be studied
and will include isolation, purification, and molecular characterization of organic compounds
utilizing state-of-the-art instrumentation. The course incorporates current chemical concepts
and methods that are applied to inquiry-based investigations and/or projects. Students will be
introduced to molecular characterization of organic compounds, which may include utilizing IR,
NMR, polarimetry, GC-MS, UV-Vis, melting point range, and refractometry. Students will learn to
keep a formal and detail lab notebook.
CHE 2254 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY II LABORATORY FOR MAJORS
One hour. Pre-requisite or Co-requisite: CHE 2232 and Pre-requisite: CHE 2253. Continuation
of the study of carbon compounds approached through the study of structure, functional groups,
reactions, multi-step synthesis and mechanisms. In the laboratory, emphasis is placed upon syn-
thesis illustrating chemical reactivity and molecular characterization utilizing NMR, IR, polarim-
etry, and mass spectroscopy. Students to keep a formal and detailed lab notebook and write formal
reports as a record of their work.
CHE 2275 FORENSIC CHEMISTRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1112. This course focuses on the applications of chemistry to foren-
sic science. Through the use of case studies such as the Kennedy assassination, Napoleon’s death,
the Shroud of Turin, etc., the topics of trace evidence (soils, glass, and heavy metals poisons);
toxicology and pharmacology (analysis of alcohol, poisons and drugs) will be explored. Stu-
dents will gain experience with analytical and instrumental methods used in investigating
crimes, with emphasis on the measurement accuracy and traceability required in criminalistics.
Students will be involved in engaged learning activities including guided inquiry experiments,
collaborative problem solving, team-based laboratory projects, and searching the literature us-
ing discipline specific databases.
CHE 2335 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1112. Study the principles of analytical chemistry with emphasis on
quantitative measurements and statistical data analysis. Topics may include gravimetric analysis,
volumetric, and potentiometric methods of analysis with a focus on acid-base, reduction-oxida-
tion, and complexometric chemistry.
CHE 2355 DESCRIPTIVE INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1112. Fundamental topics in inorganic chemistry are explored,
among them: atomic theory and periodicity, the structure of simple solids, main group elements,
and structure and bonding of coordination compounds. The laboratory component of the course
gives students experience with various laboratory techniques used in the synthesis and character-
ization of inorganic compounds.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
228
CHE 2890 CAREER SHADOWING
One hour. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for credit twice. This
course is restricted to Chemistry and BMB students at the sophomore and junior in the major
only. Students must shadow at least one chemical and/or biochemical related career paths such as
food or flavor chemistry, forensic chemistry, chemicals engineering, medicine, chemical education,
patent law, environmental consulting, and other industrial chemical opportunities with at least
40 hours to observe one profession or at least 20 hours each to observe two professions. Students
will gain insight into chemical related fields of interest to them with the aim of developing a bet-
ter awareness of career opportunities. Students will examine current trends in the field(s) and be
exposure to literature in these fields. This course will also provide students with an opportunity
to develop their personal statement and resumes. Students must shadow professionals in dierent
disciplines outside of those already shadowed if this course was previously taken. This course is an
elective and does not count towards the majors or minors.
CHE 2960 INTERNSHIP EXPLORATION IN CHEMISTRY
Two to four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1112 and permission of instructor. A full- or part-time work-
study appointment in a clinical, commercial, governmental, or industrial laboratory supervised
jointly by an on-site supervisor and Department of Chemistry faculty member. A minimum of 40
contact hours per credit hour is required at the internship site. A maximum of two credit hours
can count towards the chemistry major
CHE 3320 APPLIED SYNTHESIS AND CHARACTERIZATION
Three hours. Prerequisite: CHE 2232 and CHE 2252. This course will explore advanced synthetic
methods inorganic and inorganic chemistry, multistep syntheses requiring separations and puri-
fication, and characterization of products using advanced spectroscopic techniques. Students also
develop skills in utilizing the scientific literature by developing a literature review for a current
research topic. Students also explore ethical issues in the practice of science.
CHE 3330 FOUNDATIONS OF MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY
Three hours. Prerequisite: CHE 2232 and CHE 2254. Examination of the principles behind drug
distribution, specificity, and metabolism from the perspective of foundational medicinal chemical
concepts. Medicinal and synthetic organic chemistry aspects of the design, synthesis, and drug
delivery, as well as the role of natural product discovery will be discussed. This course will also
explore the factors that influence the action of therapeutic drugs, including drug structures and
structure activity relationships.
CHE 3335 INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS
Three hours. Prerequisite: CHE 2335. The objective of this course is to apply the principles of
quantitative chemical analysis to instrumental techniques. Electrochemical, chromatographic, and
spectroscopic techniques are covered in theory and in practice through a combination of lecture
and hands-on experimentation.
CHE 3340PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY FOR THE CHEMICAL AND BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
Four hours. Prerequisites: CHE 2231 and PHY 2110. Foundational concepts of physical chemis-
try, including equilibrium thermodynamics, kinetics, molecular structure, and spectroscopy, as
they apply to biochemical systems and macromolecules.
CHE 3362 BIOCHEMISTRY: MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
Four hours. Same as BIO 3362. Prerequisites: BIO 1500, CHE 2232, and CHE 2252. Students con-
sider important topics in molecular genetics, including structure, function and manipulation of
DNA, and selected topics in metabolism and signaling.
CHE 3371BIOCHEMISTRY: STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION
Three hours. Same as BIO 3371. Prerequisite: CHE 2232 and CHE 2252. Suggested prerequisite
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
229
BIO 1500. Biochemistry is the study of the molecules and chemical reactions of living systems.
Topics covered include water, structure and function of amino acids, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids,
and nucleic acids, enzyme kinetics and regulation, and the supramolecular architecture of cellular
components.
CHE 3372BIOCHEMISTRY: METABOLISM
Three hours. Same as BIO 3372. Prerequisite: CHE/BIO 3371. Metabolism is the study of bio-
chemical energetics and biochemical pathways of living systems. Topics covered include the me-
tabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acids along with the integrated nature of
metabolism.
CHE 3373BIOCHEMISTRY: STRUCTURE AND FUNCTION LABORATORY
One hour. Same as BIO 3373. Prerequisite or Co-requisite: CHE 3371. Biochemistry is the study
of the molecules and chemical reactions of living systems. The laboratory provides a hands-on
opportunity to study macromolecules and to learn the fundamental experimental techniques of
biochemistry including electrophoresis, chromatography, spectroscopy and principles of enzy-
matic assays.
CHE 4340 ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Three hours. Prerequisites PHY 2120, MAT 2312 and CHE 3340. In-depth coverage of quantum
mechanics, atomic and molecular structure, the chemical bond, and atomic and molecular spec-
troscopy as well as an introduction to statistical mechanics.
CHE 4405 HUMAN HEALTH RISK ASSESSMENT
Three hours. Prerequisite: CHE 2105. This course will introduce students to the process of hu-
man health risk assessment, with a primary focus on toxic substances that humans are exposed to
through their environments. Basic methods in exposure assessment, estimation of exposure point
concentrations, toxicity assessment, and risk characterization will be covered.
CHE 4410 INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METHODS
Two hours. Prerequisite: Senior standing, credit for Eective Communication A and Eective
Communication B General Education SLOs, or permission of instructor. Restricted to students
majoring in Chemistry or Biochemistry and Molecular Biology. This course will encompass the
exploration of a scientific research topic under the supervision of a professor having expertise in
that area. It will consist of library and laboratory investigations that will culminate in the dissem-
ination of the research methods and findings via a written research report and oral presentation.
Gen Ed: EC-C
CHE 4425 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY
Two to four hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Upper-level examination of current or
advanced topics in chemistry. Course may be repeated for credit with dierent topics.
CHE 4450 BIOINORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Three hours. Prerequisite CHE 2355. This course will investigate the role of metals in biological
processes. It will apply fundamental principles of inorganic chemistry such as coordination chem-
istry, hard/so acid base chemistry, electrochemistry, and spectroscopy to understand the interac-
tion of metals in biomolecules. The course will also explore metals in medicine, with respect to
bioavailability, toxicity, and environmental issues.
CHE 4455 ADVANCED INORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Three hours. Prerequisites: CHE 2355 and CHE 3340. This course covers coordination chemis-
try and reaction mechanisms, group theory and symmetry as applied to the understanding of
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
230
bonding and spectroscopy of inorganic compounds, fundamentals of organometallic reactions,
catalysis, and special topics in bioinorganic and material science. Students participate in engaged
learning activities including guided inquiry projects, collaborative problem solving, team-based
research projects, and searching the literature using discipline specific databases.
CHE 4475 ADVANCED FORENSIC CHEMISTRY
Four hours. Prerequisites: CHE 2275 and CHE/BIO 3371. This course enhances student under-
standing of the field of forensic science through exposure to serology, DNA analysis, and metab-
olomics in toxicology. The course will concentrate on the analysis of biological evidence such as
human blood, semen, saliva, urine, fecal matter, and hair; including the employment of techniques
to classify evidence. Students will also be introduced to techniques that are currently, or have been
previously, used in operational crime laboratories in the U.S.
CHE 4960 INTERNSHIP IN CHEMISTRY
Two to four hours. Prerequisite: senior standing and permission of the instructor A full- or part-
time work-study appointment in a clinical, commercial, governmental, or industrial laboratory su-
pervised jointly by an on-site supervisor and chemistry department faculty member. A minimum
of 40 contact hours per credit hour is required at the internship site. A maximum of two hours of
internship can count toward the chemistry major.
CHE 4999 SENIOR RESEARCH
Two hours. Prerequisite: senior standing and CHE 4410 and successful completion of coursework
that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. A capstone course that engages the student
in the exploration of a scientific research topic under the supervision of a professor having exper-
tise in the areas of interest. It consists of library and laboratory investigations that culminate in a
written research report and the dissemination of the research methods and findings at a scientific
or scholarly meeting. Gen Ed: EC-C
CHINESE CHN
Each course is an enhanced self-study program in the NASILP (National Association of Self-In-
structional Language Programs) format, which relies heavily upon the student’s motivation and
discipline. Major emphasis is on the development of oral-aural skills. Class time is spent in oral
drills and conversation practice with a native-speaking (or equivalent) tutor. Classes are conducted
almost entirely in Chinese. Students study the grammar independently, using the NASILP format
with the help of the assigned text and workbook, as well as in the lab. Students are expected to
work outside of class and in the lab each week and come to class prepared.
CHN 1101 FIRST SEMESTER CHINESE
Four hours. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 or approval from the Critical Languages
program director.
CHN 1102 SECOND SEMESTER CHINESE
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHN 1101 proficiency.
CHN 2203 SECOND YEAR CHINESE
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHN 1102 proficiency.
CITRUS CIT
CIT 3301 INTRODUCTION TO CITRUS
Four hours. Pre- or corequisite: HRT 2100 or permission of the instructor. This is the introductory
course in citrus production. It discusses the botany of citrus, its varieties, and rootstocks, soils
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
231
suitable for citrus and development of a young citrus grove, as well as Florida hydrology and me-
teorology and their eects on water availability for citrus production.
CIT 3302 CITRUS GROVE MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: HRT 2100 or permission of the instructor. Examine commercial citrus
production methods, such as frost protection, nutrient requirements, citrus pests, irrigation, cul-
tivation and weed management, and rehabilitation of bearing citrus groves of all major varieties.
CIT 3313 CITRUS POSTHARVEST PRACTICES
Four hours. Prerequisite: CIT 3301 or permission of the instructor. This course is an examination
of the operations and technology involved in citrus processing (juice) plants and citrus by-prod-
ucts. It also includes the physiology of citrus fruits, packinghouse operations for fresh fruit variet-
ies, postharvest diseases and disorders, and legal maturity tests and standards.
CIT 4303 CITRUS PEST AND DISEASE MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: CIT 3301 or permission of the instructor. This course examines the in-
sects, mites, and nematodes aecting citrus, as well as the fungal, bacterial, and viral diseases of the
crop. It considers biological, cultural, and chemical controls, planning spray programs, as well as
pesticide safety and best management practices.
CIT 4999 CITRUS PRODUCTION AND BUSINESS PRACTICES
Four hours. Prerequisites: CIT 3302 and 4303 and HRT 3302, or permission of the instructor, and
successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This
is the capstone course for the citrus major. The objective is to develop an original full production
plan for a commercial citrus operation in Florida, using knowledge from all of the other courses
oered in the departmental curriculum. Gen Ed: EC-C
COMMUNICATION COM
COM 1100 INTRODUCTION TO COMMUNICATION
Two hours. This course is designed to give students a general overview of the discipline of commu-
nication studies, which includes interpersonal, organizational, strategic communication, online
media and other media platforms. Students will learn about current issues surrounding commu-
nication studies, and upon completion, will be able to understand disparate forms and purposes
of communication across many contexts.
COM 1101 MEDIA FOUNDATIONS
Four hours. This course is an examination of the principles and processes of media creation.
Media Foundations provides students with an appreciation of the history, theory and principles
of visual communication in mass media with an emphasis on graphic, web and multimedia de-
sign. Students gain a broad overview of the full media development methods through various
original creative works.
COM 1500 FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH
Four hours. Theory and practice of public address; preparation and delivery of short speeches;
development of critical thinking and listening. Gen Ed: EC-B
COM 1600 FORENSICS PRACTICUM I
Two hours. Prerequisite: COM 1500 or permission of the instructor. Directed participation in
forensic activities including dramatic interpretation, public address, extemporaneous speaking,
and debate. Participation in forensic tournaments o-campus constitutes a major element of the
course. Two contact hours per week with instructor or coaching sta for research/rehearsal. Gen
Ed: EC-B
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
232
COM 1601 FORENSICS PRACTICUM II
Two hours. Prerequisite: COM 1600. Directed participation in forensic activities including dra-
matic interpretation, public address, extemporaneous speaking, and debate. Participation in fo-
rensic tournaments o-campus constitutes a major element of the course. Two contact hours per
week with instructor or coaching sta for research/rehearsal. Gen Ed: EC-B
COM 2100 MASS MEDIA AND SOCIETY
Four hours. An in-depth look at the influences of the mass media on culture and society. Emphasis
will be placed on the historic, social and political impact of the media with the aim of improving
media literacy and creating critical media consumers in an increasingly diverse society. Gen Ed:
SW
COM 2101 NEWS MEDIA PRACTICUM I
One hour. Prerequisite: sophomore standing or permission of the instructor. A team-taught course
across multiple media platforms that provides students practical experience in newspaper writing
and production, broadcast studio production and broadcast performance, depending on student
preference.
COM 2102 NEWS MEDIA PRACTICUM II
One hour. Prerequisite: COM 2101 or permission of the instructor. A team-taught course across
multiple media platforms that provides students practical experience in newspaper writing
and production, broadcast studio production and broadcast performance, depending on stu-
dent preference.
COM 2110 MEDIA WRITING
Two hours. Eective writing for the various media. Includes proper style and format and dier-
ences amongst the media. Mastery of spelling, punctuation, and grammar through in-class writing
assignments. Students will also produce material for student media.
COM 2150 MEDIA IN SPORT
Four hours. Same as SPM 2150. This course primarily looks at the dierent media in which sport
is covered, researched and presented to the public. Print, electronic and new media are analyzed.
Students learn to define the careers available in sport media as well as the roles associated with
the sport media industry. Focus is on the domestic market; however, international sport media is
also examined.
COM 2200 ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 1500. An in-depth study of public address through examination
of popular speeches, preparing and presenting manuscript, memorized, impromptu, and extem-
poraneous speeches.
COM 2250 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION
Four hours. A study of the dynamics of human communication in various settings. Course focus
is on verbal and nonverbal messages, listening, conflict, and relationships. Students will examine
social, personal, and cultural structures that impact one’s identity, shaping their communication.
This course will empower students to critically analyze mediated and human communication to
better understand and include diverse perspectives. Group and partner discussions, oral presenta-
tions, and performances are important elements of class. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
COM 2260 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION
Four hours. The study of small group communication theory and practice in various situations.
Course focus is on how small groups are used to solve problems, reach decisions, and make rec-
ommendations. Groups will work with campus and community groups to identify solutions and
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
233
make recommendations to solve presented issues. Gen Ed: SW
COM 2270 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Four hours. Same as SOC 2270. This course explores the unique relationship between communi-
cation and culture. Students examine their own beliefs, values, behaviors, and norms as they are
exposed to a variety of cultural dynamics and mores in this increasingly global society. This course
balances concepts and theories of intercultural communication with practical application. The
goal of this course is to enhance the student’s eectiveness as a communicator and as citizen of the
global community. Gen Ed: MV, SW
COM 2280 GENDER, RACE, CLASS & MEDIA
Four hours. This course explores how gender, race, and class are represented in media and popular
culture. Students will discuss intersectionality and how media representations shape perceptions
of gender, race, class, sexuality and other identities. Theories in gender studies and race studies will
be applied for a deeper understanding of the content. Students will also critically examine the
socio-economic, historical and institutional influences and privileges that lead to the production
and retention of cultural images. Gen Ed: SW
COM 2400 PRINCIPLES OF ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Four hours. Prerequisites: Completion of Eective Communication SLOs A & B or permission of
the instructor. Survey of advertising and public relations methods. Focus on professional commu-
nication strategies and tactics, use of relevant research methodologies, and understanding com-
munication campaigns.
COM 2500 VISUAL COMMUNICATION
Four hours. This course introduces students to the principles of visual design communication
using computer soware and technology, including an appreciation of its history and theory. Spe-
cial attention is given to visual design principles, type, layout, and digital production techniques.
Students will learn to think about audience and medium and how they impact content. Through
peer and faculty critiques, students will gain a broad overview of full media development methods
and will learn how to improve and manage how they communicate in a digital world.
COM 3101 NEWS MEDIA PRACTICUM III
One hour. Prerequisite: COM 2102 or permission of the instructor. A team-taught course across
multiple media platforms that provides students practical experience in newspaper writing
and production, broadcast studio production and broadcast performance, depending on stu-
dent preference.
COM 3102 NEWS MEDIA PRACTICUM IV
One hour. Prerequisite: COM 3101 or permission of the instructor. Team-taught across multiple
media platforms, this course provides practical experience in newspaper writing and production,
broadcast studio production, and broadcast performance, depending on student preference.
COM 3200 PERSUASION
Four hours. Prerequisites: Successful completion of Eective Communication SLO A. An exam-
ination of the major theoretical perspectives and concepts related to persuasion. The course will
familiarize students with major theories, areas of research, and ethical issues in the social scientific
study and application of persuasion. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
COM 3210 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION
Four hours. Prerequisite: Successful completion of Eective Communication SLOs A & B. This
course focuses on the principles of communication within a variety of organizational structures.
Students explore and discuss research on communication networks, how information is processed
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
234
within systems, and the relationship between communication and organizational culture and cli-
mate. Gen Ed: SW
COM 3300 NEWS REPORTING AND FEATURE WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisites: COM 2110. Writing and researching news and features for delivery
through print, broadcast and online outlets.
COM 3310 BROADCAST WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 3300 or permission of instructor. Introduces and develops writing
for broadcast readers, voice-overs and news packages. Emphasizes writing for video and wrapping
around audio in a real-world deadline environment. Includes broadcast producing.
COM 3320 INTRODUCTION TO BROADCAST JOURNALISM
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 3300. An introduction to the process of electronic newsgathering,
video editing, and production of news packages. Live-to-tape studio production is also introduced.
COM 3340 VIDEO PRODUCTION
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 2500 or COM 3320. Students will learn and practice the tech-
niques of still photography and the skills needed to visually document events and tell compelling
stories. The course will include hands-on work demonstrating proper composition, lighting and
photo reproduction. In addition, class discussions will explore legal and ethical issues of photo-
journalism.
COM 3353 EDITING FOR MEDIA
Two hours. Prerequisite: COM 3300 or permission of instructor. Study of the principles and prac-
tices of copyediting, with a focus on selection of material, editing for grammar and appropriate
style and accuracy.
COM 3355 PUBLICATION DESIGN AND PRODUCTION
Two hours. Prerequisite: COM 2500. The study and principles and practices of eectively design-
ing and producing publications, including newspapers, magazines and newsletters.
COM 3360 ONLINE MEDIA
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 2100 and COM 2500 or COM3300. The study of the preparation
and display of online news with an emphasis on multimedia and interactivity. Storytelling using
graphics and basic web design are introduced. Critical discussion of online content and journal-
istic use of social media are also considered.
COM 3370 PHOTOJOURNALISM
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 2110 or permission of instructor. Students will learn and practice
the techniques of still photography and the skills needed to visually document events and tell
compelling stories. The course will include hands-on work demonstrating proper composition,
lighting and photo reproduction. In addition, class discussions will explore legal and ethical issues
of photojournalism.
COM 3410 ADVERTISING CREATIVE
Four hours. Prerequisites: COM 2500 or ART 1120. A non-art course emphasizing the deadline-driv-
en elements of advertising design in the professional world with an emphasis on agency needs.
COM 3420 ADVERTISING WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisites: COM 2500 and COM 2110 or COM 2400. Provides an emphasis on
developing the writing skills that are necessary for eective advertising copy, including writing for
traditional and non-traditional media.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
235
COM 3450 PUBLIC RELATIONS WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisites: COM 1500 and COM 2500. Students develop industry-appropriate writ-
ing skills and techniques including creation of press releases, backgrounders, pitch letters, and
other relevant media products. This course focuses on using audience analysis, demographics, and
psychographics to tailor messages to specific audiences. Creation of a portfolio is required.
COM 3500 ADVANCED DESKTOP PUBLISHING
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 2500. Prepares aspiring communication professionals for re-
al-world desktop publishing environments requiring professional soware applications. Empha-
sis is placed on project asset management and integration of applications as they are used in a
professional environment. Students practice basic management skills via peer-centered critiques,
coaching and mentoring. Creation of a portfolio is required.
COM 3900 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION
Four hours. Prerequisites: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLOs A and B. Concentrated study of a special topic in communication, including health
communication, rhetoric of the 1960s, rhetoric of the women’s movement, narrative inquiry, com-
munication as performance, communicating addiction, or ethnography. Course may be repeated
for credit with a dierent topic.
COM 3905 POLITICS AND THE MEDIA
Four hours. Same as POS 3905. A systematic description and analysis of the roles and impacts of
the media within the American political arena. Attention will be paid to the impact of the chang-
ing processes and modes of the media (e.g., cable news, the internet, blogging and tweeting) on
citizen involvement, political campaigns, and governing. Some previous work in either political
science or journalism is advised but not required. This course is cross-listed with the Political Sci-
ence Department as POS 3905. Gen Ed: SW, QL
COM 3955 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT FOR COMMUNICATION CAREERS
One hour. Prerequisites: Majors only. Must have completed or be concurrently enrolled in all
3000-level courses required for major. This course is a precursor to a student’s required commu-
nication internship and must be completed in the semester preceding the internship. It focuses
on career development and job search skills, culminating in students securing internships for the
following semester.
COM 3960-3961 COMMUNICATION FIELD EXPERIENCE
One hour. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Pre-internship experience working in a pro-
fessional communication setting. Supervision by cooperating practitioners and department
faculty. 40 hours of on-the-job experience is required.
COM 4300 NEWS MEDIA PROJECTS
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 3360. A project-based course allowing students to apply and refine
skills learned in previous multimedia journalism courses including writing, broadcasting, photog-
raphy and video production. In addition, students will consider current issues facing journalism.
COM 4350 SOCIAL MEDIA STRATEGIES
Four hours: Prerequisites: COM 3420 or COM 3450. May be taken up to two times with permis-
sion of the instructor as topics change. This course will focus on the development of social media
platforms as strategic communications tools. Students will learn to use content marketing and
community building fundamentals for advertising and public relations and other communica-
tions purposes. Students will conduct original campaign research, analyze the results, and devise a
data-driven project appropriate to the class focus.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
236
COM 4400 STRATEGIC COMMUNICATION CAMPAIGNS
Four hours. Prerequisites: Either COM 3410 or COM 4350 for majors. Either ART 3410, 3510, or
BUS 4148 for interdisciplinary minors. This course examines the development of strategic com-
munication campaigns, including goals, objectives, and strategies. Students will conduct research
and design strategic messaging for a client or employer who is seeking to achieve measurable
outcomes that influence target publics.
COM 4401 ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS CAMPAIGNS I
Two hours. Prerequisites: Either COM 3410 or COM 4350 for majors. Either ART 3410, 3510,
or BUS 4488 for interdisciplinary minors. The orchestration of research, planning and commu-
nication skills for a client or employer seeking to achieve measurable outcomes that influence
target publics.
COM 4402 ADVERTISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS CAMPAIGNS II
Two hours. Prerequisites: COM 4401 or permission of instructor. The orchestration of research,
planning and communication skills for a client or employer seeking to achieve measurable out-
comes that influence target publics.
COM 4500 COMMUNICATION LAW AND ETHICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: Either COM 2400 or COM 3210 or COM 3360 or permission of
instructor, and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication
SLOs A & B. An examination of major legal issues facing participants in the mass media, in-
cluding First Amendment rights, libel and defamation, privacy and open access to government
information. In addition, the course explores ethical principles as they relate to media. Gen
Ed: EC-C
COM 4550 COMMUNICATION RESEARCH
Four hours. Prerequisites: Either COM 2400 or COM 3210 or COM 3360 or permission of instruc-
tor, and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A & B.
Students are introduced to quantitative and qualitative research methodologies used by commu-
nication professionals and researchers. The course focuses on proper application of methodologies
and interpretation of data.
COM 4900 SENIOR PROJECT
Four hours. Prerequisite: COM 4550 or permission of the instructor, senior standing, and a min-
imum GPA of 3.0 overall cumulative and a GPA of 3.5 within communication major. Develop,
execute, create, and present an original research project.
COM 4960/4961 COMMUNICATION INTERNSHIP
Three hours. Prerequisite: COM 3955. On-the-job experience in specific concentration. Super-
vision by cooperating practitioners and department faculty. Oral report and written reports on
field experience required. 40 hours of on-the-job experience for each one-semester hour of credit.
COM 4999 SPEECH AND MASS COMMUNICATION THEORY
Four hours. COM 2400 or COM 3210 or COM 3360 or permission of instructor, and successful
completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A & B. Seminar in speech
and mass communication theory and its role in the study of mediated and human communica-
tion. This course explores foundations of communication research, memes in the literature, and
current trends. Students are responsible for writing aresearch paper focused on a topic of signifi-
cance within the field of communication. Gen Ed: EC-C
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
237
COMPUTER SCIENCE CSC
CSC 1980 COMPUTER SCIENCE FRESHMAN SEMINAR
Two hours. Explore topics in computer science, including ethical and societal implications of ad-
vances in technology. Discuss careers in computing with emphasis on the diversity of career paths.
CSC 2100 DISCRETE STRUCTURES
Four hours. Same as MAT 2100. An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include logic, set
theory, basic proofs, mathematical induction and recursion, counting principles and probability.
Gen Ed: Qn
CSC 2280 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER SCIENCE
Four hours. Concepts of algorithmic thinking, computer programming, machine organization
and selected current topics in computer science. Programming in Python.
CSC 2290 OBJECT-ORIENTED PROGRAMMING
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2280. An introduction to the concepts and methodology of the ob-
ject-oriented programming paradigm. Topics include definition and creation of classes and object,
inheritance and polymorphism, interfaces and abstract classes, and exception handling. Comple-
tion of projects using object-oriented programming in a high-level programming language.
CSC 3280 DATA STRUCTURES
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290. Covers the design, analysis, and implementation of the funda-
mental data structures of Computer Science. Topics include elementary data structures (including
arrays, stacks, queues, and lists), advanced data structures (including trees and graphs), recursion,
an introduction to runtime analysis, and searching and sorting techniques.
CSC 3310COMPUTER ORGANIZATION AND ARCHITECTURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290 or sophomore standing. Introduces students to digital systems,
logic circuits, and the organization and architecture of computer systems, beginning with the von
Neumann model and then moving forward to more recent architectural concepts.
CSC 3340 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290. Explore the principles and practice of relational database
design and analysis, including topics of entity-relationship modeling, functional dependencies,
normalization, and Structured Query Language (SQL). Other related issues are discussed such
as other database models, object-oriented database schemes, concurrent data access, recovery and
security, and NoSQL databases.
CSC 3350 COMPUTER GAME DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290. Storyboarding, technology, science, and graphics involved in
the creation of computer games. Emphasis on hands-on design and development of games.
CSC 3380ANALYSIS OF ALGORITHMS
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3280. Design and analysis of algorithms and data structures, includ-
ing asymptotic analysis, sorting, selection, graph algorithms, recurrence relations, divide-and-con-
quer algorithms, greedy algorithms, search trees, NP-completeness. Programming in C++.
CSC 3400 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290. Presents fundamental principles of soware engineering.
Emphasizes soware design, implementation, and maintenance. Techniques used in the major
phases of the soware life cycle such as agile process, rapid prototyping, object-oriented design,
and module testing, are discussed. Soware teams complete a term project that includes system
documentation, design, and implementation.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
238
CSC 3510 INTRODUCTION TO ARTIFCIAL INTELLIGENCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290. Investigate concepts and techniques central to artificial intelli-
gence, including representation, heuristic search, machine learning, genetic algorithms, planning,
and games.
CSC 3520 MACHINE LEARNING
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3510. Examine the fundamental models and methods used in ma-
chine learning, such as regression, neural networks, learning theory, support vector machines, rec-
ommender systems. Programming in Python or other appropriate language.
CSC 3610 INTRODUCTION TO WEB DEVELOPMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290. Study the basic principles of web development beginning
with an introduction to modern markup and styling languages. Learn how to create static pages
and how to implement designs consistent with web standards and best practices. Explore the tools
used to provide feedback on the quality of a page’s HTML and CSS to ensure accessibility and
accuracy. Finally, learn introductory server-side scripting for developing dynamic web content.
CSC 3620 WEB APPLICATION ARCHITECTURES
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3610. Building on technologies introduced in CSC 3610, this course
goes into greater detail and focuses on building large-scale web applications. Learn to leverage
frameworks to build sites that work across browsers and platforms as well as fundamental JavaS-
cript concepts and how to use PHP test-driven development, regular expressions, and security
techniques as best practices for engineering high performance web solutions.
CSC 3810 PRINCIPLES OF COMPUTER NETWORKING
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2280. An overview of computer networking theory and network
architecture with introductions to cyber security and historical threats. Students will be exposed
to core internetworking protocols. Discussion will include weaknesses in protocols, consequen-
tial vulnerabilities, and resultant mitigations. Practical exercises will equip students with hands
on experience by building required components of a security lab environment.
CSC 3820 PENETRATION TESTING AND ETHICAL HACKING
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3810. An examination of attack methodologies with focus on their
phases, tactics, and techniques, as well as the tools and techniques required to conduct a pene-
tration test and perform ethical hacking. Students will gain hands-on experience with all phases
of testing and ethical hacking: planning and preparation, intelligence gathering, enumerating
and analyzing vulnerabilities, exploitation of the target, post-exploitation reporting and clean-up.
CSC 3830 FUNDAMENTALS OF DIGITAL FORENSICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3810. An overview of the field of digital forensics, including com-
puter, network, and mobile device forensics. Students will be exposed to topics ranging from the
history of digital forensics to the science of how an individual can hide data on a computer, mobile
device, and/or network and how the investigator can find that hidden data. Discussions will also
explore new trends in computer crimes and the future of the cybersecurity professional. Practical
exercises will equip students with hands-on experience utilizing forensics hardware and soware
to apply the knowledge gained throughout the course.
CSC 3951 COMPUTER SCIENCE RESEARCH I
Two to four hours. Prerequisites: CSC 3380, permission of instructor, and minimum 3.0 grade
point average. Directed research in a computer science topic to be selected in consultation with
the faculty. Semester-long project culminating in a formal presentation and detailed technical
documentation of the research process and results.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
239
CSC 4410OPERATING SYSTEMS AND CONCURRENCY
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290 and CSC 3310. Examine the components of an operating
system, processes, scheduling, memory management, and file systems, including concurrent pro-
gramming and synchronization.
CSC 4510 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3520. In-depth examination of a current topic in artificial intelli-
gence, such as evolutionary computation, artificial neural networks, planning, and gaming.
CSC 4610 ADVANCED TOPICS IN WEB DEVELOPMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3620. In-depth examination of a current topic in web develop-
ment and cloud computing, such as web security, user experience, mobile app development,
and web engineering.
CSC 4640SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Two to four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 2290 or permission of the instructor. Study contemporary
topics in computer science such as big data and robotics. May be repeated for credit with a
dierent topic.
CSC 4645 SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Two or four hours. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Covers contemporary topics at an ad-
vanced level in applied mathematics and computer science, such as numerical methods, graph
theory. May be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
CSC 4810 THREAT DETECTION ENGINEERING
Four hours. Prerequisite: CSC 3810. An exploration of the fundamentals of a Security Operations
Center, including alerting of and response to threats. Students will engineer a security incident
and event monitoring (SIEM) solution and develop playbooks for incident response. Discussion
will include digital forensics techniques. Practical exercises will provide hands-on experience in
identifying threats, developing SIEM rules and alerts to detect them, and response to a cyber
compromise.
CSC 4899 SENIOR PROJECT
Four hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. In this capstone design experience, students
work independently to identify a significant computing problem, analyze it, design a solution, and
implement it. Coursework culminates in a formal, public presentation/demonstration of the stu-
dent’s original work. The class will meet weekly to discuss topics related to investigation, research
and development, eective presentations, and job search and interview skills. Students will give
regular progress reports to the class. Gen Ed: EC-C
CSC 4952COMPUTER SCIENCE RESEARCH II
Two to four hours. Prerequisites: Senior standing and CSC 3951 and permission of the instructor,
and minimum 3.0 grade point average. Directed research in a computer science topic to be select-
ed in consultation with the instructor. Semester-long project culminating in a formal presentation
and detailed technical documentation of the research process and results.
CSC 4960INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Zero to four hours. Prerequisites: permission of the instructor and minimum 2.5 grade point
average. Correlating theory and practice in an operating setting; supervision by cooperating prac-
titioners and faculty in several areas of application. Students selecting the zero-credit option enroll
on a pass/fail basis.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
240
CRIMINOLOGY CRM
CRM 1200 RACE, CULTURE, AND THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
Four hours. Same as SOC 1200. The sociological meaning of race and culture in society is exam-
ined. Major emphasis is placed on the influence of race and culture on decisions made by agents
of the criminal justice system.
CRM 2280INTRODUCTION TO CRIMINAL JUSTICE
Four hours. A survey of the American criminal justice decision network with emphasis on its
foundational principles and values. Gen Ed: SW
CRM 3303SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR
Four hours. Same as SOC 3303. Sociology/social psychology study of deviant behavior, empha-
sizing theoretical perspectives, research and application. Examines social processes in defining
deviance, becoming deviant and changing deviance, including culture, social class, vested and
power interests, organizational structures, social institutions, stigma, and labeling. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
CRM 3305RACE, CULTURE, AND HUMAN RELATIONS
Four hours. Same as SOC 3305. The sociological meaning of race and minority group stand-
ing in American society; specific minority groups are analyzed with major emphasis on the Afri-
can-American experience. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
CRM 3310CRIME SCENE INVESTIGATION
Four hours. This course provides students with a general overview and understanding of forensic
science and the mechanics of examining the various crime scenes to which a CSI typically re-
sponds. The course explores dierent types of physical evidence and how to properly collect and
preserve this evidence for laboratory testing. The processing of living victims, suspects, and the
postmortem examination are covered. Report writing and courtroom testimony for the CSI is also
addressed. This course emphasizes student participation in practical exercises based on the proper
techniques utilized by real-life practitioners.
CRM 3340CRIMINOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2022 or equivalent or permission of the instructor. The nature and
extent of crime, criminal typologies, and criminological theory. Gen Ed: SW
CRM 3350POLICING IN AMERICAN SOCIETY
Four hours. Prerequisite: CRM 2280. The functions and responsibilities of police with emphasis
on issues and problems of American police. This course is designed to introduce undergraduate
students to the principles and processes of the police as a part of the criminal justice decision
network, the values and value conflicts which are inherent in police decisions, and issues related
to crime control in a democratic society. Students study the approaches and methods of various
disciplines as they apply to the study of police structure and decision-making.
CRM 3360JUVENILE DELINQUENCY
Four hours. The nature and extent of juvenile delinquency, theories of causation, prevention,
and treatment.
CRM 3855 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. Same as SOC 3855. Suggested prerequisites: CRM 2280 and one-year of college level
coursework or permission of the professor. Consideration of special topics in criminology and
sociology, including current issues and trends. Examples of topics include but are not limited to
white collar crime, victimology, comparative criminal justice systems, law and social change, and
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
241
terrorism and the American criminal justice system. Topics will change. Course may be repeated
for credit with a dierent topic.
CRM 4420METHODS OF SOCIAL RESEARCH
Four hours. Same as SOC 4420. Prerequisites: 12 hours in criminology or sociology and MAT
2022. The application of the scientific method in researching social phenomena, focusing on the
foundations of quantitative, empirical methodologies. Students participate in the entire research
process, including conceptualization, research design, sampling, measurement, data collection,
computer soware, statistical analysis, report writing, oral presentation. Gen Ed: SW, Qn
CRM 4430CRIMINALIZATION OF MENTAL ILLNESS
Four hours. Same as PSY 4430. Prerequisites: CRM 3340 or PSY 1106 or PSY 1110. This course
explores how the criminal justice system has become the de facto mental health system and exam-
ines reasoned, collaborative solutions to this dilemma.
CRM 4440JUDICIAL PROCESSES
Four hours. The jurisdictions, policies and procedures of American courts. Rules of evidence and
the impact of appellate court decisions on criminal justice processes.
CRM 4450CORRECTIONS AND REHABILITATION
Four hours. The history and philosophy of correctional programs, theory and research are exam-
ined. Exploration of sentencing guidelines, probation, parole and intermediate punishments are
undertaken. Current issues and future projections are discussed.
CRM 4960CRIMINOLOGY PRACTICUM
Four hours. Prerequisites: PHI 2204, senior criminology major standing, and permission of the
instructor. Practical experience in one or more criminal justice agencies or in research. Class focus-
es on integrating theory and practice. Criminology Practicum is required for criminology majors
and is to be taken during the last year of a student’s coursework. It consists of 120 hours in an agen-
cy as a professional intern. Normally, the practicum would be taken during the summer before
the student’s senior year, the last semester, or next-to-last semester of a student’s academic career.
CRM 4999SEMINAR IN CRIMINOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: PHI 2204 and senior standing, permission of the instructor, and success-
ful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Readings,
research, and class discussion on crime-related topics of contemporary importance such as corpo-
rate, environmental or political crime, violence, drugs, prison over-crowding, etc. Gen Ed: EC-C
CRITICAL LANGUAGES
An enhanced self-study program in the NASILP (National Association of Self-Instructional Lan-
guage Programs) format in languages that are not oered in the regular classroom setting. Major
emphasis is on the development of oral and aural skills. Class time is spent on oral drills and con-
versation practice with a native speaker. Class is conducted almost entirely in the target foreign
language. Tests are given by a qualified external examiner. Languages currently oered include
Mandarin Chinese, Arabic, German, and Portuguese. Check with the modern languages program
for oerings.
DANCE DAN
DAN 1600DANCE APPRECIATION
Four hours. This course surveys the broad, complex and diverse field of dance, oering a blend of
dance performance (recorded and live), discussion, and movement labs for those with an interest
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
242
in the performing arts. While the focus is on dance, topics also include dance in relation to theater,
music, visual arts, anthropology, sociology and aesthetics. Dance as a global, cultural, religious,
political, social, creative and performance phenomenon are also explored. Gen Ed: FA
DAN 1613 BALLET TECHNIQUE I
Three hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor and audition placement. This course introduces
students to their own movement potential through technical training and movement exploration.
Knowledge of classical ballet technique and class structure is developed through barre and center
exercises, studying terminology and concepts, and attending live performances. This is a low inter-
mediate course in ballet for dance majors and minors and may be repeated once for credit.
DAN 1643 MODERN DANCE TECHNIQUE I
Three hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor, and audition placement. This is a beginning/
intermediate course in modern dance for dance majors and minors that introduces individual
students to their own movement potential through technical training and movement exploration.
Theoretical knowledge of dance as an expressive art form is gained through lecture/discussion
based on class work, required readings, written assignments, and/or attendance at dance concerts.
This class may be repeated once for credit. Gen Ed: Well
DAN 1651 DANCE IMPROVISATION
One hour. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor and audition placement. This is a beginning/
intermediate course focusing on the fundamentals of dance improvisation. Topics, such as, La-
ban movement qualities, breath work, instinctual movement, and movement inspirations are dis-
cussed and developed into group explorations each class.
DAN 2613 BALLET TECHNIQUE II
Three hours. Prerequisites: DAN 1613 and permission of the instructor or audition placement.
This is an high/intermediate course in ballet for dance majors and minors that continues to de-
velop individual movement potential through technical training (in slippers and en pointe) and
movement exploration. Knowledge of classical ballet technique and class structure is expanded
upon through barre and center exercises, studying correct notation through terminology, and
attending live performances. This course may be repeated twice for credit.
DAN 2623 JAZZ I
Two hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor. This is an intermediate course in jazz dance
for dance majors and minors that introduces individual students to their own movement poten-
tial through technical training and movement exploration. Theoretical knowledge of dance as an
expressive art form is gained through lecture/discussion based on class work, required readings,
written assignments, and/or attendance at live jazz music performances.
DAN 2643 MODERN DANCE TECHNIQUE II
Three hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor and successful completion of DAN 1643 or au-
dition placement. This is an intermediate level course in modern dance that continues to develop
theoretical and practical understanding of modern dance techniques and emphasizes complex
movement phrasing. Theoretical knowledge of dance as an expressive art form is gained through
lecture/discussion based on class work, required readings, written assignments, and/or attendance
at dance concerts. This class may be repeated twice for credit.
DAN 2651 WORLD DANCE
Two hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor. Students become acquainted with basic ele-
ments of a specific world dance form appropriate to the specialization of the instructor. Basic
movements, general historical content and anthropological perspectives are examined and used to
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
243
better understand the culture being studied.
DAN 2661 CHOREOGRAPHY I
Two hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor. This is an introductory course to dance cho-
reography/compositional methods. The fundamentals of movement creation are examined and
universal methods choreographic structure explored. Focus is on discovering inventive move-
ment, creating a personal style of expression, and development of aesthetic judgment.
DAN 2662 CHOREOGRAPHY II
Three hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor and successful completion of DAN 2661. This
course is a study of choreography for a group of dancers focusing on the use of design in space
to create dances. It includes collaborative choreography methods and teaching choreography to
fellow course participants.
DAN 2681 TEACHING STUDIO DANCE
One hour. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor. This course focuses on the theories, content, and
methods for teaching dance to students in preschool through adult levels. Philosophical and prac-
tical approaches to teaching creative movement, improvisation and ballet, modern, and jazz dance
technique are addressed.
DAN 3613 BALLET TECHNIQUE III
Three hours. Prerequisites: DAN 2613 and permission of the instructor. This is an advanced course
in ballet for dance majors and minors that expands individual movement potential through tech-
nical training and movement exploration with the focus on pointe work. Knowledge of classical
ballet technique and class structure is expanded upon through barre and center exercises, artistry
and performance qualities, and attending live performances. This class may be repeated twice for
credit.
DAN 3615 BALLET VARIATIONS
One hour. Prerequisites: Successful completion of DAN 2613 or permission of the instructor. This
course provides instruction in various forms of ballet. Students learn various classical, neoclassical,
and contemporary ballet variations that may include pointe technique, character dance, Spanish
dance, men’s class, and partnering.
DAN 3623 JAZZ II
Two hours. Prerequisite: Dance major or minor and successful completion of DAN 2623. This is
a high intermediate/advanced course in jazz dance for dance majors and minors that continues
technical training and movement exploration and examines individual stylistic choices. Theoret-
ical knowledge of dance as an expressive art form is gained through lecture/discussion based on
class work, required readings, written assignments, and/or attendance at live jazz music perfor-
mances.
DAN 3643 MODERN DANCE TECHNIQUE III
Three hours. Prerequisites: Dance major or minor and successful completion of DAN 2643 and/
or instructor permission. This is an advanced level course in modern dance continues to devel-
op theoretical and practical understanding of modern dance techniques, movement styles, and
performance, as well as build knowledge of modern dance reparatory. This class may be repeated
twice for credit.
DAN 3653 DANCE PRACTICUM
One hour. Prerequisite: Dance major or minor and special approval. This course includes practical
experience in curriculum dance activities under faculty supervision. Students participate in re-
hearsals in preparation for performance. This course may be repeated for up to four credit hours.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
244
DAN 3663 CHOREOGRAPHY III
Three hours. Prerequisite: DAN 2661 and DAN 2662. This course is a collaborative workshop en-
vironment in which class participants work with student choreographers in the creation of dances
of significant form and content. The course concludes with an informal, student produced concert
showcasing the works created throughout the semester.
DAN 3664 DANCE FOR THE CAMERA
Four hours. Same as ART 3664. Prerequisite: DAN 2662 for Dance majors or minors, Film majors,
or permission of the instructor. Introduction to how dance and video work best together and why,
including composing for the camera, recording dancers in action and editing footage to create
original work. There are several approaches to putting dance on video, but we focus on what has
only recently become identified as “video dance:” the contemporary term for the genre of dance
made for the camera. This course consists of lecture, discussion, video response and film studies.
Class content includes reading, writing, viewing and speaking about dance for camera, creating
and showing work.
DAN 3671 DANCE HISTORY I
Three hours. Prerequisites: dance major or minor, and successful completion of coursework that
satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course is a general historical study of dance
from antiquity to 1900. Students learn about the ritual and religious origins of dance from world
cultures and explore the aesthetic changes that occurred from an anthropological perspective. The
impact of social and political attitudes toward dance up until the creation of formalized ballet are
discussed and explored.
DAN 3672 DANCE HISTORY II
Three hours. Prerequisites: DAN 3671 or permission of the instructor, and successful completion
of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course is a general his-
torical study of dance and its development from 1900 to the present. The course emphasizes the
development of Western theatrical dance forms, but includes some non-Western dance forms that
contributed to the evolution of American concert and theatrical dance. Gen Ed: SW, EC-C
DAN 3691 DANCE ENSEMBLE
One hour. Prerequisite: dance major or minor and special approval. Participation in rehearsal,
preparation and performance of public dance concerts in an established dance ensemble. This
course may be repeated once for credit.
DAN 4613 BALLET TECHNIQUE IV
Three hours. Prerequisites: DAN 3613 and permission of the instructor. This is an advanced/pro-
fessional-level course in ballet for dance majors and minors that refines individual movement
potential through technical training and movement exploration with the focus on pointe work.
Knowledge of classical ballet technique and class structure is challenged and expanded upon
through barre and center exercises, artistry and performance qualities, and attending live perfor-
mances. This class may be repeated twice for credit.
DAN 4643 MODERN DANCE TECHNIQUE IV
Three hours. Prerequisites: dance major or minor and successful completion of DAN 3643 and/or
instructor permission. This is an advanced/professional level course in modern dance that focuses
on challenging phrasing, concepts, and use of movement quality, as well as continuing to develop
a broad knowledge of modern dance repertory. This class may be repeated twice for credit.
DAN4990 SENIOR SEMINAR
One hour. Prerequisites: dance major with senior standing. This course is designed to prepare stu-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
245
dents for a career in dance post-graduation and covers various topics such as auditioning, electron-
ic portfolios, arts management, concert production, and digital video archival, and preparation for
capstone projects. This is the prerequisite to the senior project capstone course for the B.F.A. in
Dance Performance and Choreography degree and B.A. in Dance Studies candidate.
DAN 4999 SENIOR PROJECT
Three hours. Prerequisites: dance major with senior standing and permission of the dance faculty
based on the submission of a project proposal. This course is designed to provide the student with
the opportunity to apply his/her training in a choreographic work or research setting, specific to
the student’s needs, interests and career path. Each student works with a faculty mentor to guide
him/her as he/she works independently to realize a self-designed project or performance. This is
the capstone course for the B.F.A. in Dance Performance and Choreography degree and B.A. in
Dance Studies candidate.
ECONOMICS ECO
ECO 2010 ESSENTIALS OF ECONOMICS
Four hours. This course oers an overview of both microeconomics and macroeconomics.
Microeconomic topics include supply/demand markets, welfare analysis including consumer
and producer surplus, deadweight loss, externalities and public goods, and theories of indus-
trial competition. Macroeconomic topics begin with aggregate measurement of key indicators,
international economics and trade, key macro markets such as labor and money markets, the
Federal Reserve, aggregate supply and demand, and government tools including fiscal and
monetary policy.
ECO 2020 ADVANCED ESSENTIALS OF ECONOMICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: ECO 2010. This course covers more advanced topics of both microeco-
nomics and macroeconomics. Microeconomic topics include consumer choice, elasticity, theory
of the firm, perfect competition, monopolistic competition, oligopoly, monopoly, and basic game
theory. Macroeconomic topics cover using the aggregate demand and aggregate supply model
to analyze fiscal and monetary policy in the short- and long-run, international trade, the foreign
exchange market, and an introduction to development topics.
ECO 2205PRINCIPLES OF MICROECONOMICS
Four hours. Consumer behavior and aggregation to markets, Producer behavior, theory of the
firm, and aggregation to markets analysis: production and pricing of goods, factors of production
and their attendant input markets and distribution of output, elasticities and incidence of a tax.
ECO 2207PRINCIPLES OF MACROECONOMICS
Four hours. National income and product accounts; theory of aggregate supply and demand, em-
ployment, consumption, investment, price level, economic growth, money, currency exchange, the
Federal Reserve, interest rates, and comparative economic systems.
ECO 3305MICROECONOMIC THEORY
Four hours. Prerequisite: ECO 2205. Decision making in a market-oriented economy. Consumer
theory, production theory, and pricing and output under diering market structures.
ECO 3307MACROECONOMIC THEORY
Four hours. Prerequisite: ECO 2207. National income and product accounts; IS-LM models; the-
ory of aggregate demand and supply, employment consumption, investment, price level, and eco-
nomic growth.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
246
ECO 3308MONEY AND BANKING
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2207. An analysis of the monetary and banking systems and the
impact of the financial sector upon real economic variables. Topics include the Federal Reserve
System, monetary policy and implementation, and the relation of domestic and international
financial markets and monetary problems.
ECO 3319LABOR ECONOMICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2205 and ECO 2207. Economic theory and analysis dealing with
the allocation of labor as an input to the production process. Wage rate determination, micro and
macro unemployment, and income dierentials are integrated topics throughout the course. The
theory of human capital and valuation is covered in depth.
ECO 3345ECONOMICS AND THE ENVIRONMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2205. Topics include valuing environments, property rights, exter-
nalities, population problems, renewable and non-renewable resource, and pollution.
ECO 4100LAW AND ECONOMICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2205. This course provides a general survey of law and economics.
Law and Economics has evolved from a small research field in economics and law and has be-
come a robust school of thought that has permeated the study of law and legal theory during the
last several decades. This course will explore the eect of legal rules and legal institutions using
the general tools of economics. This course will apply economic concepts to the law of property,
contracts, torts, criminal law, and constitutional law. It will discuss the economic eciency of the
common law and examine the evolution and development of the law, legal institutions, and social
norms. The course will discuss the economic impact of the law and legal institutions on society.
ECO 4200BEHAVIORAL ECONOMICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2205. This course explores human decision making through an
examination of both the standard rational model and non-rational theories. The course uses both
lecture and economic experiments. Topics include: expected utility theory, emotions, heuristics,
biases, neuroscientific methods, prospect theory, framing, and behavioral game theory.
ECO 4300 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3320. The course develops advanced econometric techniques that
are of value to economics and business disciplines. The emphasis will be on understanding, com-
puting, and applying the regression models. Beyond the fundamentals of regression analysis, the
course will cover the computational techniques required to develop panel data models, include in-
strumental variables, determine causality, utilize time series data, and develop forecasting models.
The objective is to learn how to conduct – and how to critique – empirical studies in economics
and related fields.
ECO 4406PUBLIC ECONOMICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: ECO 2205 and ECO 2207. An examination of the public sector and its
contribution to and interference with economic welfare. The course includes an analysis of ex-
penditures and revenues with regard to their allocation and distribution eects; the concept and
significance of private goods and social goods; the role of regulatory agencies; and an examination
of fiscal policy as a means of promoting economic stabilization and growth.
ECO 4407INTERNATIONAL TRADE AND FINANCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: ECO 2205 and ECO 2207. An analysis of the causes and consequences of
international trade and investment. Topics include theories of trade; U.S. trade policy; the balance
of payments; exchange rates; and the international monetary system.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
247
ECO 4415INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2205 and ECO 3305. A study of policy approaches to the problems
of monopoly; industrial market structures and how they influence firm conduct and economic
performance; welfare implications of oligopoly pricing and non-price competition; government
regulation and antitrust policies in theory and practice.
ECO 4550COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2205 and ECO 2207. This course focuses primarily on comparative
political economics. The course focuses on the problems of economic development and the glo-
balization debate; it is divided into four sections. Section one covers the basic economic concepts
and factual information required for a political economic analysis of policy issues associated with
economic development and globalization. Section two discusses the New Institutional approach
to political economy and economic growth. This section also discusses the problems transitional
economies have faced within the last ten years. Section three discusses the diculties that have
been confronted in over fiy years of attempts to solve the problem of underdevelopment. The
final section of the course discusses the globalization debate; as well as the impact on economics
and the environment and the cultural consequences of a global marketplace for ideas and prod-
ucts. Gen Ed: EC-C
ECO 4999CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN ECONOMICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: final semester senior standing or permission of the instructor. Select-
ed topics. Opportunity for original research in economics. Major research paper with formal
public presentation.
EDUCATION EDU
EDU 1000 PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION FOR EDUCATION MAJORS
Zero hours. This course provides an overview of the academic and professional expectations of
the teaching profession. Students engage in activities to prepare for state testing required for ad-
mission to the Teacher Preparation program and FLDOE licensing. The dispositions conducive to
success in the program and in the professional environment are explored and developed. Students
enroll in the zero-credit hour course on a pass/fail basis.
EDU 1102INTRODUCTION TO STEM
Two hours. The teacher candidate will demonstrate knowledge and understanding of STEM
education as it applies to K-12 learners. Emphasis will be on foundational concepts of STEM
education including the integration of science, technology, engineering, and mathematics into
everyday curriculum.
EDU 1107FOUNDATION OF EDUCATION I
Four hours. An introduction to the study of public and nonpublic education systems, past and
present, in the United States. Emphasis on issues and trends in contemporary American Educa-
tion as viewed from historical, sociological, psychological, and economic perspectives are exam-
ined. This course also serves as a prologue to comprehensive classroom management. FTCE test
prep fee of $40 will be assessed during the semester of enrollment.
EDU 2200FIELD STUDY LEVEL I
One hour. Prerequisite: EDU 1107. Supervised field studies taken simultaneously with major el-
ementary and secondary education courses. Block scheduling with specific courses and schools
ware arranged each semester. Students participate in instructional activities, classroom planning,
classroom management exercise, ESOL activities, and follow all the guidelines and requirements
of the classroom teacher.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
248
EDU 2202STEM IN THE CLASSROOM
Two hours. Prerequisite: EDU 1102. The teacher candidate will apply knowledge and understand-
ing of STEM education as it pertains to K-12 learners. Emphasis will be on instructional practices
of STEM education including the integration of science, technology, engineering, and mathemat-
ics into everyday curriculum.
EDU 2203FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION II
Two hours. Prerequisite: EDU 1107 and EDU 2200. An introduction to the study of public and
non public education systems emphasizing legal, professional and ethical issues in education, cur-
riculum, and instruction, education psychology and classroom management.
EDU 2210FOUNDATIONS IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
Two hours. This survey course provides an introduction to the terminology, identification, and is-
sues commonly encountered when addressing the instructional needs of diverse students with dis-
abilities. Emphasis will be placed on instructional strategies, classroom management, assessment
of learning, and the curriculum as these relate to inclusion, diversity issues, federal and state legis-
lative mandates pertinent to nondiscriminatory assessments, parental involvement, individualized
education programs, and professional practice and foundations in special education. The course
addresses teaching students with disabilities and the collaborative roles of a multidisciplinary ap-
proach to supporting children and youth with disabilities in a diverse society.
EDU 2230 TYPICAL AND ATYPICAL CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 2210 or equivalent. This course focuses on the education of stu-
dents with exceptionalities by examining typical and atypical development of language, cognitive,
social-emotional, and physical domains. Child development covers the full range of childhood
and adolescence chronologically, encompassing the prenatal period, infancy and toddlerhood,
the preschool years, middle childhood, and adolescence. Students will examine assessment and
instructional practices, interventions, and strategies to engage families and other stakeholders,
that contribute to the individual meeting their potential. Furthermore, critical issues currently
aecting special education, including early childhood education, will be explored. As such, the
course is designed to help educators better understand the diversity of students within PK-12
systems, while remaining mindful of the larger familial, social, and contextual factors in their lives
and own practices as a teacher.
EDU 2235METHODS OF ASSESSMENT
Four hours. This course addresses educational assessment practices in the K-12 classroom that
include analysis and application of data from state-wide standardized assessments and other mul-
tiple sources to improve instruction and learning for all learners.
EDU 2240FOUNDATIONS OF READING INSTRUCTION
Four hours. Co-requisite: EDU 2241. The preservice teacher will master the theoretical and practi-
cal foundations for the major components of reading within the context of a culturally diverse and
technologically complex environment. Preservice teachers engage in reading coursework based
upon evidence-based reading research and classroom teaching simulations, developing teaching
strategies, and creating activities and reading lessons that include explicit, systematic, and sequen-
tial approaches to K-12 reading instruction to implement multisensory intervention strategies
to develop phonological awareness, phonics, fluent decoding of words, comprehension for the
construction of meaning, fluency, vocabulary, and oral language skills for all students, including
those with dyslexia or other learning dierences. The preservice teacher implements activities and
lessons in a supervised clinical setting.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
249
EDU 2241CLINICAL EXPERIENCE IN LITERACY INSTRUCTION
Two hours. Co-requisite EDU 2240. The pre-service teacher candidate will apply the major compo-
nents of reading in an actual classroom setting, studying the theories and research about learning
to read in EDU 2240 and participating in a clinical experience where he/she will observe class-
room teachers and co-teach reading lessons through EDU 2241.
EDU 2256 SECONDARY EDUCATION SPECIAL METHODS IN READING AND WRITING IN THE CONTENT
AREAS
Two hours. This course is designed to prepare teacher candidates for teaching reading in the sec-
ondary subject areas of Biology 6-12, Mathematics 6-12, English 6-12, Social Sciences 6-12, Art
K-12, and Music K-12, using a variety of research-based techniques, materials (including instruc-
tional technology), and teaching strategies to meet the needs of diverse learners. The course will
focus on ways in which reading, writing, speaking, and listening are developed and used in the
content areas in conjunction with the strategies and skills appropriate to the developmental levels
typical of secondary school students. The course requires 10 hours of clinical experience in foun-
dations of reading instruction.
EDU 2661 SELF: SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL LEARNING FOUNDATIONS
Two hours. This course focuses on the historical underpinnings of Social-Emotional Learning
(SEL) and the first two of CASEL’s five core competencies (i.e., Self-Awareness and Self-Manage-
ment). Students in this course will draw from foundational concepts and theories across multiple
disciplines to understand SEL. Additionally, students will explore and practice strategies that pro-
mote SEL to prepare them to incorporate SEL into their future classrooms. Gen Ed: PW
EDU 2662 SOCIAL-EMOTIONAL LEARNING PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICES IN THE CLASSROOM
Two hours. This course focuses on the research-based benefits of Social-Emotional Learning (SEL),
the last three of CASEL’s five core competencies (i.e., Social Awareness, Relationship Skills, and
Responsible Decision Making), and future directions for SEL. Students in this course will draw
from foundational concepts and theories across multiple disciplines to understand SEL. Addition-
ally, students will explore and practice strategies that promote SEL to prepare them to incorporate
SEL into their future classrooms.
EDU 3230 ASSESMENT AND EVALUATION OF EXCEPTIONAL LEARNERS
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 2210 or equivalent. This course focuses on the assessment and eval-
uation of students with disabilities to best inform instructional practices and learning experiences.
The course will examine nondiscriminatory evaluation for placement, progress monitoring, and
classroom use. Study and analysis of informal and formal assessments utilized in special education
will be the focus of the course. Implications of the results will be examined as they impact the
development of instructional planning and development of Individualized Educational Plans.
EDU 3235 POSITIVE BEHAVIOR APPROACHES FOR EXCEPTIONAL STUDENTS
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 2210. This course examines the proactive approaches to eective
classroom management and individual behavior intervention strategies for exceptional learners.
Through exploration of research-based strategies and techniques for strengthening appropriate,
pro-social behaviors and reducing challenging behaviors, students will gain an understanding of
how behaviors are related to the contexts in which they occur; the functions behaviors serve for
students; and how to best use this information to design eective preventative, management, or
social skills building interventions. Strategies for addressing a wide range of behavioral challenges
will be framed through the lens of relevant federal and state legislation and ethical considerations.
EDU 3279FOUNDATIONS OF ESOL I
Four hours. Learn to plan, implement, and evaluate developmentally appropriate methods and
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
250
experiences to meet the needs of children who speak a language other than English. Examine
the characteristics of second-language learners and explore second language acquisition processes
and oral language development. Discuss major trends in ESOL teaching, appropriate resources in
ESOL methodologies, and various social contexts that maximize language and literacy develop-
ment for second language learners such a collaborative groups and teacher-student conferencing.
Focus on instructional strategies used to promote literacy development in all students.
EDU 3302ORTON GILLINGHAM FOR THE CLASSROOM TEACHER I
Two hours. An introduction to the Orton-Gillingham approach to teaching reading, spelling, and
handwriting. Current and future teachers will acquire knowledge and strategies to address the lit-
eracy needs of their struggling readers. Participants will learn the structure of our written language
to include letter-sound associations, syllable types, syllable division patterns, and spelling rules.
They will acquire systematic, multi-sensory techniques and strategies eective for all students, but
essential for struggling readers. Dyslexia and other related language diculties will be discussed.
Presentations will include lectures, multi-sensory activities, and teaching demonstrations.
EDU 3303ORTON GILLINGHAM FOR THE CLASSROOM II
Two hours. Prerequisite: EDU 3302. This course is the second in an introduction to the Orton-Gill-
ingham approach to teaching reading, spelling, and handwriting. Current and future teachers will
acquire knowledge and strategies to address the literacy needs of their struggling readers. Partici-
pants will learn the structure of our written language to include letter-sound associations, syllable
types, syllable division patterns, and spelling rules. They will acquire systematic, multi-sensory
techniques, and strategies eective for all students, but essential for struggling readers. Dyslex-
ia and other related language diculties will be discussed. Presentations will include lectures,
multi-sensory activities, and teaching demonstrations.
EDU 3323FIELD STUDY LEVEL II
One hour. Prerequisite: EDU 2200 and passing scores on all parts of the General Knowledge Test
(GKT). Supervised field studies taken simultaneously with major elementary and secondary edu-
cation course. Block scheduling with specific courses and schools are arranged each semester. Stu-
dent participate in instructional activities, classroom planning, classroom management exercise,
ESOL activities and follow all the guidelines and requirements of the classroom teacher.
EDU 3333FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION III
Two hours. Prerequisite: EDU 2203. An introduction to the study of public and nonpublic edu-
cation systems emphasizing the philosophical foundations of education, trends in contemporary
American Education, learning theories, ethics in schools, and classroom management. FTCE test
prep fee of $40 will be assessed during the semester of enrollment
EDU 3339INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS IN ELEMENTARY MATHEMATICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 3323. Preservice teachers gain a broad knowledge of topics in
elementary mathematics including number sense, algebraic thinking, fraction concepts and com-
putation, measurement, geometry, data analysis, and central tendencies. Preservice teachers will
learn how to use various instructional strategies and pedagogies, and correct student misconcep-
tions to promote learning for all K-6 students.
EDU 3343LITERACY AND LITERATURE IN THE CLASSROOM
Four hours. Prerequisites: EDU 3279 and EDU 3323 and either 2256 (secondary majors) or both
2240 and 2241 (elementary majors). Preservice teachers will master the theoretical and practical
foundations for teaching children’s literature and literacy within the context of a culturally diverse
and technologically complex environment. Preservice teachers will gain understanding of ways
that children’s literature may support literacy instruction for all learners in the K-12 classroom,
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
251
across the curriculum, including ELLs, and those with learning dierences, dyslexia, learning dis-
abilities, social/emotional learning needs. Preservice teachers will apply these concepts in a labo-
ratory or school setting.
EDU 3347DIAGNOSTIC ASSESSMENT AND INSTRUCTION OF LITERACY
Four hours. Prerequisites: EDU 2235, EDU 3323, and (EDU 2240 or EDU 2256). Co-requisite:
EDU 3370. Teacher candidates will master theoretical and practical foundations for administering
formal and informal assessments and use assessment data to guide instruction in reading and
writing. Teacher candidates engage in the systematic problem-solving process to gain a broad un-
derstanding of a variety of literacy assessments, screenings, diagnostic assessments, and progress
monitoring tools that may be used to prevent, identify, and diagnose reading diculties. Teacher
candidates will select, administer, analyze, and interpret various developmentally appropriate lit-
eracy assessments in order to apply evidence-based explicit, systematic, sequential, multisensory
strategies for remediation to support diverse K-12 learners, including those with dyslexia or other
learning dierences.
EDU 3370DIFFERENTIATED INSTRUCTION OF READING
Four hours. Prerequisite: (EDU 2240 or EDU 2256) and EDU 3323. Co-requisite: EDU 3347.
Teacher candidates engage in the systematic problem-solving process, dierentiate instruction,
and implement evidence-based reading research practices to support diverse K-12 learners in their
acquisition of phonological awareness, phonics and fluent decoding of words, fluency, vocabulary,
comprehension for construction of meaning, and oral language with the purposes of prevention,
identification, and remediation of reading diculties to increase reading performance and pro-
vide equitable literacy instruction for all. Teacher candidates gain a broad knowledge of and apply
research-based instructional practices, dierentiate instruction, and use appropriate strategies and
materials to engage in the use of explicit, systematic, and sequential approaches to K-12 reading
instruction to implement multisensory intervention strategies for all students, including those
with dyslexia or other learning dierences, based on assessment data.
EDU 3445 EARLY LEARNING LAB DISTINGUISHED INTERNSHIP
One hour. Prerequisites: EDU 3323. Placement is determined by an application process and Di-
rector of the preschool at Florida Southern College. The internship is designed to be an engaged
learning experience for education majors. The internship is 14 weeks long and involves teaching,
modeling, observing and evaluating.
EDU 4230 INSTRUCTIONAL STRATEGIES FOR EXCEPTIONAL LEARNERS
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 2210 and (EDU 2240 or EDU 2256) or their equivalent. This course
will increase pre-service teachers’ knowledge and skills necessary to meet the educational needs of
students with special needs in the least restrictive environment (LRE) within a variety of settings.
Students will analyze the development of Individual Education Plans (IEPs) and the adaptation of
curriculum and materials to meet the needs of these students with varying exceptionalities. Em-
phasis will be on a needs-based model incorporating the cognitive, language, attentional, aective,
physical, and sensory needs of special student populations within a variety of settings. In addition,
this course will address lifespan education issues for persons with disabilities, stressing curriculum
content and instructional strategies that promote career development and transition education,
emphasizing post-school outcomes that lead to independence and high quality of life.
EDU 4400FIELD STUDY LEVEL III
One hour. Prerequisites: EDU 3323. Supervised field studies taken simultaneously with major
elementary and secondary education courses. Block scheduling with specific courses and schools
are arranged each semester. Student participate in instruction activities, classroom planning, class-
room management exercises, ESOL activities and follow all the guidelines and requirements of
the classroom teacher.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
252
EDU 4407INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS IN SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 3323. The content, materials, skills, and evaluation procedures in
teaching social studies are examined and emphasized.
EDU 4409INSTRUCTIONAL METHODS IN SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 3323. The content, materials, methods and practices in the teaching
of science are examined and emphasized. The understanding of the scientific processes and how to
teach these to children is presented in each of the sciences. FTCE test prep fee of $40 will be assessed
during the semester of enrollment.
EDU 4478APPLIED LINGUISTICS – ESOL II
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 3279. The structure of the English language is surveyed, identify-
ing areas that cause problems for non-native speakers. The various sources of these problems are
identified, including interferences, acquisition strategies, and inherent complexity. Because the
class is designed for K–12 ESOL teachers, it focuses on the sound system, vocabulary system, and
the grammatical system as they apply to students. In addition to practical information concerning
the structure of English, participants learn various principles of second language acquisition and
apply those principles to the teaching of English a second language. ESOL Endorsement only.
EDU 4483ESOL CURRICULUM AND MATERIALS
Two hours. The course focuses on applications of the theories, principles, and current research
related to second language acquisition, as well as instructional techniques and materials relevant
to development of ESOL curriculum.
EDU 4484CROSS CULTURAL COMMUNICATION AND UNDERSTANDING
Two hours. Designed to develop awareness and understanding of the major cultures represented
by the dierent language minorities within the State. It provides insights that enable participants
to plan and implement curriculum, instruction and assessment activities that meet the special
needs of LEP students who are speakers of other languages.
EDU 4486TESTING AND EVALUATION IN ESOL
Two hours. Designed to improve and enhance the participant’s knowledge to select and devel-
op instruments of evaluation suitable for use with students who demonstrate limited English
proficiency.
EDU 4887 READING ENDORSEMENT PRACTICUM
One hour. Prerequisite: Completion of all major courses and permission of the instructor. Co-req-
uisite: EDU 4889 and EDU 4990. Interns engage in a reading practicum, administer and analyze
reading assessments, and provide dierentiated instruction based on literacy assessment data to
meet the needs of diverse K-12 learners. Interns discuss, apply, and analyze methods of teaching
reading in K-12 classrooms, with an emphasis on scientifically based reading instruction that in-
cludes multisensory instruction, phonological awareness, phonics, vocabulary, comprehension,
writing, oral language development, dierentiation, and assessment for the purpose of providing
equitable literacy instruction to meet the needs of diverse learners.
EDU 4889STUDENT TEACHER INTERN SEMINAR
Two hours. Prerequisite: Completion of all major courses and permission of the instructor.
Co-requisite: EDU 4990. Weekly seminar for interns. Discussion and analysis of general methods
of teaching in schools, with an emphasis on classroom management, experience, and presentation.
EDU 4960 ROBERTS ACADEMY DISTINGUISHED INTERNSHIP
One hour. Prerequisites: EDU 3323. Placement is determined by an application process and the
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
253
Director of Internships at Florida Southern College. The Robert’s Academy internship is designed
to be an engaged learning experience for education majors. The internship is 14 weeks long and
involves teaching, modeling, observing and evaluating.
EDU 4990SENIOR INTERNSHIP
Ten hours. Prerequisites: Completion of all other courses required for the degree. Co-requisite:
EDU 4889. The senior internship is designed to be the culminating engaged learning experience
for education majors regardless of age/grade level specialty, subject matter, and/or major. The in-
ternship is 14 weeks long and involves teaching, modeling, observing, and evaluating. The director
of interns at Florida Southern College and a representative of the Human Resource Development
Oce of Polk County Public Schools assigns students to a Polk County Public School. The stu-
dent takes over all responsibilities of a certified Florida classroom, teaching in his/her specialty
area aer receiving adequate preparation by the assigned teacher and supervisors. Gen Ed: EC-C
ENGLISH ENG
ENG 1000 INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE ENGLISH
Four hours. This course provides a concentrated study of the grammar and rhetoric of the English
sentence. It is also designed to teach eective paragraph and short essay composition and to pre-
pare students to deal more eectively with the larger elements of composition which are the focus
of higher level writing courses.
ENG 1005 WRITING ABOUT TOPICS
Four hours. Instruction and practice in writing short personal, informative, and persuasive essays
about a selected topic that is the focus for the semester. The selected topic engages students in-
tellectually and imaginatively while developing their skills as they consider various aspects of the
course topic. Formal research is part of the course. Specific topic at the discretion of the instructor.
Course number can be taken more than once under dierent topics. Gen Ed: EC-A
ENG 1130 INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH STUDIES
Four hours. Concentrated study of and application of theory, practice, and issues in English stud-
ies. Emphasis on deliberate critical reading, scholarly approaches to texts, and oral presentations.
Gen Ed: EC-A
ENG 2004 LITERARY LIFE: [VARIABLE SUBTITLE]
Four hours. The course introduces students to the study and informed enjoyment of literature
from a theme-based perspective. Each section emphasizes a specific theme or focus of the instruc-
tor’s choosing, such as chick lit, multi-ethnic literature, literature of sport, fantasy and sci fi, war
literature, vampires and zombies, graphic novels, protest literature, memoir and autobiography,
Civil Rights literature, Florida literature, etc. Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent
topic. Gen Ed: FA, Ql, EC-B
ENG 2023 CREATIVE LITERATURE, CREATIVE WRITING
Four hours. Practice in the reading, interpretation, discussion of, and writing of contemporary
prose and poetry, including techniques and elements. Gen Ed: FA
ENG 2305 MASTERPIECES OF WORLD LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite or corequisite: ENG 1130; or permission of instructor. Study of dis-
tinctive works, in English translation, by eminent writers from the ancient world to the present,
primarily in the Western tradition. Gen Ed: SW, FA
ENG 2309 AMERICAN LITERATURE I: PRE-1600 TO 1865
Four hours. Prerequisite: ENG 1130 or permission of instructor; successful completion of course-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
254
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course covers authors, works, and
genres of American literature from pre-Colonialism to 1865. Gen Ed: SW, FA
ENG 2310 AMERICAN LITERATURE II: 1865 TO THE PRESENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: ENG 1130 or permission of instructor; successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course covers authors, works, and
genres of American literature from approximately 1865 to the present. Gen Ed: FA
ENG 2313 BRITISH LITERATURE FROM THE MEDIEVAL TO THE NEO-CLASSICAL
Four hours. Prerequisite: ENG 1130 or permission of instructor; successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Survey of major British authors and
significant works from the beginning of literate culture (including, in some cases, oral texts stabi-
lized aer literacy) to the neo-classical Eighteenth Century. Gen Ed: SW, FA
ENG 2314 BRITISH LITERATURE FROM THE ROMANTIC TO THE POST MODERN
Four hours. Prerequisite: ENG 1130 or permission of instructor; successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Survey of major British authors and
significant works from approximately the end of the Eighteenth Century to the present day. Gen
Ed: SW, FA
ENG 3100 STUDIES IN LITERARY THEORY
Four hours. Prerequisite: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communica-
tion SLOs A and B. Suggested prerequisite: junior standing. Advanced examination of literary texts
through the lens of literary theories and critical approaches (principally from the 20th century)
designed to prepare students to undertake advanced literary interpretation and critical analysis.
Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: Ql
ENG 3200 WRITING FOR BUSINESS
Four hours. Study of all major forms of business communication, including letters, memoranda,
formal reports, and oral presentations. Gen Ed: EC- B
ENG 3217 CREATIVE NONFICTION WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisite: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLOs A and B. Application of methods of eective writing as related to purpose within the
broad genre of creative nonfiction writing. Focus on usage, structure, style, and rhetorical princi-
ples. Gen Ed: FA, EC-C
ENG 3219 PERSUASIVE WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communica-
tion SLOs A and B. Study and practice of persuasive rhetorical techniques and the development of
argumentative strategies. Gen Ed: Ql, EC-C
ENG 3235 CREATIVE WRITING: POETRY
Four hours. Practice in the writing of poetry, including techniques and elements characteristic of
poetry. Gen Ed: FA, Ql
ENG 3236 CREATIVE WRITING: FICTION
Four hours. Practice in the writing of fiction, including techniques and elements characteristic of
fiction. Gen Ed: FA, Ql
ENG 3263 RHETORIC AND WRITING
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communica-
tion SLOs A and B. The study of rhetorical theories and their application to specific genres of writ-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
255
ing. Enhances the students’ awareness of the connection between rhetorical theories and actual
spoken or written discourse. In so doing, it hones their skill in using the most eective approaches
to communicating orally and in writing. Gen Ed: Ql, EC-C
ENG 3304 MAJOR AUTHORS
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLOs A and B. The in-depth study of major authors—fiction or non-fiction—who have
made a significant impact on the history of literature. . The major author focus in a given semester
may include two or three authors. This course may be taken more than once to allow for study of
more than one author or grouping of authors. Gen Ed: FA
ENG 3320 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MEDIA STUDIES
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Commu-
nication SLOs A and B. This course allows students to study selected topics in media, including
print or digital texts, graphic narratives, vocal compositions, drama, or film, as well as interpretive
and constitutive inquiries, such as how media’s properties transform or mediate content and ex-
perience. Special attention is paid to aesthetic, social, historical, and technological approaches.
Course topics may explore intermedia influence, transmediation, transmedia narratives, or similar
media-related subjects. Gen Ed: FA, EC-C
ENG 3360: RACE, ETHNICITY, AND LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLO A. This course explores constructions of race and ethnicity in literature and culture.
Students will be introduced to critical theories of race and ethnicity and their application to liter-
ary and cultural studies. Topics may include study of particular authors, national identities, genres,
historical periods, or theoretical frameworks. Gen Ed: FA, SW
ENG 3370 GENDER IN LITERATURE
Four hours. Same as WST 3370. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Ef-
fective Commuication SLOs A and B. In this course, students will study representations of gender
or sexuality in literature, popular culture, or critical theory. Topics may include women’s roles in
society as reflected in literature; interrogation of the historical constructions of gender and sexual-
ity; intersections of race and class with gender and sexuality. Gen Ed: FA
ENG 4209 SPECIAL TOPICS IN NONFICTION
Four hours. Prerequisite: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Commu-
nication SLOs A and B. This course allows students to study a wide array of nonfiction styles
and genres, as well as extend their knowledge of new media writing on the advanced level.
Course topics may include, but are not limited to, biography writing, journal writing, technical
writing, grant writing. Gen Ed: EC-C
ENG 4303 STUDIES IN LITERARY PERIODS: [VARIABLE SUBTITLE]
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLOs A and B. In-depth study of one of the following focused literary periods: Medieval
Literature, The Renaissance, The Eighteenth Century, The Romantic Period, The Victorian Period,
or The Twentieth Century and Contemporary British Literature. Course may be repeated for cred-
it with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: FA
ENG 4305 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLOs A and B. This course focuses on a specialized study of one or more related aspects of
British and/or American literature: authors, themes, genres, or the literature of specific cultural
groups. May be repeated for credit with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: FA
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
256
ENG 4960/4961 INTERNSHIP
Four hours. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and permission of the instructor. Application
of communication – both written and oral – research, and analytical skills within a newspaper or
magazine, law firm, government agency, publishing company, or other relevant organization. In
addition to on-the-job tasks, written assignments and individual conferences shall be arranged
with the faculty member who is overseeing the internship. Summer internships are encouraged.
ENG 4999 SENIOR SEMINAR
Four hours. Prerequisites: senior standing in English and permission of the faculty. Required for
majors, elective for Humanities majors and other interested students. English 4999 is an in-depth
exploration of one or more literary topics with emphasis on the production of original scholarly
work and the eective presentation of it both orally and in writing. Gen Ed: EC-C
ENTREPRENEURSHIP ENT
ENT 1100 ENTREPRENEURSHIP FOUNDATIONS
Four hours. To become successful entrepreneurs and future managers in contemporary innova-
tion-led organizations, students must be prepared to meet the challenges of adopting and applying
the entrepreneurial mindset and relevant skills set within a rapidly changing and widely global-
ized business environment. This course provides the necessary foundations for understanding
the context, challenges, nature, and process of entrepreneurial thinking and practice inside and
outside organizations. This interdisciplinary course, open to all majors, also teaches the core skills
required to succeed in planning and launching a for-profit or non-profit business.
ENT 2100 NEW VENTURE FINANCE AND OPERATIONS
Four hours. Successful entrepreneurs must eectively manage scarce resources in an increasingly
complex global world. This course examines specific issues critical to entrepreneurial business
endeavors, providing students with a wide range of skills to more eectively manage those resourc-
es. Topics examined include macro and micro-economics, finance, and financial and managerial
accounting.
ENT 3575 NEW VENTURE CREATION
Four hours. A study of the entrepreneurial aspects of business management including financial
understanding as well as all of the activities in managing a business. Analyzes how entrepreneurs
help shape and energize the free-enterprise system with innovation and job creation. Global con-
siderations and entrepreneurship are included. The student discovers the ad- vantages and pitfalls
of entrepreneurship through the comprehensive development of a business plan assignment.
EXERCISE SCIENCE EXS
EXS 1101 EXERCISE SCIENCE SEMINAR
One hour. Prerequisite: Exercise Science majors only; Co-requisite: EXS 1105. This course will in-
troduce students to the exercise science discipline and explore careers that can be achieved with an
exercise science degree. Students will also examine academic success strategies vital to becoming
self-directed learners. (EXS 1101 is required for first year freshman EXS majors only; it is taken in
conjunction with EXS 1105 as part of the major’s learning community).
EXS 1105INTRODUCTION TO EXERCISE SCIENCE AND HEALTH PROMOTION
Two hours. Introductory course exploring exercise, fitness and health promotion concepts. Stu-
dents will develop skills in accessing professional resources within the exercise science field. Addi-
tional emphasis will be placed on the design and implementation of health promotion outreaches
with the community.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
257
EXS 1110 FUNDAMENTALS OF EXERCISE TECHNIQUE AND INSTRUCTION
Two hours. This course is an introduction to anatomical and biomechanical principles pertaining
to basic human movement patterns. Students will also develop skills to perform a variety of exer-
cises with proper technique, as well as learn eective coaching strategies to improve performance.
EXS 1234 MEDICAL TERMINOLOGY
Two hours. Introduction to the language, rules and concepts needed to interpret and understand
the terminology of medicine.
EXS 2115 EMERGENCY MEDICAL RESPONDER
Four hours. An entry-level emergency medical provider course that will prepare individuals for
a variety of pre-hospital, industrial, and first-responder situations. The successful completion of a
first responder course is a prerequisite to training as a firefighter, emergency medical technician/
paramedic and many law enforcement programs.
EXS 2205 FIRST AID & SAFETY
Two hours. Emergency first aid and safety course which provides opportunities to acquire cardio-
pulmonary resuscitation (CPR), automatic external defibrillator (AED), and first aid certification.
Required lab fee.
EXS 2585CARE AND PREVENTION OF ATHLETIC INJURIES
Two hours. This course provides an introduction to the prevention, identification, care, and
rehabilitation of activity-related injuries. Students will receive instruction on a variety of sports
medicine skills used to evaluate upper and lower body injuries while also learning athletic taping
techniques.
EXS 2760SPORTS NUTRITION AND SUPPLEMENTATION
Four hours. Pre-requisite: BIO 2216. Examination of the role of macronutrients, micronutrients,
ergogenics aids and nutritional supplements in sport and exercise performance. Gen Ed: Well
EXS 2770EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY
Four hours; Same as BIO 2770. Prerequisites: BIO 2215 and BIO 2216. An exploration of physio-
logical responses to acute and chronic exercise, as well as its application in the development of the
exercise training program. Lab experiences reinforce physiological concepts and expose students
to common exercise techniques and evaluations.
EXS 2775KINESIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: BIO 2215. This course approaches the study of human movement from a
multiple-disciplinary perspective combining the broad tenets of kinesiology with biomechanical
principles. The outcome is a scientific and practical understanding of skeletal muscle action and
the internal and external forces involved in human motion.
EXS 3500MOTOR BEHAVIOR
Four hours. This course examines the principles of human movement and behavior across the
lifespan. Emphasis is on the development of mental and motor abilities which aect human move-
ment, using practical examples and experiences to better assist students in developing an under-
standing of how to apply these principles in various settings.
EXS 3720 PRINCIPLES OF ORGANIZATIONAL AND FACILITY MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. This class examines strategies required to eec-
tively oversee fitness and health facilities. Topics explored include: facility design, program devel-
opment and oversight, equipment purchasing and maintenance, marketing, sales, financial strat-
egies, emergency planning, leadership and professional development, and legal and ethical issues.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
258
EXS 3735EXERCISE AND SPORT PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. This course examines the interaction between psychological variables and perfor-
mance in sport and exercise from theoretical and practical perspectives. This course is designed
to introduce students to behavior modification strategies vital to eectively working in careers
within exercise science, athletic training, physical education and coaching.
EXS 3740EXERCISE TESTING AND PRESCRIPTION
Four hours; Prerequisite: EXS 2770. National competencies from ACSM’s Guidelines for Exercise
Testing and Prescription are explored, with emphasis on the following variables: patient assess-
ment, risk stratification and health evaluation; and proper exercise testing procedures. Students
evaluate and assess these variables in order to write the exercise prescription and design the exer-
cise training program.
EXS 3745EXERCISE MANAGEMENT OF CHRONIC DISEASE
Four hours. Prerequisite: EXS 2770. Research and design of exercise programming strategies ap-
propriate for select populations. Course topics include, but are not limited to: exercise consider-
ations for cardiovascular, pulmonary, metabolic, immunological, neuromuscular, and orthopedic
patients as well as adolescents, pregnant women, and geriatric patients.
EXS 3750ESSENTIALS OF STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING
Four hours. Prerequisites: EXS 2770 and EXS 2775. Specific principles, concepts, and theories
of strength training and conditioning and their applications to performance. Laboratory expe-
riences will expose students to exercise technique and coaching strategies to optimize a variety
of movement skills. This course will prepare students to take national certification exams from
the National Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA).
EXS 4100 BIOMECHANICS AND MOVEMENT ANALYTICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: EXS 3750. This course provides an introduction to the biomechanical
principles of human movement such as forces, muscle mechanics, static and dynamic analyses of
motion including kinetics and kinematics. Current data analytics strategies will be integrated to
support optimization of exercise programming and performance.
EXS 4500ADVANCED EXERCISE TESTING AND TRAINING TECHNIQUES
Two hours. Prerequisite: EXS 2770 and EXS 2775. This is an elective course within the Exer-
cise Science major which examines exercise training techniques vital to developing exercise
instruction competencies for a variety of exercise settings and populations. Students develop
analytical, programmatic, and teaching skills culminating in the design of a comprehensive
course project.
EXS 4600CERTIFICATION SEMINAR
Two hours. Prerequisite: senior standing. This is an elective course within the Exercise Science
major that reviews professional competencies assessed in certification exams from the National
Strength and Conditioning Association (NSCA) or from the American College of Sports Medi-
cine (ACSM).
EXS 4725RESEARCH METHODS IN EXERCISE AND HUMAN PERFORMANCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing. This course explores common research tech-
niques used in Exercise Science. Students will apply course content to the development of a com-
prehensive research proposal which culminates into a formal written research paper and oral
presentation. Gen Ed: EC-C
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
259
EXS 4950/4951 STRENGTH AND CONDITIONING FIELD EXPERIENCE
Two to four hours. Prerequisites: EXS 3740 and EXS 3750. The Strength and Conditioning Field
Experience is a required course for all students completing the strength and conditioning concen-
tration in the Exercise Science major. This course is a separate course from the core Applied Expe-
riences course, EXS 4960/61. This course must minimally achieve 80 contact hours and 6 weeks of
experience in a setting which supports professional development in: warm-up, flexibility training,
exercise technique, spotting, Olympic-style liing, progressions/regressions, test selection and ad-
ministration, program design, speed/agility/plyometric training, anaerobic and aerobic program
design, and periodization. This course, when combined with experiences from EXS 4960/61, can
be used to support the 300+ professional hours requirement from the NSCA CASCE accreditation
standards.
EXS 4960/4961APPLIED EXPERIENCES IN EXERCISE SCIENCE
Four hours. Prerequisites: EXS 3740, EXS 3750. This course immerses students in allied health
settings so as to garner professional hours related to a career focus. Example settings may include:
fitness and/or strength and conditioning facilities, hospitals, physical therapy clinics, occupational
therapy clinics, geriatric programs, etc. Students must complete a culminating presentation and
paper regarding the experience. Prior to taking this course, students must be in good academic
standing within the major and obtain site approval one semester in advance from program faculty.
In some clinical situations, students may have to complete additional requirements such as, but
not limited to: background check, fingerprinting, drug screening, proof of vaccinations, and HI-
PAA training. Course may be repeated for additional professional experience.
FINANCE FIN
FIN 1105PERSONAL FINANCE
Four hours. An overview of personal and family financial planning with an emphasis on financial
record-keeping, spending, budgeting, tax planning, consumer credit, buying decisions, purchasing
insurance, selecting investments, and retirement and estate planning.
FIN 3453MANAGERIAL FINANCE
Four hours. Prerequisites: ACC 2112 and ECO 2010 or ECO 2207. Planning and controlling sourc-
es and uses of a firm’s funds. Includes capital budgeting, dividend policies, determination of opti-
mal capital structure, and internal vs. external financing of expansion.
FIN 3670FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: ACC 2112 and ECO 2010 or ECO 2207. The course presents the funda-
mentals of financial risk management. It provides a realistic and conceptually motivated overview
of risk management for global corporations. Techniques to identify, measure and manage financial
risk including use of futures, options, swaps, real options, financial engineering, value-at-risk and
other risk measures are studied and applied.
FIN 3888PRINCIPLES OF REAL ESTATE ANALYSIS AND VALUATION
Four hours. Prerequisites: ACC 2112 and ECO 2010 or ECO 2207. This course provides a survey
of real estate assets, markets, and decisions. The emphasis is on the development of analytical tech-
niques and information required for implementation; the course also covers institutional features
of real estate markets and transactions.
FIN 4188INVESTMENTS
Four hours. Prerequisite: FIN 3453. Emphasis from standpoint of individual investor in corporate
and government securities; investment objectives; appraisal of investment risks; valuation of secu-
rities; portfolio management.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
260
FIN 4201-4208 STUDENT MANAGED INVESTMENT FUND
Zero to one hour. Prerequisite: FIN 3453. This is a hands-on course in investment management.
Students will participate in managing the college’s Student Managed Investment Fund, including
asset allocations, trading, and performance measurement. The course will meet weekly to discuss
investment goals, objectives, and investment opportunities.
FIN 4255INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: ACC 2112. Examination of the international financial environment of
business. Emphasis is on the financial decision making process relating to foreign exchange risk
management, hedging, arbitrage, currency futures and option markets, management of foreign
investments, country risk analysis, international sources of financing and international money
and capital markets.
FIN 4425 CFA LEVEL I PREP
Four hours. Prerequisites: Instructor approval and registration for the upcoming CFA Level I
Exam (requires senior standing). Prepare to take Level I of the Chartered Financial Analyst (CFA)
curriculum. Learn the basic tools underlying the 10 topic areas in the CFA curriculum (Ethical
and Professional Standards, Quantitative Methods, Economics, Financial Reporting and Analysis,
Corporate Finance, Equity Investments, Fixed Income, Derivatives, Alternative Investments, and
Portfolio Management and Wealth Planning).
FRENCH FRE
FRE 1101 ELEMENTARY FRENCH I
Four hours. This is an elementary course designed for students who wish to develop the basics
of speaking, listening, reading and writing French. Students learn beginning grammar concepts,
gain a strong vocabulary base, practice nuances of pronunciation and explore the French culture
as reflected in dierent French-speaking countries. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
FRE 1102 ELEMENTARY FRENCH II
Four hours. Prerequisite: FRE 1101 proficiency or permission of the instructor. This is an elemen-
tary course designed for students who wish to continue the development of basic grammar skills
through reading, listening, comprehension, writing and speaking French. Students learn begin-
ning grammatical concepts, gain a strong vocabulary base, practice nuances of pronunciation and
explore the French culture as reflected in dierent French-speaking countries.
FRE 2203 INTERMEDIATE FRENCH
Four hours. Prerequisite: FRE 1102 proficiency or permission of the instructor. The objective of
this course is to continue to develop students’ knowledge of the French language and Franco-
phone cultures. Students work on the development of the four basic language skills; speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Classes focus on the practical application of language in day to day
situations, and on cultural awareness. Level of skills demonstrated should be more in depth than
in French 1102.
FSC GENERAL COLLEGE COURSES FSC
FSC 1050CAREER DECISION MAKING
Two hours. This course introduces the student to career development issues and the career deci-
sion making process. Lectures, discussions and active classroom activities focus on self-assessment,
exploration of career options, goal setting, and self-marketing for future career opportunities. The
course provides a framework for students as they navigate the career decision making process and
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
261
supports them as they identify, evaluate and refine academic and career paths.
FSC 1070EXPLORING SOCIETY THROUGH SERVICE
Two hours. This course introduces students to academic service learning. Students explore
local opportunities for service through agency speakers, interview, readings, and individual
community service. As a group, the classes engage with local community agencies for a mini-
mum of 20 service. Through diering service projects, focused around 2–3 agencies, students
learn how academic disciplines contribute to social capital. This course links to a BUS, PSY,
HIS or SOC class.
GEOGRAPHY GEO
GEO 3320HUMAN GEOGRAPHY
Four hours. A survey of the relationship between geography and culture, including critical analy-
ses of human social issues and approaches to their solutions.
GEO 3340WORLD/REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY
Four hours. A world and regional approach to physical, cultural, economic, and political geogra-
phy, including emphases on how regional characteristics interact with each other.
GERMAN GER
Each course is an enhanced self-study program in the NASILP (National Association of Self-In-
structional Language Programs) format, which relies heavily upon the student’s motivation and
discipline. Major emphasis is on the development of oral-aural skills. Class time is spent in oral
drills and conversation practice with a native-speaking (or equivalent) tutor. Classes are conducted
almost entirely in German. Students study the grammar independently, using the NASILP format
with the help of the assigned text and workbook, as well as in the lab. Students are expected to
work outside of class and in the lab each week and come to class prepared.
GER 1101 FIRST SEMESTER GERMAN
Four hours. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 or approval from the Critical Languages
program director.
GER 1102 SECOND SEMESTER GERMAN
Four hours. Prerequisite: GER 1101 proficiency.
GER 2203 SECOND YEAR GERMAN
Four hours. Prerequisite: GER 1102 proficiency.
GREEK GRE
GRE 1101 HELLENISTIC GREEK I
Four hours. An introduction to the basic grammar, syntax, and vocabulary of Hellenistic Greek.
GRE 1102 HELLENISTIC GREEK II
Four hours. Prerequisite: GRE 1101. An advanced study of intermediate grammar, syntax, and
vocabulary of Hellenistic Greek and the translation of New Testament texts.
GRE 2203 READINGS IN GREEK
Four hours. Prerequisite: GRE 1102. Translation of the Greek New Testament with an emphasis on
the interpretation of the Greek text, and the analysis and application of textual criticism.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
262
HEALTHCARE MANAGEMENT HCM
HCM 2125HEALTHCARE ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT
Four hours. This course provides a descriptive study of the organization of the U.S. healthcare
system including its historical development, structure, and delivery systems. Emphasis is placed on
the basic concepts and issues that are associated with the management and regulation of health-
care providers and the delivery of services across dierent types of healthcare organizations. Stu-
dents study the role of the contemporary healthcare manager and focus on basic managerial skills
and knowledge.
HCM 3125COMMUNITY HEALTH
Four hours. Prerequisite: HCM 2125. Study descriptive epidemiology and its application to the
analysis of community health status, with emphasis on the computation and interpretation of
basic health status indicators as well as on the application of disease prevention strategies and
population management models for health promotion. Learn to apply epidemiological methods
to a variety of aspects of health services administration.
HCM 3225HEALTHCARE LAW AND ETHICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2111 and HCM 2125. Examines the legal, regulatory, and ethical
concepts related to healthcare management and the delivery of healthcare services. Topics include
liability, risk management, patient-provider relations, fraud and abuse, antitrust, as well as other
current legal and ethical issues.
HCM 3325HEALTHCARE FINANCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: HCM 2125. Provides a hands-on approach to financial, budgetary, and
accounting concepts, processes, and techniques relevant for healthcare managers. Study a variety
of mechanisms for financing healthcare in the U.S. and explore key financial management and
control processes necessary for making successful financial decisions. Specific topics include service
payment mechanisms, capital acquisition, organizational structures, and firm governance.
HCM 4125HEALTHCARE POLICY AND PLANNING
Four hours. Prerequisite: HCM 2125. Examines current U.S. health policies and their implications
on health services administration and provides an in-depth study of the policymaking process and
the relationship between health policymaking, health reform, and changes within the healthcare
industry. Special emphasis on the nature and role of healthcare policy studies on management
decision-making in health services administration.
HCM 4225HEALTHCARE INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Four hours. Prerequisite: HCM 2125. Provides an overview of healthcare information manage-
ment systems. Students are introduced to dierent types of clinical and administrative informa-
tion systems specific to the healthcare industry (e.g. computerized provider order entry, electronic
health records). Students gain insight into the process of selecting, implementing, and evaluating
healthcare information management systems and explore the importance of aligning information
systems with the strategic plan of the organization.
HCM 4325HEALTHCARE QUALITY AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: HCM 2125. Provides students with an understanding of healthcare qual-
ity management and performance improvement. Quality improvement philosophies, method-
ologies, tools, and techniques are introduced. Special attention is given to quality assessment,
risk management, utilization management, outcomes assessment, and benchmarking, which are
mechanisms used by health administrators to evaluate and improve healthcare services and pa-
tient safety.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
263
HCM 4960/4961 HEALTHCARE ADMINISTRATION INTERNSHIP
Two to four hours. Prerequisite: BUS 3960, senior standing; permission from the instructor; min-
imum 2.5 GPA. This course requires students to integrate and apply what they have learned in
their coursework to real-world issues and to gain practical experience working within a healthcare
organization (e.g. hospital, medical group, long-term care facility, insurance company, health de-
partment, etc.).
HCM 4999SEMINAR IN STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF THE HEALTHCARE ENTERPRISE
Four hours. Prerequisite: Senior standing; all other coursework in the major and successful com-
pletion of coursework that satisfied Eective Communication SLOs A and B. The capstone course
of the healthcare administration major, this course integrates knowledge of all healthcare admin-
istration and business disciplines from other courses. Uses case studies, individual projects and
team-based projects to identify problems, formulate strategic policies, and create original strate-
gic plans to shape the future of healthcare organizations. The course emphasizes analysis, deci-
sion-making, and implementation of business strategies in a healthcare setting. Gen Ed: EC-C
HISTORY HIS
HIS 1100THE ANCIENT WORLD
Four hours. This course will examine the history of the ancient world from the Neolithic Revo-
lution to the Mongol invasions of the 13th century. Students will explore themes common to all
relevant civilizations, including the development of agriculture and trade, the growth of empires,
and the values expressed in religion and philosophy. The course will also investigate how history is
made and how historians use surviving evidence to capture the “voices” of both the powerful and
powerless in the past. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
HIS 1200THE MAKING OF THE MODERN WORLD
Four hours. This class examines the critical juncture in world history between 1350 and 1850 that
established the foundations of the modern world. What changed during this period? Why did it
happen? This course investigates the political, economic, cultural, and social roots of this great
transformation and pays particular attention to the ethical dimensions of historical change for
dierent historical actors. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
HIS 1300 THE MODERN WORLD
Four hours. This course examines some of the momentous developments and changes that took
place in the world from 1850 to the present and their enduring influence on contemporary events.
Topics include industrialization, imperialism, nationalism, both world wars, the spread of com-
munism, the Cold War, globalization, and ethnic cleansing. The assignments in this course are
designed to teach students how historians “make” history through the selection and interpretation
of sources. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
HIS 2215THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE THROUGH THE CIVIL WAR
Four hours. The social, political, economic, and intellectual development of the United States
from the Age of Discovery through the Civil War. Traditional topics are surveyed, with a special
emphasis on the nation’s ethnic and cultural diversity. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
HIS 2225THE AMERICAN EXPERIENCE SINCE THE CIVIL WAR
Four hours. The social, political, economic, and intellectual development of the United States
from the end of the Civil War to the present. Traditional topics are surveyed, with special emphasis
on the nation’s ethnic and cultural diversity. Gen Ed: SW, EC-B
HIS 3115EARLY MODERN EUROPE
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level coursework and successful completion of
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
264
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course examines the “early
modern” period of European history, which runs from roughly 1500 to roughly 1800. Examining
key social, political, economic, and cultural developments, this class examines this “transitional”
period between medieval and modern Europe. Key topics may include, but are not limited to: the
Renaissance and Reformation, the first Europe an overseas empires, the rise of absolutism and con-
stitutional monarchies, the Scientific Revolution and Enlightenment, and the French Revolution.
Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3165HISTORY OF MODERN EUROPE
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level coursework and successful completion of
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. The course surveys the histor-
ical development of Europe from 1815 to 2000, covering the main historical events on the conti-
nent in a comparative context. Topics covered include the Revolutions of 1830 and 1848, Italian
and German unification, the impact of imperialism and nationalism on European politics and
identity, the rise of liberalism, socialism, communism, and fascism as political and socioeconomic
systems, World War I, the Russian Revolutions, World War II and the Holocaust, the Cold War,
the collapse of the Eastern Bloc and the Soviet Union, European reunification, and the wars in the
former Yugoslavia. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3215HISTORY OF RUSSIA AND THE SOVIET UNION
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course surveys the political, so-
cial, economic, and cultural history of the Russia Empire and the Soviet Union from the origins of
the first Russian state to the fall of the Soviet Union, with an emphasis on the late nineteenth and
early twentieth century. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3225MODERN AMERICA, 1945-PRESENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course provides students with
an in-- depth examination of Modern America aer the Second World War. America’s political,
economic, and social history are examined. Among the major subjects included in the course are:
the Cold War, Civil Rights, Vietnam War and anti--war movement, feminism, environmentalism,
the crises of the 1970s, the neo--conservative revolution and global confrontations up to the first
decade of the 21
st
century. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3231HISTORY OF THE OLD SOUTH
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course provides students
with an in-depth examination of the South from its Colonial roots through the Civil War.
Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3232HISTORY OF THE NEW SOUTH
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. The course provides students with an
in-depth examination of the South from the Civil War. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3240 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HISTORY
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college level coursework that satisfies Eective Communica-
tion SLOs A and B. This is an American History based course that introduces students to the dis-
cipline of public history and practices in museums, archives, historical societies, and other public
and private institutions that collect, display, and interpret historical artifacts, in a public setting.
Topics covered include: General overview of the concepts that define the discipline of public his-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
265
tory including memory and interpretation. Introduction to methodology and use of physical and
digital collections at museums, libraries and other repositories. Insight into historic preservation
of buildings, cemeteries, historic sites through case study. Specific guidelines to incorporate and
develop oral history into projects. Overview of outcomes of public history through public presen-
tations in museums and exhibits. Case study approach incorporates local sites and professionals.
Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3275HISTORY OF EAST ASIA
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course surveys the historical
development of modern China and Japan with some attention to the surrounding regions. In
addition to looking at the contributions of prominent individuals, the course addresses the role
structural factors played in shaping the East Asian experience, including culture, modernization,
industrialization, imperialism, war, depression, racism, and gender, with a focus on the diering
responses of each civilization to westernization. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3355HISTORY OF FLORIDA
Four hours. Same as LAS 3355. Prerequisites: One year of college-level coursework and success-
ful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course
surveys the history of Florida from the Spanish Period to the present. The course examines the
major events and personalities in Florida history from chronological and political perspectives.
Attention is given to economic, social, and environmental issues that have shaped Florida’s histo-
ry. Florida’s unique landscape, geography and natural features are also a subject of inquiry in the
course. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3365HISTORY OF MODERN LATIN AMERICA
Four hours. Same as LAS 3365. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful com-
pletion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course surveys
the major events and personalities in Latin American History from the colonial era to the present.
Attention is given to economic, social, geographical, and environmental issues that have shaped
the region’s history. The region’s unique landscape, geography and natural features are also a sub-
ject of inquiry in the course. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3415HISTORY OF THE MIDDLE EAST
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course surveys the historical de-
velopment of the Middle East, beginning with the emergence and spread of Islam before turning
to the Muslim world’s Golden Age, the invasions by Crusaders and Mongols, the rise and fall of
the Ottoman Empire, and concluding with the region’s transformation during the late-nineteenth
and twentieth century’s. In addition to looking at the contributions of prominent individuals,
the course addresses the role structural factors played in shaping the Middle Eastern experience,
including culture, modernization, industrialization, imperialism, war, depression, racism, and gen-
der. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3445 HISTORY OF MODERN AFRICA
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level coursework and successful completion of
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course surveys the his-
torical development of modern sub-Saharan Africa since the early nineteenth century. Key de-
velopments examined in this course include: slavery and the slave trade, European colonial rule,
cultural, economic, and familial life under colonial rule, resistance and rebellion to colonial rule,
the rise and fall of apartheid, the Cold War’s eect on Africa, and the problems and possibilities of
Africa today. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
266
HIS 3455SELECTED TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF THE WESTERN WORLD
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college-level coursework or permission of the instructor,
and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B.
This course provides students with an in-depth examination of topics in this history of the western
world. Examples of topics include Renaissance and Reformation, French Revolution and Napo-
leon, Nineteenth-Century Intellectual History, or Europe Between the World Wars. Topics will
change. Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3550SELECTED TOPICS IN US OR LATIN AMERICAN HISTORY
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework or permission of the instructor. This
course provides students with an in-depth examination of a particular topic, period, or region in
US or Latin American history. Examples of such topics include US or Latin American women’s
history, Old South, New South, Civil War and Reconstruction, Jacksonian Era, African-Ameri-
can History, and History of Crime and Criminal Justice in the United States. Topics will change.
Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3555SELECTED TOPICS IN THE WORLD OR THEMATIC HISTORY
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework or permission of the instructor. This
course provides students with an in-depth examination of a particular topic, period, or region in
world or thematic history. Examples of topics include women’s history, twentieth century geno-
cides, an introduction to cultural history, oil and politics in world history, or the atomic bomb
and the nuclear age. Topics will change. Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
HIS 3705HISTORY OF WAR AND SOCIETY IN THE MODERN ERA
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of course-
work that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course explores the historical
development of warfare in the modern era. It focuses the evolution of military forces and their
technology, organization, strategy, and tactics, and the relationship between armed forces and so-
ciety, especially the link between military service and citizenship. The specific focus of the course
will vary, but generally will consider the experiences of Western militaries and those regions of the
world which they aected. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 3755SCREENING HISTORY
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful completion of coursework
that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course studies the use, misuse, and value
of historical subjects depicted in films. Students use films from a variety of genres, times, and places
as test cases for analysis of historical events, periods, and personalities. In doing so they learn to view
critically while exploring the use of film to teach and learn history. The specific topic of the course
will change. The course may be taken for credit toward the major only once. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 4455SEMINAR ON SELECTED TOPICS IN HISTORY OF THE WESTERN WORLD
Four hours. Prerequisites: History majors, students with two years of college coursework, or per-
mission of the instructor, and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Com-
munication SLOs A and B. This intensive reading and writing course provides students with an in-
depth examination of selected topics and themes in the history of the western world. The course
emphasizes the review of relevant literature and analysis of the methodologies, interpretations,
values, evidence, and conclusions contained therein. Topics and themes may be drawn from the
entire western historical experience, from the ancient world of the Greeks and Romans to Europe
today. Active engagement with and discussion of an extensive set of readings is expected of all
students. Course may be repeated once for credit with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
267
HIS 4550SEMINAR ON SELECTED TOPICS IN US HISTORY OR LATIN AMERICA
Four hours. Prerequisites: History majors, students with two years of college coursework, or per-
mission of the instructor, and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Com-
munication SLOs A and B. This intensive reading and writing course provides students with an
in-depth examination of selected topics and themes in US or Latin America history. The course
emphasizes the review of relevant literature and analysis of the methodologies, interpretations,
values, evidence, and conclusions contained therein. Topics and themes may be drawn from the
US or Latin American experience form colonial times to the present. Active engagement with and
discussion of an extensive set of readings is expected of all students. Course may be repeated once
for credit with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 4555SEMINAR ON SELECTED TOPICS IN WORLD OR THEMATIC HISTORY
Four hours. Prerequisites: History majors, students with two years of college coursework, or per-
mission of the instructor, and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Com-
munication SLOs A and B. This intensive reading and writing course provides students with an
in-depth examination of selected topics and themes in world and thematic history. The course
emphasizes the review of relevant literature and analysis of the methodologies, interpretations,
values, evidence, and conclusions contained therein. Active engagement with and discussion of an
extensive set of readings is expected of all students. Course may be repeated once for credit with a
dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HIS 4960/4961: INTERNSHIP IN HISTORY
One to four hours. One hour of credit will be awarded for every forty clock hours worked. Prereq-
uisites: Junior or Senior standing, Major or Minor in History, 3.0 or higher GPA, and permission of
the faculty supervisor. The internship is an o-campus participatory undertaking in a History-re-
lated area that is designed to integrate academic learning with actual application in the field and
to provide students with professional experience in preparation for graduate study or future em-
ployment. The internship involves a “learning contract” which must be completed by the student,
faculty supervisor, and participating agency supervisor prior to the beginning of the internship.
Summer internships are especially encouraged.
HIS 4999THE PHILOSOPHY AND METHODOLOGY OF HISTORY
Four hours. Prerequisites: HIS 4555 and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Ef-
fective Communication SLOs A and B, or permission of the instructor. Focus is on readings and
discussion of the major schools of historical thought and the methodologies, both qualitative
and quantitative, that have been adopted for the study of the past. Readings are chosen to reflect
a variety of perspectives, interpretations, and methodologies. Students also research, prepare, and
present a major research assignment utilizing both primary and secondary source materials.
Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
HONORS PROGRAM HON
HON 1700WRITING ON CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES
Four hours. Prerequisites: Entry into Honors Program. Students critically analyze how culture
shapes and is shaped by the written language. The class examines multiple overarching social
concepts that may include relationships, community, globalism, and technology in fields of study
such as politics, economics, science, arts, and the environment to further understand our impact
on society and potential to enact change. A particular focus of the course is exploring the impor-
tance of analytical writing in everyday life. Gen Ed: EC-A, Ql
HON 1701SPEAKING ON CONTEMPORARY SOCIAL ISSUES
Four hours. Prerequisites: Entry into Honors Program. Students will critically analyze how cul-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
268
ture shapes and is shaped by communication. Specifically, students will investigate the context in
which people challenge the dominant way of thinking in multiple fields of study, which may in-
clude culture, art, politics, history, business, technology, science, and economics and propose new
ideas, some of which have far reaching consequences. The class will examine communication con-
cepts to further understand complex social issues and to improve student communication skills. A
particular focus of the course will be exploring the importance of eective oral communication in
everyday life. Topics vary - selected by instructor and Honors Program Director. Gen Ed: EC-B, SW
HON 1990HONORS FIRST-YEAR SEMINAR
Two hours. Prerequisites: HON 1700 or HON 1701. An interdisciplinary seminar designed to
develop critical and integrative thinking among first-year honors students. Individual faculty will
set the topic of the seminar, drawing on their own specialties to illuminate questions of broad con-
temporary concern. In addition, the course exposes students to knowledge needed to successfully
navigate the Honors Program and prepare them for success upon graduation.
HON 2990HONORS SECOND-YEAR RESEARCH SEMINAR
Two hours. Prerequisites: HON 1990. An introductory course that prepares students to conduct
research or engage in creative works, which enables them to develop a challenging Honors thesis
project. The course guides students in selecting a faculty mentor for their Honors thesis and focus-
es on the principles, procedures and methods for designing research and creative works.
HON 3955/3956HONORS DIRECTED STUDY
Up to four hours distributed over one or two semesters. Prerequisites: HON 2990 and permission
of instructor. Students work one-on-one with an individual faculty member to develop a thesis
project and collect preliminary data when possible, resulting in the generation of a Honors thesis
proposal no later than the conclusion of the Junior year. Students may also be required to audit a
departmental or discipline specific methods course. The thesis proposal is submitted to the Hon-
ors Committee for approval at the conclusion of the course.
HON 3XXXHONORS OPTION COURSE
A student may add an Honors option to a non-Honors course for Honors credit. The Honors
Program at Florida Southern College has instituted this policy in order to provide opportunities
for highly motivated students to participate in unique educational experiences not otherwise
available through regular course oerings. Reflecting the vision of the Honors Program, adding
an Honors Option to a course results in a collaborative project between student and faculty
member. The design of such an option is tailored by both the student’s and a sponsoring faculty
member’s interest. The Honors Option requires a written contract between student and sponsor-
ing faculty member. The contract and sponsoring faculty member must receive approval from
the Honors Program Committee. Honors Option is not available for freshman or for courses that
have Honors equivalents. Students should not take more than one Honors Options per semester
and are limited to three during their career.
HON 4955/4956HONORS SENIOR THESIS
Six hours distributed over two semesters. Prerequisite: HON 3955 or HON 3956. Restricted to
seniors in the Honors Program who have a cumulative 3.5 GPA and have completed at least half of
coursework at FSC. A two-semester sequence required of all Honors Program students. Students
in the sequence work with the professor teaching the course on research projects centered on a
particular theme. Gen Ed: EC-C
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
269
HORTICULTURE HRT
HRT 1000 PLANTS AND SOCIETY
Four hours. Does not count toward the major or minor. This course examines plant biology and
function as they apply to human use. It considers the role of modern agriculture in nutrition and
health. Specific crops are discussed as they relate historically and for the future to hunger, poverty,
and economics. Gen Ed: SW, NW
HRT 1501 CURRENT PERSPECTIVES IN HORTICULTURE SCIENCE
One hour. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Co-requisite: COM 1500. This seminar-style
course accompanies COM 1500. It provides opportunities for students to reflect on the role of the
Horticultural Sciences as an academic discipline, in society, and as a career. Students will practice
important skills that will help them succeed in COM 1500 and across the curriculum.
HRT 2100 INTRODUCTION TO HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE
Four hours. This is the introductory course to all of the horticulture-related majors. It considers
the fundamental principles and practices underlying the propagation and growing of horticultur-
al crops. This course fulfills the Natural World student learning outcome and empowers students
to develop an understanding of the scientific investigation of the natural world. Gen Ed: NW
HRT 3301 SOIL SCIENCE
Four hours. Prerequisite: CHE 1011 or 1111. This course considers the soil as a natural body in-
cluding its chemical and physical properties, tillage, water management, organic matter, ecology,
and principles of soil conservation. Florida soils and horticultural crops are emphasized.
HRT 3302 PLANT NUTRITION
Four hours. Same as BIO 3302. Prerequisites: HRT 3301 and either BIO 1600 or HRT 2100. Ex-
plore the relationship of plants to soil in their acquisition of the mineral nutrients needed for life.
Examine the chemical and physical properties of plant mineral nutrients, their reactions in the
soil, and how the plant absorbs, transports, modifies, stores, and utilizes them, with emphasis on
Florida soils and crops.
HRT 3326 TROPICAL AND TEMPERATE FRUITS
Four hours. Prerequisite: HRT 2100 or permission of the instructor. This course discusses fruit
crops, other than citrus, that can be grown in Florida, from the standpoint of commercial produc-
tion, as well as use in the home garden. The flowering and fruiting physiology, water and weed
management, pest management and other aspects of their culture are studied.
HRT 4320 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HORTICULTURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: HRT 2100 or permission of the instructor. This course discusses special-
ized topics of one or more related aspects of horticulture. The course may be taken more than once.
HRT 4955CAREER DEVELOPMENT SKILLS FOR INTERNSHIP
One hour. Prerequisite: junior or senior standing or departmental permission. This course pre-
pares the student for HRT 4960, Internship, including developing learning objectives for the con-
tractual agreement, resumes, application letters, interviewing skills, job searches, and developing
the contract with the employer.
HRT 4960 INTERNSHIP
Two hours. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing and departmental permission. This course ap-
plies horticultural theory and business in an operational setting, with supervision by cooperating
practitioner and faculty.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
270
HRT 4961 INTERNSHIP
Two hours. Prerequisites: HRT 4960. This course applies horticultural theory and business in an
operational setting, with supervision by cooperating practitioner and instructor.
HUMANITIES HUM
HUM 4999HUMANITIES CAPSTONE
Four hours. Prerequisite: senior standing. Interdisciplinary capstone course required of all Hu-
manities majors.
JAPANESE JPN
Each course is an enhanced self-study program, in the NASILP (National Association of Self-In-
structional Language Programs) format, which relies heavily upon student’s motivation and dis-
cipline. Major emphasis is on the development of oral-aural skills. This course is an enhanced
self-study program in the NASILP format which relies heavily upon the student’s motivation and
discipline. Class time will be spent on oral drills and conversation practice with a native speak-
er. Class will be conducted almost entirely in Japanese. Students will study the grammar inde-
pendently with the help of the textbook and the online workbook. Students are expected to come
to class prepared.
JPN 1101 FIRST SEMESTER JAPANESE
Four hours: Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 or approval from Critical Languages
program director.
JPN 1102 SECOND SEMESTER JAPANESE
Four hours: Prerequisite: JPN 1101 proficiency
JPN 2203 SECOND YEAR JAPANESE
Four hours: Prerequisite: JPN 1102 proficiency
LATIN AMERICAN STUDIES LAS
LAS 2005 LATIN AMERICAN CULTURE
Four hours. An introduction to various aspects of life in Latin American countries from early times
to the present. Focusing on the social and political development of Latin America, the course re-
veals the unity and diversity that characterize contemporary Latin American culture. Typical top-
ics for study include: the pre-Columbian civilizations and their cultural legacy; the conquistadors
and the Colonial period; the independence movements; the search for and the definition of an
American identity; the twentieth-century dictatorships; and the move toward democracy.
LAS 2006 LATIN AMERICA ON FILM I
Four hours. This course introduces the student to some facets of the Latin American world
through a detailed study of films and readings from diverse countries of the region such as Argen-
tina, Chile, Brazil, Cuba and Guatemala. In tandem, it addresses topics such as religion in Argenti-
na, dictatorship in Chile and Cuba and immigration from Guatemala.
LAS 2007 LATIN AMERICA ON FILM II
Four hours. This course introduces the student to some facets of Latin America through a detailed
study of films and readings from diverse countries such as Mexico, Colombia, The Dominican
Republic, Venezuela and El Salvador. In tandem, it addresses topics such as violence and the family
in Mexican society, drugs and violence in Colombia, violence in Venezuela and the civil war in El
Salvador. Latin America on Film I is not a prerequisite for this course.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
271
LAS 3308 TOPICS IN HISPANIC CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION
Four hours. Same as SPA 3308. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor.
This course introduces and expands the student’s understanding of Hispanic countries through a
detailed study of an interdisciplinary topic that incorporates history, culture, art, literature, current
events, and various geographic regions. Students of SPA 3308 read and write in Spanish, students
of LAS 3308 read and write in English. All class discussions are held in English. May be taken more
than once with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW
LAS 3335 LATIN AMERICAN FILM AND FICTION
Four hours. Same as SPA 3335. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor
for students taking this as SPA 3335. This course examines major works of fiction in writing and
film by Hispanic writers such as Azuela, Borges, Allende, Sábato, Cortázar, and García Márquez
among others. It focuses on the historical, social and political context of their works. Students
of LAS 3335 read and write in English, students of SPA 3335 read and write in Spanish. All class
discussions are held in English.
LAS 3355HISTORY OF FLORIDA
Four hours. Same as HIS 3355. Prerequisites: One year of college-level coursework and successful
completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course sur-
veys the history of Florida from the Spanish Period to the present. The course examines the major
events and personalities in Florida history from chronological and political perspectives. Atten-
tion is given to economic, social, and environmental issues that have shaped Florida’s history. Flor-
ida’s unique landscape, geography and natural features are also a subject of inquiry in the course.
Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
LAS 3365HISTORY OF MODERN LATIN AMERICA
Four hours. Same as HIS 3365. Prerequisites: One year of college coursework and successful com-
pletion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This course surveys
the major events and personalities in Latin American History from the colonial era to the present.
Attention is given to economic, social, geographical, and environmental issues that have shaped
the region’s history. The region’s unique landscape, geography and natural features are also a sub-
ject of inquiry in the course. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, EC-C
LIBRARY LIB
LIB 1005 INVESTIGATIONS
Two hours. This course provides standards-based instruction and practice in the discovery, use, and
creation of information. Students will learn the skills to locate scholarly information, analyze and
extract meaning from articles, and use information responsibly, while developing a deeper under-
standing of their place within the scholarly conversation. Concepts and skills learned in this class
are transferable across the student’s academic program.
MARKETING MKT
MKT 3160 MARKETING PRINCIPLES
Four hours. Marketing principles, functions, organizations, methods, and problems involved in
the exchange process known as marketing; a managerial perspective that revolves around the mar-
keting concept and the marketing mix. Gen Ed: Ql
MKT 3175 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING STRATEGIES
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 3125 and MKT 3160. An analysis of global, international, and
multicultural issues as they relate to corporate marketing strategy. Emphasis will be placed on ex-
tending beyond traditional domestic marketing theory and application. Students will conduct a
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
272
semester project for a real organization. The integrated project requires students to learn, analyze,
and creatively solve a current marketing problem followed by determining the best method(s) to
use to communicate the solution to the client organization.
MKT 3260 CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. This course is designed to introduce the student to the field
of consumer behavior. Consumer behavior theories and models are presented, including the sur-
vey of internal influencers of behavior including needs, motivation, perception, learning, attitudes,
and personality, and external influencers such as culture, social class, family, reference groups, and
marketing communication. The impact of legal and regulatory forces on consumer behavior is dis-
cussed, as is consumer misbehavior. The impact of consumer behavior on the success of marketing
programs is the core focus of the student learning experience.
MKT 3270 SALES MANAGEMENT AND PERSONAL SELLING
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. This course demystifies the sales process and introduces stu-
dents to sales concepts such as value-based selling and relationship selling. The course will facili-
tate a greater appreciation, understanding, and respect for sales through an emphasis on persuasive
interpersonal communications and relationship-building skills.
MKT 3360 INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATIONS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. This course is designed to introduce students to the field
of integrated marketing communications (IMC). The development of an IMC program requires
an understanding of the overall marketing process, how companies organize for advertising and
other promotional functions, consumer behavior, communications theory, and how to set goals,
objectives, strategies, and budgets. Attention will be given to advertising, direct marketing, Inter-
net, and interactive marketing, sales promotion, social media, and publicity and public relations.
The process by which IMC programs are planned, developed and executed will be examined.
Additionally, the environment in which IMC takes place and the various regulatory, social, ethical
and economic factors that aect an organization’s IMC program will be discussed.
MKT 3380 DIGITAL MARKETING
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. This course will build on the foundation of traditional mar-
keting strategies by introducing the digital marketing concept. Students will examine the digital
marketing landscape and will gain a functional understanding of creating a digital marketing
plan, from formulation to implementation. Topics will include digital trends, social media, digital
promotion, and strategic planning within the digital landscape.
MKT 3460 SERVICES MARKETING
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. This course is designed to introduce you to the marketing
of service-based businesses. As compared to physical goods, the marketing of services, which are
characterized by intangibility, heterogeneity, simultaneous production and consumption, and per-
ishability, involves specific intricacies and challenges. Attention will be given to the Gaps Model
of Service Quality, understanding customer expectations and perceptions of service, building cus-
tomer relationships, and service recovery. In addition, aligning service design and standards, de-
livering and performing service, service recovery, pricing services, and customers’ and employees’
roles in service will be discussed.
MKT 3560 MARKETING CHANNEL MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. Overview of marketing strategies related to marketing chan-
nel management. Topics include the nature of marketing channels, marketing channel strategies,
the role of marketing channels in marketing management, retail concepts that apply to marketing
channel management, and the relationship between retailing and channel management.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
273
MKT 4466 MARKETING RESEARCH
Four hours. Prerequisites: MKT 3160 and BUS 3320 (Interdisciplinary majors/minors are eligible
for prerequisite substitutions or waivers). The nature and scope of marketing research, including
the use of the scientific method to guide inquiry into research program design and implementa-
tion. The course is empirical and pragmatic in nature, providing a focus on qualitative and quan-
titative research techniques, sampling, data collection and analysis, as well as an emphasis on the
interpretation and presentation of research findings.
MKT 4477 EVENT MANAGEMENT AND MARKETING
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160. Students will acquire in-depth knowledge about the spe-
cialized field of event management and will become familiar with management techniques and
strategies required for successful planning, promotion, implementation, and evaluation of special
events.
MKT 4488 MARKETING MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisites: BUS 2217 and MKT 4466. In this course, students will apply market-
ing frameworks to make sound marketing decisions. Marketing frameworks include the 5 Cs
(customer, company, context, collaborators, and competitors), STP (segmentation, targeting, and
positioning), and the 4 Ps (product, price, place, and promotion). Case studies, collaboration, and
discussion will be emphasized.
MATHEMATICS MAT
MAT 1000 PREPARATION FOR COLLEGE MATHEMATICS
Two hours. A review and practice in basic mathematical principles and skills for use in a subse-
quent course. Coursework includes active learning exercises and individualized, self-paced prob-
lem sets. This course may be taken no more than two times, in preparation for dierent courses.
This course does NOT meet any general education learning outcomes. This course is P/F/A.
MAT 1001 FRESHMAN SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS
One hour. Prerequisite: Approval of Instructor, Co-requisites: MAT 2100 and MAT 2311 or MAT
2312; This course is designed for the Freshman Math and Applied Math Learning Community.
Students will explore topics related to career development, and topics that link Discrete Mathe-
matics with Calculus.
MAT 1007 ADVENTURES IN CONTEMPORARY MATH
Four hours. A study of modern mathematics with applications. Students will gain an understand-
ing of how mathematical reasoning can be applied in the real world. Topics are selected from the
following: voting systems; applications of graphs in touring and travel; the art and science behind
fractals and population growth; personal finance and basic statistical concepts. Additional topics
may be included at the discretion of the instructor. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 1047 PRECALCULUS
Four hours. A study of polynomial, rational, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric func-
tions and coordinate geometric techniques. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2010 MATHEMATICAL THINKING AND QUANTITATIVE REASONING
Four hours. Prerequisite: Education majors only or permission of instructor. This course engages
learners in mathematical thinking and quantitative reasoning. Students will deepen their under-
standing of how mathematical reasoning can be applied in the real world. Applications include
those utilizing numerical sense, algebra, qeometrv, probability, and statistics.
MAT 2022 ELEMENTARY STATISTICS
Four hours. Students use statistical methods to analyze data from real world situations and make
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
274
inferences. These methods involve descriptive analysis, probability distributions, correlation, lin-
ear regression, the Central Limit Theorem, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing. Credit
cannot be earned for both MAT 2022 and MAT 2032. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2027 TRANSITION TO BIOSTATISTICS
Two hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2022 or BUS 3320, or permission of instructor. Applied statistical
tools for analysis and decision making with applications for biology and; environmental and agri-
cultural sciences. Class demonstrations of analysis using statistical soware.
MAT 2032 BIOSTATISTICS
Four hours. Applied statistical tools for analysis and decision making with applications for biol-
ogy, environmental and agricultural sciences. Statistical terminology, collection and presentation
of data, probability distributions, sampling, experimental design, parametric and nonparametric
procedures, regression, correlation and analysis of variance. Class demonstrations of analysis using
statistical soware. Credit cannot be earned for both MAT 2022 and MAT 2032. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2050 APPLIED CALCULUS
Four hours. Prerequisite: Competency in algebra or permission of the instructor. Basic analytic
geometry; dierentiation and integration of single variable functions; optimization and other
applications of single variable calculus, dierentiation and integration of multi-variable and trig-
onometric functions; dierential equations, with emphasis on applications to real world prob-
lems. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2100 DISCRETE STRUCTURES
Four hours. Same as CSC 2100. An introduction to discrete mathematics. Topics include logic,
set theory, basic proofs, mathematical induction and recursion, counting principles and prob-
ability. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2250 INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS IN R
Two hours. Prerequisites: MAT 2022 or MAT 2032, or permission of instructor. This course serves
as an introduction to data analysis in R. Students will learn the basics of R, including how to im-
port, manipulate, visualize, and export datasets. Students will explore simple linear modeling. No
prior coding experience necessary.
MAT 2311 CALCULUS I WITH PLANE ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
Four hours. The study of dierentiation and integration of algebraic and transcendental functions.
Theory and applications of dierentiation, and The Fundamental Theorem of Calculus. Topics in
plane analytic geometry. Use of computer algebra system (CAS) required. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2312 CALCULUS II WITH PLANE ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2311. Continuation of MAT 2311. Techniques and applications of
integration, improper integrals, infinite sequences and series, and power series. Use of a computer
algebra system (CAS) required. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 2505 LINEAR ALGEBRA
Four hours. Prerequisites: MAT 2312. The study of matrices, solution of homogeneous and
non-homogeneous systems of equations, vector spaces, linear mappings, determinants, eigen-
values, and eigenvectors.
MAT 3100 FOUNDATIONS OF DATA ANALYTICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2027 or MAT 2032. This course introduces students to the field of
data analytics and the process of making data-informed decisions. Students will discuss the ethics
of obtaining and using data, as well as biases that may be present. Students will use statistical
soware to develop appropriate models, assess the quality of models, interpret model results, and
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
275
prepare statistical reports.
MAT3110 MATHEMATICAL METHODS FOR SCIENTISTS AND ENGINEERS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312 and PHY 2110. This course surveys a variety of applied mathe-
matical topics that are widely used in technical fields such as physics and engineering. These topics
arise from mathematical disciplines such as complex variables, linear algebra, ordinary and partial
dierential equations. Numerical methods will also be covered.
MAT 3132 ADVANCED STATISTICAL TOPICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: MAT 2027 or MAT 2032. This course is an in depth application of
univariate and multivariate statistical tools for data analysis. Statistical soware will be used.
MAT 3205 PROOF TECHNIQUES
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312. An introduction to the logic and methods of higher mathe-
matics, emphasizing critical thinking and basic proof techniques.
MAT 3250 INTERMEDIATE ANALYSIS IN R
Two hours. Prerequisites: one course at or above MAT 2250, or permission of instructor. This
course further explores data analysis in R. Students will develop their coding skills in R as well
as learn to develop, train, test, and assess various models. Types of models covered in this course
include but are not limited to simple linear regression, multiple linear regression, polynomial
regression, and logistic regression.
MAT 3305 ABSTRACT ALGEBRA
Four hours. Prerequisite or corequisite: MAT 3205 or permission of instructor. The course will
investigate the definition of a group and its properties using specific types of groups (including
group presentations, modular arithmetic, permutations, symmetries, and matrices) and the study
of relationships between groups via subgroups and homomorphisms. Throughout the course,
proof writing techniques will be developed and applied to the context of groups.
MAT 3313 CALCULUS III WITH SOLID ANALYTIC GEOMETRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312. Solid analytic geometry, vector calculus, partial dierenti-
ation, multiple integrals, and other coordinate systems. Use of computer algebra system (CAS)
required. Gen Ed: Qn
MAT 3330 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312. A study of the trends and developments in mathematics
throughout the centuries and how these trends and developments influence art, culture, technol-
ogy, and thought.
MAT 3350 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312. Students use qualitative, numerical, and analytical tech-
niques to study solutions of ordinary dierential equations and systems of ordinary dierential
equations. Topics include analytic methods for solving separable and linear dierential equa-
tions, numeric methods, existence and uniqueness theorems, systems of linear dierential equa-
tions, stability of autonomous systems, discrete dynamical systems, and chaos. Use of a computer
algebra system is required.
MAT 3355 CODING THEORY
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312. The study of binary codes over fields of characteristic stress-
ing the construction, encoding and decoding of several important families of codes.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
276
MAT 3960 FIELD EXPERIENCE
One to four hours. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing; permission of instructor; minimum
2.8 overall GPA and a 3.0 math GPA. Correlating theory and practice in two operational settings;
supervision by cooperating practitioners and faculty in several areas of application. One hour of
credit will be awarded for every forty hours of internship experience. This course may be repeat-
ed for up to 6 hours credit.
MAT 4100 ADVANCED ANALYTICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 3100, or permission of instructor. Students use real-world datasets
to build and analyze models. Types of models covered in this course include but are not limited to
neural networks, support vector machines (SVM), regression and classification trees, dimension-
ality reduction using principle component analysis (PCA), AdaBoost, Random Forest, and Naïve
Bayes.
MAT 4205 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 3205. This course explores the basic properties of the fundamental
structures found so very useful to algebraists, notably, rings, fields, and groups. It also entails a
significant collaborative research and problem-solving capstone experience.
MAT 4315 ELEMENTARY ANALYSIS
Four hours. Prerequisites: MAT 3205 and MAT 3313. The beginning study of analysis including
countability, sequences, convergence, limits, continuity, and dierentiation.
MAT 4442 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: MAT 2022 or MAT 2032 and MAT 2312. Study of probability models,
random variables, discrete and continuous distributions, sampling estimation, multivariate ran-
dom variables, hypothesis testing and confidence intervals.
MAT 4452 PREPARATION FOR ACTUARIAL EXAM P
Two hours. Prerequisites: MAT 2312 and Prerequisite or Corequisite: MAT 4442; or permission of
instructor. Integrates calculus and probability topics into fundamental tools for assessing risk in
an actuarial environment. Calculus and probability topics include derivatives, integrals, partials,
random variables, distributions, and conditional probability. This course is a preparatory course
for the Society of Actuaries/Casualty Actuarial Society Course/Exam P.
MAT 4630 SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS
Two or four hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Covers contemporary topics at an ad-
vanced level in mathematics (such as graph theory, group theory, knot theory, linear algebra, logic,
modern algebra, real analysis, topology). Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
MAT 4635 SELECTED TOPICS IN APPLIED MATHEMATICS
Two or four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2032 or both MAT 2022 and MAT 2027, as well as consent
of the instructor. Covers various topics in applied mathematics (such as analytics, regression, re-
gression analysis, categorical analysis, or survival analysis). Course may be repeated for credit with
a dierent topic.
MAT 4645 SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS
Two or four hours. Same as CSC 4645. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Covers contem-
porary topics at an advanced level in applied mathematics and computer science. (For example:
numerical methods, graph theory.) Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
MAT 4960/4961 SENIOR INTERNSHIP IN MATHEMATICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: Senior standing; completion of department approval procedure; mini-
mum cumulative GPA of 2.8 and minimum GPA of 3.0 in the major; successful completion of
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
277
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLO’s A and B. The combination of research
and practical experience, provides students with a combination of theoretical understanding, crit-
ical-thinking skills, and hands-on experience that employers seek. Internships correlate theory
and practice in two operational settings; supervision by cooperating practitioners and faculty in
several areas of application. A minimum of 160 hours of internship experience is required. Gen
Ed: EC-C
MAT 4999 MATHEMATICS SENIOR SEMINAR
Four hours. Prerequisites: senior standing, successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eec-
tive Communication SLOs A and B. This course entails a student led development of knowledge
in a subject outside the scope of the existing mathematics curriculum. Students work through the
material and display their knowledge of the subject in oral presentations and written documen-
tation. Gen Ed: EC-C
MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES MLS
MLS 3100 INTRODUCTION TO CLINICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES
Three hours: Prerequisite: Medical Laboratory Sciences majors. Co-requisite or prerequisite: BIO
3710. Basic aspects of clinical laboratory sciences are covered, including general clinical laboratory
safety, proper use and care of laboratory equipment, an overview of clinical laboratory tests, ad-
ministrative aspects of clinical laboratory work, and educational and career requirements for the
MLS professional.
MLS 3200 CLINICAL CHEMISTRY AND IMMUNOLOGY
Three hours: Prerequisite: medical laboratory sciences major and BIO 4300. Prerequisite or co-req-
uisite: MLS 3100. Explore critical chemical and immunological concepts for the medical labora-
tory sciences professional.
MLS 3300 PHLEBOTOMY
Three hours: Prerequisite: medical laboratory sciences major. Prerequisite or co-requisite: MLS
3100. Study various aspects of phlebotomy, including the conceptual, procedural, legal and ethical
aspects of working with specimens, samples and patients.
MLS 4100 CLINICAL HEMATOLOGY
Three hours: Prerequisite: MLS 3100. A detailed exploration of structure, function and disorders
of hematopoietic cells and tissues.
MLS 4200 CLINICAL IMMUNOHEMATOLOGY
Three hours: Prerequisite: MLS 3100 and BIO 4300. A detailed exploration of the processes of
blood donation and transfusion, with emphasis on detection and analysis of blood components
and disease states.
MLS 4300 CLINICAL HEMOSTASIS, URINALYSIS AND BODY FLUIDS
Two hours: Prerequisite: MLS 3100. A detailed exploration of structure, function and disorders
of thrombopoietic cells and kidney and urinary structure and function, with emphasis on testing
procedures for coagulation, urine and other body fluids.
MLS 4400 CLINICAL MICROBIOLOGY
Three hours: Prerequisite: MLS 3100 and BIO 3710. Explore the basic morphology and biochem-
ical characteristics of clinically significant microorganisms, along with appropriate testing proce-
dures for detection in patient samples.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
278
MLS 4500 MOLECULAR PATHOLOGY METHODS
One hour: Prerequisite: MLS 3100 and BIO 3362. Examine the concepts and methods behind
modern molecular clinical testing are explored.
MLS 4800 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES PRACTICUM
Eight hours: Prerequisite: MLS 3100 and MLS 4400. Application of medical testing concepts
to laboratory settings. Students will rotate through multiple laboratory facilities in a clinical
setting to gain experience in the methods and procedures needed for the medical laboratory
science professional.
MLS 4900 MEDICAL LABORATORY SCIENCES CAPSTONE
Four hours: Prerequisite: MLS 3100 and MLS 4400 and successful completion of coursework that
satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Students will consider special topics in Medical
Laboratory Sciences, which may include case study analysis, interpretation of information and
consideration of new technologies. Students will perform literature and/or laboratory research,
and will present their findings in oral and written formats. Gen Ed: EC-C.
MILITARY SCIENCE AND LEADERSHIP MSL
MSL 1001INTRODUCTION TO THE ARMY AND CRITICAL THINKING
Two hours. Lab required. Learn how the personal development of life skills such as cultural under-
standing, goal setting, time management, stress management, and comprehensive fitness relate to
leadership, ocership, and the Army profession. The focus is on developing basic knowledge and
comprehension of Army leadership dimensions, attributes and core leader competencies while
gaining an understanding of the ROTC program, its purpose in the Army, and its advantages for
the student.
MSL 1002 INTRODUCTION TO THE PROFESSION ARMS
Two hours. Lab required. Discover the professional challenges and competencies that are needed
for eective execution of the Profession of Arms and Army communication. Learn how Army eth-
ics and values shape the Army and the specific ways these ethics are inculcated into Army culture.
MSL 2001 LEADERSHIP AND DECISION MAKING
Two hours. Lab required. Student’s outcomes will be demonstrated through critical and creative
thinking and the ability to apply Troop Leading Procedures (TLP). Comprehension of the ocer‘s
role in leading change by applying innovative solutions to problems in concert with the princi-
ples of mission command. The Army profession is also stressed through leadership forums and a
leadership self-assessment.
MSL 2002 ARMY DOCTRINE AND TEAM DEVELOPMENT
Two hours. Lab required. Begin the journey to understand and demonstrate cross-cultural com-
petencies as they relate to Army doctrine and how they apply in a combatant commander’s en-
gagement strategies. Army values, teamwork, and warrior ethos and their relationship to the law
of land warfare and philosophy of military service are also stressed. The ability to lead and follow
is also covered through team-building exercises in small units up to squad level.
MSL 2006 AMERICAN MILITARY HISTORY (FALL AND SPRING)
Four hours. Development and operations of the American military system from the Colonial pe-
riod to the present. Focuses on the evolution of professionalism in the American military and the
place of the American military in society. Open to all FSC students.
MSL 3001 TRAINING MANAGEMENT AND THE WARFIGHTING FUNCTIONS
Four hours. Lab required. This course challenges students to study, practice, and apply the fun-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
279
damentals of Army leadership, ocership, Army values and ethics, personal development, and
small unit tactics at the platoon level. Students receive systematic and specific feedback on their
leadership attributes values, and core leader competencies from instructor, other ROTC cadre, and
MSL IV Cadets using the Cadet Ocer Evaluation System (OES).
MSL 3002 APPLIED LEADERSHIP IN SMALL UNIT OPERATIONS
Four hours. Lab required. This is an academically challenging course where students will study,
practice, and apply the fundamentals of Army leadership, ocership, Army values and ethics,
personal development, and small unit tactics at the platoon level. At the conclusion of this course,
students will be capable of planning, coordinating, navigating, motivating and leading a squad
and platoon in the execution of a mission during a classroom PE, a Leadership Lab, or during a
Leader Training Exercise (LTX). The objective of this course is to integrate the principles and prac-
tices of eective leadership, military operations and personal development in order to adequately
prepare students for the summer Cadet Leader Course (CLC).
MSL 4001 THE ARMY OFFICER
Four hours. Lab required. The Army Ocer explores the dynamics of leading in the complex situ-
ations of current military operations. Examine dierences in customs and courtesies, military law,
principles of war, and rules of engagement in the face of international terrorism. Explore aspects of
interacting with non-government organizations, civilians on the battlefield, the decision-making
processes and host nation support.
MSL 4002 COMPANY-GRADE LEADERSHIP
Four hours. Lab required. Company-Grade Leadership is an academically challenging course
where students study, practice, develop, and apply critical thinking skills pertaining to Army
leadership, ocer skills, Army values and ethics, personal development, and small unit tactics
at platoon level. This course includes reading assignments, homework assignments, small group
assignments, briefings, case studies, practical exercises, mid-term exam, and a capstone exercise in
place of the final exam. For the capstone exercise, students will be required to complete an oral
practicum that will evaluate student’s knowledge of the 20 Army Warfighting Challenges (AWFC)
covered throughout MSL 4001 and 4002 coursework.
MSL 4960 CADET SUMMER TRAINING BASIC CAMP (BC) (SUMMER)
Three hours. Pass/Fail. Elective credit only. Beginning military science students who did not com-
plete the first two years of Military Science and Leadership instruction may attend Basic Camp
(BC) at Fort Knox, Kentucky. Basic Camp is approximately 30 days and attendees receive pay for
time spent in the course. The course introduces students to military life, provides challenging lead-
ership scenarios, and requires participants to use their personal courage to overcome obstacles and
dicult situations. Students must be physically and academically qualified to attend the course.
MSL 4961 CADET SUMMER TRAINING ADVANCED COURSE (AC) (SUMMER)
Three hours. Pass/Fail. Elective credit only. The Cadet Summer Training Advanced Course (AC) is
mandatory for students who have completed their junior year in the Military Science and Lead-
ership program and are progressing to their senior year in the program. The course is 31 days at
Fort Knox, Kentucky, and attendees receive pay for the time spent in the course. The course tests
student proficiency in military leadership skills in realistic scenarios. Students participate in the
scenarios with students from other universities across the country. Students must be physically
qualified to attend the course.
MUSIC MUS
ENSEMBLE PARTICIPATION
One hour. This course focuses on group instruction in music with a major emphasis on skill devel-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
280
opment, conceptual understanding, and aesthetic appreciation of appropriate ensemble literature,
culminating in live concert performance experiences. Ensembles carry one semester hour of credit
for each semester of participation.
CHAMBER SINGERS: MUS 1101–1102, 2201–2202, 3301–3302, 4401–4402 GEN ED: FA
WOMEN’S CHORALE: MUS 1103–1104, 2203–2204, 3303–3304, 4403–4404 GEN ED: FA
MEN’S CHORALE: MUS 1105–1106, 2205–2206, 3305–3306, 4405–4406 GEN ED: FA
OPERA THEATRE: MUS 1107–1108, 2207–2208, 3307–3308, 4407–4408 GEN ED: FA
CONCERT CHOIR: MUS 1109–1110, 2209–2210, 3309–3310, 4409–4410 GEN ED: FA
SYMPHONY BAND: MUS 1111–1112, 2211–2212, 3311–3312, 4411–4412 GEN ED: FA
JAZZ ENSEMBLE: MUS 1113–1114, 2213–2214, 3313–3314, 4413–4414 GEN ED: FA
WIND ENSEMBLE: MUS 1117–1118, 2217–2218, 3317–3318, 4417–4418 GEN ED: FA
PIANO ENSEMBLE: MUS 1119–1120, 2219–2220, 3319–3320, 4419–4420 GEN ED: FA
ORCHESTRA: MUS 1121–1122, 2221-2222, 3321-3322, 4421-4422 GEN ED: FA
CHAMBER ENSEMBLES: MUS 1123–1124, 2223–2224, 3323–3324, 4423–4424 GEN ED: FA
MUSIC PERFORMANCE
One to four hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Individual instruction in voice or
instrument. All applied lessons include a required performance class lab that is required of all ma-
jors studying on their principal instruments, which meets an additional one-hour per week and
does not carry additional credit. The performance classes provide opportunities for performance
instruction, group recitals, group critiques, single-instrument or vocal ensembles, instruction in
pedagogy, and other appropriate learning activities.
An accompanying fee of $35 per semester for applied music courses in strings, voice,
brass and woodwinds will be assessed.
STRINGS (VIOLIN, VIOLA, CELLO, BASS): MUS 1131–1132, 2231–2232, 3331–3332, 4431–4432
PIANO: MUS 1133–1134, 2233–2234, 3333–3334, 4433–4434
KEYBOARD MUSICIANSHIP I, II, III, IV: 133C–134C, 233C–234C
WOODWINDS (FLUTE, CLARINET, OBOE, BASSOON, SAXOPHONE): MUS 1135–1136, 2235–2236,
3335–3336, 4435–4436
BRASS (TRUMPET, TROMBONE, FRENCH HORN, EUPHONIUM, TUBA): MUS 1137–1138, 2237–2238,
3337–3338, 4437–4438
PERCUSSION: MUS 1139-1140, 2239-2240, 3339-3340, 4439–4440
VOICE: MUS 1143-1144, 2243–2244, 3343–3344, 4443–4444
CLASSICAL GUITAR: MUS 1147–1148, 2247–2248, 3347–3348, 4447–4448
STUDENT RECITAL: MUS 1197–1198, 2297–2298, 3397–3398, 4497–4498
Zero hour lab for all music majors. Co-requisite: Applied Lessons. This course is the public perfor-
mance laboratory for all applied lessons. Students are expected to perform, at least once, a semester
repertoire that is suited for their voice/instrument level.
MUS 3390 JUNIOR RECITAL
One hour. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. This course combines individual instruction in
voice or instrument with the preparation for and performance of the Junior Recital. Requirements
for the recital are determined by candidate’s major area. An accompanying fee of $100 for strings,
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
281
voice, and winds will be assessed during the semester(s) of enrollment in junior recital.
MUS 4490 SENIOR RECITAL
One hour. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor; and, for candidates for the Bachelor of Music
degree, successful completion of the Junior Recital. This course combines individual instruction
in voice or instrument with the preparation for, and performance of, the Senior Recital. Require-
ments for the recital are determined by candidate’s major area. An accompanying fee of $100 for
strings, voice, and winds will be assessed during the semester(s) of enrollment in senior recital.
MUSIC APPRECIATION
MUS 1163EXPLORATIONS IN MUSIC AND DANCE
Four hours. Explore the broad, complex, and diverse relationship between music and dance. Topics
also include the impact of music and dance in history, culture, and today’s society. Gen Ed: FA
MUS 1164 HISTORY OF JAZZ
Four hours. Development of jazz as a medium of musical expression. Gen Ed: FA
MUS 1165 GREAT WORKS OF MUSIC
Four hours. A comprehensive survey of western music. Gen Ed: FA
MUS 1166 CARIBBEAN MUSIC
Four hours. This course studies and explores the history and social impact of music in Cuba,
Puerto Rico, Dominican Republic, Haiti, and Jamaica from the late 18th century to the present.
Characteristics and development of musical genres are discussed along with their relationships to
those of neighboring nations. No prior musical knowledge is required. Gen Ed: FA
MUSIC THEORY
MUS 1070 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THEORY
Three hours. A comprehensive review of the fundamentals of music theory. This course does not
count for credit toward the music major.
MUS 1151 AURAL SKILLS I
One hour. This course teaches about and gives practice in recognizing musical events and ele-
ments by ear and in singing musical elements or materials at sight.
MUS 1152 AURAL SKILLS II
One hour. Prerequisite: MUS 1151. This course builds on skills developed in previous aural skills
courses. It teaches about and gives practice in recognizing musical events and elements by ear and
in singing musical elements or materials at sight.
MUS 1173 THEORY: INTRODUCTORY HARMONY
Three hours. Pre-requisite: A passing score of 80% or better on the Music Department’s Basic
Music Theory Test or a passing grade of “C” or better in MUS 1070 (Intro to Music Theory). This
course covers written diatonic harmony and basic chromatic harmony through part-writing, func-
tional analysis, and original composition.
MUS 1179–1180, 2279–2280, 3379–3380, 4479–4480 COMPOSITION
One to three hours. Prerequisite: approval of instructor. This course consists of supervised compo-
sition for various media through both seminar sessions and individual instruction.
MUS 2251 AURAL SKILLS III
One hour. Prerequisite: MUS 1152 or permission of the instructor. This course builds on skills
developed in previous aural skills courses. It teaches about and gives practice in recognizing
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
282
musical events and elements by ear and in singing musical elements or materials at sight.
MUS 2252 AURAL SKILLS IV
One hour. Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of MUS 2251 or permission of the instructor.
This course builds on skills developed in previous aural skills courses. It teaches about and gives
practice in recognizing musical events and elements by ear and in singing musical elements or
materials at sight.
MUS 2271 THEORY: ADVANCED HARMONY I
Three hours. Prerequisite: MUS 1173 or permission of the instructor. Study of modulation, chro-
matic and extended traditional harmonic practices, and advanced counterpoint.
MUS 2272 THEORY: ADVANCED HARMONY II
Three hours. Prerequisite: MUS 2271. Study of modulation, chromatic and extended traditional
harmonic practices, and advanced counterpoint.
MUS 3371 THEORY: FORM AND ANALYSIS
Three hours. Prerequisite: MUS 2272. This course emphasizes detailed stylistic analysis of musical
forms from the Baroque, Classical, Romantic and Modern periods.
MUS 3372 THEORY: COUNTERPOINT
Two hours. Prerequisite: MUS 3371. The course consists of an in-depth study of contrapuntal
processes from 18
th
-century practices to current procedures. Original compositions: Two-Part in-
vention, Three-voice fugue, Chorale Prelude, and Twelve-Tone composition.
MUS 4471 ORCHESTRATION
Two hours. Prerequisite: MUS 3371. Techniques of eective scoring for orchestra.
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUS 1175 JAZZ PEDAGOGY
One hour. Preparation for students to coordinate, administrate, coach, advocate for, and direct
Jazz Ensembles of any size. The course covers applied conducting, improvisational methodologies,
and development of educational materials.
MUS 2275 STRINGS PEDAGOGY
One hour. Preparation for teaching and demonstrating all stringed instruments.
MUS 2276 WOODWINDS PEDAGOGY
One hour. Preparation for teaching and demonstrating all woodwind instruments.
MUS 2277 CHORAL PEDAGOGY
One hour. Techniques and materials for leading a choral music program in a secondary school
classroom setting.
MUS 3375 BRASS PEDAGOGY
One hour. Preparation for teaching and demonstrating all brass instruments.
MUS 3376 PERCUSSION PEDAGOGY
One hour. Preparation for teaching and demonstrating all percussion instruments.
MUS 3377 VOCAL PEDAGOGY
One hour. Techniques and materials for teaching voice in the individual and the group lesson.
MUS 3378 PIANO PEDAGOGY
Two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. This course is designed to present concepts
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
283
and materials for private piano teaching with emphasis on practical guidelines for studio work.
MUS 3385 MARCHING BAND TECHNIQUES
Three hours. Prerequisite: MUS 2271 or permission of the instructor. This course familiarizes stu-
dents with procedures used to establish and maintain a marching band program in a secondary
school setting. Students gain knowledge and skill in marching fundamentals, field techniques,
show design, and administrative procedures. A field study experience with a public school march-
ing band in Polk County is required.
MUS 4476 ELEMENTARY METHODS
Three hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Emphasizes the development of essential
competencies for teaching music at the elementary level. Course includes survey of appropriate
materials, research-based techniques and teaching strategies.
MUS 4477 SECONDARY METHOD AND MATERIALS
Three hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. This course emphasizes the development
of essential competencies for teaching music at the secondary level. Areas addressed in this course
are: 1) Teaching Competencies, 2) Administrative Competencies, and 3) Literature.
MUS 4889 MUSIC EDUCATION SEMINAR
One hour. Prerequisite: Enrollment in EDU 4990. This course emphasizes the further develop-
ment of essential competencies for teaching music in the public schools. Areas addressed in this
course are - 1) Music Teaching Competencies, 2) Administrative Competencies, and 3) Repertoire.
MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE
MUS 2281 HISTORY AND LITERATURE OF THE PIANO
Two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Development of the piano and its liter-
ature with stylistic approach to traditions and interpretation. Required for majors with piano
concentration.
MUS 3381 HISTORY OF MUSIC I
Four hours. Prerequisite: six hours of music theory and successful completion of coursework
that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. The development of musical thought
from antiquity through the Baroque era, illustrated through study of representative composi-
tions. Gen Ed: SW, EC-C
MUS 3382 HISTORY OF MUSIC II
Four hours. Prerequisite: six hours of music theory. The development of musical thought from the
end of the Baroque era through the present, illustrated through study of representative composi-
tions. Gen Ed: SW
MUS 3383 VOCAL LITERATURE I
One hour. Examination of traditional Italian, German, and French repertory for voice.
MUS 3384 VOCAL LITERATURE II
One hour. Examination of repertory for voice by English and American composers.
MUSIC MANAGEMENT
MUS 2253 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC BUSINESS
Two hours. Examines the various aspects of the music industry including product oriented
business, hall management and promotions, recording industry, and unions.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
284
MUS 2255 MUSIC PRODUCT AND RETAILING
Two hours. Prerequisite: MUS 2253. Thorough acquaintance with piano, wind instruments,
home and church organ, and string, percussion, and electronic instruments. Methods of retail-
ing music products, including instruments, publications, and artist management.
MUS 3359 MUSIC MANAGEMENT
Two hours. Prerequisite: MUS 2255. Examination of music publishing, copyright regulations, fi-
nance contracts, governmental regulations, and concert management.
MUS 4461 INTERNSHIP SEMINAR
Three hours. Prerequisites: Completion of all courses required in the Music (B.S.) with a Concen-
tration in Music Management curriculum and permission of the instructor. A course that takes
place the first three or four weeks and last two weeks of the final semester to prepare students for
the Music Management Internship (4462) and with all the necessary materials necessary aer
graduation.
MUS 4462 MUSIC MANAGEMENT INTERNSHIP
Nine hours. Prerequisites: completion of all courses required in this curriculum and permission
of the instructor. A nine week internship in the music industry is required of all students electing
the Bachelor of Science in Music Management.
MUSIC: GENERAL OFFERINGS
MUS 1162 MUSIC AND WELLNESS
Two hours. This course will focus on issues of health and wellness, geared specifically toward
those preparing to enter the field of music. Physical and psychological aspects will be explored,
with a focus on stress management, performance anxiety, vocal and hearing health and safety,
repetitive motion injuries, and exercise and nutrition programs. Gen Ed: Well
MUS 1184 ENGLISH DICTION
One hour. One semester of study of English diction for voice concentration majors.
MUS 1185 GERMAN DICTION
One hour. One semester of study of German diction for voice concentration majors.
MUS 1186 ITALIAN DICTION
One hour. One semester of study of Italian diction for voice concentration majors.
MUS 1187 FRENCH DICTION
One hour. One semester of study of French diction for voice concentration majors.
MUS 3374 JAZZ ARRANGING
One hour. Prerequisites: MUS 3371. Jazz Arranging covers how to arrange and/or compose in the
Jazz style for combo groups ranging from 3-9 instruments as well as individual Jazz Ensemble
sections. The course will also include score study, standard notation practices, etude writing, and/
or sample reading sessions.
MUS 3386 FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING I
Two hours. Prerequisite: MUS 2272. This is a course in organizing and conducting choral and
instrumental ensembles in which basic conducting technique (patterns, posture, subdivision of
beats, starting, stopping, cues, and baton technique) is acquired.
MUS 3387 FUNDAMENTALS OF CONDUCTING II
Two hours. Prerequisite: MUS 3386. This course continues the conducting curriculum with:
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
285
(A) further study of the techniques of choral and instrumental conducting, (B) score study and
preparation, (C) rehearsal planning, pacing and execution; (D) interpretative factors: group tone
development; (E) ensemble literature.
MUS 3388 JAZZ IMPROVISATION
One hour. Improvisational techniques in actual jazz performance.
MUS 3389 ACCOMPANYING AND COACHING
One hour. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Instrumental and vocal accompanying for
the pianist with emphasis on stylistic traditions and with special attention to the art song.
MUS 4388 ADVANCED JAZZ IMPROVISATION
One hour. The second level of the Jazz Improvisation sequence that covers advanced chord/scale
theory, functional harmony, reharmonization techniques, Coltrane Changes, and advanced song
analysis. This applied class will promote and develop performance mastery of improvisational
concepts.
NURSING NUR
NUR 1103 HEALTH AND WELLNESS FOR SELF AND COMMUNITY
Two hours. This course examines health and wellness for individuals as well as communities. An
emphasis is placed on the factors that influence healthy lifestyles and how these behaviors can be
applied in the lives of healthcare providers. Students participate in self-assessments that provide
information about their health and wellness behaviors and their overall health status. In addition,
students will learn strategies that improve lifetime health and wellness for self and community.
Gen Ed: Well
NUR 1105NURSING FOUNDATIONS I
Two hours: This introductory course provides an overview of nursing as a profession including the
history, the present day health care system, and the principles which provide a foundation for the
beginning study of the practice of nursing. Students consider the role of a professional nurse as
care provider and the legal, ethical, social, and cultural influences to the delivery of health care in
the United States. Students learn study and testing techniques unique to nursing and utilize cam-
pus resources and online learning skills necessary for successful learning of nursing. This course
may be taught as a learning community course or a living learning community course.
NUR 1106NURSING FOUNDATIONS II
Two hours. Prerequisite: Nursing major or permission of BSN program director. This intro-
ductory course is a continuation of study regarding nursing as a profession. Learning includes
communication with individuals regarding health and illness concerns according to the nursing
process and the roles of the nurse and other health care professionals. Evidence based practice
is introduced including selected nurse theorists/ theories. The political activist role of the nurse
and its implications to the health care system are presented. Students complete a scholarly paper
using APA format. This course may be taught as a learning community course or a living learning
community course.
NUR 2202NURSING FUNDAMENTALS
Six hours. Prerequisite: Nursing majors only. This course introduces students to the scientific basis
for nursing practice and the safe care of patients with diverse needs. Nursing skills are simulated
and practiced in the clinical skills assessment laboratory prior to performing in the actual clinical
setting. This is a clinical course and students participate in patient care experiences in area health
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
286
care facilities under direct guidance of faculty and clinical preceptors.
NUR 3104APPLIED PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: Nursing major only, BIO 2215 and BIO 2216. Pathophysiology is the
study of altered human physiology and disease processes. The course content provides a basis for
nursing practice through learning body organ systems, homeostatic mechanisms, and the body’s
response to illness and injury.
NUR 3106BASICS OF HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: Nursing major. This course prepares the student to collect and document
data accurately as required for a basic health assessment of patients across the life span. It includes a
skills laboratory component.
NUR 3204APPLIED PHARMACOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: Nursing major only and NUR 3104. In this course the student analyzes
the principles of pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and pharmacotherapeutics of drugs com-
monly used in the management of acute and chronic illnesses. Emphasis is on developing critical
thinking skill in drug administration and monitoring therapeutic response for a culturally diverse
population.
NUR 3302 CLINICAL NUTRITION
Four hours. This course focuses on the science and fundamentals of human nutrition. This course
covers healthy nutrition through the life cycle, community nutrition and health care, and clinical
nutrition.
NUR 3510PSYCHIATRIC NURSING CARE
Four hours: Prerequisites: NUR 2202 and NUR 3106. This course explores mind, body, and spirit
alterations in functional health patterns experienced by patients with acute and chronic mental
illness and examines psychopathology, psychopharmacologic therapies, community resources and
the role of the nurse in psychiatry.
NUR 3530MATERNAL AND NEWBORN NURSING CARE
Four hours. Prerequisites: Nursing majors and NUR 2202 and NUR 3106. This course introduces
students to the care of women during child bearing years, pregnancy, labor and delivery, perinatal
and newborn care. This is a clinical course and students provide direct patient care in a variety of
health care settings.
NUR 3540PEDIATRIC NURSING CARE
Four hours. Prerequisites: Nursing majors and NUR 2202 and NUR 3106. Nursing concepts are
presented related to the delivery of nursing care for the childrearing family and children from
infancy through adolescence. Principles of growth and development are applied as the student
learns to provide nursing care and health teaching for promoting, maintaining, and restoring
health in infants, children, and adolescents.
NUR 3585ADULT HEALTH NURSING CARE I
Six hours. Prerequisites: NUR 2202, NUR 3106, and BIO 2215, BIO 2216. In this course, concepts
from behavioral, biological and natural sciences are integrated applied to the treatment of adult
patients in acute care settings. Students participate in clinical placement primarily in area hospi-
tals under the guidance of faculty to develop competent and safe therapeutic nursing interven-
tions directed toward promoting, maintaining and restoring heath or providing end of life care
for a culturally diverse patient population.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
287
NUR 4110EVIDENCE BASED HEALTH CARE
Four hours. Prerequisites: MAT 2022 or MAT 2032 and nursing major or permission of the in-
structor and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs
A and B. This course integrates theory and concepts from health care and nursing that apply to
the generation, appraisal, use, and dissemination of research that contributes to safe, eective, and
high-quality healthcare practice and delivery. Gen Ed: EC-C
NUR 4210SENIOR SEMINAR
Two hours. Prerequisite: Senior standing in nursing major. The senior seminar is a capstone class
to prepare students for graduation, NCLEX licensing exam review, and entry into practice. Stan-
dardized testing is used to monitor progress and a final exit exam must be passed to qualify for
completing the BSN major.
NUR 4550TOPICS IN GLOBAL HEALTH CARE
One to eight hours. Prerequisites: Nursing or health science major and permission of the instruc-
tor. Students in other majors may be eligible to take this course with permission of the Dean of
the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences. This is an elective course that
allows a student to experience health care in a global setting. Each course is developed separate-
ly depending on availability of resources and suitability of the experience for students. Variable
credit will reflect the amount of time expended by each student as 1 credit hour for each 40 clock
hours. Course work during the fall or spring semester may be tied to a trip abroad to various coun-
tries. Typical trips may be supporting a rural health clinic in Latin America, patient care in a small
hospital in Africa, or community health projects in Asia or other parts of the world.
NUR 4570COMMUNITY HEALTH NURSING CARE
Four hours. Prerequisites: Nursing majors and NUR 2202 and NUR 3106. Students will apply
concepts, theories, and practice from nursing and public health sciences to assess the health
and health care delivery for culturally diverse and vulnerable populations. Students will assess
physical, social, and cultural environments, identify populations at risk, and implement and
evaluate appropriate nursing interventions in partnership with community and other health
agencies.
NUR 4575 INTRODUCTION TO GLOBAL AND POPULATION HEALTH
Four hours. Prerequisites: Senior level nursing majors, NUR 4570, MAT 2022 or MAT 2032.
This course provides an introduction to the field of global and population health, focusing on
developed and developing countries. Students will be introduced to the determinants of health
and disease. Current and emerging global health priorities, including emerging infectious dis-
eases, poverty, conflicts and emergencies, health inequality, health systems reforms, and major
global initiatives will be analyzed. Students will review current case studies that highlight
controversies in global health and identify strategies to improve the health of populations.
NUR 4585ADULT HEALTH NURSING CARE II
Six hours. Prerequisites: Nursing major and NUR 3585. This course will build on previously
learned material and will concentrate on the emergent needs of adult patients with complex
health care needs and critical illness. Coursework is supplemented with onsite clinical experi-
ences in acute care units and/or emergency departments in area hospitals.
NUR 4591 NURSING LEADERSHIP
Three hours. Prerequisite: Senior standing as a nursing major. Examine personal development as
a health care professional and identify goals for transitioning to practice. Refine leadership and
life management skills. Examine political, legal, and advocacy issues in nursing and health care.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
288
NUR 4595 ADULT HEALTH NURSING CARE III
Six hours. Prerequisites: Senior nursing major and NUR 4585. This capstone course serves as a syn-
thesis of prior learning regarding adult health and nursing, including an emphasis on older adults
and their social, ethical, legal, cultural, environmental, and financial issues. Clinical experiences
continue in critical care units as well as settings providing palliative care and care for adults with
organ and system failure, end-stage disease processes, and life-threatening illnesses.
NUR 4961 NURSING PRACTICUM
Three hours. Prerequisites: nursing or health science majors and permission of instructor.
The internship provides an intensive experiential experience through supervised practice in a wide
variety of heath care settings. The course helps students to build self-confidence, to increase com-
petency with the delivery of evidence-based care, and to perform in a professional role. To the
degree possible, students request an internship site consistent with their area of interest and are
guided by a preceptor in collaboration with a FSC faculty member.
PHILOSOPHY PHI
PHI 1101 THE EXAMINED LIFE
One hour. Same as REL 1101. Before he was sentenced to death, the ancient Athenian philosopher
Socrates famously declared that “the unexamined life is not worth living.” In this seminar, we will
spend our time doing a close reading of two foundational works in the history of philosophy
and theology - several of Plato’s dialogues and Augustine’s Confessions - asking how the kind
of thinking they represent might be integral to a meaningful human existence. The course is
intended especially for new or potential majors in Religion or Philosophy, but is open to all who
are interested.
PHI 1109WHAT IS PHILOSOPHY?
Four hours. Before we can approach the task of thinking philosophically, whether about ethics, re-
ligion, politics, art, knowledge, truth, or reality, we must first endeavor to understand how it is that
one thinks philosophically. It is the aim of this course to answer this question by introducing the
student to the basic divisions within philosophy in order to equip them with the skills necessary
for further study. More generally, it is the goal of this course to invite the student into the practice
of philosophical and critical thinking which could be applied to whatever course of study the
student pursues. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
PHI 2204 ETHICS
Four hours. Ethics involves the exploration of fundamental questions of meaning and value: What
is the nature of the good life? How ought we to treat one another? Are there basic rights all people
enjoy, and, if so, what are they? Are there universal standards of morality, or are right and wrong
relative to culture, historical period, or individual opinion? The course explores these questions
through various philosophical theories and their practical applications. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
PHI 2208 LOGIC
Four hours. Logic is the study of methods of correct reasoning. As such it can be approached
both from “formal” and “informal” perspectives, both of which feature in the course. Informal
logic involves critical thinking techniques that are practically useful in everyday argument and
debate. Formal logic, also known as symbolic logic, involves mathematical models that reveal the
underlying structure of reasoning and are applicable for various purposes, including most notably
computer programming. The course emphasizes how both approaches are useful for solving re-
al-world problems from various fields. Gen Ed: Qn
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
289
PHI 2219 WORLD RELIGIONS AND PHILOSOPHIES
Four hours. Same as REL 2219. Introduces students to the origins; founders; historical develop-
ment; scriptures; fundamental concepts, such as views of ultimate reality, the meaning of life,
and human hope; religious practices; personal and social ethics; culture context and impact;
and contemporary relevance of the world’s living religions and their associated philosophies.
Gen Ed: MV, SW, Ql
PHI 2224 BUSINESS ETHICS
Four hours. The application of ethical standards to business decisions. Aer an initial survey of
ethical theories and models for decision-making, students engage actual business dilemmas in
which they will be required to make and justify decisions. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
PHI 3109 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS I
Four hours. Prerequisite: One other course in philosophy or permission of the instructor. This
course explores the thought of key figures in the development of Western thought from the dawn
of philosophy in the 6th century B.C.E. to the rise of modernity. The emphasis of the course is
on understanding the relevance of the philosophical thought of the past to the challenges of the
contemporary world. The course includes but is not necessarily limited to the following think-
ers, traditions, and schools of thought: Pre-Socratics, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Hellenistic philos-
ophers, medieval philosophy (especially Augustine and Aquinas), and Renaissance humanism.
Gen Ed: MV, Ql
PHI 3309 GREAT PHILOSOPHERS II
Four hours. Prerequisite: One other course in philosophy or permission of the instructor. This
course explores the thought of key figures in the development of Western thought from the be-
ginning of the modern period to the present. The emphasis of the course is on understanding the
relevance of early modern and contemporary philosophical thought to enduring questions about
the human condition. Students in the course develop a creative project applying one or more
philosophers’ ideas to a contemporary problem. The course includes but is not necessarily limited
to the following thinkers, traditions, and schools of thought: Descartes, Continental rationalism,
British empiricism, Kant, idealism, existentialism, and analytic philosophy. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
PHI 3359 AESTHETICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: One other course in philosophy or permission of the instructor. A sur-
vey of the major theories in aesthetics from the history of philosophy as well as contemporary
issues in the field. This course also relates aesthetic theory to specific art forms (e.g., painting,
literature, theatre, music, film.) Among the topics addressed are the relationships among art, beau-
ty, and reality, the roles of feeling, emotion, and cognition in artistic experience and creation,
the connections between art and interpretation, and the mutual relevance of art and philosophy.
Gen Ed: MV, SW, FA, Ql
PHI 3388 FUNDAMENTAL QUESTIONS IN THEOLOGY & PHILOSOPHY
Four hours. Same as REL 3388. Prerequisite: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies
Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This team-taught course examines philosophical and
theological perspectives on such matters as classical arguments for God’s existence, atheistic cri-
tiques, the relationship between reason and revelation, life aer death, the ground of morality, the
problem of evil, religious experience, and religious language. Gen Ed: MV, Ql, EC-C
PHI 3400 PHILOSOPHY AND CLASS, GENDER, RACE, AND SEXUALITY
Four hours. Prerequisites: One other course in philosophy or permission of the instructor.This
course explores fundamental philosophical questions of identity in regards to the societal catego-
ries of class, gender, race, and sexuality within contemporary society. The aim of this course is to in-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
290
vestigate these categories both in-themselves and in relation to each other. Examples of questions
explored in this course: What is identity? What does it mean to say that we are the same person
from one moment to the next? Are the categories of class, gender, race, and sexuality societally con-
structed? How does oppression function at the intersection of these categories? These questions,
and others, will be explored from a number of diverse systems of thought.
PHI 3500SOCIAL AND POLITICAL PHILOSOPHY
Four hours. Prerequisite: One other course in philosophy or permission of the instructor. One of
the major ways in which philosophy has influenced the world beyond the academy is in the devel-
opment and dissemination of dierent political theories. The aim of this course is to familiarize
students with the key thinkers, texts, and schools of political philosophy in order to empower
them to: 1) evaluate the ways in which those thinkers and theories have influenced and shaped
the contemporary geo-political climate; and 2) critically assess their own political assumptions in
light of the history of political philosophy.
PHI 4473 MEDICAL ETHICS
Four hours. Same as REL 4473. This course examines the debates surrounding health and health
care in the modern era. Particular attention will be paid to the way in which these debates have
been shaped by, and understood within, the Christian tradition. Using concepts, principles, sto-
ries, and symbols drawn from Christianity (as well as secular philosophy) we will consider some
of the following issues: privacy, confidentiality, the nature of sickness and health, reproductive
technology, euthanasia, voluntary termination of life-sustaining treatment, organ transplantation,
artificial reproductive technologies, the allocation of health care resources, and genetic engineer-
ing/therapy.
PHI 4479 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY
Four hours. Prerequisites: One other course in philosophy or permission of the instructor, and
successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. Phi-
losophy has a rich and diverse history dating back to the beginning of recorded time, manifest
in nearly every culture worldwide. With such a broad tradition to draw from, it is the aim of this
special topics course to oer students an opportunity to explore subjects in more depth or engage
broader, emerging topics within philosophy. Gen Ed: MV, Ql, EC-C
PHI 4900-4901 CAPCAPSTONE SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
Four hours distributed over two semesters. Same as REL 4900-4901. Prerequisites: senior standing
or permission of the instructor. A senior seminar in which students research, write, and publicly
present an original piece of scholarship in religion or philosophy.
PHI 4953-4954HONORS IN PHILOSOPHY
Six hours distributed over 2 semesters. Prerequisites: Restricted to seniors in the Philosophy pro-
gram. Seniors must have a cumulative 3.5 GPA, a GPA of 3.66 in Philosophy, and have completed
at least half of coursework at FSC. Students in the course sequence work with the professor teach-
ing the course on research projects centered on a particular theme.
PHI 4960 INTERNSHIP IN PHILOSOPHY
Three to six hours. Prerequisite: senior standing and permission of the faculty. A supervised, semes-
ter-long application of critical and philosophical thinking, research, and writing in an approved
setting.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
291
PHYSICAL EDUCATION PED
ACTIVITIES
PED 1005 WELLNESS MANAGEMENT
Two hours. Wellness concepts and activities designed to provide students with lifetime skills for
optimal health. Requires participation in organized Wellness Center activities. Gen Ed: Well
PED 1015 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACTIVITY COURSES
One hour. Topics including, but not limited to, martial arts, pilates, and any sport or activity not
currently oered under its own title. Students may not repeat the topic, unless it is being oered
at a substantially dierent level.
PED 2003 SCUBA
One hour. $50.00 fee. An introduction to Scuba by instruction, pool work, and dives. SEI IANTD
certification. Rental SCUBA equipment is available for an additional fee. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2004 BEGINNING WATERSKIING
One hour. Fundamentals of water skiing techniques, safety, boating, and care of equipment. Amer-
ican Water Ski Association certification will be an option.
PED 2005 BEGINNING GOLF
One hour. This is a course designed to give the student the basic skill rudiments of the game of
golf; the laboratory participation class is one in which the beginning phases of golf, including
rules and game plays are introduced and practical. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2006INTERMEDIATE GOLF
One hour. Prerequisite: PED 2005 or permission of the instructor.
PED 2010 AEROBICS
One hour. Basic aerobic dance skills, safety procedures and wellness concepts for improving health
and fitness. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2013 VOLLEYBALL
One hour. To develop the fundamentals and knowledge of the exciting game of volleyball.
Gen Ed: Well
PED 2014 SOCCER
One hour. This course is designed to develop the fundamental skills and knowledge of the game
of soccer. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2015 BEGINNING WEIGHT TRAINING AND CONDITIONING
One hour. This course is designed to develop the skills and knowledge necessary to begin and
participate in a program of weight liing as a lifelong activity. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2018 BASKETBALL
One hour. This course is designed to develop the fundamental skills and knowledge of the game
of basketball. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2019 BEGINNING JOGGING
One hour. An introduction to the sequence of skills necessary to achieve fitness for jogging.
Gen Ed: Well
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
292
PED 2020 BEGINNING YOGA
One hour. This course is designed to give students an introduction to the basics of yoga postures,
terminology, philosophy and various systems of yoga. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2026 BEGINNING TENNIS
One hour. This course teaches the basics for tennis. Included are terms, rules and regulations, eti-
quette, equipment selection and stroke productivity. In-class practice of drills and individual play
is provided. Some video analysis will be done on inclement weather days. Gen Ed: Well
PED 2027INTERMEDIATE TENNIS
One hour. Prerequisite: PED 2026 or permission of the instructor. Volley, smash, and lob; doubles
play, strategy.
PED 2028 BADMINTON AND PADDLE GAMES
One hour. Basic skills in badminton, pickleball, and racquetball.
PED 2029 LIFEGUARD TRAINING
One hour. Prerequisite: Ability to swim 500 yards; tread water for two minutes, legs only; surface
dive for a 10-pound brick; or permission of the instructor. Course follows requirements for the
Lifeguard Training Certificate prescribed by the American Red Cross.
PED 2030 MARTIAL ARTS I
One hour. This course is designed to provide introductory knowledge of martial arts. It will in-
clude concepts and activities to build an understanding and practice of martial arts and wellness
for the mind, body, and spirit. Concepts of strength building, self-defense, flexibility, and other
health and wellness benefits will be included.
PED 3007 WATER SAFETY INSTRUCTION
One hour. Prerequisite: PED 2029 or American Red Cross Certification in the Emergency Wa-
ter Safety Course. Identification of appropriate methods and techniques for instructing others to
swim. ARC certification.
COACHING COURSES PED
PED 3015 COACHING BASKETBALL
Two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
PED 3016 COACHING BASEBALL
Two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
PED 3017 COACHING FOOTBALL
Two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
PED 3018 COACHING SOCCER
Two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
PED 3019 COACHING SOFTBALL
Two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
PED 3020 COACHING VOLLEYBALL
Two hours. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
293
PHYSICS PHY
PHY 2010 GENERAL PHYSICS I (ALGEBRA BASED)
Four hours. Prerequisite: High school mathematics through pre-calculus or permission of the
instructor, and co-requisite PHY 2051. Algebra-based physics. Topics include mechanics, fluids,
vibrations, waves, and sound. Activities include problem solving and collaborative laboratory ex-
perimentation. Gen Ed: NW
PHY 2020 GENERAL PHYSICS II (ALGEBRA BASED)
Four hours. Prerequisite: PHY2010 and co-requisite PHY 2052. Algebra-based physics. Topics in-
clude heat, kinetic theory of gases, electric fields, AC-DC circuits, magnetism and light. Activities
include problem solving and collaborative laboratory experimentation.
PHY 2051GENERAL PHYSICS LAB I
Zero hours. Co-requisite: PHY 2010 or PHY 2110. Experimental Topics include kinematics, forces,
collisions, rotational motion and wave motion. Activities include problem solving and collabora-
tive laboratory experimentation.
PHY 2052GENERAL PHYSICS LAB II
Zero hours. Prerequisite: PHY 2010 or PHY 2110. Co-requisite: PHY 2020 or PHY 2120. Experi-
mental Topics include thermal physics, electrostatics, magneto statics, circuits and optics. Activi-
ties include problem solving and collaborative laboratory experimentation.
PHY 2110 GENERAL PHYSICS I (CALCULUS BASED)
Four hours. Co-requisites: MAT 2311 and PHY 2051. Calculus-based physics. Topics include in-
troduction to Newtonian mechanics, fluids, harmonic oscillators, vibrations and sound. Activities
include problem solving and collaborative laboratory experimentation. Gen Ed: NW
PHY 2120 GENERAL PHYSICS II (CALCULUS BASED)
Four hours: Prerequisite: PHY2110, co-requisite PHY 2052. Calculus-based physics. Topics include
temperature and heat, kinetic theory of gases, electromagnetism, AC-DC circuits, Maxwell’s equa-
tions and optics. Activities include problem solving and collaborative laboratory experimentation.
PHY 3050SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312 and PHY 2120 or Permission of instructor. This course explores
a rigorous examination of current or advanced topics in Physics. Coursework may include active
learning exercises, collaborative problem solving, integration of technology, peer instruction and
possible classroom demonstrations.
PHY 3070 MODERN PHYSICS I
Four hours. Prerequisite: MAT 2312 and PHY 2120. Topics may include (but are not limited to)
the special theory of relativity, blackbody radiation, photoelectric eect, X-rays, Compton scatter-
ing, matter waves, Heisenberg’s uncertainty relation, the Schrödinger equation and wave function,
the hydrogen atom in wave mechanics.
PHY 3080 MODERN PHYSICS II
Four hours. Prerequisite: PHY 3070. Topics may include (and are not limited to) statistical physics,
molecules and solids, semiconductor theory and devices, atomic nucleus, nuclear decay and reac-
tions, elementary particles.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
294
POLITICAL SCIENCE POS
POS 1005SUMMER ODYSSEY 20XX: FSC IN D.C.
One hour. Pass/fail. Designated Junior Journey. Explore the connections between the people, busi-
nesses and political networks of Florida with those of Washington, D.C., and examine Florida’s
political aspects in the national context. Gain firsthand knowledge of the national contours of
state politics through site visits, selected speakers, and formal and informal meetings with politi-
cal, business and alumni figures associated with both.
POS 1010 LANDMARK SUPREME COURT CASES
Two hours. Pass/Fail. In this course, students will read and discuss major decisions of the United
States Supreme Court to develop a better understanding of the role of the Court and the methods
it has used to address some of our most intractable legal and societal disputes. Additionally, stu-
dents will learn how legal arguments are made, review a fair sampling of constitutional law, and
see how the Court applies the constitutional text and precedent to resolve specific disputes. This
course does not count for credit towards the Political Science major.
POS 1105 EXPLORING THE CONSTITUTION
Two hours. This course seeks to demystify American politics by examining the documents and
principles on which government is built. Utilizing in-class speakers, primary text documents, and
current political events we will examine the problems faced by the Founders in creating a new
nation, the system they ultimately designed, and its relevance to our lives today. By the end of the
course you will gain the skills necessary to explain how government is designed and operates, how
citizens participate and influence policy, and how well the system performs compared to the ideals
on which it is based. You are not assumed to have completed any prior coursework in politics or
government to enroll in this course, but only to have an interest in learning how the American
political system operates and how you can become an active participant in our civil society.
POS 1115 METHODS FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE I
Four hours. This course is a survey of the methods, questions, and analytic protocols of political
science, as practiced in the analysis of politics in the U.S. It is a survey of how political scientists
select and ask questions, a discussion of what questions may be important and why, in political
science, and begins the process of training students in approaches to answering them. Gen Ed: SW
POS 2100INTRODUCTORY COLLOQUIUM IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
Four hours. Introductory colloquia are an alternate way of introducing students to the study of a
particular topic in political science not covered specifically in the general education curriculum.
Using a diverse approach to content presentation, including invited speakers, film, literature, and
integrative cross-disciplinary connections, students study a particular, closely defined topic inten-
sively and with greater depth than is generally oered in the political science survey or institutions
series. Topics vary with each year and are driven by student interest. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POS 2290CURRENT ISSUES IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Four hours. Aer briefly examining models of policy making, explore major contemporary polit-
ical issues. such as economy, the environment, energy, poverty and health care. Students have an
opportunity to select additional issues. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POS 2295 METHODS FOR POLITICAL SCIENCE II
Four hours. This course introduces students to the methods and tools used in the quantitative
study of politics and policy. Students will gather and manipulate data, visualize relationships, and
test hypotheses. Emphasis will be placed on applying appropriate techniques to answer political
questions, understanding the challenges faced by researchers working with social science data,
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
295
and correctly interpreting results and drawing conclusions. Students will utilize data specific to
political science and public policy to better understand how quantitative methods can be used to
understand fundamental questions in the field. Gen Ed: Qn
POS 2500LAW AND THE COURTS
Four hours. This course is a systematic description and analysis of the role, structure, and behavior
of the American legal system, with an eye to the interests and concerns of pre-law students. The
course reviews and integrates the topics of the law and legal system into the US, discusses proce-
dures and patterns of behavior within that system, and examines the impact of our legal system
within the larger arena of American policy and politics. Some previous coursework in political
science is desirable, but not required.
POS 2900INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Four hours. A systematic examination of the international political landscape. Topics may include
the connections between and among sovereign states, the influences of non-state actors on na-
tional states’ behaviors with each other, the roles that such things as economics (e.g. globalization)
plays in international relations, war-making and nation-building objectives; religious and other
cultural factors influences on international relations, and the eects of scarce resources (e.g. oil,
water, and food) on state behaviors Gen Ed: SW
POS 3100SOUTHERN POLITICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college coursework or instructor’s permission. The emphasis
of this course is on the history and changing nature of the politics of the American South. Tracing
the political culture of the South from 1949 through the current day, students are guided in our
research by the seminal evaluations of V.O. Key as our starting point—measuring change as devia-
tions from these observations. This is a “project” course. Much of the value of the course is placed
in the production of a conference--ready paper on a subject in Southern politics. These papers
may take the form of data--driven quantitative papers in the area of women’s politics, the politics
of race, voting and elections, ideological development, and so on. As preparation for these papers,
students examine the current literature in Southern politics, including scholarly work that raises
the critical question as to whether there is, in fact, anything distinctly “southern” about the politics
of the American South in the current era. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3175FOREIGN AND SECURITY POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level coursework. This course examines the develop-
ment of United States foreign policies, with an emphasis on the twentieth century. The course’s
focus is on the principles, aims, applications, and decision-making processes that shaped America’s
policies with other states.
POS 3315AMERICAN POLITICAL BEHAVIOR: PARTIES, VOTING AND ELECTIONS
Four hours. This course examines and analyzes the history, organization and role of political par-
ties in the American electoral system. It also examines and analyzes political behavior of individu-
als and the role of elections in the American political process. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3320 THE LEGISLATIVE PROCESS
Four hours. The focus of the course is the executive and legislative branches of government. This
course examines the legislative process in the United States and select international arenas, with
special emphasis on the interactions between the executive and legislative branches or elements
of government in the policymaking process. The course also examines and analyzes the structure,
organization, leadership positions and processes of U.S. Congress. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
296
POS 3323INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
Four hours. Prerequisites: One year of college-level coursework or permission of the instructor. The
course addresses the role of international organizations in global politics, examining the history
and functioning of major organizations such as the United Nations and the European Union; we
also examine the role of these IOs in addressing contemporary global issues. A significant portion
of the class involves UN and EU simulations, with each student researching and representing the
position of a member country. Possible topics covered in the simulations include humanitarian in-
terventions, post-conflict resolution, global financial stability, and immigration policy. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3325U.S. CAMPAIGNS AND ELECTIONS
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level course work or permission of the instruc-
tor. This course is the central course in elections taught by the department, and contains two
standard divisions: the institutional arrangements of elections (“elections”), and the behaviors
which take place as a result of these arrangements (“campaigns”). The course is simply divided
into these two sections. “Elections” are examined in light of both stable factors (constitutional
requirements) and interactions with the world of campaigning as it has developed historically
(such as refinements of financing elections). “Campaigns” is a more practical than theoretical
discussion of the dimensions of American political campaigns. This is an expressly “experien-
tial learning” course. Students work with the materials in two ways: through the existing litera-
ture on the subjects of campaigns and elections, and through examining campaigning through
practice in actual campaign settings - where possible - or modeling this behavior, where access
to campaigns is limited. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3327 TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS
Four hours. A comparison of the political structure and process of selected states, including both
developed and developing political systems in various parts of the world. Students may repeat this
course when topics vary. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3330 TOPICS IN PUBLIC POLICY
Four hours. This course provides an in-depth examination of a particular topic in the field of pub-
lic policy that is not covered in the core curriculum. The topic will be selected based on student
and instructor interest, but may include environmental policy, education policy, morality policy,
or science & technology policy. The course will be organized around three objectives: ensuring a
broad understanding of the policy’s history and implementation, exploring controversies and key
debates, and providing an opportunity for students to conduct their own original research. This
course is intended for upper-college and political science majors and may be repeated for credit
when the topic varies. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3339 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW
Four hours. Using major Supreme Court decisions and a case study approach, this course examines
and analyzes American constitutional structures and a selection of civil liberties guaranteed in the
Bill of Rights. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POS 3345 CONFLICT AND WAR
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level course work or permission of the instructor.
This course introduces students to the study of various forms of violent conflict in international
politics, with a focus on analyzing the outcomes of historical conflicts. The course addresses the
use of violence by both states and non-state actors, such as separatist movements and terrorist
groups. Possible topics covered in the course include, but are not limited to: the development of
military doctrine, terrorism, insurgency and counterinsurgency, alliance formation, civil-military
relations, and nuclear proliferation. Gen Ed: SW
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
297
POS 3380 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AMERICAN POLITICS
Four hours. This advanced course explores significant issues/topics within the discipline of Amer-
ican government. Examples include but are not limited to: post WWII American politics, South-
ern politics, women in the American political process, or the American political system in films.
Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POS 3400 POLITICAL PARTIES AND INTEREST GROUPS
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college course work or permission of the instructor. This
course explains the organization, maintenance, functions, behavior and influence of both political
parties and interest groups — the aggregators of policy opinion and preference in the US. The
focus, if not the entire bulk, of readings are on these institutions, as they exist within the United
States (at the state and federal levels). Students focus on three aspects of the party: party as organi-
zation, party in the electorate and party in the government. The interest group material is centered
on the changing interest group environment, as well as basic theories of interest aggregation and
representation. This is an expressly “experiential learning” course. Students work with the materi-
als in two ways: through the existing literature on the subjects of interest aggregation, and through
examining the organizations themselves through their own interviewing, personal investigation
and research. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3500 THE INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS OF THE DEVELOPING WORLD
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level course work or permission of the instructor,
and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and
B. This course introduces students to major debates in international relations, with a focus on
the politics of the developing world. Possible issues addressed in the course include, but are not
limited to: ethnic conflict, civil wars, democratization, failed states, economic development in a
globalized world, the policy of non-alignment, and foreign imposed-regime change. A significant
portion of class time is devoted to UN simulations, where students research and represent individ-
ual countries in the in-class simulations. Gen Ed: EC-C
POS 3550 NATIONAL AND INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL ECONOMY
Four hours. This course introduces students to major political debates in domestic and global
economics. The first part of the course oers students an overview of basic economic principles,
and the second part of the course takes a comparative approach to domestic political economy. In
the final section, we consider the dynamics of the global economy; this includes addressing issues
such as labor conditions in the developing world, protectionist trade polices, and the spread of
consumer culture. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POS 3600 TOPICS IN INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
Four hours. Prerequisite: One year of college-level course work or permission of the instructor.
This course takes an in-depth examination of an issue in global politics that is not covered in
the core curriculum; each semester that the course is oered, the course topic is determined by
student interest. In the first section of the course, students review theoretical literature on the cho-
sen issue. In the second part, students examine historical case studies, with a focus on testing and
applying these theories. In the final section, students complete a major research project. Students
may repeat the course when topics vary. This course is intended for upper-college students and
political science majors. Gen Ed: SW
POS 3905 POLITICS AND THE MEDIA
Four hours. Same as COM 3905. A systematic description and analysis of the roles and impacts of
the media within the American political arena. Attention will be paid to the impact of the chang-
ing processes and modes of the media (e.g., cable news, the internet, blogging and tweeting) on
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
298
citizen involvement, political campaigns, and governing. Some previous work in either political
science or journalism is advised but not required. This course is cross-listed with the Communica-
tion Department as COM 3905. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POS 4429 POLITICAL THEORY
Four hours. From Plato to the present, the course explores the writings of the world’s greatest
political theorists on such topics as the state, the ideal state, the individual in the state, natural law,
institutional religion and the state, revolution, the state of nature, sovereignty, the social contract,
moral law, separation of power, the universal state, the dialectic, capitalism, class conflict, anar-
chism, liberty, libertarianism, and justice. Emphasis is placed on the question of how relevant are
these concepts for our times. Gen Ed: MV
POS 4960/4961INTERNSHIP IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
One to eighteen hours. Pass/fail. Students may earn up to a maximum of 18 credit hours in POS
4960 and 4961 combined, but of the total number of credit hours earned, only five may be applied
to the 41 hours required to complete the political science major, the remainder counts as elective
credit hours. Internships are out of classroom experiences designed to enable learning that cannot
be gained in a traditional classroom setting, to set in practical environments skills or other content
gained in a traditional classroom setting, or to gain work experience that is specifically tied to a
student’s pre--professional training and connected to discipline/field-specific content. An intern-
ship requires and assumes an active learning component on the part of the student: “shadowing”,
per se, is not an internship under this definition.
POS 4999 SENIOR SEMINAR IN POLITICAL SCIENCE
Four hours. Prerequisites: Senior standing and twelve hours in Political Science or permission of
the instructor, and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication
SLOs A and B. Empirical theoretical approaches and the qualitative and quantitative methodolo-
gies used by political scientists in the study of political attitudes and behavior. Using the elements
above, the course participants must produce a piece of original research, which must be present-
ed at a local, national, or regional conference, or at an on-campus academic meeting. Capstone
course. Gen Ed: SW, Qn, EC-C
PORTUGUESE POR
Each course is an enhanced self-study program in the NASILP (National Association of Self-In-
structional Language Programs) format, which relies heavily upon the student’s motivation and
discipline. Major emphasis is on the development of oral-aural skills. Class time is spent in oral
drills and conversation practice with a native-speaking (or equivalent) tutor. Classes are conduct-
ed almost entirely in Portuguese. Students study the grammar independently, using the NASILP
format with the help of the assigned text and workbook, as well as in the lab. Students are expect-
ed to work outside of class and in the lab each week and come to class prepared.
POR 1101 FIRST SEMESTER PORTUGUESE
Four hours. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 or approval from the Critical Languages
Program director. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
POR 1102 SECOND SEMESTER PORTUGUESE
Four hours. Prerequisite: POR 1101 proficiency.
POR 2203 SECOND YEAR PORTUGUESE
Four hours. Prerequisite: POR 1102 proficiency.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
299
PREHEALTH PROFESSIONS PHP
PHP 1100 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH PROFESSIONS
Two hours. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. A seminar course for students planning
a career in medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, pharmacy and other healthcare specialties.
Students will learn about the roles of healthcare providers and consider critical concepts such as
professionalism, health care ethics, interdisciplinary health care teams, world health issues, and
health care policies. Students will learn about resources for career planning and how to build
competitive applications.
PHP 3988-3989 PROFESSIONAL SHADOWING
Zero to one hour. Same as BIO 3988, 3989. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Students
shadow a professional (for example a physician, dentist or veterinarian) for at least forty hours
to observe the profession, experience how professionals conduct themselves, and learn policies
governing privacy issues in the profession. Students selecting the zero credit hour option enroll
on a pass/fail basis.
PSYCHOLOGY PSY
PSY 1106PSYCHOLOGY AND THE SOCIAL WORLD
Four hours. Survey of major areas in psychology with emphasis on current foundational areas of
the field, including but not limited to the following: theoretical/methodological, developmental,
cognitive, social and cultural, and clinical foundations of behavior. Gen Ed: SW
PSY 1110PSYCHOLOGY AND THE NATURAL WORLD
Four hours. An empirical (i.e., laboratory-based) approach to psychology that explores the physi-
ological and behavioral influences on the field, which include the following: history and systems
of psychology, neuroscience, sensory and perceptual systems, learning and memory, motivation,
consciousness, and emotion. Gen Ed: NW
PSY 1500 PSYCHOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS OF THE SOCIAL WORLD
Four hours. Psychology majors only. Survey of major areas in psychology with emphases on cur-
rent foundational areas of the field, including but not limited to the following: theoretical/meth-
odological, developmental, cognitive, social and cultural, and clinical foundations of behavior.
Gen Ed: SW
PSY 1510 PSYCHOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS OF THE NATURAL WORLD
Four hours. Psychology majors only. An empirical (i.e., laboratory-based) approach to psychology
that explores the physiological and behavioral influences on the field, which include the follow-
ing: history and systems of psychology, neuroscience, sensory and perceptual systems, learning and
memory, motivation, consciousness, and emotion. Gen Ed: NW
PSY 2100 CRITICAL THINKING IN PSYCHOLOGY I
Two or four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or PSY 1510 or permission of
instructor. Participate in a faculty-mentored research experience to prepare for/provide additional
research experience beyond the required research design and statistics course. Students can take a
maximum of eight hours in this course.
PSY 2206SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Same as SOC 2206. Suggested prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or
PSY 1510. The study of behavior in the social environment as related to the three primary areas of
social psychology: social cognition, social influence, and social relations.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
300
PSY 2209DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Suggested prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or PSY 1510. Human
development from conception to death with major emphasis on childhood, adolescence, and
adulthood. Biological, cognitive, perceptual, language, personality, and social development are
emphasized.
PSY 2210TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS
Four hours. Prerequisites: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or PSY 1510 and (MAT 2022 or
MAT 2032 or BUS 3320). Construction and interpretation of measuring instruments for analysis
of behavior; psychometric principles of testing and a survey of representative psychological tests.
PSY 2214ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Suggested prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or PSY 1510. Survey
of the major areas of abnormal psychology with emphasis on current foundational areas of
the field, including but not limited to the following: historical/theoretical foundations of ap-
proaches to psychological abnormality, clinical assessment/research, categories of abnormality,
treatment strategies and cultural issues.
PSY 2220SENSATION AND PERCEPTION
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 1110 or PSY 1510. An in-depth evaluation of how humans (and
non-humans) use their senses to informatively make sense in the world (with an emphasis on
how these senses are studied scientifically, which is commonly called “psychophysics” in the field).
PSY 3100 CRITICAL THINKING IN PSYCHOLOGY II
Two or four hours. Prerequisites: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510) and PSY
2100 and (MAT 2022 or MAT 2032) or permission of instructor. This course provides students
with an advanced faculty-mentored research experience beyond PSY 2100. In addition to prepar-
ing students for PSY 3310 Research Design and Statistics, this course will enhance research skills
needed to obtain entry into graduate school or to obtain a job in the research field (e.g., data entry,
analyses, and interpretation, etc.). Students can take a maximum of 8 hours in this course.
PSY 3300CLINICAL AND COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 2214. An in-depth evaluation of current treatments for mental
illness that explores modern psychological perspectives and their methods of eective thera-
peutic intervention.
PSY 3301SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510). Consideration of
special topics in psychology, including current issue and trends.
PSY 3305LEARNING AND BEHAVIORAL PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510). An in-depth eval-
uation of behavioral theory and its application in the real world (with emphasis on analysis and
further development of research in the field).
PSY 3309BEHAVIORAL NEUROSCIENCE
Four hours. Prerequisites: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510). An in-depth eval-
uation of behavioral theory and its application in the real world (with emphasis on analysis and
further development of research in the field).
PSY 3310RESEARCH DESIGN AND STATISTICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510) and (MAT 2022
or MAT 2032. Principles, procedures and methods for designing research in psychology, including
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
301
performing relevant statistical analyses of data, hypothesis testing and inference; analysis of vari-
ance; non-parametric techniques. Gen Ed: Qn
PSY 3314PSYCHOLOGY OF PERSONALITY
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1500. An in-depth evaluation of personality theory
and its application toward human behavior (with emphasis on assessment and how it is used to
measure personality in the real world).
PSY 3315COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510) or BIO 1500.
Survey of human cognitive psychology, focusing on how human perception, learning, memory
and thinking; designed to engage students in the major topics of the field.
PSY 3321THE PSYCHOLOGIST’S SEARCH FOR MEANING AND VALUE: PERSONAL, COMMUNAL, AND
GLOBAL EXPLORATION
Two hours. Prerequisite: junior standing or permission of the instructor. Preference to residen-
tial students. Students explore psychological theories of why and how people seek and construct
meaningful lives that are aligned with personal, communal, and universal values. Major areas
in psychology includes but are not limited to: clinical, cognitive, developmental, existential,
Gestalt, positive psychology, psychobiological, and social and cultural perspectives. Planning a
service-learning project, to be implemented during the subsequent spring break, is one of the
course-related experiences. Gen Ed: MV
PSY 3322THE PSYCHOLOGIST’S SEARCH FOR MEANING AND VALUE: PERSONAL, COMMUNAL, AND
GLOBAL IMPLEMENTATION
Two hours. Prerequisites: PSY 3321, or junior standing and permission of the instructor. Prefer-
ence to residential students. In a continuation of PSY 3321, students explore psychological theo-
ries of why and how people seek and construct meaningful lives that are aligned with personal,
communal, and universal values. Major areas in psychology include but not be limited to: clinical,
cognitive, developmental, existential, Gestalt, humanist, positive psychology, psychobiological, and
social and cultural perspectives. Implementing a service-learning project during spring break is a
required course-related experience. Thus, students must also meet institutional requirements for
Study Abroad/Junior Journeys. Gen Ed: MV
PSY 3325 POSITIVE PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite(s): PSY 1106 or PSY 1500. Positive psychology takes an empirical ap-
proach to understanding human flourishing and addresses important questions about how we
find happiness and deal with life’s challenges. This course will provide an in depth review of
the major empirical findings and theories within positive psychology with frequent connections
and applications to everyday life. Topics include how subjective well-being varies as a function of
marriage, religion, money, climate, personality, life circumstances, gratitude, pessimism, strengths
and virtues, and resilience. Students will learn how to apply empirically supported techniques to
improve life satisfaction and increase flourishing.
PSY 3330 HUMAN SEXUALITY
Four hours. Prerequisites: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510). This course in-
vestigates the biological, social, and psychological aspects of human sexuality. You will learn about
gender socialization and gender identity, sexual orientation and attraction, sexual anatomy and
the sexual response cycle, and health issues involved with human sexuality (e.g., reproduction and
sexually transmitted infections).
PSY 3336INDUSTRIAL AND ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or PSY 1510. The systematic obser-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
302
vation and study of human behavior in an organizational setting; major topics include personnel
psychology, consumer behavior, human relations, and organizational behavior.
PSY 3350PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: (PSY 1106 or PSY 1500) and (PSY 1110 or PSY 1510) and junior stand-
ing or permission of the instructor. The course addresses the professional skills and knowledge
needed by majors to successfully obtain a position in a psychology or related field and/or to earn
entry to graduate school. Course content includes such topics as the scientific inquiry processes
and critical thinking processes in psychology, preparing a resume and cover letter, conducting a
search for career/graduate school options, interviewing skills, GRE preparation, and application
process to graduate school.
PSY 3370 TRAUMA AND RECOVERY
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 2214. This course focuses on common behavioral, cognitive, and
emotional responses to stressful events that fall outside the range of normal human experience.
Trauma can take many forms: interpersonal violence, natural disasters, war and combat, sexual
abuse, man-made disasters, and so forth. Traumatic events may be isolated or repeat over time.
The goal for this course is to understand common reactions to trauma -- reactions that can hinder
growth, development, and adaptation as well as coping skills that promote resilience. Empirically
supported treatment options are also discussed.
PSY 4410 PSYCHOLOGY AND LAW
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500 or PSY 1510. Survey of major areas
in psychology and law with emphases on current foundational areas of the field, including but
not limited to theoretical/methodological, developmental, cognitive, and social foundations of
behavior.
PSY 4430CRIMINALIZATION OF MENTAL ILLNESS
Four hours. Same as CRM 4430. Prerequisite: CRM 3340 or PSY 1106 or PSY 1110 or PSY 1500
or PSY 1510. This course explores how the criminal justice system has become the de facto mental
health system and examines reasoned, collaborative solutions to this dilemma.
PSY 4450RESEARCH PRACTICUM
Four hours. Prerequisite: PSY 3310 and permission from a full-time faculty member in psychol-
ogy. A collaborative eort in which students independently produce (and a faculty mentors) an
extensive literature review, sound methodology, statistically-driven data collection/analysis, and
valid conclusions that culminates into a body work that is worthy of professional review.
PSY 4460 ADVANCED RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS
Four hours. Prerequisites: (MAT 2022 or MAT 2032) and PSY 3310. An advanced course designed
to enhance research design and analysis skills, including how to design feasible and quality exper-
iments, to explain the limitations of certain designs, to choose the appropriate statistical tests, to
correctly code and analyze the data using statistical soware, and to correctly interpret and report
the results.
PSY 4960/4961INTERNSHIP IN PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: Junior or senior standing as a psychology major or minor and permis-
sion from the internship coordinator of psychology. An o-site exploration in a psychology-related
field that is designed to provide students with professional experience in preparation for either
post-baccalaureate studies or future employment in the field.
PSY 4999CAPSTONE SEMINAR IN PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisite: senior standing as a psychology major and PSY 1500 and PSY 1510
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
303
(or permission of instructor) and an additional 16 hours of psychology credit (the last of these
requirements may be waived with permission of entire psychology faculty). An overview of
current issues in the discipline, including, e.g., neuroscience, clinical applications, cognitive
psychology, and psychology applied to social problems leading to production of original work
in a major paper/presentation. Gen Ed: EC-C
RACE, CULTURE, AND ETHNIC STUDIES RCE
RCE 3100 RACE IN SCIENCE AND MEDICINE
Four hours. Prerequisites: COM 2270 and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Ef-
fective Communication SLO A. This course will explore the intersection of race, medicine, and
science through an examination of the literature from a variety of disciplines. An emphasis will
be placed on the historical context of racial bias and the impact it has had on people of color in
medicine and the STEM fields. Disparities in health outcomes and representation of people of
color in STEM fields will be discussed within this context.
RELIGION REL
REL 1101 THE EXAMINED LIFE
One hour. Same as PHI 1101. Before he was sentenced to death, the ancient Athenian philosopher
Socrates famously declared that “the unexamined life is not worth living.” In this seminar, we will
spend our time doing a close reading of two foundational works in the history of philosophy
and theology - several of Plato’s dialogues and Augustine’s Confessions - asking how the kind
of thinking they represent might be integral to a meaningful human existence. The course is
intended especially for new or potential majors in Religion or Philosophy, but is open to all who
are interested.
REL 1108 WHAT IS RELIGION?
Four hours. An introduction to religion through an inquiry of ultimate questions, the sacred and
the divine, and religious belief and practice. Students critically examine sacred texts, religious ex-
perience, theology, ritual, and ethics within religious traditions. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
REL 2214CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Four hours. The study of Christian Ethics framed within Christian moral thought and an exam-
ination of various approaches to Christian Ethics, its goals, and applications to contemporary
topics such as violence, poverty, gender, sexuality, race, and justice. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
REL 2215 THE OLD TESTAMENT: THE LITERATURE, THE HISTORY, THE RELIGIOUS IDEAS
Four hours. This course examines the writings of the Hebrew Scriptures in their socio/historical,
literary and religious context. Gen Ed: MV, SW, Ql
REL 2216 THE NEW TESTAMENT: ITS HISTORY, LITERATURE AND THEOLOGY
Four hours. This course examines the writings of the New Testament in their social, literary and
theological contexts. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
REL 2217 INTRODUCTION TO THE BIBLE
Four hours. This course both introduces students to the material and thematic content of the Old
Testament (Hebrew Scriptures) and New Testament and provides the resources and reading skills
for further study and investigation of the Biblical text and its influence upon the Judeo-Christian
tradition in the West. The course focuses on those passages of greatest interest and import for
understanding the overall structure and claims of this most important of written documents. Gen
Ed: MV
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
304
REL 2218 BASIC CHRISTIAN BELIEFS
Four hours. An introduction to Christian theology, the course examines the fundamental doc-
trines of the Christian faith, such as Trinity, predestination, incarnation, creation, evil, resurrec-
tion, justification, Holy Spirit, and how these beliefs are coherently related, the form of life and
ethics ingredient in them, and how for Christians they represent the truth about ultimate reality
and the highest value for human life. The course also addresses the various methods through
which theologians do their work and how theological thinking is similar to and distinct from
other systems of thought. Student response and discussion are major components of the course,
as is student application of the material through analyses of “real world” sermons, lectures, video
discussions and debates found on the web, service learning opportunities, interviews with church
leaders. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
REL 2219 WORLD RELIGIONS AND PHILOSOPHIES
Four hours. Same as PHI 2219. Introduces students to the origins; founders; historical develop-
ment; scriptures; fundamental concepts, such as views of ultimate reality, the meaning of life,
and human hope; religious practices; personal and social ethics; culture context and impact;
and contemporary relevance of the world’s living religions and their associated philosophies.
Gen Ed: MV, SW, Ql
REL 2228 JESUS IN FILM
Four hours. Students who take this course, aer developing criteria for making judgments about
the presentations of Jesus in film and elsewhere, examine and analyze various depictions of Jesus
in motion pictures. The course is not primarily interested in the artistic evaluation of these films;
it is concerned with Biblical and theological analysis. How does the film align with the Biblical
images of Jesus? Which source in the New Testament does the picture of Jesus in the film most
closely reflect? What understanding of Jesus and his relationship to God does the film portray? The
course, therefore, provides an opportunity to think critically and theologically about the various
meanings of Jesus and to analyze the diverse portraits of him in the Christian tradition and in film.
Gen Ed: MV, Ql
REL 2256 GENDER, INTERPRETATION AND THE BIBLICAL TRADITION
Four hours. Same as WST 2256. An examination of selected texts from the Old and New Tes-
taments and the patriarchal contexts of the Ancient Near East and the Greco-Roman Empire.
Using historical critical methodologies to interpret the Biblical text, students determine the ways
in which women are depicted, identify gender roles from the historical context, and explain the
function of feminine imagery in the text. Gen Ed: MV
REL 3328 HISTORY OF CHRISTIAN THOUGHT
Four hours. Prerequisite: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eective Communi-
cation SLOs A and B. Examining distinctive movements, thinkers, and themes in the history of the
Christian tradition, the course traces the development of Christian theology from the early church
to Protestant orthodoxy and American Christianity. The course aims at developing an apprecia-
tion for the unity and diversity, and the continuity and discontinuity in the history of Christian
thought, a deeper understanding of a participant’s own theological heritage, and a perspective by
which to judge contemporary theological issues. Gen Ed: MV, Ql
REL 3345 THE WISDOM TRADITION IN ANCIENT ISRAEL
Four hours. Prerequisite: REL 2215. This course is a critical examination of the historical setting,
literary aspects, and theological themes of the five books that constitute the Wisdom Literature:
Proverbs, Job, Ecclesiastes, Wisdom of Solomon, and Sirach.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
305
REL 3366 JOHANNINE LITERATURE: GOSPEL, LETTERS AND APOCALYPSE
Four hours. Prerequisite: REL 2216. A Study of the Gospel of John, the Johannine Epistles, and
the Book of Revelation.
REL 3378 DIALOGUES IN SCIENCE AND RELIGION
Four hours. Same as BIO 3378. Prerequisites: any 1000 level or above course in the natural sciences
and any 2000 level or above course in religion. Considers the cultural, philosophical and intel-
lectual factors that have contributed to the development of the relationship between science and
religion in Western thought. Gen Ed: MV
REL 3388 FUNDAMENTAL QUESTIONS IN THEOLOGY AND PHILOSOPHY
Four hours. Same as PHI 3388. Prerequisite: Successful completion of coursework that satisfies
Eective Communication SLOs A and B. This team-taught course examines philosophical and
theological perspectives on such matters as classical arguments for God’s existence, atheistic cri-
tiques, the relationship between reason and revelation, life aer death, the ground of morality, the
problem of evil, religious experience, and religious language. Gen Ed: MV, Ql, EC-C
REL 4416 LIFE AND LETTERS OF PAUL
Four hours. Prerequisites: REL 2216 and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eec-
tive Communication SLOs A and B. A study of the life and writings of Paul the Apostle as present-
ed in the Pauline epistles, Acts and Early Christianity.
REL 4428 CURRENT THEOLOGICAL THOUGHT
Four hours. Prerequisites: REL 2218 and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eec-
tive Communication SLOs A and B. An examination of significant theologians and movements
in the development of twentieth and twenty-first century theological thought, the course oers
an introduction to the major Christian thinkers and themes of the modern and the post-modern
eras. The class examines how, in dialogue and debate with philosophers, the prevailing culture, and
other theologians, Christian thinkers and writers have attempted to address the questions of the
basis from which someone can talk about God or a God at all, the meaning of Jesus for persons,
society, the world, and cosmos, and the form of life that people ought to follow. Gen Ed: EC-C
REL 4435 PROPHETIC THOUGHT IN ANCIENT ISRAEL
Four hours. Prerequisite: REL 2215. A study of the prophetic literature of the Hebrew Scriptures
in relation to the history of Israel, redaction criticism and theological themes.
REL 4446 LIFE AND TEACHINGS OF JESUS
Four hours. Prerequisites: REL 2216 and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eec-
tive Communication SLOs A and B. A study of the life and teachings of Jesus as presented in the
synoptic gospel tradition.
REL 4448 THE DOCTRINE OF GOD
Four hours. Prerequisites: REL 2218 and successful completion of coursework that satisfies Eec-
tive Communication SLOs A and B. An inquiry into the doctrine of God focusing upon tradition-
al and modern critiques and the development of contemporary theological methods in response
to those critiques, this course examines critical questions in the Christian doctrine of God that
have led to a crisis of faith in God and atheistic protests in modern times. The course seeks to de-
velop an understanding of God, employing the doctrine of the Trinity, which can provide a basis
for responding to atheism. The course aims to teach students to think through issues theologically
in a consistent manner. Gen Ed: EC-C
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
306
REL 4473 MEDICAL ETHICS
Four hours. Same as PHI 4473. This course examines the debates surrounding health and health
care in the modern era. Particular attention will be paid to the way in which these debates have
been shaped by, and understood within, the Christian tradition. Using concepts, principles, sto-
ries, and symbols drawn from Christianity (as well as secular philosophy) we will consider some
of the following issues: privacy, confidentiality, the nature of sickness and health, reproductive
technology, euthanasia, voluntary termination of life-sustaining treatment, organ transplantation,
artificial reproductive technologies, the allocation of health care resources, and genetic engineer-
ing/therapy.
REL 4474 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHRISTIAN ETHICS
Four hours. Prerequisite: One other course in religion, or permission of the instructor. This course
explores an issue or thinker in Christian ethics not otherwise covered in the core curriculum. The
goal is to give religion majors and upper-level students from across the college an opportunity to
engage an important topic in contemporary ethics in a more sustained way. A course focused on a
particular issue will usually begin by surveying the history of the conversation, then turn towards a
detailed examination of key contemporary problems, and conclude with case studies. A course fo-
cused on a particular thinker will usually undertake a systematic study of primary sources, engag-
ing with major critiques along the way. Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
Gen Ed: MV
REL 4900-4901 CAPSTONE SEMINAR IN PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION
Four credit hours distributed over two semesters. Same as PHI 4900-4901. Prerequisites: senior
standing or permission of the instructor. A senior seminar in which students research, write, and
publicly present an original piece of scholarship in religion or philosophy.
REL 4953-4954HONORS IN RELIGION
Six hours distributed over 2 semesters. Prerequisite: Restricted to seniors in the Religion program.
Seniors must have a cumulative 3.5 GPA, a GPA of 3.66 in Religion, and have completed at least
half of coursework at FSC. Students in the course sequence work with the professor teaching the
course on research projects centered on a particular theme.
REL 4960 INTERNSHIP IN RELIGION
Three to six hours. Prerequisite: senior Standing and permission of the faculty. A supervised, se-
mester long application of critical thinking, theological reflection, research and/or exegetical writ-
ing in an approved setting.
RELIGION: YOUTH MINISTRY RYM
RYM 2210 TEACHING AND LEARNING THEORIES FOR YOUTH MINISTRY
Four hours. An exploration of teaching and learning theories for youth ministry, including but not
limited to information processing, group interaction, indirect communication, personal develop-
ment, action/reflection, transformative education and other theories of education.
RYM 3310 LEADERSHIP & ADMINISTRATION FOR YOUTH MINISTRY
Four hours. An examination of youth leadership processes in the life of the church, including
but not limited to group dynamics, planning procedures and practices, recruitment and training
of volunteers, the use of curriculum resources, and structuring and planning for youth ministry.
RYM 4410 BIBLE AND THEOLOGY IN THE YOUTH MINISTRY SETTING
Four hours. Prerequisites: One other RYM course, REL 2215, REL 2216, and REL 2218. An exam-
ination of the Bible and theology in the youth ministry setting. The course includes methods for
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
307
teaching the Bible and theology, the significance of the Bible and theology in the life of the church.
RYM 4960/4961 INTERNSHIP IN RELIGION: YOUTH MINISTRY
Four hours. Prerequisite: senior standing and permission of the instructor. A supervised, semester
long work experience in youth ministry in a local church or other approved setting.
RUSSIAN RUS
Each course is an enhanced self-study program, in the NASILP (National Association of Self-in-
structional Language Programs) format, which relies heavily upon student’s motivation and dis-
cipline. Major emphasis is on the development of oral-aural skills. This course is an enhanced
self-study program in the NASILP format which relies heavily upon the student’s motivation and
discipline. Class time will be spent on oral drills and conversation practice with a native speaker.
Class will be conducted almost entirely in Russian. Students will study the grammar independent-
ly with the help of the textbook and the online workbook. Students are expected to come to class
prepared.
RSN 1101 FIRST SEMESTER RUSSIAN
Four hours. Prerequisite: Cumulative GPA of at least 2.5 or approval from Critical Languages
program director.
RSN 1102 SECOND SEMESTER RUSSIAN
Four hours. Prerequisite: RSN 1101 proficiency
RSN 2203 SECOND YEAR RUSSIAN
Four hours. Prerequisite: RSN 1102 proficiency
SOCIOLOGY SOC
SOC 1100INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. Globally focused survey of the foundations of society and social behavior, including
but not limited to diverse theoretical perspectives at micro and macro levels; research method-
ological approaches; major contributors to the discipline; basic sociological concepts, processes
and applications; the study of major social institutions; and the analysis of social issues and social
problems. This course may also be taken, when oered, as Introduction to Sociology Online. It is
the same course but delivered in online format. Gen Ed: MV, SW
SOC 1200 RACE, CULTURE, AND THE CRIMINAL JUSTICE SYSTEM
Four hours. Same as CRM 1200. The sociological meaning of race and culture in society is exam-
ined. Major emphasis is placed on the influence of race and culture on decisions made by agents
of the criminal justice system.
SOC 2206SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Four hours. Same as PSY 2206. Suggested prerequisite: PSY 1106 or PSY 1110. The study of be-
havior in the social environment as related to the three primary areas of social psychology: social
cognition, social influence, and social relations.
SOC 2216SOCIAL PROBLEMS
Four hours. Sociology/social psychology study of social problems, emphasizing theoretical per-
spectives, research, and application. Selected contemporary social problems such as education,
crime, poverty, race, and population are analyzed with respect to their origins, present dimensions,
and possible solutions. Gen Ed: SW
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
308
SOC 2220MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
Four hours. Same as WST 2220. Sociology/social psychology introduction to the study of marriage
and family, emphasizing theoretical perspectives, research and application, based on the American
family with comparisons to selected cultures. Topics include history, structure, and functions of
the family, as well as mate selection and courtship, transitions, marital interaction, sexual relation-
ships, parenting, role dierentiation, violence, dissolution, and restructuring. Objectives are to an-
alyze topics based on the academic principles of sociology and social psychology and to make ap-
plications to social and personal levels. A service learning component is required. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SOC 2240CLINICAL SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. An examination of clinical social practice and treatment modalities in areas such as:
marriage and family, social group work, child protection, addictions, and other referral services.
This is a “practice” course, designed to expose students to the application of sociology in commu-
nity and social work. As such, students learn about typical content of careers related to sociology.
Gen Ed: SW
SOC 2270INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION
Four hours. Same as SPC 2270. This course explores the unique relationship between communi-
cation and culture. Students examine their own cultural view as they are exposed to a variety of
cultural dynamics and mores in this increasingly global society. This course balances concepts and
theories of intercultural communication with practical application. The goal of this course is to
enhance the student’s eectiveness as a communicator. Gen Ed: MV, SW
SOC 3300SELECTED TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. Focuses on a specific issue in the study of society and social behavior, including but
not limited to micro and macro analyses; methodological approaches; major contributors and
contributions in the selected topic; basic concepts, processes and applications; and the analysis
and application of relevant social issues and related social problems. Gen Ed: SW
SOC 3303SOCIOLOGY OF DEVIANT BEHAVIOR
Four hours. Same as CRM 3303. Sociology/social psychology study of deviant behavior, empha-
sizing theoretical perspectives, research and application. Examines social processes in defining
deviance, becoming deviant and changing deviance, including culture, social class, vested and
power interests, organizational structures, social institutions, stigma, and labeling. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SOC 3305RACE, CULTURE, AND HUMAN RELATIONS
Four hours. Same as CRM 3305. The sociological meaning of race and minority group status
in American society; specific minority groups are analyzed with major emphasis on the Afri-
can-American experience. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SOC 3307SPORT, LEISURE, AND SOCIETY
Four hours. Same as SPM 3307. Analysis of the social functions of sport and leisure in relationship
to other social institutions. Examination of major social problems aecting both sport and leisure.
Application of sociological concepts and theories in understanding the social roles of sport and
leisure in society. Gen Ed: SW
SOC 3309 URBAN SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. Unique features of urban communities; historical background of modern urbanism;
changes and adjustments in values and organization; concerns of urban planning in American
and world cities. Gen Ed: SW
SOC 3315BASEBALL AND AMERICAN SOCIETY
Four hours. An examination of the social functions and characteristics of baseball in American
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
309
society. Social historical analysis is made of the ways in which baseball has both reflected and in-
fluenced changes in American society. Gen Ed: SW
SOC 3336GERONTOLOGY
Four hours. The psychological, physiological, social and cultural theories and issues of the aging
process and the eects upon the individual, family and society. Gen Ed: SW
SOC 3337DEATH AND DYING
Four hours. Integrates information and theories of death and dying from the social, psychological,
anthropological, medical and legal disciplines. Various perspectives integrate attitudes toward ter-
minal illnesses, natural death, funeral rites and euthanasia. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SOC 3855 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIMINOLOGY AND SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. Same as CRM 3855. Suggested prerequisites: CRM 2280 and one-year of college level
coursework or permission of the professor. Consideration of special topics in criminology and
sociology, including current issues and trends. Examples of topics include but are not limited to
white collar crime, victimology, comparative criminal justice systems, law and social change, and
terrorism and the American criminal justice system. Topics will change. Course may be repeated
for credit with a dierent topic.
SOC 4400SELECTED TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY
Four hours. Prerequisites: SOC 1100 and either SOC 4406 or SOC 4420 or both (depending on
the qualitative or quantitative project approach). Focuses on qualitative or quantitative research
project in the study of society and social behavior, including but not limited to micro and macro
analyses; methodological approaches; major contributors and contributions in a selected topic;
basic concepts, processes and applications; and the analysis and application of relevant social is-
sues and related social problems. Gen Ed: SW, Ql, Qn
SOC 4406SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY
Four hours. Prerequisites: SOC 1100 and SOC 2216 and successful completion of coursework that
satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. A comparative study of the development of 19
th
and 20
th
-century social thought and sociological theories. The focus is on understanding, analyz-
ing and critiquing diverse theoretical perspectives at micro and macro levels as they relate to the
organization of society and bases of social behavior. Gen Ed: MV, SW, EC-C
SOC 4420METHODS OF SOCIAL RESEARCH
Four hours. Same as CRM 4420. Prerequisites: Twelve hours in criminology or sociology and MAT
2022. The application of the scientific method in researching social phenomena, focusing on the
foundations of quantitative, empirical methodologies. Students participate in the entire research
process, including conceptualization, research design, sampling, measurement, data collection,
computer soware, statistical analysis, report writing, oral presentation. Gen Ed: SW, Qn
SOC 4960/4961SOCIOLOGY INTERNSHIP
Four hours. Prerequisites: junior or senior standing, major or minor in sociology and permis-
sion of the instructor. An o-site exploration in a sociology-related field that is designed to
integrate academic learning with actual application in the field and to provide students with
professional experience in preparation for post-baccalaureate studies and/or future employ-
ment in the field.
SPANISH SPA
SPA 1101 FIRST SEMESTER SPANISH
Four hours. The objective of this course is to introduce students to the Spanish language and
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
310
Hispanic cultures. Students work on the development of the four basic language skills: speaking,
listening, reading and writing. Classes focus on the practical application of language in day to day
situations while promoting cultural awareness. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SPA 1102 SECOND SEMESTER SPANISH
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 1101 proficiency. The objective of this course is to introduce stu-
dents to the Spanish language and Hispanic cultures. Students work on the development of the
four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Classes focus on the practical
application of language in day to day situations, and on cultural awareness.
SPA 2203 SECOND YEAR SPANISH
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 1102 proficiency. The objective of this course is to introduce stu-
dents to the Spanish language and Hispanic cultures. Students continue to develop the four basic
language skills; speaking, listening, reading and writing. Classes focus on the practical application
of language in day to day situations, and on cultural awareness.
SPA 2205 COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION I
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency. The objective of this course is to expand students’
knowledge of Spanish grammar and conversation and cultural topics. Students work on the de-
velopment of the four basic language skills: speaking, listening, reading and writing. Classes focus
on the practical application of language in day to day situations, and on awareness of Hispanic
cultures, diversity, current events and literature. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SPA 2207 COMPOSITION AND CONVERSATION II
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. This course
acts as a bridge between intermediate and upper-level Spanish courses. With a greater focus on
grammar and expression, it helps students be better prepared to take other culture or literature
classes in which more reading and writing is required. Students gain more hands-on practice
with grammatical structures and get more feedback from their professors to help them further
develop writing skills. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
SPA 3308TOPICS IN HISPANIC CULTURE AND CIVILIZATION
Four hours. Same as LAS 3308. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor.
This course serves to introduce and expand the student’s understanding of Hispanic countries
through a detailed study of an interdisciplinary topic that incorporate history, culture, art, lit-
erature, current events, and various geographic regions. Students of SPA 3308 read and write in
Spanish, students of LAS 3308 read and write in English. All class discussions are held in English.
May be taken more than once with a dierent topic. Gen Ed: SW
SPA 3320 INTRODUCTION TO LITERATURE IN SPANISH
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. This course helps
students transition from language focused courses to the appreciation and analysis of literature by
reading a variety of works of dierent time periods from Spain and Latin America. Students gain
an appreciation for the profound impact of literature in society. This course provides the tools and
vocabulary to better understand and analyze literature of every genre. Gen Ed: FA, Ql
SPA 3323 SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. Panoramic view of
Spanish literature, authors, and dierent genres from epic poetry to present; emphasis on Golden
Age and Romanticism to “tremendismo” and Neo-Realism. This course introduces the student
to the richness of Spanish literature through a close examination of some of its most important
writers and their literary production. The assigned readings and the class discussions help the
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
311
students gain an understanding of the literary and cultural movements that have shaped Spanish
peninsular literature. Gen Ed: FA
SPA 3334 SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. This course is de-
signed to expand the students understanding of Spanish American literature from 1880 to the
present. Hispanic-American literature serves as a window to the many and varied cultures and
peoples that have lived in this fascinating region of the world. Through close readings and class
discussion, students develop a historical perspective and appreciation for the literary trends and
for some of Latin America’s most respected writers and traditions. The course examines a wide
range of genres and representative authors of Spanish America. Special consideration is given to
the political, historical, and social dimensions of the literature and its role in the development of
a Latin American consciousness. Gen Ed: FA
SPA 3335LATIN AMERICAN FILM AND FICTION
Four hours. Same as LAS 3335. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instruc-
tor. This course examines major works of fiction in writing and film by Hispanic writers such as
Azuela, Borges, Allende, Sábato, Cortázar, and García Márquez among others. It focuses on the
historical, social and political context of their works. Students of LAS 3335 read and write in
English, students of SPA 3335 read and write in Spanish. All class discussions are held in English.
SPA 3340 CINEMA FOR SPANISH CONVERSATION
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. This course intro-
duces students to some Latin American current events and social problems through a detailed
study of a number of films and readings from diverse regions of the continent. It is also aimed at
improving students’ written and oral abilities in the Spanish language.
SPA 3345 SPANISH FOR BUSINESS
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. This is a Spanish
course with a focus on the development of vocabulary, writing and reading skills, and cultural
understanding of the Hispanic business world.
SPA 4408 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISPANIC LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPA 2203 proficiency or permission of the instructor. Specialized study
of one or more related aspects of the literature: authors, themes, or genres. This upper-level Span-
ish course gives Spanish majors the opportunity to explore in-depth a specific literary topic. They
use the skills they have acquired in previous courses to read critically and write analytical essays
about their readings. Course may be repeated for credit with a dierent topic.
SPA 4960/4961 INTERNSHIP
Four hours. These internships are only available to Spanish majors and minors that have complet-
ed at least 16 credit hours and have maintained a GPA of 2.0, permission of internship coordinator.
The internship exposes students to a “real world” professional field where Spanish is the primary
language of use. Internships can be performed locally or internationally in a variety of fields.
SPA 4999 SENIOR CAPSTONE PROJECT
Two hours. Prerequisite: Must be a senior-level Spanish major and have permission of the in-
structor. An in-depth independent exploration of one or more literary or cultural topics with an
emphasis on the production of original scholarly work and eective presentation of it, in Spanish,
both orally and in writing.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
312
SPORT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT SPM
SPM 1150 INTRODUCTION TO ESPORTS MANAGEMENT
Four hours. The course covers the background and current landscape of the esports industry. Top-
ics include event planning, management, leadership, gaming, sponsorship, ethics, and business
development.
SPM 2150MEDIA IN SPORT
Four hours. Same as COM 2150. This course primarily looks at the dierent media in which sport
is covered, researched, and presented to the public. Print, electronic, and new media are covered
and analyzed. Students learn to define the careers available in sport media, as well as the roles
associated with the sport media industry. Focus is on the domestic market; however, international
sport media is also examined.
SPM 2174MANAGEMENT OF SPORT
Four hours. An introduction to the basic concepts, career preparation skills, and professional op-
portunities available in sport management.
SPM 2520ETHICS IN SPORT
Two hours. This course looks into the background, theory, and practice of ethics and morals in the
sport industry. Professional, collegiate, and recreational sports are examined and analyzed.
SPM 2960/2961INTERNSHIP IN SPORT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Two to four hours. Prerequisites: SPM 2174, permission from the instructor, minimum 2.5 GPA.
This course requires students to integrate and apply what they have learned in their coursework
to real-world issues and to gain practical experience working within a sports-related organization.
SPM 3150 ESPORTS TOURNAMENT DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPM 2150. Overview of the researching, planning, coordinating, market-
ing, management, and evaluation of Esports tournament events. Exploration of practices which
lead to successful Esports tournaments for participants, spectators, and hosts.
SPM 3160SPORT MARKETING
Four hours. Prerequisite: MKT 3160 and SPM 2174. The background, theory, application and
practice of the marketing of sport.
SPM 3180PLANNING AND MAINTAINING FACILITIES
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPM 2174. Planning and budgeting for site selection, designing, and
maintaining leisure service areas and facilities.
SPM 3307SPORT, LEISURE AND SOCIETY
Four hours. Same as SOC 3307. Analysis of the social functions of sport and leisure in relationship
to other social institutions. Examination of major social problems aecting both sport and leisure.
Application of sociological concepts and theories in understanding the social roles of sport and
leisure in society. Gen Ed: SW
SPM 3370ADMINISTRATION OF SPORT
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPM 2174. Foundations and applications in sport economics, sport law,
sport ethics, and sport personnel issues.
SPM 3500ECONOMICS OF SPORT
Four hours. Prerequisites: ECO 2010 and SPM 2174. This course introduces and applies concepts
from microeconomics and sports management. Students analyze the economic impact of pro-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
313
fessional sports leagues and organizations, as well as the impact of major sporting events like the
World Cup and the Olympic Games. The course also examines topics such as salaries, budgeting,
sport finance, and their impact on the industry.
SPM 3520RECREATION AND FITNESS MANAGEMENT
Two hours. Prerequisite: SPM 2174. Examines amateur sports, recreation, and the fitness industry.
SPM 4150 ESPORTS SPONSORSHIP, ACTIVATION, AND FAN ENGAGEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPM 3150. An examination of marketing, revenue generation, and con-
sumer behaviors in the Esports industry with application to current trends and issues within the
industry.
SPM 4520INTERNATIONAL SPORT
Four hours. Prerequisite: SPM 3160. Addresses the impact of sport on world culture and business.
Professional and recreational sports are examined on a global basis, including large-scale events
like the World Cup and Olympic Games.
SPM 4999SENIOR SEMINAR IN SPORT BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
Four hours. As the capstone course for the Sport Business Management major, this senior seminar
class focuses on the application of theories, concepts, and practices associated with leadership
roles in the sport industry. Students use the case study method to analyze and formulate original
problem-solving strategies to address issues in the sport industry. Gen Ed: EC-C
THEATRE ARTS THE
THE 1050INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE
Four hours. Introduction to Theatre is designed to provide an active and engaged setting in which
students can think creatively and express themselves artistically in the context of learning about
the theatre, leading them to be better consumers and patrons of the arts. Through a survey of plays
from major historical periods, an examination of the component parts that comprise theatre, and
performances of student-created scenes, students develop a critical framework to evaluate a theat-
rical production and its elements. Gen Ed: FA, Ql
THE 1101–1106PRODUCTION PRACTICUM I, II, III, IV, V, VI
One hour. This is a production/performance class. Practical production experiences, both tech-
nical and performance, in a structured setting aimed at increasing ability and knowledge and
enhancing independence in the theatrical production process. The shows produced by the theatre
department during the semester are the focus of practical activities. A minimum of 50 hours of
practical production work will be required.
THE 1130VOCAL TECHNIQUE MASTER CLASS
One hour, repeatable up to eight hours. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts major or permission of the in-
structor. This course is designed to assist the student in healthy vocal production and singing skills
in a group setting and to lay the foundation for lifelong good vocal practices.
THE 1213ACTING I
Four hours. Prerequisite: Theatre major/minor or permission of the instructor. Students explore
basic acting techniques and disciplines involved in the art of acting through experiential exercises,
improvisations, character analyses, script analyses, monologues, and scene study. Students also at-
tend live theatre events and critique artistic performances. Gen Ed: FA, Ql
THE 1214ACTING FOR NON-MAJORS
Four hours. Not open to Theatre B.F.A. candidates. This course focuses on introducing the non-per-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
314
former to the concepts, techniques, and theories mastered by performers. Students explore basic
acting techniques and disciplines involved in the art of acting through experiential exercises, im-
provisations, character analyses, script analyses, monologues and scene study. Students also attend
live theatre events and critique artistic performances. Gen Ed: FA, Ql
THE 1220STAGE MOVEMENT
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1213 or permission of the instructor. Students explore movement
theories and techniques designed to increase relaxation, physical awareness, expressiveness, pow-
er, and control of the actors’ physical instrument through experiential exercises, improvisations,
group projects, monologues, scene study, and analysis of movement choices in theatrical perfor-
mances. Students also examine, in theory and practice, various movement systems and techniques
such as the Alexander Technique, Viewpoints, and the Laban Movement System.
THE 1231–1238APPLIED VOICE FOR THE THEATRE
One hour. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts major or permission of the instructor. This course is designed
to assist the student in vocal production and singing communication skills as applied to theatrical
performance and to lay the foundation for solo vocal auditions and musical theatre performances.
The course also addresses selection of material, rehearsal and performance techniques, both con-
temporary and traditional musical theatre style, and merging vocal style with stage movement.
THE 1240IMPROVISATION AND CREATIVE EXPRESSION
Four hours. Prerequisite: Theatre Arts major or permission of instructor. Improvisational drama
can be defined as the exploration of unscripted performance that stresses, above all, truthful “play-
ing” under imaginary circumstances. In this course, we work together to create a class ensemble/
community with an emphasis on creating work that addresses spontaneity, creativity, acceptance,
the group mind, risk taking and heightened awareness.
THE 1413STAGECRAFT AND PRODUCTION PRACTICE
Four hours. Instruction in the basics of technical theatre in a variety of areas including scenery, set
construction, basic Scene Painting Techniques, lighting and basic hand draing, as well manage-
ment structure. Through primarily hands-on practical experiences, students learn both terms and
major methodologies utilized in today’s technical theatre.
THE 2114MAKEUP FOR THE STAGE
One hour. An introduction into the basic skills of theatrical makeup. Course is designed to teach
the basic skills of two-dimensional painting; however, students are instructed in three-dimension-
al techniques.
THE 2153APPLIED PRODUCTION EXPERIENCE I
One hour, repeatable. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and permission of the instructor. Pro-
duction experience consists of practical experiences on stage and behind the scenes. Students ap-
ply terms and methodologies used in today’s technical theatre. Gen Ed: FA
THE 2210ACTING II
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1213 and/or permission of the instructor. Students explore major
acting theories and techniques of the twentieth century. This course integrates the work of Con-
stantine Stanislavski, Sanford Meisner, and Michael Chekhov through exercises, script analysis,
and scene study. Students also attend live theatre events and critique artistic performances.
THE 2220VOICE AND DIALECT FOR THE ACTOR
Four hours. Prerequisite: Theatre major/minor or permission of the instructor. This course covers
the fundamentals of voice production and the study of the voice as a performance instrument, in-
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
315
cluding basic techniques for proper breathing, sound production, articulation, projection, and col-
orization. Emphasis is on American standard pronunciation with further explorations of classical
speech, the international phonetic alphabet, and dialects. Taught in a workshop format, this class
features in-class vocal exercise, dialect transcription, and monologue and dialogue performances.
THE 2313SCRIPT ANALYSIS
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1213 or THE 1214 or permission of the instructor. In this course
the student learns to evaluate the dramatic text in terms of the literary, cultural, technical and pro-
duction elements essential for mounting a play for performance. Various critical approaches are
introduced and additional research methods emphasized.
THE 2413SCENE DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1413 or permission of the instructor. Introduction to the study
of designing scenery for the stage in theory and practice. Execution of a series of groundplans,
sketches, renderings and possibly models and practical work in preparing scenery for the stage.
THE 2420LIGHTING DESIGN
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1413. Basic instruction in stage lighting techniques and in the use
of light as an artistic medium. Students gain practical experience working with theatrical lighting
fixtures of several dierent types, programming the lighting computer, working with automated
lighting equipment and basic circuitry wiring.
THE 2430COSTUME DESIGN
Four hours. This course leads students through the costume design process from the theoretical and
conceptual collaboration of director and designer, through script analysis for production/design
application, to completed design projects for theoretical productions. This course also includes a
survey of costume history and practical instruction in the rudiments of sewing and tailoring. Stu-
dents gain practical experience in the area of costume construction and cra fabrication through
applying classroom instruction to the current main stage productions in a lab setting.
THE 2610BEGINNING BALLET
One hour. Introduction to traditional ballet techniques. Students study ballet principles and aes-
thetics and learn basic ballet movement, vocabulary, and skills. Gen Ed: Well
THE 2611BEGINNING BALLET II
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2610, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. A con-
tinued exploration of traditional ballet techniques; a study of ballet principles and aesthetics and
improve execution of basic ballet movement, vocabulary, and skills. Gen Ed: Well
THE 2620BEGINNING JAZZ
One hour. Introduction to traditional jazz techniques. Students study jazz principles and aesthet-
ics and learn basic jazz movement, vocabulary, and skills. Gen Ed: Well
THE 2621BEGINNING JAZZ II
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2620, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. The ba-
sic techniques and theoretical concepts of jazz dance are further explored. Fundamental concepts
of alignment, balance, and coordination are expanded. Gen Ed: Well
THE 2630BEGINNING TAP
One hour. Introduction to traditional tap techniques. Students study tap principles and aesthet-
ics and learn basic tap movement, vocabulary, and skills. Skills include basic one and two sound
movements performed at the barre and simple rhythmic combinations. Gen Ed: Well
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
316
THE 2631BEGINNING TAP II
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2630, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. Further
practical application of traditional tap techniques. Students study tap principles and aesthetics and
hone basic tap movement, vocabulary, and skills. Skills include basic one and two sound move-
ments performed at the barre, and center, and simple rhythmic combinations. Gen Ed: Well
THE 2640BEGINNING MODERN DANCE
One hour. Introduction to traditional modern dance techniques. The initial techniques and the-
oretical concepts of modern dance are explored through presentation of fundamental techniques
and creative movement experiences. Gen Ed: Well
THE 2641BEGINNING MODERN DANCE II
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2640, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. Intro-
duction to traditional modern dance techniques. The initial techniques and theoretical concepts
of modern dance are expanded. Gen Ed: Well
THE 3110MUSICAL THEATRE AUDITION
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 1213 and four hours of private voice lessons and junior standing
or permission of the instructor. This course emphasizes musical theatre literature for auditioning.
Students experience musical theatre styles, literature, composers, and lyricists. Emphasis is on song
interpretation and audition preparation. Students are required to perform regularly and to com-
pile audition materials appropriate for both their voice and their character type.
THE 3120MUSICAL THEATRE SCENE STUDY
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1213 and four hours of private voice lessons and junior standing or
permission of the instructor. This course emphasizes musical theatre literature for performance.
Students are exposed to musical theatre styles, literature, composers, and lyricists. Emphasis is on
performance and vocal style. Students are required to perform materials appropriate for both their
voice and their character type.
THE 3153APPLIED PRODUCTION EXPERIENCE II
Two hours, repeatable. Prerequisites: sophomore standing and permission of the instructor. Pro-
duction experience consists of practical experiences on stage and/or behind the scenes in a major
role or technical position. Students apply terms and methodologies utilized in today’s technical
theatre in a live production setting. Gen Ed: FA
THE 3214ACTING III: ACTING FOR THE CAMERA
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 1213 and THE 2210 or permission of the instructor. This course
studies the theories and techniques of acting for the camera and the digital film editing process.
Auditioning, performing, and filming procedures for commercial, industrial, television, and film
are discussed and explored on camera. Students demonstrate proficiency in creating a role for the
camera through script analysis, and proficiency in on camera acting techniques and the film pro-
duction process through story boarding, rehearsing, filming, and editing performance projects.
THE 3323DIRECTING
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1213 or permission of the instructor. Study and practice of direct-
ing techniques, including script analysis, composition, picturization, pantomimic dramatization,
rhythm, blocking, organizational procedures, communication with designers, casting, and the re-
hearsal and production process. Students learn how to form a directorial vision from the careful
examination of play scripts utilizing an Aristotelian based mode of analysis, and demonstrate their
understanding of the director’s tools and process in the direction of a one act play for the general
public. Students also attend live theatre events and respond to the productions.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
317
THE 3330THEATRE MANAGEMENT
Four hours. Designed to familiarize the student with the management areas involved in theatrical
production. Such topics as stage management, production management and the producer are
examined. Students analyze scripts from the perspective of the stage manager, the production
manager and the producer. Theatrical contracts, box oce operation, arts fund-raising, communi-
ty and press relations, as well as theatrical unions may be examined.
THE 3410DRAFTING FOR THE STAGE
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 1413 and permission of the instructor. This course is aimed at
providing an understanding of the skills and materials of drawing for the theatre, beginning with
materials and equipment used for draing mechanically, including drawing board geometry, scale
and dimensions, and perspective, through CAD drawing techniques and procedures.
THE 3610INTERMEDIATE BALLET
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2611, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. This
course is designed to broaden and deepen student’s understanding of classical ballet vocabu-
lary, movement concepts, processes, principles, and to improve and develop technical skills and
artistry. Gen Ed: Well
THE 3611ADVANCED BALLET
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 3610, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. This
course focuses on improving and maintaining alignment, strength, and musicality within ballet
technique, with emphasis on clarity, mobility, musicality, timing, placement, stability, and speed.
Expanded center work includes use of all nine-body positions in adagio, and all four Russian ara-
besques. Center combinations progressively become longer and more complex, with the inclusion
of intermediate turns and jumps. Students gain strength and improve coordination through study
of petit allegro--the most dicult and vital of all aspects of classical dancing. Gen Ed: Well
THE 3620INTERMEDIATE JAZZ
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2621, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. This course
further develops the concepts explored in Beginning Jazz. Lessons consist of more complex across-
the-floor exercises and combinations, as well as dance terminology and dance history. Gen Ed: Well
THE 3621ADVANCED JAZZ
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 3620, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. This course
further develops the concepts developed in Intermediate Jazz. More complex exercises and combina-
tions are emphasized. Performance participation is expected of students at this level. Gen Ed: Well
THE 3630INTERMEDIATE TAP
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2631, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. Practical
application of traditional tap techniques, and exploration of combinations. Students apply tap
principles and aesthetics and learn advanced tap movement, and skills. Skills include basic three
sound movements performed center, and intricate rhythmic combinations. Gen Ed: Well
THE 3631ADVANCED TAP
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 3630, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. Practical
application of traditional and advanced tap techniques, and combinations. Students apply tap
principles and aesthetics and create advanced tap movement. Skills include three sound move-
ments performed center, and intricate rhythmic combinations, combined to perform skilled tap
routines. Gen Ed: Well
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
318
THE 3640INTERMEDIATE MODERN DANCE
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 2641, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. Intro-
duction to intermediate level elements of modern dance techniques, vocabulary, and concepts.
Students review dance anatomy, terminology, alignment, strength and flexibility as well as an
awareness of the dancer’s body through improvisation and rigorous structured choreography.
Gen Ed: Well
THE 3641ADVANCED MODERN DANCE
One hour. Prerequisite: THE 3640, equivalent experience, or permission of the instructor. Ad-
vanced elements of modern dance techniques, vocabulary, and concepts. Students create perfor-
mances based on an understanding of dance anatomy, alignment, strength and flexibility, in both
improvisational dance and rigorous structured choreography. Gen Ed: Well
THE 4110 MUSICAL THEATRE HISTORY AND LITERATURE
Four hours. Prerequisite: THE 1234 or permission of the instructor. A survey of musical theatre
history and literature from its beginnings to the middle of the 20th century. Students learn the
history and basic forms/styles of musical theatre, explore the aesthetic and philosophical attitudes
of those who created it, including its composers, lyricists, playwrights, styles, practices, as well as
a study of the significant plays within each era, and examine the prevailing political and social
attitudes of the eras in which musical theatre was created.
THE 4199SENIOR PROJECT - MUSICAL THEATRE
Four hours. Prerequisites: senior standing and permission of the instructor. This is the capstone
course for the B.F.A. Musical Theatre degree and is also available, with faculty approval, as an op-
tion for the B.A. candidate. This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to
apply his/her training in a production or research setting, specific to the student’s needs, interests
and career path. Each student works with a faculty mentor to guide him/her as he/she works inde-
pendently to realize a self-designed project or performance.
THE 4210ACTING IV: ADVANCED ACTING TOPICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 2210 and either THE 3214 or THE 3310 or permission of the
instructor. A comprehensive study of the audition process and practical realities of a “profes-
sional” career in theatre. Students develop audition monologues, a “head shot,” a resume, and
present a plan of action for the pursuit of a career in theatre. Dierent specialty topics such as
period styles, or performing scenes of simulated violence might be examined depending on
student need.
THE 4299SENIOR PROJECT - PERFORMANCE
Four hours. Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. This is the capstone
course for the B.F.A. Performance degree and is also available as an option for the B.A. candidate.
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to apply his/her training in
a production or research setting, depending upon the student’s needs, interests and career path.
Each student works with a faculty mentor to guide him/her as he/she works independently to
realize a self-designed project or performance.
THE 4410 ADVANCED TECHNICAL TOPICS
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 2413 and 3410 or permission of the instructor. Students complete
assignments in the conceptual analysis of play scripts and fulfillment of technical projects appro-
priate to their technical concentration, covering a wide variety of genres. As a corollary, a profes-
sional-caliber portfolio is developed, presented by the student, and critiqued.
UNDERGRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
319
THE 4499SENIOR PROJECT - DESIGN/TECH
Four hours. Prerequisites: Senior standing and permission of the instructor. This is the capstone
course for the B.F.A. Design/Tech degree and is also available as an option for the B.A. candidate.
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to apply his/her training in
a production or research setting, depending upon the student’s needs, interests and career path.
Each student works with a faculty mentor to guide him/her as he/she works independently to
realize a self-designed project.
THE 4513 THEATRE HISTORY AND LITERATURE I
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 2313 or permission of the instructor and successful completion of
coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. A survey of theatre history and
literature from ancient Greece to the end of the 17th century, including its playwrights, actors,
theatres, movements, practices and their social context, as well as a study of the significant plays
within each era. Gen Ed: SW, EC-C
THE 4523 THEATRE HISTORY AND LITERATURE II
Four hours. Prerequisites: THE 2313 or permission of the instructor and successful completion
of coursework that satisfies Eective Communication SLOs A and B. A survey of theatre history
and literature from the end of the 17th century to the late 20th century, including its playwrights,
actors, theatres, movements, practices and their context, as well as a study of the significant plays
within each era. Gen Ed: SW, EC-C
THE 4650MUSICAL THEATRE DANCE
Two hours. Prerequisites: Beginning II-level competency in at least two of the major dance areas:
ballet, jazz, tap, and modern, or permission of the instructor. This course focuses on the styles of
dance commonly seen in the musical theatre. Emphasis is on examining and reproducing the
styles of the major musical theatre choreographers.
THE 4660MUSICAL THEATRE CHOREOGRAPHY
Two hours. Prerequisites: Beginning II-level competency in at least two of the major dance
areas: ballet, jazz, tap, and modern, or permission of the instructor. This course focuses on the
choreographer’s creative process for solo, duet, trio and group dances. Emphasis is placed on
learning and competently reproducing choreographic routines, as presented in a movement
audition setting.
WOMEN AND GENDER STUDIES WST
WST 2200INTRODUCTION TO WOMEN AND GENDER STUDIES
Four hours. Taught by a team of professors from dierent disciplines, this class presents a variety of
perspectives about the roles of women in such diverse fields as art, biology, business, criminology,
economics, history, law, literature, music, philosophy, political science, psychology, religion, and
sociology. In the liberal arts tradition, students develop awareness about issues in women and
gender studies and engage in analysis of these issues from various scholarly perspectives. Collec-
tions of readings in each discipline, which represent past and present contexts, form the basis for
discussion and critical thinking. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
WST 2220MARRIAGE AND FAMILY
Four hours. Same as SOC 2220. Sociology/social psychology introduction to the study of marriage
and family, emphasizing theoretical perspectives, research, and application based on the American
family with comparisons to selected cultures. Topics include history, structure, and functions of
the family, as well as mate selection and courtship, transitions, marital interaction, sexual relation-
ships, parenting, role dierentiation, violence, dissolution, and restructuring. Objectives are to an-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
320
alyze topics based on the academic principles of sociology and social psychology and to make ap-
plications to social and personal levels. A service learning component is required. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
WST 2256GENDER, INTERPRETATION AND THE BIBLICAL TRADITION
Four hours. Same as REL 2256. An examination of selected texts from the Old and New Tes-
taments and the patriarchal contexts of the Ancient Near East and the Greco-Roman Empire.
Using historical critical methodologies to interpret the Biblical text, students determine the ways
in which women are depicted, identify gender roles from the historical context, and explain the
function of feminine imagery in the text. Gen Ed: MV
WST 3370 GENDER IN LITERATURE
Four hours. Same as ENG 3370. Prerequisite: successful completion of coursework that satisfies Ef-
fective Commuication SLOs A and B. In this course, students will study representations of gender
or sexuality in literature, popular culture, or critical theory. Topics may include women’s roles in
society as reflected in literature; interrogation of the historical constructions of gender and sexual-
ity; intersections of race and class with gender and sexuality. Gen Ed: FA
WST 4400WOMEN AND GENDER IN CONTEMPORARY CULTURE
Four hours. This team-taught course brings together academic areas, such as sociology, music,
and communications, in an interdisciplinary eort to explore the roles, images, and contri-
butions of women in contemporary culture. The common threads are the roles of women in
producing and experiencing culture and the cultural production of women’s roles and images.
While contemporary culture is the focus, each segment of the course is built upon relevant
historical foundations. Full-participation classes are designed to bring the individual topics
together in synthesizing analyses. Gen Ed: SW, Ql
GRADUATE & DOCTORAL PROGRAMS
321
GRADUATE & DOCTORAL PROGRAMS
Florida Southern College oers the following graduate degrees:
• MSN: Master of Science in Nursing
• DNP: Doctor of Nursing Practice
• MAcc: Master of Accountancy
• MBA: Master of Business Administration
• MEd: Master of Education in Educational Leadership
• MEd: Master of Education in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction
• MAT: Master of Arts in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction
• EdD: Doctor of Education
• EdD: Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership
• MSIO: Master of Science in Industrial/Organizational Psychology
• DPT: Doctor of Physical Therapy
GRADUATE & DOCTORAL ADMISSION
Florida Southern College attracts students who demonstrate the academic ability and strong
motivation to succeed in challenging graduate degree programs. Admission decisions are based
on academic achievement, aptitude, personal character, and performance in general citizenship
or leadership activities throughout the applicant’s life and/or professional career. The College
welcomes applications from students who manifest the desire and willingness to study and the
proper academic preparation to complete successfully the rigorous educational programs oered
at Florida Southern College. In considering applications, the admissions committee of each grad-
uate degree program gives careful consideration to all credentials required and submitted. No
single criterion determines acceptance or denial, but each is evaluated in relation to the appli-
cant’s complete admission profile.
Please refer to specific graduate degree program in this catalog for admissions requirements.
Interviews for Florida Southern College graduate programs may be required for final admission
decisions.
Students applying to a graduate program must not have any outstanding accounts payable to
Florida Southern College or they will not be considered in the pool of applicants.
International Student Admission
Florida Southern College welcomes international students who wish to study in the Unit-
ed States. International students applying for admission to Florida Southern College graduate
programs are required to submit all documents required for domestic applicants and are held
to the same standards. All transcripts from secondary and post-secondary institutions abroad
must be translated into English. Students seeking credit for secondary exams (e.g. GCSE) or
post-secondary coursework should have all transcripts from colleges or universities outside
the United States evaluated by World Education Service, Josef Silny and Associates, Academic
Evaluation Services, Inc. or another similar approved transcript evaluation agency prior to
submission to Florida Southern.
If the student is from a nation where English is not the standard for daily communication,
a score of at least 79 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or a score of at least
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
322
6.5 on the International English Language Testing System (IELTS) is required. The TOEFL or
IELTS requirement may be waived for students who have completed at least one year of formal
academic study at an institution where English is the language of instruction or if a student
completed an English language training program. In any case, judgment about the proficiency
of the candidate is made by the graduate admissions committee of each degree program. In-
ternational students will need to comply with all federal guidelines concerning student status
and immigration.
Transfer Credit
Students who have successfully completed graduate work at a regionally accredited college or
university may apply for admission to Florida Southern College graduate programs. To be consid-
ered for transfer admission, a student must be eligible, academically and socially, to return to the
last graduate program attended. A student not on academic probation or academic suspension is
considered to be in good academic standing, and therefore, eligible to be considered for admission
to Florida Southern College graduate programs. A graduate student on academic or social dismiss-
al from any institution is not eligible to enroll at Florida Southern College until reinstatement in
good standing has been authorized, unless approved by the Provost. The Provost will consider a
waiver of the good standing admissions requirement only in extenuating circumstances and only
upon recommendation by the graduate admissions committee and dean of the program to which
a student has applied. A maximum of two courses from a regionally accredited graduate school or
program earned within the last 10 years may be accepted toward the graduate degree programs at
Florida Southern College. Only a grade of B or better will be considered for transfer. Transfer grad-
uate credit must be approved by the graduate admissions committee of each degree program and
is in no manner automatic. All transcripts become part of the student’s permanent academic file at
Florida Southern College. The DPT program does not accept transfer credit.
Deferred Admission and Re-Admission
Successful applicants who do not enroll in the semester for which they were admitted will
be considered for entry for one year from the date of admission if space is available. The degree
requirements listed in the current catalog issued when matriculation occurs shall be applicable
to those with approved deferred admission. Any other documentation and fees listed in the ad-
mission requirements that were not previously submitted must be completed. If the applicant
has undertaken additional formal study in the intervening period, ocial transcripts must be
submitted showing all work completed.
Any participating students who have not registered for courses during one full academic year
and who wish to return to the graduate program in which they were enrolled must submit an ap-
plication for readmission. Updated application materials, such as resume and personal statement,
may be required. If the student has undertaken any academic work during this absence, ocial
transcripts must be submitted for review. Applicants for readmission must abide by published
application deadlines and requirements and are not granted preferential status.
To be eligible for readmission, students must have demonstrated successful academic prog-
ress and good character while at Florida Southern College and must not have any outstanding
accounts payable in the Business Oce. The degree requirements listed in the current catalog
issued when readmission is approved shall be applicable to those admitted that semester. Any
student may elect, however, to be graduated under all the degree requirements of a later catalog.
Florida Southern College generally requires graduate degree completion within a seven-year
period dating from the time of matriculation, unless noted otherwise by a specific graduate
program. Students who request readmission aer that period will be required to submit an appli-
cation for readmission as well as an appeal to the appropriate academic dean. The student must
explain any extenuating circumstances leading to the failure to complete the degree program
GRADUATE & DOCTORAL PROGRAMS
323
in the required time. Furthermore, all previous coursework will be evaluated for currency and
applicability to the current degree program. In following this appeal process, Florida Southern
College makes no guarantee regarding readmission to the graduate program or acceptance of
former Florida Southern College credit. Furthermore, should the student be readmitted, the Col-
lege reserves the right to establish a new timetable for degree completion. If a student in the DPT
program takes a pause in the program for any reason, they must be readmitted to the program
through a letter from the Dean of the School of Physical Therapy.
Transient Student Admission
Students currently enrolled in masters programs at other institutions may be allowed to
take courses in the Florida Southern College graduate programs, as applicable, with the approv-
al of the respective dean of the school in which classes are taken. Transient student documen-
tation will be required prior to the student being permitted to enroll in any course at Florida
Southern College. Transient students are not permitted in the DPT program.
Graduate Application Deadlines
Applicants are considered for admission throughout the year. Please consult the specific grad-
uate degree program to determine if it has application deadlines. Written notification of admis-
sions decisions may be expected within four weeks of the published application deadline. Florida
Southern College reserves the right to hold an application until further information is available,
such as end of semester grades, examination scores, confirmation of the baccalaureate degree, or
samples of previous work, before making a decision about admission.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Enrollment Deposit
Upon acceptance for admission, some graduate programs require a non-refundable deposit
to reserve a place in the cohort. The deposit is applied to the student’s first semester tuition.
Tuition
Tuition and fees are established by the Board of Trustees. Annual increases in tuition should
be anticipated consistent with current economic indicators. Tuition and fees may be found in the
sections describing each degree program.
Refund Policy
A student withdrawing from the college will be granted a partial refund on tuition as
provided below.
A student who withdraws from the college during the first three calendar days of a regu-
lar semester will receive a 100 percent refund on tuition. During the fourth through the tenth
calendar days, a 90 percent refund will be made. A 50 percent refund will be made during the
eleventh through the twenty-fih calendar days, and a 25 percent refund will be made during
the twenty-sixth through the fiieth calendar days. Aer the fiieth calendar day, refunds will be
made only in cases of documented serious accident or illness. In serious accident or illness cases,
extending beyond a two-week period, students who withdraw will receive 75 percent refunds of
any unused tuition.
During the two summer terms or when a course is oered on the seven-week term format, a
student who withdraws during the first three calendar days will be given a 100 percent refund on
tuition. During the fourth through seventh calendar days, a 50 percent refund will be made. A 25
percent refund will be made during the eighth through the fieenth calendar days. No refunds
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
324
will be made aer the fieenth day.
Tuition refunds are not granted when a student is enrolled in a course or course(s) oered in
a condensed or nontraditional format.
No adjustments or refunds will be considered until a student files a formal notice of withdraw-
al and is ocially withdrawn. The student must withdraw formally through the Registrar’s Oce.
Graduation Application and Fee
Degree candidates must complete the online application for graduation. Applications from
candidates anticipating graduation in the spring semester are due on or before December 15. Ap-
plications from candidates anticipating graduation in the summer semester(s) are due on or before
February 15. Applications from candidates anticipating graduation in the fall semester are due on
or before April 15.
A graduation check is recommended at minimum the semester preceding graduation in order
to assure that all degree requirements are met. All candidates for degrees are requested to attend the
appropriate commencement exercise.
Commencement ceremonies are held annually in December and April/May, and degrees
are ocially conferred at those times. Degrees are also conferred in August, although no formal
commencement ceremony is held.
A $60 graduation fee shall be assessed of all students during the semester in which gradua-
tion is anticipated.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Degree Candidacy
When students are admitted and matriculate, they shall be required to complete the degree
program, including transient credit, within seven (7) calendar years. Please also see the earlier
section on Readmission of Former Students.
Course Load Per Semester
A full-time course load is six hours of graduate coursework, or two courses, for the MAcc,
MBA, MAT, MEd, MSIO, MSN, DNP, and EdD programs.
The DPT program is a full-time cohort-based program of study with a course load of 10-18
hours of graduate coursework per semester.
Academic Advising
The graduate program director for each graduate degree program, Florida Southern College
graduate faculty, and the Registrar are available to discuss curricular matters, class schedules, and
graduate requirements. At the time of admission to graduate studies, an advisor will be assigned
to each student. The student reserves the right, however, to request a specific academic advisor
from among the graduate faculty listed in this catalog. It is the student’s responsibility to meet
with the advisor to track academic degree progress. The DPT program assigns a program faculty
advisor to every graduate DPT student.
Academic Schedule
Please see the section on the specific degree program for information on academic oerings.
Courses supporting the particular degree are oered based upon available resources. Florida
Southern College cannot guarantee that any course will be given during a particular semester or
specified day, time, or location.
GRADUATE & DOCTORAL PROGRAMS
325
Grading Scale
Professors determine the point value required for final grades in their courses. Professors are not
required to round grades. Additionally, professors are not required to use the +/- system in assigning
grades. Please see program sections for program-specific grading policies and scales.
An Incomplete (I) grade may be granted if the majority of the coursework has been completed,
extenuating circumstances have caused the student’s inability to complete the course, and the facul-
ty member originates the request for an Incomplete grade prior to the end of the semester in which
the course was taken. Requests for Incomplete grades must be approved by the academic dean of
the course professor. A grade of G (deferred grade) shall be granted when a student is continuing a
project over several terms or semesters.
Withdrawal
Withdrawal from specific graduate courses may be accomplished no later than the pub-
lished date for each term. If withdrawal from the course is accomplished in such a manner, a
grade of W will be recorded for that course. Aer that date, the student will receive the earned
grade in the course.
If a student withdraws from the graduate program, that student must make application for
readmission. See the section on Deferred Admission and Re-Admission earlier in this catalog.
If a student withdraws from the DPT program, they forfeit their right to a seat in the class/co-
hort. If a student wants to return following a full withdrawal, they are required to fully reapply to
the DPT program the following year as a “new” applicant through PTCAS.
Academic Standing, Probation, and Dismissal from Graduate or Doctorate Study
Graduate students must maintain a 3.000 grade point average (GPA) in order to continue in
good academic standing and to complete graduate degree requirements.
Graduate students whose grade point averages fall below 3.000 at any time are placed on ac-
ademic probation. Elevation of the grade point average to 3.000 or better must be accomplished
within the next semester or term of coursework. Students who are unable to raise their GPA to
the appropriate level at the end of the next semester or term will be suspended from the program.
A student is also suspended from the program upon making two C (C+, C, or C-) grades in
graduate coursework. On appeal to the Graduate Council, a student so suspended may be grant-
ed the privilege of repeating one of the C (C+, C, or C-) grades in an attempt to elevate the grade
and grade point average to an acceptable level (3.000), unless specified otherwise in a particular
program’s requirements. In any case, no more than one course with a grade of C (C+, C, or C-)
may be counted toward meeting the semester-hour graduation requirement. The only exceptions
to this policy are in the DPT and MBA programs. See the DPT and MBA sections of this catalog
for their academic standing policies.
Appeals to the Graduate Council must be submitted in writing through the dean, no later
than 15 calendar days aer the close of the academic term in which the second C (C+, C, or C-)
was received. Students will have the option of appearing before the Graduate Council in defense
of their appeal. The Graduate Council may also ask for input from faculty members and the
appropriate program director. The Graduate Council will make a recommendation to the dean
whose decision will be final.
Dismissal from the graduate program (permanent suspension without appeal) occurs when
the student receives a third C (C+, C, or C-) grade, even if one of the preceding C (C+, C, or C-)
grades has been successfully repeated. Making one F in a graduate course will also require that
the student be permanently dismissed from the program.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
326
Grade Appeals and Academic Integrity
According to Florida Southern College policy, students may file appeals in two additional
types of cases: (1) grade appeal and (2) appeal of suspension from the program for an Honor
Code violation.
In the case of a grade appeal, a student should appeal first to the faculty member assigning
the grade, then to the department chair and/or program director, and then to the faculty mem-
ber’s academic dean. Cases in which resolution has not been achieved by informal negotiations
at the program level may be sent to the Oce of the Provost. The Provost may handle them
informally or remand them to the Student Hearing and Infractions Board for formal review and
recommendation.
When a case is remanded to the Student Hearing and Infractions Board, it will consider the
case and make final recommendations. In the process, it will make every eort to preserve both
the substance and appearance of impartiality and fairness. In the event that a member of the
committee is directly involved in the case, that member will not participate. If that member is the
chair of the committee, the committee will elect a chair, pro tem.
The committee may make a determination without a hearing. In the event of a hearing by the
committee, a vote will be taken by secret ballot. In either case, the results will be communicated
in writing by the Chair to the Provost. The Provost will communicate the final decision to the
student, the dean, and the faculty member.
Any student considering a grade appeal should understand that each faculty member has the
academic freedom and responsibility to determine and assign grades according to any profession-
ally acceptable method chosen by the faculty member, communicated to everyone in the class,
and applied to all students equally.
An appeal must be made in writing to the faculty member who taught the course (copies to
the department chair or graduate program director and to the academic dean) no later than the
fieenth calendar day of the next succeeding semester or term.
In the case of a charge of an Honor Code violation, the provisions of the Florida Southern
College Honor Code apply. See the section on the Honor Code earlier in this catalog.
The only exceptions to this policy are in the DPT program. See the DPT section of this cata-
log for their grade appeal policies.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
327
THE ANN BLANTON EDWARDS SCHOOL OF NURSING
AND HEALTH SCIENCES GRADUATE PROGRAMS
• MSN: Adult Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner
• MSN: Family Nurse Practitioner
• MSN: Nurse Educator
• MSN: Nursing Administrative Leadership
• Post-Baccalaureate Certificate: Nursing Adminstrative Leadership
• Post-Master’s Certificate: Adult Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner
• Post-Master’s Certificate: Family Nurse Practitioner
• Post-Master’s Certificate: Nurse Eductor
• DNP: Doctor of Nursing Practice
The graduate nursing programs of the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health
Sciences utilize the following grading scale:
Letter Grade Corresponding Percentage Earned
A 92-100
B 84-91
C 76-83
F Below 76
Rounding is at the discretion of the faculty and will be defined in their respective course syllabi.
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING MSN
Accreditation
The master’s degree and post-master’s APRN certificate programs in nursing at Florida South-
ern College are accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, 655 K Street NW,
Suite 750, Washington, DC 20001, 202-887-6791.
Program Mission and Objectives
Florida Southern College nursing faculty members are committed to promoting educational
excellence and providing unique opportunities for personal and professional growth for nursing
students. In the roles of mentor, role model, expert resource and facilitator, faculty are dedicated
to enabling the student to master new skills, to critically evaluate situations, and to integrate
new knowledge and skills into nursing practice through innovative approaches to the delivery of
health care in diverse settings.
The Master of Science in Nursing program oers a contemporary and innovative curricu-
lum that prepares the licensed Registered Nurse for advanced practice nursing roles. Students
may choose one of five tracks: 1) Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner, 2) Fami-
ly Nurse Practitioner, 3) Adult-Gerontology Clinical Nurse Specialist, 4) Nurse Educator, or 5)
Nursing Administrative Leadership. Cultural competence, ethical decision making, an ability to
use and generate new evidence in practice, and global awareness of issues related to health care
delivery and health policy are fostered throughout the program. Upon completion, the graduate
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
328
is prepared for doctoral studies. Note: the Adult-Gerontology Clinical Nurse Specialist track is not
accepting admissions this academic year.
The Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner student is prepared to provide di-
rect care for patients within the entire adult age spectrum from young adults (including late
adolescents), to adults and older adults (including frail older adults). The Adult-Gerontology
Clinical Nurse Specialist student is prepared in the three spheres of influence: patient/client,
nurses and nursing practice and organization/system. The Family Nurse Practitioner student is
prepared to provide and direct care to families including adults and children. Graduates are pre-
pared for the national certification examination as an Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse
Practitioner or a Family Nurse Practitioner through the American Nurses Credentialing Center,
600 Maryland Avenue, SW, Suite 100 West, Washington, DC 20024-2571, 1.800.284.2378 or the
American Academy of Nurse Practitioners Certification Board, National Administrative Oce, P.
O. Box 12846, Austin, TX 78711, 1.512.637.0500.
The Nurse Educator track prepares the student for teaching in an academic or health care
setting. The curriculum provides a foundation for teaching, course and curriculum design, and
program evaluation.
The Nursing Administrative Leadership concentration is designed for nurses who want to
advance their careers in leadership, administration, and management.
Admission Information
See the section on Graduate Admission earlier in this catalog for general requirements for
admission to the graduate programs of Florida Southern College. Additional requirements are
listed below. Applicants for the nurse practitioner and nurse educator MSN and postmaster’s
certificate program tracks are considered for admission for the fall and spring semesters. Nursing
Administrative Leadership applicants to the MSN and post-baccalaureate certificate programs
are considered for admission in fall and summer semesters. The graduate admission committee
reserves the right to hold an application until further information is available, such as end of
semester grades or samples of previous work, before making a decision about an application for
admission.
Additional MSN Admission Requirements
1. BSN from a regionally accredited institution and a CCNE, CNEA, or ACEN accredited
nursing program
2. Students in the MSN and PMC nurse practitioner tacks must provide proof of current ac-
tive licensure as a Registered Nurse in the state of Florida. Students in the MSN, PBC and
PMC nursing administrative leadership and nurse educator tracks must provide proof of
licensure in good standing in the state, territory, or locale where the student will complete
their clinical hour requirements.
3. The following prerequisite courses or equivalent courses from an accredited college or
university at the undergraduate level are required:
• Health Assessment
• Evidence Based Health Care or Research Methods
• Introduction to Statistics or Biostatistics
A “C” or better grade in these prerequisite courses is required.
4. Application video. Specific instructions will be provided during application process.
5. Current resume of educational and work experience.
6. Minimum grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 on 4.0 scale on the last 60 hours of under-
graduate coursework
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
329
7. Complete a live or virtual admission interview at the discretion of the faculty (by invita-
tion only).
Degree Requirements
• Completion of the Adult Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner track requires 41
credit hours, including at least 540 clinical practice hours, and a comprehensive exam. Com-
pletion of the Family Nurse Practitioner track requires 47 credit hours, including at least
660 clinical practice hours, and a comprehensive exam. Completion of the Nurse Educator
track requires 32 credit hours, and completion of two graduate Practicum courses. Comple-
tion of the Nursing Administrative Leadership track requires 32 credit hours and comple-
tion of a two-course graduate internship. When students are admitted and matriculate, they
shall be required to complete all degree program requirements within 5 years.
• For students required to complete comprehensive exam requirements, MSN faculty within
the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences will set and disseminate
procedures for fulfillment of comprehensive exam requirements at the beginning of each
academic year. A proprietary standardized predictor exam, designed to predict the student’s
readiness to challenge a national certification exam, will be used to fulfill comprehensive
exam requirements. Students are responsible for all fees associated with standardized pre-
dictor exams.
• Each MSN and certificate student is required to complete a criminal background screening
including fingerprinting prior to starting the program. NOTE: Any student with a prior arrest
or conviction history may be denied entry into the MSN program due to our agency contract agree-
ments or may be denied licensure as an advanced practice registered nurse per Florida Statue 464
(Nurse Practice Act). Students who apply to the MSN program with a prior criminal record must
be further screened by the program director and approved by the dean prior to acceptance into the
program. Failure to disclose prior criminal history on application or report any subsequent criminal
arrest aer enrollment at Florida Southern College to the dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School
of Nursing and Health Sciences may disqualify the student from the MSN program.
• Each nursing student is required to complete a ten-panel drug screen prior to starting the
program. Any student may be requested to repeat the urine drug screen as required by any
clinical site or as part of a drug testing program. The cost of the background check and drug
screenings is the responsibility of the student. Note: Students who have a positive drug test
may be denied acceptance into the program or be unenrolled from the program.
• A blanket student nursing liability insurance policy will cover all nursing students for the
time he or she is providing patient care as part of a supervised clinical education experience.
The cost (estimated at $23 per year) will be included in the nursing fee charged each semes-
ter.
• All students must have a current adult and pediatric BLS with A.E.D. certification, and
maintain certification though the end of the program of study.
• Each nursing student is required to purchase a clinical documentation package and upload
and maintain documents prior to the deadlines provided by the program director (prior to
entering the program).
• The following are required:
a) Tuberculosis testing: A negative 2 step TB skin test (administered 1-3 weeks apart) OR
Negative TB blood test (lab report required)
b) Measles/Mumps/Rubella (MMR) immunization or positive titer
c) Hepatitis B immunization or positive titer
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
330
d) Hepatitis C titer negative; if positive, see below.
e) Varicella immunization or positive titer
f) Pertussis (Tdap) immunization
g) Tetanus booster every 10 years
h) Annual flu vaccine
i) SNHS Physical Exam form completed by health care provider stating student may par-
ticipate in clinical experience assignments. Any restrictions must be outlined and include a
reasonable plan for accommodation.
j) Adavit of Good Moral Character (notarized)
• Students who are not up to date on COVID 19 vaccinations and do not want to take the
vaccine must contact the clinical agency they are assigned to for an exemption request if the
agency required vaccination. Clinical agencies are not required to provide such exemptions
to students. Failure to be vaccinated could result in a student not being able to be placed in
a clinical site, and so the student may not be able to complete a required component of the
educational program.
• The student is responsible for all related immunization costs. No student will be allowed
to begin clinical experiences until all clinical requirements have been submitted by the
designated date prior to beginning the first clinical rotation.
• Students who have positive antibodies for Hepatitis C or HIV, or other chronic infective
diseases that may compromise patient safety, must be further screened and counseled. Be-
cause students will have direct contact with patients during the course of their clinical
assignments in hospitals and other care settings, specific safeguards or other restrictions to
practice may be imposed on the student to protect patients and themselves. The clinical
agencies will have final say whether infected students can practice or attend clinical assign-
ments.
• Students are required to complete online OSHA and HIPAA Training Modules prior to
entering the program
• Individual health care organizations may have separate and/or additional screening require-
ments. Students seeking placement in these organizations must fulfill these requirements
in order to complete clinical hours at these sites.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition: ........................................................................................................ $650.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Nursing Fee
Additional course specific fees for malpractice insurance, lab supplies, course material, or
standardized exams may be assessed to students in the MSN and PMC tracks. Fees range from
$50.00 to $250.00 per course.
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
and for information on admission, matriculation, technology, and graduation fees. The College
does not permit auditing graduate courses.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
331
Master of Science in Nursing: Adult-Gerontology Clinical Nurse
Specialist
A. Core Curriculum ......................................................................................................... 22 hours
NUR 5120 Advanced Practice Nurse Role
NUR 5150 Advanced Pharmacology
NUR 5200 Advanced Pathophysiology
NUR 5220 Advanced Practice Health Assessment
NUR 5250 Nursing Theory and Research
NUR 5350 Health Care Policy & Politics
NUR 6250 Research Hours
NUR 6430 Care of the Older Adult
B. Clinical Nurse Specialist Track ................................................................................18 hours
NUR 6110 Advanced Practice Nurse I
NUR 6160 Advanced Practice Nurse II
NUR 6210 Advanced Practice Nurse III
C. Total ..............................................................................................................................40 hours
Master of Science in Nursing: Adult-Gerontology Primary Care
Nurse Practitioner
A. Core Curriculum ......................................................................................................... 21 hours
NUR 5120 Leadership, Role Development, and Advocacy for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 5150 Advanced Pharmacology
NUR 5200 Advanced Pathophysiology
NUR 5220 Advanced Health Assessment
NUR 5250 Evidence Translation and Quality Improvement for Advanced Nurs-
ing Practice
NUR 5400 Health Promotion and Clinical Prevention for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 5450 Informatics and Health Care Technologies
NUR 6430 Care of the Older Adult
B. Nurse Practitioner Track ...........................................................................................20 hours
NUR 6110 Advanced Practice Nurse I
NUR 6160 Advanced Practice Nurse II
NUR 6210 Advanced Practice Nurse III: AGPC Role
NUR 6500 Transition to Advanced Nursing Practice
C. Total .............................................................................................................................. 41 hours
Master of Science In Nursing: Family Nurse Practitioner
A. Core Curriculum ......................................................................................................... 21 hours
NUR 5120 Leadership, Role Development, and Advocacy for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 5150 Advanced Pharmacology
NUR 5200 Advanced Pathophysiology
NUR 5220 Advanced Health Assessment
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
332
NUR 5250 Evidence Translation and Quality Improvement for Advanced Nurs-
ing Practice
NUR 5400 Health Promotion and Clinical Prevention for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 5450 Informatics and Health Care Technologies
NUR 6430 Care of the Older Adult
B. Nurse Practitioner Track ...........................................................................................26 hours
NUR 6110 Advanced Practice Nurse I
NUR 6160 Advanced Practice Nurse II
NUR 6500 Transition to Advanced Nursing Practice
NUR 6640 Primary Health Care of Women
NUR 6645 Pediatric: Family Health
NUR 6655 Advanced Practice Nurse III: FNP Role
C. Total .............................................................................................................................. 47 hours
Master of Science In Nursing: Nurse Educator
A. Core Curriculum ......................................................................................................... 15 hours
NUR 5120 Leadership, Role Development, and Advocacy for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 5175 Advanced Pharmacology for Nurse Educators
NUR 5200 Advanced Pathophysiology
NUR 5225 Advanced Health Assessment for Nurse Educator
NUR 5250 Evidence Translation and Quality Improvement for Advanced Nurs-
ing
B. Nurse Educator Track .................................................................................................17 hours
NUR 6125 Teaching in Nursing Education
NUR 6260 Curriculum Design and Program Development
NUR 6225 Assessment and Evaluation in Nursing Education
NUR 6120 Nurse Educator in the Clinical Setting
NUR 6325 Advanced Clinical Concepts
NUR 6625 Practicum in Nursing Education
C. Total ...............................................................................................................................32 hours
Master of Science In Nursing: Nursing Administrative Leadership
A. Core Curriculum ...........................................................................................................8 hours
NUR 5120 Leadership, Role Development, and Advocacy for Advanced Nursing
Practice
NUR 5250 Evidence Translation and Quality Improvement for Advanced Nurs-
ing Practice
NUR 5450 Informatics and Patient Care Technologies
B. Nurse Administrative Leadership Track ................................................................24 hours
NUR 5550 Complex Healthcare Systems Operations Management
NUR 5575 Human Capital Management
NUR 5600 Applied Healthcare Economics and Financial Management
NUR 5625 Legal and Regulatory Compliance in Healthcare
NUR 5650 Advanced Leadership Skills for Nurse Administrators
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
333
NUR 5675 Strategic and Operational Planning in Healthcare
NUR 6960 Graduate Internship in Nursing: Nursing Administrative Leadership
NUR 6961 Graduate Internship in Nursing: Nursing Administrative Leadership
C. Total ...............................................................................................................................32 hours
Post-Baccalaureate Certificate: Nursing Administrative Leader-
ship
A post-baccalaureate certificate is oered in Nursing Administrative Leadership to serve indi-
viduals desiring additional credentials in nursing leadership. Applicants are required to complete
the standard Master’s application for consideration for graduate nursing programs. A BSN from
a regionally accredited institution and a CCNE, CNEA, or ACEN accredited nursing program
is required to pursue the post-baccalaureate certificate. Post-baccalaureate certificate applicants
must meet all MSN applicant pre-requisites courses and academic standards. Federal financial
aid is not available for the certificate program. Courses taken as part of the post-baccalaureate
certificate program may be applied to the MSN Administrative Leadership degree provided that
the student meets all criteria and is admitted into the MSN program. Application deadline and
fees apply.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition: ........................................................................................................ $650.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Nursing Fee
Additional course specific fees for malpractice insurance, lab supplies, course material, or
standardized exams may be assessed to students in the MSN and PMC tracks. Fees range from
$50.00 to $200.00 per course.
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
and for information on admission, matriculation, technology, and graduation fees. The College
does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Students are required to complete 5 courses, totaling 15 credit hours:
• NUR 5250 Evidence Translation and Quality Improvement for Advanced Nursing Practice
(3)
• NUR 5550 Complex Healthcare Systems Operations Management (3)
• NUR 5575 Human Capital Management (3)
• NUR 5600 Applied Healthcare Economics and Financial Management (3)
• NUR 5675 Strategic and Operational Planning in Healthcare (3)
Post-Master’s Certificate
A post-master’s certificate is oered to serve individuals desiring additional credentials in
a designated field of practice. Applicants are required to complete the standard application re-
quired for consideration for graduate nursing programs. A BSN and Master of Science degree
(MSN or MS) from a regionally accredited institution and a CCNE, CNEA, or ACEN accred-
ited nursing program is required to pursue the post-masters certificate. Post-master’s certificate
applicants must meet all MSN applicant prerequisite courses and academic standards. Federal
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
334
financial aid is not available for this program. The final program plan and course requirements
for each student admitted to a graduate certificate program will be based on a gap analysis con-
sistent with National Organization of Nurse Practitioner Faculties’ Criteria for Evaluation of NP
Programs standards (https://www.nonpf.org/page/15) in order to ensure the student’s eligibility
to sit for national certification in the selected population focus upon program completion. The
gap analysis will include, at a minimum, a review of previous transcripts and course syllabi for
which transfer or equivalent credits are requested. Additional documentation may be required in
order to complete the gap analysis.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition: ........................................................................................................ $650.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Nursing Fee
Additional course specific fees for malpractice insurance, lab supplies, course material, or
standardized exams may be assessed to students in the MSN and PMC tracks. Fees range from
$50.00 to $200.00 per course.
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
and for information on admission, matriculation, technology, and graduation fees. The College
does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Clinical Nurse Specialist
(Note: the Adult-Gerontology Clinical Nurse Specialist track is not accepting admissions this academic
year.)
The post-master’s certificate for adult-gerontology clinical nurse specialist serves those mas-
ter’s prepared nurses who desire to become a specialist in the growth of organized and coordi-
nated health care services. Students will be prepared to practice in three spheres of influence:
patients and families, nurses and nursing practice, and organizations. Graduates are prepared for
the national certification examination as an adult-gerontology clinical nurse specialist through
the American Nurses Credentialing Center.
Prior to entering any of these clinical courses, students must complete prerequisite courses at
the graduate level: pathophysiology, pharmacology, health assessment, research. If needed, these
courses may also be completed at Florida Southern College.
Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner
The post-master’s certificate for adult-gerontology primary care nurse practitioner is designed
for those individuals who require additional coursework to meet eligibility requirements to take
the national certification examination for adult-gerontology primary care nurse practitioner.
Graduates are prepared for the national certification examination as an adult-gerontology prima-
ry care nurse practitioner through the American Nurses Credentialing Center or the American
Academy of Nurse Practitioners Certification Board.
An individualized program of study, based on the results of a gap analysis will be developed
for each student following admission to the Adult-Gerontology Primary Care Nurse Practitioner
post-master’s certificate track. The student is required to complete all program requirements as
outlined in the individualized program of study to ensure eligibility to sit for the Adult-Geron-
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
335
tology Primary Care national certification exam. In all instances, students must complete at least
540 clinical practice hours. These hours can be derived from approved credit based on the results
of the gap analysis and/or from hours completed during enrollment in the post-master’s certifi-
cate program. The gap analysis will include, at a minimum, a review of previous transcripts and
course syllabi for which transfer or equivalent credits are requested. Additional documentation
may be required in order to complete the gap analysis.
Prior to entering any of these clinical courses, students must complete prerequisite courses at
the graduate level: pathophysiology, pharmacology, health assessment, research. If needed, these
courses may also be completed at Florida Southern College.
Family Nurse Practitioner
The post-master’s certificate for family nurse practitioner is designed for those master’s pre-
pared nurses who desire to provide and direct care to families including adults and children.
Graduates are prepared for the national certification examination as a family nurse practitioner
through the American Nurses Credentialing Center or the American Association of Nurse Prac-
titioners Certification Board.
An individualized program of study, based on the results of a gap analysis will be developed
for each student following admission to the Family Nurse Practitioner post-master’s certificate
track. The student is required to complete all program requirements as outlined in the individ-
ualized program of study to ensure eligibility to sit for the Family Nurse Practitioner national
certification exam. In all instances, students must complete at least 660 clinical practice hours.
These hours can be derived from approved credit based on the results of the gap analysis and/
or from hours completed during enrollment in the post-master’s certificate program. The gap
analysis will include, at a minimum, a review of previous transcripts and course syllabi for which
transfer or equivalent credits are requested. Additional documentation may be required in order
to complete the gap analysis.
Prior to entering any of these clinical courses, students must complete prerequisite courses at
the graduate level: pathophysiology, pharmacology, health assessment, research. If needed, these
courses may also be completed at Florida Southern College.
Nurse Educator
The post-masters nurse educator certificate prepares students for teaching in an academic or
health care setting. The curriculum provides a foundation for teaching, course and curriculum
design, and program evaluation. The certificate requires completion of 180 clinical practice hours.
For this concentration, students are required to complete five courses, totaling 15 credit hours.
• NUR 6120 Nurse Educator in the Clinical Setting
• NUR 6125 Teaching in Nursing Education
• NUR 6225 Assessment and Evaluation in Nursing Education
• NUR 6260 Curriculum Design and Program Development
• NUR 6625 Practicum in Nursing Education
Students must have successfully completed the following courses at the graduate level: patho-
physiology, pharmacology, health assessment, and research. If needed, these courses may also be
completed at Florida Southern College.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
336
DOCTOR OF NURSING PRACTICE DNP
The DNP program at Florida Southern College is a leadership focused post-master’s program
of study designed to prepare graduates in health care policy and advocacy, finance, information
systems, project management and organizational leadership. Emphasis is on the application of
evidence for the improvement and enhancement of patient care and health care delivery systems.
Accreditation
The Doctor of Nursing Practice program at Florida Southern College is accredited by the
Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education, 655 K Street NW, Suite 750, Washington, DC
20001, 202-887-6791.
Program Mission and Objectives
The DNP program at Florida Southern College is a leadership focused post-master’s degree
doctoral program of study rooted in the application of evidence-based methods for the improve-
ment and enhancement of patient care and healthcare delivery. The primary focus of the DNP
is to provide didactic and practice experiences that build on prior MSN level competencies. The
program of study prepares graduates for a leadership trajectory at various levels in clinical and
administrative healthcare environments.
Admission Information
See the section on Graduate and Doctorate Admission earlier in this catalog for general re-
quirements for admission to the graduate and doctoral programs of Florida Southern College.
International students planning to apply for admission to the Doctor of Nursing Practice (DNP)
program are encouraged to schedule an advising appointment with the Director of the DNP
program prior to applying. Contact information is available online at https://www.flsouthern.
edu/admissions/adult-graduate/doctoral/programs/dnp-nursing-practice.aspx
Additional DNP Admission Criteria and Requirements
1. Completed online application
2. Ocial transcripts of all academic work. International students are required to have all
transcripts from colleges or universities outside the United States evaluated by World Edu-
cation Service, Joseph Silny and Associates, Academic Evaluation Services, Inc., or another
similar approved transcript evaluation agency prior to submission to Florida Southern.
3. A master’s degree in nursing from an accredited CNEA, ACEN or CCNE program with
certification as a Certified Nurse Midwife, Certified Registered Nurse Anesthetist, Clinical
Nurse Specialist, or Nurse Practitioner at a regionally accredited college or university or
equivalent for international students.
OR
A nursing master’s degree in another advanced practice specialty from a nationally ac-
credited CNEA, ACEN or CCNE program at a regionally accredited college or university
or equivalent for international students.
4. Cumulative graduate GPA of 3.0 on a 4.0 scale in graduate level course work
5. Resumé or CV of educational and work experience
6. Complete a virtual interview at the discretion of the faculty (by invitation only)
Additional Information for International DNP Applicants
International DNP Program applicants are required to submit proof of English proficiency
as outlined in the introductory section of the “Graduate & Doctoral Programs” section of this
catalog.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
337
International applicants must also comply with any applicable federal guidelines concerning
student status and immigration. However, the Doctor of Nursing Practice Program at Florida
Southern College is a fully online program that allows international students to complete the
program while residing in their home countries around the world. Students taking full-time pro-
grams that are fully online are not eligible for U.S. student visas and a student visa is not required
for acceptance or participation in the program.
All admission-related documents received by Florida Southern College become the property
of the College and will not be returned to the applicant or any third party, including third party
transcript evaluation services.
Tuition and Fees
DNP Tuition ............................................................................................... $775.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Nursing Fee
Additional course specific fees for malpractice insurance, lab supplies, course material, or
standardized exams may be assessed to students in the DNP. Fees range from $50.00 per course to
$200.00 per course.
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
and for information on admission, matriculation, technology, and graduation fees. The College
does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Progression Policy
All students must maintain their plan of study as outlined in the Academic Catalog and per
the student’s faculty advisor. The DNP project and practicum courses must be taken in order.
The course of study is intended to be 24 months long taking two or three courses per semester
continually through the program. If a student is unable to sustain this commitment in the DNP
program they must meet with their advisor to devise an alternative plan of study for the program.
Students must successfully complete all course work no later than five (5) years aer the com-
pletion of the first DNP level course. Students with extenuating circumstances can petition the
Dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing & Health Sciences for a Leave of Absence
and if approved will be noted by the Registrar. Students must follow all Florida Southern College
policies and procedures for seeking any leave. Failure to do so may result in dismissal from the
program.
Additionally, students must:
• Maintain licensure as a Registered Nurse (RN) or Advanced Practice Registered Nurse
(APRN) without restrictions in the state, territory, or locale where the student will complete
the DNP project and practicum requirements.
• Meet all professional standards as published in the Nursing Student Handbook and adhere
to all policies regarding vaccinations, drug testing, background checks, and any require-
ments from the organization or institution where the DNP project and practicum will be
completed.
• Be of good moral character and have no criminal oenses that would violate Florida South-
ern College policies as outlined in the Academic Catalog or Nursing Student Handbook.
Students must report all criminal arrests promptly to the Dean of the School of Nursing
and Health Sciences. Failure to do so could result in dismissal from the program. Certain
oenses, in particular felony arrests, may result in suspension from the school or college.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
338
Degree Requirements
DNP coursework is completed online. Students are required to participate in a limited num-
ber of syncronous learning activities/events as required for individual courses. The DNP plan
of study is designed to be taken sequentially, with degree completion expected in two years (six
semesters including two summer semesters). The curriculum includes practice immersion expe-
riences that will provide opportunities for the DNP student to synthesize their doctoral course
work in a variety of settings.
Program requirements include completion of all DNP courses (at least 38 credit hours); com-
pletion of all practice hours (student must have a minimum of 1000 total practice hours post
BSN to meet graduation requirements); submission of a DNP portfolio; live or virtual presenta-
tion of the DNP project within the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences
and at the practice site where the project is conducted; submission of a DNP Project abstract to a
peer-reviewed conference; and submission of a DNP Project manuscript or final scholarly report.
AACN broadly defines practice hours to include practice immersion experiences which ad-
vance clinical, leadership, health policy, and/or informatics specialization within the profession
of nursing. Practice hours completed in planning, implementing, and evaluating the DNP Proj-
ect within health care organizations and community settings can be used to fulfill practice hours
requirements.
All DNP students must comply with applicable institutional or organizational policies re-
garding vaccinations, drug testing, and background checks required for completion of DNP Proj-
ect and Practicum experiences. A blanket student nursing liability insurance policy will cover all
domestic nursing students for the time he or she is providing patient care or completing DNP
project and practicum requirements as part of a supervised clinical education experience. The
cost (estimate $23 per year) will be included in the nursing fee charged each semester. Interna-
tional students are required to purchase an individual student liability coverage policy and to
provide proof of coverage at program entry. Coverage is required in an amount equal to the limits
required by the host site where DNP Project and Practicum experiences will be completed.
Doctor of Nursing Practice Curriculum
A. Required Courses……………………………………………………………………..38 hours
NUR 7100 Philosophical, Theoretical, Professional and Conceptual Foundations
NUR 7110 Leadership and Interprofessional Practice
NUR 7120 Introduction to DNP Project
NUR 7200 Professional, Business and Scholarly Writing
NUR 7210 Health Care Business and Financial Management
NUR 7300 Practice Scholarship: Evidence-based Practice and Quality Improvement
NUR 7310 Data Management and Analytics for Evidence-based Practice
NUR 7400 Clinical Prevention and Population Health
NUR 7410 Health Policy and Advocacy in Health Care
NUR 7420 Information Management and Technology
NUR 7500 DNP Project and Practicum I
NUR 7510 DNP Project and Practicum II
NUR 7520 DNP Project and Practicum III
NUR 7530 DNP Project and Practicum IV
B. Total ................................................................................................................................38 hours
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
339
THE BARNEY BARNETT SCHOOL OF BUSINESS AND
FREE ENTERPRISE GRADUATE PROGRAMS
• MAcc: Master of Accountancy
• MBA: Master of Business Administration
Grading Scale
Only the foundation course (BUS 6010) in the MBA program may be taken pass/fail for
credit in the graduate program. Professors determine the point value required for final grades
in their courses, they are not required to use the +/- system in assigning grades, and they are not
required to round grades. Any grade below C, such as a C- or a D will be recorded as an F. When
plus /minus grades are awarded for final grades, they will be recorded as follows:
• A = 4.00, A- = 3.67, B+ = 3.33, B = 3.00, B- = 2.67, C+ = 2.33, C = 2.00, F = 0
MASTER OF ACCOUNTANCY
Program Objectives and Mission
Florida Southern College oers the Master of Accountancy (MAcc) degree to the student
who desires to complete licensure requirements for the Uniform CPA Examination and to the
student who desires an additional level of accounting knowledge imparted by graduate study.
Admission Requirements
For admission to the graduate business programs, applicants must meet the following re-
quirements:
• a completed graduate application form;
• a resumé or CV of educational, professional, and work experience;
• a personal statement of your professional goals
• an earned baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher education
as verified by an ocial transcript of all undergraduate work completed, with a minimum
of a 3.0 GPA on 4.0 scale;
• GRE/GMAT Scores;
• Recommendation Form or Letter of Reference (2).
*If undergraduate academic records indicate the GPA is below3.0, the applicant for the MAcc
program must submit satisfactory scores on either the Graduate Managment Admissions Test
(GMAT) or the verbal and quantitative portions of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE).
The Academic Schedule
Core courses in the MAcc program (four hours or two hours each) meet two Saturdays per
month with the remaining assignments to be completed online (i.e, a hybrid format). Elective
courses in the MAcc program are two hours each. ACC 6989 Accounting Research and ACC
6999 Accounting Capstone are directed study courses, and are available every semester.
Prerequisites
The following are required for admission into the MAcc program
I. Completion of a bachelor’s degree at a regionally accredited institution.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
340
II. Completion of the following undergraduate business core courses (or approved equivalents):
ACC 2111 Foundations of Financial Accounting
ACC 2112 Foundations of Managerial Accounting
BUS 2217 Principles of Management
BUS 3311 Legal Environment of Business
BUS 4999 Seminar in Strategic Management of the Business Enterprise
ECO 2207 Principles of Macroeconomics
FIN 3453 Managerial Finance
MKT 3160 Marketing Principles
III. Completion of the following undergraduate courses (or approved equivalents)
ACC 3111 Financial Accounting I
ACC 3112 Financial Accounting II
ACC 3211 Cost Accounting
ACC 4411 Federal Taxation
ACC 4511 Auditing
Tuition and Fees
Tuition ......................................................................................................... $850.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Floirda Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Early MAcc Program
The Early MAcc Program is an early admission, dual degree program that provides an opportu-
nity for undergraduate Accounting Majors in the day, full-time program to also complete the MAcc
degree. The undergraduate degree and the graduate degree will be conferred at the same time,
when the requirements for both degrees are completed. Requirements for early admission include:
• General MAcc Admission Requirements
• MAcc Director Approval
• GPA of 3.0 overall (cumulative) at FSC
• GPA of 3.0 in accounting (ACC) courses.
• Admission is contingent upon cumulative GPA as of the end of the semester prior to entry.
The published day, full-time tuition will be assessed for enrollment in the two fall terms and
the one spring term for students enrolled in the early MAcc program. Summer enrollments will
be charged at the prevailing rates; MAcc program graduate per credit rate, or the day summer
undergraduate per credit hour rate.
Early Admission 4+1 MAcc Program
The 4+1 MAcc Program is an early admission program that provides an opportunity for
undergraduate Accounting Majors to begin the MAcc program in their senior year. Admitted
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
341
undergraduate students will be allowed to complete a maximum of 12 credit hours of graduate
work prior to undergraduate graduation.
Each degree will be conferred when the degree requirements are completed. Requirements
for admission include:
• General MAcc admission requirements
• MAcc Director approval
• GPA of 3.0 overall (cumulative) at FSC
• GPA of 3.0 in accounting (ACC) courses.
• Admission is contingent upon cumulative GPA as of the end of the semester prior to entry.
Any MAcc courses attempted in the fall or spring semesters before receiving the undergrad-
uate degree will be charged at the traditional undergraduate full-time tuition rate or the adult
undergraduate per credit hour rate. Any taken in a summer semester before receiving the un-
dergraduate degree will be charged at the traditional undergraduate summer tuition rate or the
undergraduate per credit hour rate. Graduate courses taken aer the student receives their under-
graduate degree will be billed at the current MAcc per credit hour rate.
Degree Requirements
A. Accounting Core .......................................................................................................20 hours
ACC 6120 Corporate Taxation
ACC 6140 Taxation of Partnerships and Estates
ACC 6200 Auditing with Accounting Information Systems
ACC 6300 Advanced Financial Accounting & Reporting
ACC 6400 Advanced Managerial Accounting
ACC 6989 Accounting Research
ACC 6999 Accounting Capstone Project
B. Accounting Electives ................................................................................................10 hours
ACC 6220 Governmental Accounting
ACC 6420 Data Analytics
ACC 6500 CPA Review Course
ACC 6501 Advanced CPA Review
ACC 6620 Ethics in Accounting
ACC 6640 Fraud Examination
ACC 6960 Accounting Internship
BUS 6350 Business Law for Accountants
MBA Course*
C. Total hours ...................................................................................................................30 hours
*A student may take a maximum of two MBA courses (6 credit hours).
Please note that the Florida State Board of Accountancy requires a total of 150 hours for CPA
licensure, not to include ACC 6500 CPA Review Course or ACC 6501 Advanced CPA Review.
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Program Objectives and Mission
Florida Southern College oers our highly ranked and recognized Master of Business Ad-
ministration (MBA) degree program to highly qualified candidates locally, regionally, nationally,
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
342
and internationally. The MBA program provides advanced courses that focus on the classic busi-
ness disciplines, while also oering courses in new and emerging business topics. The express
purpose for making advanced degree work available to a diverse constituency is to enable learn-
ing and training to be applied directly to business endeavors and to enable upward mobility for
persons seeking entry into the job market at the executive or advanced levels in today’s global
marketplace.
The MBA program oers six optional concentrations along with a general MBA degree pro-
gram. The optional concentrations are Business Analytics, CPA Licensure, Esports Management,
Healthcare Management, Industrial/Organizational Psychology, and Supply Chain Management.
Each are described in detail aer the general MBA degree requirements.
Admission Requirements
For admission to the MBA program, applicants must meet the following re¬quirements:
• a completed graduate business application;
• an earned baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher edu-
cation as verified by an ocial transcript of all undergraduate work completed, with a
minimum of a 3.0 GPA on 4.0 scale;
• GRE/GMAT scores*;
• Current Résumé;
• Personal statement that reflects your interest in our MBA program.
o The essay should not exceed 2000 words, and should explain how your interest in pursu
ing an MBA degree at Florida Southern College relates to your professional/career goals.
Your essay should also describe any experiences that have prepared you for success in our
program.
• Two Recommendation Forms or Letters of Reference
*GRE/GMAT waivers may be considered for applicants that meet one of the following criteria: 1)
Applicant is a graduate of an AACSB-accredited business school with a 3.25+ cumulative GPA, 2)
Applicant is a graduate of Florida Southern College with a 3.25+ cumulative GPA, 3) Applicant is
a graduate of Florida Polytechnic University with a 3.25+ cumulative GPA, 4) Applicant is a grad-
uate of a regionally accredited institution with a 3.30+ cumulative GPA, 5) Applicant currently
holds a master’s or terminal degree (JD, MD, PhD, etc.) with a 3.00+ cumulative GPA, 6) Appli-
cant currently holds an active CPA license with a 3.00+ cumulative GPA, 7) Applicant is a lifetime
Beta Gamma Sigma member with a 3.00+ cumulative GPA, or 8) Applicant has a minimum of 3
years of qualifying managerial experience with a 3.00+ cumulative GPA
When students are admitted and matriculate, they shall be required to complete the MBA
program, including transient credit, within three (3) calendar years.
The Academic Schedule
Graduate courses in the MBA program are oered in an online or Saturday-hybrid format,
where classes are taught in a combination of online and face-to-face sessions on four scheduled
Saturdays per 7-week term. The 7-week terms are concurrent with the regularly planned college
academic year, August through May as well as in the summer. Students may enter the program
at the start of any term, which usually includes start dates in August, October, January, March,
May or June and will typically select a path to graduation that will be accomplished in 12 to
24 months. International students may enter the program at the start of each semester (August,
January, or May) and must take a course in both the A- and B-terms. Students may enroll in a
maximum of two 3-credit hours courses per 7-week term.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
343
Academic Standing, Probation, and Dismissal from the MBA Program
MBA graduate students must maintain a 3.000 grade point average (GPA) to be in good ac-
ademic standing and to complete graduate degree requirements. MBA graduate students whose
grade point averages fall below 3.000 at any time are placed on academic probation. Elevation
of the grade point average to 3.000 or better must be accomplished within the next semester.
Students who are unable to raise their GPA to the appropriate level at the end of the next semes-
ter will be suspended from the program. A student is also suspended from the program upon
making two C (C+ or C) grades or an F in graduate coursework. A student so suspended may be
granted the privilege of repeating one of the C (C+ or C) grades or the F grade in an attempt to
elevate the grade and grade point average to an acceptable level (3.000) by submitting a written
request to the program director. Requests to re-take the course will be approved by the Dean
with input from the program director. Students can retake the course only once and the course
being repeated cannot be taken in combination with any other courses. Once the repeated course
is successfully completed, the student may enroll in any remaining courses. No more than one
course with a grade of C (C+ or C) may be counted toward meeting the semester-hour graduation
requirement and a student may repeat no more than two courses. Any student receiving a grade
of F for academic integrity or misconduct issues will be permanently dismissed from the MBA
program.
MBA students are not eligible for grade forgiveness. All grades earned will be posted on the
transcript. If a student retakes a course, both grades will be used in the determination of the GPA.
Students who earn either two C (C+ or C) grades or a grade of F and who cannot mathematically
attain a 3.000 GPA through the remaining credit hours to degree completion, will be formally
dismissed. Upon approval from the Dean, exceptions can be made for students who start their
final semester of coursework with a 3.000 (or higher) GPA, but fall below a 3.0 when grades post
at the end of the final semester of coursework. In this case, the student will be put on academic
suspension and may enroll in up to 6 credit hours of electives. If the student cannot improve the
GPA to the 3.000 level in the 6 hours, the student will be dismissed.
Prerequisites and Preparatory Courses
All students admitted to the MBA program are required to take a quantitative graduate business
foundations course (BUS 6010) prior to three quantitative course oerings (BUS 6660, 6670,6680).
Satisfactory levels of competence will be demonstrated by meeting the specific course requirements
and by achieving a score of no less than 80 percent on each final exam.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition ...................................................................................................... $1,035.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Early Admission 4+1 MBA Program
During the junior year, all Florida Southern College undergraduate students are eligible to be
considered for early admission to the 4+1 MBA program. Admitted undergraduate students will be
allowed to complete a maximum of 9 credit hours of graduate work prior to undergraduate grad-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
344
uation. Course options are limited to MBA electives (those with the BUS prefix). These credits will
count toward their undergraduate and MBA degree requirements. Requirements for admission
include:
• General MBA Admission Requirements
• MBA Director Approval
• 93+ credit hours completed at the start of the program
• GPA of 3.25+ overall (cumulative)
• Admission is contingent upon cumulative GPA as of the end of the semester prior to entry.
Any MBA courses attempted in the fall or spring semesters before receiving the undergrad-
uate degree will be charged at the traditional undergraduate full-time tuition rate. Any taken in
a summer semester before receiving the undergraduate degree will be charged at the traditional
undergraduate summer tuition rate. Graduate courses taken aer the student receives their under-
graduate degree will be billed at the current MBA per credit hour rate.
Master of Business Administration Degree Requirements
A. MBA Graduate Foundations ................................................................................. non-credit
BUS 6010 Graduate Business Foundations
B. MBA Core ...................................................................................................................... 21 hours
BUS 6360 Leadership and Organizational Behavior
BUS 6460 Marketing Strategy
BUS 6560 International Business
BUS 6660 Economic Decision Making
BUS 6760 Financial Management
BUS 6860 Data Analytics
BUS 6960 Strategic Management
C. Elective Courses ........................................................................................................... 12 hours
Choose from 6000 level BUS and/or ACC courses that are not required in the core, as noted
above. Course choices and descriptions are listed in the Graduate Course Descriptions section
of this catalog. BUS courses are 3 hours and the ACC elective courses are 4 hour courses unless
otherwise noted. ACC 6120, ACC 6140, ACC 6200 and ACC 6300 require candidates meet the
accounting prerequisite courses.
D. Total ...............................................................................................................................33 hours
Master of Business Administration Concentrations
MBA candidates can focus their course work in an industry relevant concentration, such as
Business Analytics, CPA Licensure, Esports Management, Healthcare Management, Industrial/
Organizational Psychology, and Supply Chain Management.
Business Analytics Concentration
The MBA concentration in Business Analytics leverages data to create more ecient busi-
ness processes and more accurate performance reporting - helping businesses compete globally.
Students with a penchant for business analysis, statistics, modeling, or information systems are
encouraged to consider a concentration in business analytics. This is a 12-credit concentration,
including 9 credit hours of Business Analytics courses and one more elective. The total credits for
the MBA, with a concentration in Business Analytics, is 33 credit hours.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
345
Degree Requirements
• Completion of MBA Graduate Foundations.
• Completion of MBA Core (21 credit hours).
• Completion of a 3 credit hour BUS or ACC graduate elective
• Completion of 9 credit hours of Business Analytics electives:
BUS 6870 Quantitative Data Analysis with R
BUS 6880 Data Visualization
BUS 6890 Leading a Data Driven Organization
CPA Licensure Concentration
The CPA Licensure concentration provides MBA candidates the necessary academic hours to
qualify to sit for CPA licensure exam. By combining graduate business and accounting courses,
candidates can satisfy the 150-academic hour requirements for CPA Licensure in the State of
Florida. The program requires MBA candidates to complete 37 credit hours.
Degree Requirements
• Completion of MBA Graduate Foundations.
• Completion of MBA Core (21 credit hours).
• Completion of 16 credit hours of Accounting courses from the following electives:
ACC 6120 Corporate Taxation
ACC 6140 Taxation of Partnerships and Estates
ACC 6200 Auditing with Accounting Information Systems
ACC 6300 Advanced Financial Accounting & Reporting
ACC 6400 Advanced Managerial Accounting
Esports Management Concentration
The Esports Management MBA Concentration at Florida Southern College provides stu-
dents the working knowledge and skills that can provide them with an advantage in the growing
field of Esports. The Esports industry is growing at an exponential rate and there will be an
increasing need for a knowledgeable workforce. Students completing an MBA with a concentra-
tion in Esports will learn about the economic impact of gaming, team development, tournament
design, consumer behavior, and the strategic management of interactive entertainment. There
will be a focus on innovation and entrepreneurship in the gaming industry. The total credits for
the MBA, with a concentration in Esports Management, is 33 credit hours.
Degree Requirements
• Completion of MBA Graduate Foundations.
• Completion of MBA Core (21 credit hours).
• Completion of 9-12 credit hours of Esports Management electives:
BUS 6335 Business of Gaming
BUS 6345 Esports Tournament Design
BUS 6375 Esports Sponsorship Activation
BUS 6385 Esports Digital Marketing and Consumer Engagement
• Completion of a 3-credit hour BUS or ACC graduate elective if taking 9 credits of Esports
Management electives rather than 12 credit hours.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
346
Healthcare Management Concentration
The Healthcare Management concentration is designed to meet the growing demand from
industry for graduates with healthcare management skills. Students who wish to pursue careers
in healthcare administration are encouraged to consider this concentration. This is a 12-cred-
it hour concentration, comprised of Healthcare Management courses. The total credits for the
MBA, with a concentration in Healthcare Management, is 33 credit hours.
Degree Requirements
• Completion of MBA Graduate Foundations.
• Completion of MBA Core (21 credit hours).
• Compleion of 9 -12 credit hours of Healthcare Management electives:
BUS 6200 Healthcare Informatics & Decision Making
BUS 6210 Health Policy
BUS 6330 Healthcare Finance
BUS 6340 Healthcare Quality
• Completion of a 3-credit hour BUS or ACC graduate elective if taking 9 credits of Health-
care Management electives rather than 12 credits
Industrial/Organizational Psychology Concentration
The Industrial and Organizational Psychology concentration prepares management pro-
fessionals to successfully navigate the workplace through a broad understanding of the funda-
mental principles of psychology in the applied settings of industries and organizations. Our I/O
concentration combines classes, such as industrial psychology, organizational psychology, work-
place motivation, personnel selection, training and development, equipping you to thrive in an
evolving field. The total credits for the MBA, with a concentration in I/O Psychology, is 33 credit
hours.
Degree Requirements
• Completion of MBA Graduate Foundations.
• Completion of MBA Core (21 credit hours).
• Completion of 6 credit hours of these required I/O Psychology courses:
PSY 6150 Industrial Psychology
PSY 6250 Organizational Psychology
• Completion of 6 credit hours of I/O Psychology courses from these electives:
PSY 6300 Workplace Motivation
PSY 6350 Personnel Selection
PSY 6400 Training and Development
PSY 6500 Special Topics in I/O Psychology
Supply Chain Management Concentration
The Supply Chain Management concentration is designed to prepare students to address
challenges to an organization’s internal supply chain and its external suppliers and customers.
The elective courses that comprise the track/certificate curriculum emphasize the importance of
processes and relationships, the functional aspects of managing an organization’s operations, as
well as lean processes and six sigma concepts. The program requires MBA candidates to complete
33 credit hours.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
347
Degree Requirements
• Completion of MBA Graduate Foundations.
• Completion of MBA Core (21 credit hours).
• Completion of a 3 credit hour BUS or ACC graduate elective
• Completion of 9 credit hours of Supply Chain Management electives:
BUS 6230 Lean/Six Sigma Processes
BUS 6240 Supply Chain Management
BUS 6250 Operations Management
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
348
THE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES GRADUATE
PROGRAMS
• MSIO: Master of Science in Industrial/Organizational Psychology
MASTER OF SCIENCE IN INDUSTRIAL/
ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Program Objectives
The Master of Science in Industrial and Organizational Psychology (MSIO) degree program
provides students the opportunity to learn and cultivate an advanced understanding of Indus-
trial-Organizational Psychology (I-O). The program prepares students for employment in the
various human resource functions in organizations and/or to pursue further educational goals.
The degree includes topics covering statistical methodologies, research methods, theoretical per-
spectives in I-O, and current research I-O psychology. The program culminates in successful com-
pletion of either an internship or thesis.
Admission Information
See the section on Graduate Admission earlier in this catalog for general requirements.
Additional MSIO Admission Requirements
1. Applicant must have an earned baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited insti-
tution of higher education as verified by an ocial transcript of all undergraduate work.
2. Applicant must provide ocial transcripts that include all academic work from all col-
leges and universities attended.
3. Applicant must provide a resume or CV of educational and work experience.
4. Applicant must provide a personal statement of expectations of a graduate program, in-
cluding his/her personal and professional goals.
Academic Oerings
Graduate courses in the MSIO program are oered as weeknight Hybrid courses that meet,
face-to-face one night a week. Some courses are online.
Grading Scale
Professors determine the point value required for final grades in their courses. Professors
are not required to round grades, and many choose not to do so. Additionally, professors are not
required to use the +/- system in assigning grades.
Tuition and Fees
MSIO Tuition .............................................................................................. $800.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
349
Please see the sections earlier in this catalog for the FSC refund policy for graduate students
as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and graduation fees. The College
does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Early Admission 4+1 MSIO Program
During the second semester of the junior year, all Florida Southern undergraduate students
are eligible to be considered for early admission to the MSIO program. Admitted undergraduate
students will be allowed to complete a maximum of 9 credit hours of graduate work prior to
undergraduate graduation. Only students who are in good academic standing will be eligible to
register for the graduate level I/O courses. Course options are limited to MSIO electives (those
with a PSY prefix) and the core course PSY 6100.
These credits will count toward the undergraduate and MSIO degree requirements. Any
MSIO courses attempted before receiving the undergraduate degree will be charged at the tra-
ditional undergraduate full-time tuition rate. Any taken in a summer semester before receiving
the undergraduate degree will be charged at the traditional undergraduate summer tuition rate.
Graduate courses taken aer the student receives their undergraduate degree will be billed at the
current MSIO per credit hour rate.
Master of Science in Industrial/Organizational Psychology Degree
Requirements
A. Required Courses ...................................................................................................... 33 hours
PSY 6100 Statistics and Research Methods I
PSY 6150 Industrial Psychology
PSY 6200 Statistics and Research Methods II
PSY 6250 Organizational Psychology (Online)
PSY 6960/6961 Internship in Industrial/Organizational Psych (6 credit hours) OR
PSY 6970/6971 Thesis in Industrial/Organizational Psychology (6 credit hours)
Fieen hours selected from the following courses:
PSY 6300 Workplace Motivation
PSY 6350 Personnel Selection
PSY 6400 Training and Development
PSY 6450 Leadership (Online)
PSY 6500 Special Topics in Industrial/Organizational Psychology (may be
repeated depending on topics)
B. Total hours ................................................................................................................... 33 hours
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
350
THE SCHOOL OF EDUCATION GRADUATE PROGRAMS
• MAT: Master of Arts in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction
• MEd: Master of Education in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction
• MEd: Master of Education in Educational Leadership
• EdD: Doctor of Education
• EdD: Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership
Masters Programs in Education
The School of Education oers three Master’s degree programs. The Master of Arts (MAT) in
Transformational Curriculum and Instruction is designed for individuals who have an earned
bachelor’s degree in a field other than education and who wish to pursue professional teaching
certification. The Master of Education (MEd) in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction
is for individuals holding a current teaching certificate who desire to further their professional
knowledge and skills. Both of these programs have opportunities for early admission through
the 4+1 option.
The Master of Education (MEd) in Educational Leadership is a Florida Department of Ed-
ucation approved program that leads to professional certification in education leadership. It is
designed for individuals who hold current professional teaching credentials and who wish to
seek additional certification in Educational Leadership in the state of Florida.
MASTER OF ARTS MAT IN TRANSFORMATIONAL
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
Program Objectives
The Master of Arts in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction is designed to further
the knowledge and skills of those interested in pursuing a professional teaching certificate. The
degree will engage students in approaches to classroom instruction that include active learn-
ing, student-centered learning, collaborative learning, experiential learning, and problem-based
learning. It will focus on transformational teaching involving the creation of dynamic relation-
ships between teachers, students, and a shared body of knowledge to promote student learning
and maximize students’ potential for intellectual and personal growth and development. The
MAT in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction is intended for individuals who have ob-
tained baccalaureate degrees in areas other than education and do not hold a professional teach-
ing certificate.
MAT Admission Requirements
1. A completed graduate application form.
2. A resumé or CV of educational, professional, and work experience.
3. An earned baccalaureate degree in a field outside of education from a regionally accredit-
ed institution of higher education as verified by an ocial transcript from the conferring
institution.
4. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 or better, or a composite score of 297 on the GRE or 393 on the
MAT.
5. A photocopy of a government ID, passport, or driver’s license will be required.
6. A completed background check with background check clearance from the Polk County
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
351
Public Schools (PCPS).
7. A personal statement of your expectations of earning a graduate degree (your personal
and professional goals).
8. A personal interview will be required.
9. Prior to admission or within the first 12 semester hours of MAT coursework, the candi-
date must submit a passing score on all sections of the Florida (FTCE) Teacher Certifi-
cation Examinations in the applicant’s approved teaching field. An MAT candidate who
does not pass the FTCE subject area examination (SAE) by the end of the first 12 semester
hours of the graduate program may be suspended until the exam has been passed.
*A personal academic interest inventory may be required.
Please note: It is the responsibility of the MAT student to ensure he or she meets and adheres to all certifi-
cation requirements of the Florida Department of Education to teach in the state of Florida.
The Academic Schedule
Graduate courses in the MAT are oered in an online format with the exception of EDU 6610
and EDU 6640. One semester of student teaching is required during the student’s final semester.
Degree Requirements
The credit-hour requirement for the MAT degree program is 42 semester hours of course-
work including a final internship and seminar course that lasts an entire semester. Please note: the
MAT is not a Florida state-approved program, and the FSC School of Education does not accept respon-
sibility for advising students in course selection for purposes of initial Florida teacher certification.
Early Admission 4+1 MAT Program
During the junior year, all Florida Southern College education undergraduate students are
eligible to be considered for early admission to the MAT in Transformational Curriculum and
Instruction program. Admitted undergraduate students will be allowed to complete a maximum
of 6 credit hours of graduate work prior to undergraduate graduation. Course options are limit-
ed to EDU 6910 and EDU 6920. These credits will count toward their undergraduate and MAT
degree requirements. Requirements for admission include:
• General MAT Admission Requirements
• MAT in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction Director Approval
• 93+ credit hours completed at the start of the program
• GPA of 3.00+ overall (cumulative)
• Photocopy of ID, passport, or driver’s license
• Completion of a background check clearance from the Polk County School Board (PCSB)
Admission is contingent upon cumulative GPA as of the end of the semester prior to entry.
Any MAT courses attempted in the fall or spring semesters before receiving the undergraduate
degree will be charged at the traditional undergraduate full-time tuition rate. Graduate courses
taken aer the student receives their undergraduate degree will be billed at the current MAT per
credit hour rate.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
352
Tuition and Fees
Tuition ......................................................................................................... $475.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ......................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hour .................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
MAT in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction Degree Requirements
A. Required Courses ....................................................................................................... 42 hours
EDU 6910 Transformational Teaching and Learning
EDU 6920 Transformational Learning Environments
EDU 6930 Transformational Teaching and Learning through Research
EDU 6940 Transformational Approaches to Curriculum and Instruction
EDU 6950 Transformational Teaching and Learning with Diverse Populations
and Special Education
EDU 6960 Assessing Transformational Teaching and Learning
EDU 6970 Transformational Instructional Leadership
EDU 6980 Advanced Research in Transformational Teaching and Learning
Internship Semester (Students’ final semester following completion of all course work):
EDU 6610 Internship (10 hours)
EDU 6640 Student Teaching Seminar (2 hours)
B. Total ...............................................................................................................................42 hours
MASTER OF EDUCATION MED IN
TRANSFORMATIONAL CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
Program Objectives
The Master of Education in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction is designed to fur-
ther the knowledge and skills of classroom teachers who hold a professional teaching certificate.
The degree will engage students in approaches to classroom instruction that include active learn-
ing, student-centered learning, collaborative learning, experiential learning, and problem-based
learning. It will focus on transformational teaching involving the creation of dynamic relationships
between teachers, students, and a shared body of knowledge to promote student learning and max-
imize students’ potential for intellectual and personal growth and development.
MEd TCI Admission Requirements
1. A completed graduate application form.
2. A resumé or CV of educational, professional, and work experience.
3. An earned baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher educa-
tion as verified by an ocial transcript from the conferring institution.
4. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 or a composite score of 297 on the GRE or 393 on the MAT.
5. A personal statement of your expectations of a graduate program (your personal and
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
353
professional goals).
6. A current Florida Professional Teacher Certificate. Applicants must provide certificate
number to meet admission requirements or a copy of the Florida Professional Teaching
Certificate.
The Academic Schedule
Graduate courses in the MEd TCI are oered in an online format.
Degree Requirements
The credit-hour requirement for the MEd degree program is 30 semester hours of coursework.
Early Admission 4+1 MEd Program
During the junior year, all Florida Southern College undergraduate students are eligible to
be considered for early admission to the MEd in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction
program. Admitted undergraduate students will be allowed to complete a maximum of 6 credit
hours of graduate work prior to undergraduate graduation. Course options are limited to EDU
6910 and EDU 6920. These credits will count toward their undergraduate and MEd degree re-
quirements. Requirements for admission include:
• General MEd Admission Requirements
• MEd in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction Director Approval
• 93+ credit hours completed at the start of the program
• GPA of 3.00+ overall (cumulative)
Admission is contingent upon cumulative GPA as of the end of the semester prior to entry.
Any MEd courses attempted in the fall or spring semesters before receiving the undergraduate
degree will be charged at the traditional undergraduate full-time tuition rate. Graduate courses
taken aer the student receives their undergraduate degree will be billed at the current MEd per
credit hour rate.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition ......................................................................................................... $475.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ......................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hour .................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
MEd in Transformational Curriculum and Instruction Degree Requirements
A. Required Courses ....................................................................................................... 30 hours
EDU 6910 Transformational Teaching and Learning
EDU 6920 Transformational Learning Environments
EDU 6930 Transformational Teaching and Learning through Research
EDU 6940 Transformational Approaches to Curriculum and Instruction
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
354
EDU 6950 Transformational Teaching and Learning with Diverse Populations
and Special Education
EDU 6960 Assessing Transformational Teaching and Learning
EDU 6970 Transformational Instructional Leadership
EDU 6980 Advanced Research in Transformational Teaching and Learning
B. Total ...............................................................................................................................30 hours
MASTER OF EDUCATION MEd IN EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP
Accreditation
The Master of Education in Educational Leadership degree at Florida Southern College is
a Florida Department of Education (FL DOE) state-approved Educational Leadership program.
FSC’s MEd in Educational Leadership program provides coursework and clinical experiences
that lead to Florida Level 1 Educational Leadership Certification. The curriculum addresses the
Florida Principal Leadership Standards (FPLS) and Florida Educational Leadership Examination
(FELE) competencies and indicators. Graduates of this FL DOE state-approved program who
pass all three portions of the Florida Educational Leadership Examination (FELE) qualify for a
Florida Professional Educators’ Certificate.
Program Objectives
The Master of Education (MEd) in Educational Leadership is designed for educators who
currently hold a Florida Professional Teaching Certificate and who desire to advance their career
in K-12 administration.
MEd Educational Leadership Admission Requirements
1. A completed graduate application form.
2. A resumé or CV of educational, professional, and work experience.
3. An earned baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher educa-
tion as verified by an ocial transcript from the conferring institution.
4. A cumulative GPA of 3.0 or a composite score of 297 on the GRE or 393 on the MAT.
5. A current Florida Professional Teacher Certificate. Applicants must provide certificate
number to meet admission requirements or a copy of the Florida professional teaching
certificate.
6. FLDOE Teaching Requirement Form completed by supervisor verifying 2+ years of eec-
tive teaching experience.
The Academic Schedule
Graduate courses in the MEd Educational Leadership program are oered as online and
face-to-face courses.
Degree Requirements
All MEd in Educational Leadership students are required to pass the Florida Educational
Leadership Exam (FELE) prior to completion of the program in order to meet graduation re-
quirements. This program follows the Florida Department of Education (FLDOE) guidelines.
Students must satisfactorily complete all 36 semester hours of coursework including clinical
requirements.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
355
Tuition and Fees
Tuition ......................................................................................................... $475.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ......................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hour .................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
MEd in Educational Leadership Degree Requirements
A. Required Courses ....................................................................................................... 36 hours
EDU 6100 Educational Leadership for Change
EDU 6150 Resource Allocation for Student Achievement
EDU 6200 Ethics and School Law
EDU 6300 Leading in a Diverse Society
EDU 6400 Program Development: Teaching, Learning, and Assessment
EDU 6450 Strategic Faculty Development for P-12 Administrators
EDU 6550 Student Achievement, Accountability & Standards-Based Instruction
EDU 6600 School Finance
EDU 6700 Instructional Leadership
B. Total ...............................................................................................................................36 hours
DOCTORAL PROGRAMS IN EDUCATION
The two doctoral degrees oered through the School of Education are terminal degrees. This
means they are the highest possible degrees available in a field and include a rigorous research
component. The two programs prepare learners to serve as well-qualified experts in their chosen
professional fields. Earning a doctoral degree is an excellent path to career advancement, in-
creased salary earnings, and advanced leadership opportunities.
The Academic Schedule
Doctoral courses are delivered via a hybrid model where seven courses are conducted on
campus in a face-to-face format and five courses are oered as online, asynchronous courses.
The typical fall and spring semesters are comprised of one face-to-face course meeting approxi-
mately every other Saturday (8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.) for 16 weeks and one online, asynchronous
course meeting for the full 16-week semester. Summer courses meet over a 12-week summer
term. During students’ first summer term, courses are conducted face-to-face. One class meets on
Saturday (8:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.) and the other meets on Monday and Wednesday evenings (5:00
P.M. to 9:00 P.M.). The first summer term is the only term that students enroll simultaneously in
two face-to-face courses.
Degree Requirements
The credit-hour requirement for the Doctor of Education degree program and the Doctor
of Education in Educational Leadership program is 60 semester hours comprised of 48 hours of
coursework and a minimum of 12 hours of dissertation credits. Students must receive approval
of their final dissertation in order to meet graduation requirements.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
356
Standards of Progress
Doctoral students must maintain a 3.0 grade point average (GPA) and have earned no more
than one C grade in any course in order to continue in good academic standing and to complete
graduate degree requirements. A student who receives two C course grades in the program is sus-
pended from the program. An earned grade of F in any doctoral course will result in permanent
dismissal from the program without appeal.
Plan of Study
All students must maintain their plan of study as outlined in the Academic Catalog and per
the student’s faculty advisor. The plan of study for coursework is intended to be 24 months long
with students taking two courses per semester continually through the program. If a student is
unable to sustain this commitment in their doctoral program of study, they must meet with their
advisor to devise an alternative plan of study for the program. The Program Coordinator and the
Dean of the School of Education must approve any modifications of an individual’s program of
study.
Continuous Enrollment
Students begin the dissertation process by enrolling in EDU 7138 – Dissertation Seminar A.
Upon successful completion of EDU 7138, students immediately enroll in EDU 7139 – Disser-
tation Seminar B. Upon successful completion of EDU 7139, students enroll continuously in
EDU 7140 each semester until the successful final defense of the dissertation. Candidates should
discuss with the Program Coordinator and the Dissertation Chair the number of credits for
which to enroll each semester throughout the dissertation process. Candidates who fail to enroll
in EDU 7140 once matriculating as dissertation candidates risk losing their dissertation chair and
committee members.
Committee Assignment
Upon successful completion of EDU 7139 – Dissertation Seminar B, the student will be
assigned a dissertation chair who will guide the student through the initial stages of the disser-
tation, including the development of the Dissertation Prospectus. The semester following ap-
proval to move forward with the dissertation process, two additional committee members will
be assigned to work with the student and the Chair, forming the full dissertation committee. The
committee will support the student throughout the dissertation process.
Admission to Candidacy
Upon verification that all coursework has been satisfied and the student’s prospectus has
been approved by the Dissertation Committee, the student is admitted to candidacy status.
Dissertation Prospectus
Students enrolled in Dissertation (EDU 7140) work with their Chair to develop a dissertation
prospectus, following a thorough review of the literature of the focus of the planned study as ev-
idenced through a comprehensive literature review. Upon the formal recommendation from the
student’s Chair, the Review Committee, the Program Coordinator, and the Dean of the School of
Education, the student will be assigned a full dissertation committee and admitted to candidacy.
Dissertation Proposal and Defense of Dissertation Proposal
The Candidate’s initial prospectus is strengthened into the Dissertation Proposal (first three
chapters of the dissertation) with the guidance of a full Dissertation Committee. Upon approval,
the student will present and defend the Dissertation Proposal to their Dissertation Committee.
The Proposal Defense is open to students and faculty in the School of Education. Candidates
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
357
who successfully defend their Dissertation Proposal and have completed the required research
ethics and compliance training must submit their proposed study to the Institutional Review
Board (IRB) and receive approval from the FSC IRB before conducting their research.
Dissertation
The dissertation is the Candidate’s completed original research that demonstrates expertise in
their area of study and makes a significant contribution to the academic or research community.
Oral Defense of the Dissertation
Upon recommendation from the student’s Chair, the Review Committee, the Program Co-
ordinator, and the Dean of the School of Education, the Candidate will present and defend their
dissertation to their Dissertation Committee. The Candidate’s dissertation defense is open to the
academic community.
Time Limitations
When students are admitted and matriculate, they shall be required to complete the degree pro-
gram requirements, including the successful defense of the Candidate’s dissertation, within seven
(7) calendar years.
Program Outcomes
The Doctor of Education and the Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership programs
dier in curriculum content and application; however, the programs share similar program out-
comes. Individuals who complete either of the FSC doctoral programs will be prepared with the
knowledge, skills, and dispositions to:
1. Critically apply theories, methodologies, and knowledge to address fundamental ques-
tions in a primary area of study.
2. Pursue research of significance in the discipline.
3. Plan and conduct research, initially under the guidance of an advisor and ultimately inde-
pendently, that typifies true scholarship.
4. Demonstrate skills in oral and written communication sucient to publish and present
work in the field.
5. Interact productively with people from diverse backgrounds as both a leader/mentor and
a team member with integrity, professionalism, and respect.
6. Plan, implement and manage long term projects, setting goals, prioritizing, and engaging
others.
7. Engage in mentoring, supervision, and evaluation of performance of others.
8. Work independently and under pressure, synthesizing new content quickly, and ecient-
ly managing resources.
9. Demonstrate, through service, the value of the discipline to the academy and community
at large.
10. Follow the principles of ethics in the field and in academia.
11. Demonstrate a mastery of skills and knowledge at a level required for college and uni-
versity undergraduate teaching in the discipline, including assessment of student learn-
ing.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
358
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION EdD
Program Objectives
The Doctor of Education program is designed to prepare individuals for positions in admin-
istration, policy development, college or university teaching, and/or research. The curriculum
includes broad topics addressing leadership and organizational theories; curriculum, assessment
and accountability practices; professional development; policy, politics, and planning issues; and
research-driven decision-making and policy analysis. The Doctor of Education program prepares
graduates with the requisite curriculum, pedagogical, and leadership knowledge, skills, and re-
sources so that they may have a consequential impact on and lead in private firms, nonprofits,
higher education, and government organizations in their roles as directors and administrators,
sta developers, instructional and curriculum specialists, and college faculty.
Doctor of Education Program (EdD) Admission Requirements
1. A completed graduate application form.
2. A resumé or CV of educational, professional, and work experience.
3. Earned undergraduate and graduate degrees from a regionally accredited institutions of
higher education as verified by ocial transcript from each conferring institutions.
4. An earned grade point average of 3.00 in an accredited master’s degree program. If you
have at least a 3.00 cumulative GPA from your graduate degree, then you meet the require-
ments for a Graduate Record Exam (GRE) exemption. If not, please submit an ocial
Graduate Record Exam (GRE) score greater than 300 for tests taken within the last five
years.
5. A letter of recommendation from a supervisor or professional in the field.
6. A personal statement to include the applicant’s personal and professional goals and ex-
pectations of Florida Southern College’s EdD program in helping the applicant to reach
those goals.
7. A personal interview with the Doctor of Education Program Coordinator.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition: ........................................................................................................ $535.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Dissertation Editing Fee
The final version of the successfully defended dissertation will be sent to a professional editor
selected by the FSC School of Education for suggestions on clarity of language and minor gram-
mar and writing conventions edits. Fees will be charged to the candidate’s account and are based
on the length and complexity of the document.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
359
Doctor of Education Degree Requirements
A. Required Courses ....................................................................................................... 60 hours
EDU 7005 Ways of Knowing: Research in Education
EDU 7020 Curriculum, Learning, and Instruction
EDU 7040 Organizational Theory and Behavior
EDU 7050 Educational Politics, Policy, and Current Issues
EDU 7065 Legal Issues in Education
EDU 7070 Curriculum Analysis
EDU 7085 Finance and Budgeting
EDU 7090 Quantitative Analysis
EDU 7093 Advanced Quantitative Research
EDU 7120 Qualitative Methods of Inquiry
EDU 7123 Advanced Applications of Qualitative Research Methods
EDU 7135 Planning and Evaluation in Education
EDU 7138 Dissertation Seminar A (2 credit hours)
EDU 7139 Dissertation Seminar B (1 credit hour)
EDU 7140 Dissertation (9 credit hours required)
B. Total ...............................................................................................................................60 hours
DOCTOR OF EDUCATION EdD IN EDUCATIONAL
LEADERSHIP
Program Objectives
The Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership (EdD EL) prepares P-12 teachers and
administrators to advance professionally and grow intellectually. The Doctor of Education in
Educational Leadership program provides individuals opportunities to increase their knowledge
and build skills to become exceptional leaders in P-12 administration, policy development, and
teaching and pedagogical practices. Program students engage in research and collaborative proj-
ects, providing a rigorous academic program geared toward enriching leadership, management,
and program planning knowledge, skills, and abilities.
The Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership (EdD EL) program does not lead to
initial certification or licensure in the state of Florida. Individuals seeking educational leader-
ship certification need to refer to Florida Southern College’s state-approved MEd in Educational
Leadership.
Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership (EdD EL) Admission
Requirements
1. A completed graduate application form.
2. A current resumé or CV of educational, professional, and work experience.
3. Earned undergraduate and graduate degrees from a regionally accredited institutions of
higher education as verified by ocial transcript from each conferring institutions.
4. An earned grade point average of 3.0 in an accredited master’s degree program. If you
have at least a 3.0 cumulative GPA from your graduate degree, then you meet the require-
ments for a Graduate Record Exam (GRE) exemption. If not, please submit an ocial
Graduate Record Exam (GRE) score taken within the last five years with a combined score
of 300 or greater.
5. A valid professional educator certificate or a master’s degree in education from a region-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
360
ally accredited institution.
6. Letter of recommendation from a supervisor or professional in the field.
7. A personal statement to include your personal and professional goals and expectations of
Florida Southern College’s Doctor of Education in Educational Leadership program in
helping you reach your goals.
8. Personal interview with the Coordinator of the Doctor of Education in Educational Lead-
ership program.
Tuition and Fees
Tuition: ........................................................................................................ $535.00 per credit hour
Technology Fee
Up to 4 credit hours ........................................................................................... $25.00 per term
5–8 credit hours ................................................................................................. $50.00 per term
9–12 credit hours ............................................................................................. $100.00 per term
Please see the earlier sections of this catalog for the Florida Southern College refund policy
for graduate students as well as the policies on admission, matriculation, technology, and gradu-
ation fees. The College does not permit auditing graduate courses.
Dissertation Editing Fee
The final version of the successfully defended dissertation will be sent to a professional editor
selected by the FSC School of Education for suggestions on clarity of language and minor gram-
mar and writing conventions edits. Fees will be charged to the candidate’s account and are based
on the length and complexity of the document.
Doctor of Education Educational Leadership Degree Requirements
A. Required Courses ....................................................................................................... 60 hours
EDU 7010 Educational Leadership and Theory
EDU 7020 Curriculum, Learning, and Instruction
EDU 7040 Organizational Theory and Behavior
EDU 7050 Educational Politics, Policy, and Current Issues
EDU 7060 K-12 Law and Governance
EDU 7070 Curriculum Analysis
EDU 7080 Finance and Resource Allocation
EDU 7090 Quantitative Analysis
EDU 7093 Advanced Quantitative Research
EDU 7120 Qualitative Methods of Inquiry
EDU 7123 Advanced Applications of Qualitative Research Methods
EDU 7130 Policy Analysis, Implementation, and Evaluation
EDU 7138 Dissertation Seminar A (2 credit hours)
EDU 7139 Dissertation Seminar B (1 credit hour)
EDU 7140 Dissertation (9 credit hours required)
B. Total ...............................................................................................................................60 hours
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
361
THE SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL THERAPY GRADUATE
PROGRAMS
• DPT: Doctor of Physical Therapy
DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY DPT
Program Mission and Student Goals
Through dynamic engaged learning experiences the School of Physical Therapy prepares
entry-level physical therapy practitioners to provide patient-centered, evidence-based care, and
have a positive impact on the community.
• Students will demonstrate the knowledge and skills necessary to provide patient-centered
and evidence-based physical therapist practice.
• Students will engage in dynamic learning experiences integrated throughout the curricu-
lum.
• Students will provide service to the community and have a positive impact on the commu-
nity.
Accreditation
The Doctor of Physical Therapy Program at the Florida Southern College is accredited by
the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education (CAPTE), 3030 Potomac Ave.
Suite 100, Alexandria, Virginia 22305-3085; telephone: 703-706-3245; email: accreditation@apta.
org; website: http://www.capteonline.org. If needing to contact the program/institution directly,
please call Dr. Nancy Nuzzo at 863.680.5126 or email nnuzzo@flsouthern.edu.
Admission Information
The application for the Doctor of Physical Therapy program will be on the Physical Therapy
Centralized Application Service (PTCAS). Approximately Thirty-six (36) students will be admit-
ted to the School of Physical Therapy each year.
Applicants must meet the following requirements:
• A bachelor’s degree in any discipline from a regionally accredited institution may be in
progress at the time of application. However, the degree must be awarded prior to matric-
ulation into the Florida Southern College School of Physical Therapy Program.
• Minimum GPA of 3.00 (on 4.00 scale) in the last 60 credit hours of college course work.
• Minimum GPA of 3.00 (on 4.00 scale) for all prerequisite courses. All prerequisite courses
must be completed with a grade of C or better (C- does not meet this requirement)
• A minimum of 25 hours of demonstrable exposure to PT as evidenced by volunteer and/or
paid work experience in a PT setting
• Three letters of recommendation: 1 from a licensed physical therapist (from applicant’s
volunteer or work experience in a PT setting); 1 from a college level faculty member who
has had you in class or was a program advisor; and 1 from either of the following: a licensed
physical therapist or a supervisor/employer
• The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required
• An on-campus interview by invitation only
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
362
• Certification in writing of the ability to perform certain Essential Functions in order to
participate and complete program requirements
• Passage of a background check is required prior to matriculation.
• See DPT website at https://www.flsouthern.edu/academic-life/all-academic-programs/adult/
doctoral/doctor-of-physical-therapy for more specific information.
• No more than two prerequisite courses may be in progress during the spring semester prior
to FSC School of Physical Therapy’s start date. Courses older than ten years will not be
accepted.
Applicants failing to meet all of these minimum requirements will not be considered for ad-
mission to the School of Physical Therapy. Meeting minimum requirements does not guarantee
an applicant interview or admission to the program. Specific requirements to meet clinical edu-
cation practicums are outlined in the Physical Therapy Student Clinical Education Handbook.
No more than two prerequisite courses may be in progress during the spring semester prior
to FSC School of Physical Therapy’s start date. Courses older than ten years will not be accepted.
School of Physical Therapy Health Policy and Immunizations Policy
All students admitted into the Program are required to comply with health and immuniza-
tion requirements upon admission to the Program.
FSC DPT utilizes EXXAT Approve to track all health and immunization requirements. Stu-
dents must use EXXAT Approve to upload a dated and signed statement from a health care pro-
vider (e.g., physician, APRN, PA) verifying that the student has been examined and found to be
in good health for participation in the Physical Therapy Program. This statement is required for
IPCE and may be required by each clinical practicum. Should the student experience a change in
health status, a new statement of good health for participation will be necessary and any restric-
tions must be outlined and include a reasonable plan for accommodation. Students are respon-
sible for any expenses incurred related to receiving a statement of health or immunizations.
Students must provide to the DCE via EXXAT Approve:
• Initial 2 step TST (Tuberculin Skin Test – Mantoux), or CDC equivalent, followed by yearly
TST or negative Interferon Gamma Release Assay (“IGRA”) blood test
• 2-3 Hepatitis B vaccines or report of a positive antibody titer showing immunity (blood
draw)
• Two MMR vaccines (measles, mumps, rubella) OR a positive antibody titer showing immu-
nity
• Two Varicella vaccines OR a positive antibody titer showing immunity
• Tdap (tetanus, diphtheria, pertussis) vaccine within the past 10 years; if older than 10 years
evidence of a Tdap vaccine AND a current TD booster is necessary
• Seasonal influenza. Documentation is required from a health care provider if the student is
medically unable to receive the influenza vaccination. This may aect practicum site avail-
ability. All students must have a vaccine against the current flu by the last Friday in Septem-
ber of each year.
• Any additional requirements specified by your clinical site, including but not limited to
COVID-19 vaccination and boosters. As long as preventing the spread of Covid-19 in health
care settings remains a priority, DPT students are required to be fully vaccinated and to
upload their ocial vaccination card to EXXAT Approve.
These requirements are based upon CDC recommendations and clinical facility require-
ments and are subject to change. Students will be notified of changes in requirements. Students
will be notified of due dates for these requirements by the DCE and support sta upon ad-
mission to the program and again in DPT 7380 Clinical Education Theory for the first clinical
education practicum. Not meeting health and immunization requirements, including but not
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
363
limited to COVID-19 vaccination/boosters may exclude a student from clinical or community
placement, thus inhibiting the student from completing the clinical competencies required for
graduation from Florida Southern College School of Physical Therapy. The inability of place-
ment to be made due to student non-compliance with Clinical Site Requirements may delay or
prevent graduation from the Doctor of Physical Therapy Program. Florida Southern College is
under no obligation to identify, organize, supervise, or monitor a substitute placement due to a
student having non-compliance with a health policy or requirement.
No student will be allowed to begin community or clinical education practicums until all
clinical requirements have been submitted.
Students who have positive antibodies for Hepatitis C, HIV, or other chronic infective diseas-
es that may compromise patient safety must be further screened and counseled. Because students
will have direct contact with patients during their clinical assignments in hospitals and other care
settings, specific safeguards or other restrictions to practice may be imposed on the student to
protect patients and themselves. The clinical agencies will have the final say on whether a student
with an infection can practice or attend clinical assignments.
If a student is unable to receive a required immunization due to medical reasons, docu-
mented by a health care provider (e.g. physician, APRN, PA), they must report it to the DCE
immediately. Other exemptions from these requirements are NOT permitted. Inability to meet
immunization requirements may aect a student’s ability to participate in clinical education
practicums and thus, may prohibit the student’s ability to progress through the program.
Tuition and Fees
Cost for tuition and required program fees for the 28-month program is $105,300. Fees over
the 28 months are $700.
Health Insurance
All DPT students will be automatically provided with and charged for health insurance un-
less they complete a waiver/cancellation form available through a link on the Florida Southern
College website. Students will be required to provide proof of alternate insurance during the
cancellation process. Students should contact the Business Oce (Student Accounts) with any
questions 863-680-4154.
Course Load Per Semester
The DPT program is a full-time cohort-based program of study with a course load of 10-18
hours of graduate coursework per semester.
Academic Advising
Each student is assigned a physical therapy faculty advisor by the Dean/Program Director.
During the first semester of the program, each student will meet with their advisor individually
to be informed of the advisory process. Students meet at least once a semester with their advisor.
Grading Scale & Policies
The grading scale below is used by the School of Physical Therapy:
Grade Percent Grade points
A 92-100% 4.0
A- 90-91% 3.67
B+ 87-89% 3.33
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
364
B 83-86% 3.00
B- 80-82% 2.67
C+ 77-79% 2.33
C 74-76% 2.00
C- 72-73% 1.67
F 71 and below 0
An Incomplete (I) grade may be granted if the majority of the coursework has been complet-
ed, extenuating circumstances have caused the student’s inability to complete the course, and the
faculty member or Dean/Program Director originates the request for an Incomplete grade prior
to the end of the semester in which the course was taken. Requests for Incomplete grades must
be approved by the Dean/Program Director of the School of Physical Therapy.
Dismissal from the DPT program (permanent dismissal without appeal) occurs when the
student receives a third C (C+, C, or C-) or makes an F or U in any course. Students in the DPT
program may not appeal a C grade (C+, C, or C-) for permission to repeat it.
DPT Clinical Education Practicum (DPT 7480, 7680, 7780), Information Hour (1 – 5), NPTE
Review (DPT 7570), and the PT Seminar course (DPT 7790) are pass/fail. A failure (unsatisfac-
tory) grade in one Clinical Education Practicum allows the student to proceed in the Program;
however, they are placed on Clinical Education Probation, and must retake the course. A failure
(unsatisfactory) in two Clinical Education Practicums (DPT 7480, 7680, 7780) will result in dis-
missal from the DPT Program and will not be permitted to apply for readmission.
DPT Grade Appeals Policy
A student may file for appeal in three types of cases: (1) grade appeal (e.g., individual course
assessment), (2) appeal of suspension from the program for a Professional Behavior violation, and
(3) Clinical Education Practicum violation.
Dismissal from the DPT program (permanent dismissal without appeal) occurs when the
student receives a third C (C+, C, or C-) or makes an F in any course. Students in the DPT pro-
gram may not appeal a C grade (C+, C, or C-) for permission to repeat it.
Grade Appeals Procedure
A student should appeal in writing first to the faculty member assigning the grade with a
copy to the Dean/Program Director no later than five days aer the grade was submitted. If the
appeal is denied by the faculty member assigning the grade, the student has the option to submit
an appeal in writing to the Dean/Program Director.
In cases in which resolution has not been achieved at the program level, the student may
appeal to the Oce of the Provost.
The Oce of the Provost may handle appeals informally or remand them to the Student
Hearings and Infractions Board (SHIB) for formal review and recommendation. The Student
Hearings and Infractions Board will consider the case and make final recommendations.
In the process, the board will make every eort to preserve both the substance and appear-
ance of impartiality and fairness. In the event that a member of the board is directly involved in
the case, that member will not participate. If that member is the chair of the board, the board will
elect a chair, pro tem.
The board may make a determination without a hearing. In the event of a hearing by the
board, a vote will be taken by secret ballot. In either case, the results will be communicated in
writing to the chair by the Provost. The Provost will communicate the final decision to the stu-
dent, the dean, and the faculty member.
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
365
Any student considering a grade appeal should understand that each faculty member has the
academic freedom and responsibility to determine and assign grades according to any profession-
ally acceptable method chosen by the faculty member, communicated to everyone in the class,
and applied to all students equally.
Withdrawal
If a student withdraws from a DPT course, they will no longer be eligible to continue in the
program since all the subsequent courses require the previous courses as prerequisites. If a stu-
dent withdraws from the DPT program, they forfeit their right to a seat in the class/cohort. If a
student wants to return following a full withdrawal, they are required to fully reapply to the DPT
program the following year as a “new” applicant.
Academic Standing, Probation, and Dismissal from the Physical Therapy
Program
Academic Standing:
Students are considered in good standing if they maintain a cumulative GPA of 3.000 and
do not have more than two C (C+, C, C-) grades. A grade of F constitutes an unsatisfactory grade
in the physical therapy courses, and the student receiving an F is not allowed to progress in the
program.
DPT Academic Program Probation Policy
A student will be placed on DPT Program Academic Probation for academic reasons if not
maintaining a cumulative GPA of 3.000. Once on probation, students have one didactic semester
to raise their cumulative GPA to 3.000 or higher and meet their Negotiated Learning Contract. If
students on probation do not meet these criteria, then they will be permanently dismissed with-
out appeal from the DPT program. A student in this situation will not have the opportunity to
retake a C (C+, C, or C-) that occurred during that semester. A student will be unable to attend
a clinical education practicum (DPT 7480, 7680, 7780) while on DPT academic probation.
DPT Professional Behavior Program Probation Policy
A student will be placed on DPT Program Professional Behavior Probation when the student
does not meet their Negotiated Learning Contract for Professional Behaviors and/or has a Pro-
fessional Behavior violation. A student will have one semester to meet the Negotiated Learning
Contract unless otherwise specified in the Negotiated Learning Contract. If, aer that semester
the guidelines are not met, the student is subject to dismissal from the DPT Program. A student
will be unable to attend a clinical education practicum (DPT 7480, 7680, 7780) while on DPT
Program Professional Behavior Probation. A Negotiated Learning Contract will be drawn up by
the student’s advisor and the student. The Negotiated Learning Contract will be reviewed by the
student, student’s advisor, program director, and DCE.
DPT Clinical Education Program Probation Policy
A student will be placed on DPT Program Clinical Education Probation and issued a Nego-
tiated Learning Contract when the student receives a failing grade (unsatisfactory) in a Clinical
Education Practicum (DPT 7480, 7680, 7780). Every eort will be made to establish a Negotiated
Learning Contract prior to failing a Clinical Education Practicum; however, this may not be an
option for every situation. A student will be placed on DPT Program Clinical Education Proba-
tion and issued a Negotiated Learning Contract if they fail a clinical practicum (DPT 7480,7680,
7780), are asked to leave a clinical practicum before the actual scheduled conclusion of the clini-
cal practicum due to poor performance, and/or display unacceptable professional behavior. If the
problems identified in the Negotiated Learning Contract cannot be resolved satisfactorily, the
student will be dismissed from the Program. A student, at the sole discretion of the Director of
Clinical Education and Dean/Program Director, will be able to progress in the program while on
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
366
DPT Program Clinical Education Probation.
Readmission aer Physical Therapy Course Failure
Dismissal from the DPT program (permanent dismissal without appeal) occurs when the
student receives a third C (C+, C, or C-) grade or makes an F in any of the courses. Students in
this situation are not permitted to apply for readmission.
A failure (unsatisfactory) grade in one Clinical Education Practicum allows the student to
proceed in the Program; however, they are placed on Clinical Education Probation. A failure
(unsatisfactory) in two Clinical Education Practicums (DPT 7480, 7680, 7780) will result in dis-
missal from the DPT Program, and the student will not be permitted to apply for readmission.
Doctor of Physical Therapy Degree Requirements
A. Required Courses.......................................................................................................108 hours
DPT 7110 Human Anatomy for Physical Therapy
DPT 7120 Kinesiology and Biomechanics for Physical Therapy
DPT 7130 Physical Therapy Clinical Assessment I
DPT 7140 Pathophysiology for Physical Therapy
DPT 7150 Evidence-Based Physical Therapist Practice I
DPT 7160 Integrated Professional and Community Education I
Info Hr 1 Physical Therapy Information Hour 1
DPT 7210 Musculoskeletal Physical Therapy I
DPT 7220 Physical Therapy Clinical Assessment II
DPT 7230 Acute Care Physical Therapy
DPT 7250 Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy
DPT 7260 Integrated Professional and Community Education II
DPT 7270 Neuroscience for Physical Therapy
Info Hr 2 Physical Therapy Information Hour 2
DPT 7310 Neuromuscular Physical Therapy I
DPT 7330 Administration for Physical Therapy
DPT 7340 Pharmacology for Physical Therapy
DPT 7350 Evidence-Based Physical Therapist Practice II
DPT 7360 Integrated Professional and Community Education III
DPT 7380 Physical Therapy Clinical Education Theory
DPT 7410 Neuromuscular Physical Therapy II
DPT 7460 Integrated Professional and Community Education IV
DPT 7480 Physical Therapy Clinical Education Practicum I
Info Hr 4 Physical Therapy Information Hour 4
DPT 7510 Musculoskeletal Physical Therapy II
DPT 7520 Geriatric Physical Therapy
DPT 7530 Pediatric Physical Therapy
DPT 7540 Advanced Clinical Lifespan Problem Solving
DPT 7550 Evidence-Based Physical Therapist Practice III
DPT 7560 Integrated Professional and Community Education V
DPT 7570 NPTE Review
Info Hr 5 Physical Therapy Information Hour 5
DPT 7680 Physical Therapy Clinical Education Practicum II
DPT 7780 Physical Therapy Clinical Education Practicum III
DPT 7790 Physical Therapy Seminar
B. Total................................................................................................................................108 hours
GRADUATE PROGRAM REQUIREMENTS
367
School of Physical Therapy Program Curriculum Map
Year 1
FALL SPRING SUMMER (15 weeks)
DPT 7110 Human Anatomy for
Physical Therapy (6)
DPT 7210 Musculoskeletal Physical
Therapy I (4)
Summer A
DPT 7120 Kinesiology/Biomechanics
for Physical Therapy (3)
DPT 7220 Physical Therapy Clinical
Assessment II (4)
DPT 7230 Acute Care Physical
Therapy (2)
DPT 7130 Physical Therapy Clinical
Assessment I (3)
DPT 7260 Integrated Professional
and Community Education (IPCE) II (2)
DPT 7250 Cardiopulmonary Physical
Therapy (3)
DPT 7140 Pathophysiology for
Physical Therapy (3)
DPT 7270 Neuroscience for Physical
Therapy (2)
DPT 7340 Pharmacology for Physical
Therapy (2)
DPT 7150 Evidence Based Physical
Therapist Practice I (1)
DPT 7310 Neuromuscular Physical
Therapy I (4)
DPT 7360 Integrated Professional
and Community Education (IPCE)
III (2)
DPT 7160 Integrated Professional and
Community Education (IPCE) I (2)
Information Hour 2 (0) Summer B
Information Hour 1 (0) DPT 7330 Administration for Physical
Therapy (2)
DPT 7350 Evidence Based Physical
Therapist Practice II (2)
DPT 7380 Physical Therapy Clinical
Education Therory (1)
Total (18) Total (16) Total (14)
Year 2
FALL 1 (10 weeks) SPRING SUMMER (10 weeks)
DPT 7480 Physical Therapy Clinical
Education Practicum I (10 weeks) (10)
DPT 7510 Musculoskeletal Physical
Therapy II (4)
DPT 7680 Physical Therapy Clinical
Education Practicum II (10 weeks) (10)
7520 Geriatric Physical Therapy (2)
FALL 2 (5 weeks) DPT 7530 Pediatric Physical Therapy
(4)
DPT 7410 Neuromuscular Physical
Therapy II (4)
DPT 7540 Advanced Clinical Lifespan
Problem Solving (3)
DPT 7460 Integrated Professional
and Community Education (IPCE) IV (1)
DPT 7550 Evidence Based Physical
Therapist Practice III (3)
DPT 7560 Integrated Professional
and Community Education (IPCE) V (1)
DPT 7570 NPTE Review (1)
Information Hour 5 (0)
Total (15) Total (18) Total (10)
Year 3
FALL
DPT 7780 Physical Therapy Clinical
Education Practicum III (16 weeks) (16)
DPT 7790 Physical Therapy Seminar
(1)
Total (17)
TOTAL = 108 SEMESTER CREDIT HOURS
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
368
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
ACCOUNTING ACC
ACC 6120 CORPORATE TAXATION
Two hours. Prerequisite: ACC 4411 and admission to the MAcc or MBA program. Learn technical
tax information pertaining to corporations and prepare for the CPA examination.
ACC 6140 TAXATION OF PARTNERSHIPS AND ESTATES
Two hours. Prerequisite: ACC 4411 and admission to the MAcc or MBA program. Learn technical
tax information pertaining to partnerships and estates and prepare for the CPA examination.
ACC 6200 AUDITING WITH ACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 4511. An examination of auditing standards and practical auditing
tasks, including an examination of the role of accountants as designers, users, and evaluators of
accounting systems.
ACC 6220 GOVERNMENTAL ACCOUNTING
Two hours. Accounting for municipal, county, state governments and agencies including budget-
ing, journal entries, and financial statements.
ACC 6300 ADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 3112. A detailed study of the procedures related to accounting
for consolidations, interim reporting, segment reporting, foreign currency, worldwide account-
ing, reorganizations, liquidations, partnerships, governmental organizations, not-for-profit orga-
nizations, estates, and trusts. Also included is the history and importance of the SEC and the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act.
ACC 6400 ADVANCED MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
Four hours. Prerequisite: ACC 3211. Advanced topics in cost/managerial accounting encompass-
ing a study of decision models, cost information systems, budgeting, and performance analysis.
ACC 6420 ACCOUNTING DATA ANALYTICS
Two hours. Same as BUS 6420. Prerequisites: Admission to the MAcc or MBA program. Under-
stand the fundamentals of big data, prediction models, auditing data analytics soware and learn
how accounting professionals use the tools of data analytics in industry and auditing.
ACC 6500 CPA REVIEW COURSE
Two hours. Pass/Fail. Prerequisites: ACC 6120, ACC 6140, ACC 6200, and ACC 6300. Prepare for
the Uniform CPA Examination by completing a review program for two parts of the examination.
This course does not count toward the Florida State Board of Accountancy education require-
ments as either accounting hours, business core hours, nor total hours.
ACC 6501 ADVANCED CPA REVIEW
Two hours. Pass/Fail. Prerequisites: ACC 6500. Prepare for the Uniform CPA Examination by com-
pleting a review program for the two parts of the examination not completed in ACC 6500. This
course does not count toward the Florida State Board of Accountancy education requirements as
either accounting hours, business core hours, nor total hours.
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
369
ACC 6620 ETHICS IN ACCOUNTING
Two hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2012 and admission to the MBA or MAcc program. Understand the
ethical issues in the environment of accounting.
ACC 6640 FRAUD EXAMINATION
Two hours. Prerequisite: ACC 2012 and admission to the MBA or MAcc program. Understand the
field and practice of forensic accounting and procedures used to uncover economic crime.
ACC 6960 ACCOUNTING INTERNSHIP
Two hours. Pass/Fail. Prerequisites: Admission to the MAcc or MBA program. This course aug-
ments the classroom experience with practical professional knowledge in the accounting field.
ACC 6989 ACCOUNTING RESEARCH
Two hours. Prerequisites: ACC 6120, ACC 6140, ACC 6200, ACC 6300, and ACC 6400.
Understand the sources of accounting research and learn to conduct accounting research.
ACC 6999 ACCOUNTING CAPSTONE PROJECT
Two hours. Prerequisite: ACC 6120, ACC 6140, ACC 6200, ACC 6300, and ACC 6400. Complete
a case study, thesis, or other accounting project.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION BUS
BUS 6010 GRADUATE BUSINESS FOUNDATIONS
Non-credit. Intensive focus on accounting, finance, economics, and statistics to equip students
with overview of fundamental background knowledge and skill-sets essential for success in FSC
MBA program and career. Students acquire and apply concepts quickly with high level of com-
petency.
BUS 6200 HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS AND DECISION MAKING
Three hours. This course introduces students to advanced concepts of information management
and use of data in complex decision-making. The course provides an overview of the dierent
administrative and clinical information systems commonly used in the healthcare industry. The
course also investigates major healthcare legislation enacted to further the development and
deployment of information technology in the healthcare industry and introduces students to
the process of evaluating, selecting, and implementing healthcare information systems within
a healthcare organization. Additional topics include barriers to adoption of these information
systems and the importance of aligning information systems with the strategic plan of the orga-
nization.
BUS 6210 HEALTH POLICY
Three hours. Students are introduced to an overview of current U.S. health policies and their im-
plications on health services administration. The course oers an in-depth study of the policymak-
ing process and explores the relationship between policymaking, regulation, and reform within
the healthcare industry. A special emphasis is given to the nature and role of health policy studies
on management decision-making and explores how managers can influence the policymaking
process for eective health services administration.
BUS 6230 LEAN / SIX SIGMA PROCESSES
Three hours. Quality and continuous improvement are the foundations on which businesses sur-
vive and grow. It is no longer a luxury, but a necessity, for all businesses and economies to contin-
uously improve the quality of goods and services they produce. Quality improvement over time
tends to increase customer satisfaction, lower the total cost of the goods and services, and enhance
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
370
the reputation of the firm. Towards this end, the course aims to introduce the essential concepts,
tools, and methodologies of Lean and Six Sigma.
BUS 6240 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT
Three hours. Views the supply chain from the point of view of a general manager. Logistics and
supply chain management is all about managing the handos of either information or product.
The design of a logistics system is critically linked to the objectives of the supply chain. The focus
of this course is understanding how logistical decisions impact the performance of the firm as
well as the entire supply chain. This includes understanding the link between supply chain struc-
tures and logistical capabilities in a firm or the entire supply chain. The function of supply chain
management is to design and manage the processes, assets, and flows of material and information
required to satisfy customers’ demands. On the revenue side, supply chain decisions have a direct
impact on the market penetration and customer service. The course examines how the combina-
tion of enterprise information infrastructure and the Internet has paved the way for a variety of
supply chain optimization technologies.
BUS 6250 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Three hours. Students will learn to explain management systems, project management, quanti-
tative principles, and techniques for the eective planning and utilization of resources within an
organization. Emphasis is placed on applying critical thinking skills to solve problems and man-
agerial decision making for the improvement of operational processes and productivity. Apply
management theories and resource management practices to successfully lead a dynamic organi-
zation. Demonstrate the ability to collect and analyze information and data in order to formulate
analytically sound decisions for the planning and utilization of resources. Analyze and apply the
strategic decision-making and operational planning process for eectual policy making within
an organization. Conduct an analysis of appropriate financial and economic data necessary to
support organizational decision making.
BUS 6260 MANAGEMENT: NEGOTIATIONS
Three hours. Negotiation is the art and science of settling conflicts and resolving problems through
mutual agreement. This is a concept and applications course designed to increase students’ compe-
tence, confidence, and satisfaction in dealing with a broad range of negotiating circumstances and
roles. Classes consist of an examination of negotiation strategies and tactics, and participation in
practical exercises. The goal of the course is for students to develop a working concept of negotia-
tion theory and acquire and practice useful skills.
BUS 6270 INTERNATIONAL FIELD EXPERIENCE
Three hours. One to two-week intensive immersion in an alternative international economic set-
ting. This course provides an opportunity to apply coursework concepts in a realistic environment.
Course format includes a series of meetings and seminars in selected centers of foreign commerce
combined with shadowing government and industry leaders. Focus is on the interlocking nature
of national interests and the opportunities they provide for business organizations.
BUS 6280 GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN BUSINESS
Three hours. The internship is a hands-on working experience in the field of concentration re-
quiring a minimum 160 hours of placement under the supervision of both an employer and a fac-
ulty member. Beginning in the semester preceding the internship placement, the student should
identify what type of organization they desire for their internship. The college supports student
initiatives to obtain the internship by providing counsel and resources. The internship supervisor
monitors student performance and visits internship sites as needed. On completion of the intern-
ship, the student submits a reflection paper to the faculty supervisor on their experience. Students
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
371
may not perform internships at their current place of employment without prior consent of the
coordinator of the graduate program. Each student shall make a public and professional presen-
tation of their graduate internship experience. This course is typically taken during the student’s
summer semester.
BUS 6290 ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Three hours. Evaluation of new market opportunities and starting a new venture; focuses on iden-
tifying, developing, and testing market strategies, evaluating test market performance, and business
plans. Emphasizes the interplay between marketing, finance, accounting, and team management.
BUS 6310 FOUNDATIONS I
Two hours. Intensive focus on accounting, finance, economics, and statistics to equip students with
overview of fundamental background knowledge and skill-sets essential for success in FSC MBA
program and career. Students acquire and apply concepts quickly with high level of competency.
BUS 6320 FOUNDATIONS II
Two hours. Intensive sessions on communication skills, organizational development, ethical de-
cision making, and knowledge essential for success in the in the FSC MBA program and the
student’s career.
BUS 6330 HEALTHCARE FINANCE
Three hours. Provides a hands-on approach to financial, budgetary, and accounting concepts,
processes, and techniques relevant for healthcare managers. Introduces students to a variety of
mechanisms for financing healthcare in the U.S. and emphasizes key financial management and
control processes necessary for making successful financial decisions. Specific topics include ser-
vice payment mechanisms, capital acquisition, organizational structures, and firm governance.
BUS 6335 BUSINESS OF GAMING
Three hours. The course covers the background and current landscape of the Esports industry.
Topics include event planning, management, leadership, gaming, sponsorship, ethics, and busi-
ness development.
BUS 6340 HEALTHCARE QUALITY
Three hours. This course provides students with an introduction to healthcare quality manage-
ment and performance improvement. Quality improvement philosophies, methodologies, tools,
and techniques are introduced. Special attention is given to quality assessment, risk management,
utilization management, outcomes assessment, and benchmarking, which are mechanisms used
by health system managers to evaluate and improve healthcare services and patient safety.
BUS 6345 ESPORTS TOURNAMENT DESIGN
Three hours. Overview of the researching, planning, coordinating, marketing, management, and
evaluation of Esports tournament events. Exploration of practices which lead to successful Es-
ports tournaments for participants, spectators, and hosts.
BUS 6350 BUSINESS LAW FOR ACCOUNTANTS
Two hours. Prerequisite: BUS 3311. Extend business law concepts to those specific to the account-
ing profession.
BUS 6360 LEADERSHIP AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR
Three hours. An examination of leaders and leadership at the individual, group and organization-
al levels. Also provides conceptual frameworks for group dynamics, diagnosing performance prob-
lems, designing appropriate organizational interventions, and securing stakeholder commitment.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
372
BUS 6375 ESPORTS SPONSORSHIP ACTIVATION
Three hours. Overview of the researching, planning, coordinating, marketing, management, and
evaluation of Esports strategies and branding. Emphasis is placed on the sponsorship engage-
ment process.
BUS 6385 ESPORTS DIGITAL MARKETING AND CONSUMER ENGAGEMENT
Three hours. An examination of Esports consumer behavior and experiences in the Esports in-
dustry with application to current trends of fan engagement methods and issues.
BUS 6420 ACCOUNTING DATA ANALYTICS
Two hours. Same as ACC 6420. Prerequisites: Admission to the MACC or MBA program. Under-
stand the fundamentals of big data, prediction models, auditing data analytics soware, and to
learn how accounting professionals use the tools of data analytics in industry and auditing.
BUS 6460 MARKETING STRATEGY
Three hours. A comprehensive review of marketing theory and practice. Case studies are utilized
in the application of product, pricing, distribution, and promotional strategy. Emphasis is given to
the eective establishment of marketing goals, objectives, strategies, and tactics.
BUS 6560 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
Three hours. This course studies key issues facing international business managers, as well as the
strategies to successfully operate and manage multinational companies. Basic theoretical princi-
ples are studied and applied in the global business arena.
BUS 6660 ECONOMIC DECISION MAKING
Three hours. Prerequisite: BUS 6010. This course focuses on the examining the tools and tech-
niques used in helping businesses understand their markets and make profitable decisions based
on their industry’s characteristics. Managerial Economics bridges the gap between the theoretical
models in economics and the practical applications needed for business strategy.
BUS 6760 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Three hours. Prerequisite: BUS 6010. This course focuses on the decision making techniques com-
monly used by financial managers, with three main objectives: 1) Develop an understanding of the
tools that are used to value investment projects and companies, 2) Understand the issues involved
in how firms should raise funds for investment, and 3) Evaluate how investment and financing de-
cisions are related. Emphasis will be placed on appreciating the limitations and challenges faced
when applying the theoretical framework of corporate finance to real world problems.
BUS 6860 DATA ANALYTICS
Three hours. Prerequisites: BUS 6010. Today’s business environment is both highly complex and
competitive. Businesses collect a vast array of data. Knowing how to use this data (to understand
the business, address important business questions, and to improve the business) is a critical skill
to any successful business manager. This course provides students with an opportunity for hands-
on work with data collection, data manipulation and exploration, predictive analytics, decision
under uncertainty, and analytics tools.
BUS 6870 QUANTITATIVE DATA ANALYSIS WITH R
Three hours. Prerequisites: BUS 6010. This course introduces the basic concepts of data analysis
and statistical computing, using the R programming language, both increasingly used in the
social sciences and the humanities. The emphasis is on the practical application of quantitative
reasoning, data analysis, and visualization. The goal is to provide students pragmatic tools for
assessing statistical claims and conducting their own basic statistical analyses. Topics covered
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
373
include descriptive statistics, measures of association, sampling and sample size estimation, ran-
dom variables and probability, correlation testing, hypothesis testing, and confidence intervals.
These analytic techniques and tools are widely applicable to a myriad of industries and business
contexts. A thorough understanding of statistics will be emphasized.
BUS 6880 DATA VISUALIZATION
Three hours. This course focuses on the art and science of turning data into readable graphics.
The course will begin with an understanding and application of exploratory data analysis which
is the first critical step in the data analysis and modeling workflow, and it most always helps to
refine an analyst’s research question. Then the course will explore how to design and create data
visualizations based on data available and tasks to be achieved. This process includes data mod-
eling, data processing (such as aggregation and filtering), mapping data attributes to graphical
attributes, and strategic visual encoding based on known properties of visual perception as well
as the task(s) at hand. Students will also learn to evaluate the eectiveness of visualization designs,
and think critically about each design decision.
BUS 6890 LEADING A DATA-DRIVEN ORGANIZATION
Three hours. Eective leaders should understand how to capitalize on the wealth of data available
to them in order to successfully manage people and processes. This course introduces students to
concepts important to eective data-driven management.
BUS 6960 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
Three hours. Prerequisites: BUS 6360, BUS 6460, BUS 6560, BUS 6660, BUS 6760, BUS 6860. The
course provides practice in diagnosing and identifying realistic solutions to complex strategic and
organizational problems. In addition to familiarizing students with new subject matter, the course
builds on previous MBA coursework by providing an opportunity to integrate various functional
areas and by providing a total business perspective. The course focuses on addressing the overar-
ching question of why some firms in some industries sustain their competitive advantage over
periods of time, while others do not. The course emphasizes understanding, critically evaluating,
and eectively communicating information on relationships among firms, their strategies, and
their environments.
DOCTOR OF PHYSICAL THERAPY DPT
DPT 7110 HUMAN ANATOMY FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
Six hours. This combined lecture/laboratory course presents in-depth instruction in the gross,
surface, and microscopic anatomy of the human body.
DPT 7120 KINESIOLOGY AND BIOMECHANICS FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
Three hours. This combined lecture/laboratory course will examine the interaction of bones,
joints, muscles, and external forces that are responsible for movement. The origins, insertions,
actions of the muscles, and in some joint complexes, patterns of physical dysfunction will also be
discussed as it relates to normal movement.
DPT 7130 PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL ASSESSMENT I
Three hours. This first clinical assessment combined lecture/laboratory course provides a founda-
tion for examination skills relevant to patients with orthopedic, neurological, cardiopulmonary,
and general pathologies. Primary areas of emphasis include examination procedures including
history taking, systems review, and basic tests and measures such as assessment of vital signs, reflex-
es, joint range of motion, strength, and orthopedic special tests.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
374
DPT 7140 PATHOPHYSIOLOGY FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
Three hours. This lecture course presents the physiology and pathology of the body systems across
the lifespan. Students will also learn how to interpret basic medical record information relating
to diagnostic tests and measures.
DPT 7150 EVIDENCE BASED PHYSICAL THERAPIST PRACTICE I
One hour. This is the first of three lecture courses that introduce students to the principles of
evidence-based physical therapy (EBPT) practice and prepares students to apply these principles
in clinical decision-making and research. Definition of basic concepts and terminology used in
EBPT; and types and the levels of evidence will be examined.
DPT 7160 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL & COMMUNITY EDUCATION (IPCE) I
Two hours. This is the first of five in the Integrated Professional & Community Education course
series. This course introduces students to the professional role of the physical therapist in clinical
practice and community health. Content covered includes physical therapist core values, ethical
principles, basic patient/client interaction and community health education.
INFO HR 1 PHYSICAL THERAPY INFORMATION HOUR 1
Zero hours. This course is the first in a series of four courses that will occur every didactic se-
mester. These courses are an added resource for students in that a variety of speakers will share
valuable information with students.
DPT 7210 MUSCULOSKELETAL PHYSICAL THERAPY I
Four hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, Info
Hr. 1. This first musculoskeletal course focuses on physical therapy interventions for individuals
with movement and/or musculoskeletal disorders. The interventions include, but are not limited
to, therapeutic exercise, biophysical agents, peripheral joint mobilization, and manual therapy.
DPT 7220 PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL ASSESSMENT II
Four hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, Info
Hr 1. This second clinical assessment combined lecture/laboratory course continues building on
the foundation of examination skills relevant to patients with common diagnoses seen by physical
therapists across the lifespan. An emphasis will be placed on observing and understanding normal
gait patterns. Students will participate in hands-on methods and techniques related to therapeutic
activities, gait training, transfers, assistive devices, and basic patient handling techniques.
DPT 7230 ACUTE CARE PHYSICAL THERAPY
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, DPT 7260, Info Hr 1.. This combined lecture/laboratory
course presents physical therapy management of individuals with acute medical and surgical con-
ditions. This course will address the role of the acute care physical therapist as a multi-disciplinary
team member with patients/clients across the lifespan with varying acuity levels.
DPT 7250 CARDIOPULMONARY PHYSICAL THERAPY
Three hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160,
DPT 7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, DPT 7260, Info Hr. 1 and Info Hr 2. This combined
lecture/laboratory course presents in-depth instruction in the medical and physical therapy man-
agement of patients/clients with cardiopulmonary disorders.
DPT 7260 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL & COMMUNITY EDUCATION (IPCE) II
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, Info
Hr. 1. This is the second of five in the Integrated Professional & Community Education course
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
375
series. This course introduces students to the professional role of the physical therapist in clinical
practice and community health. Content covered include role of the PT in the interdisciplinary
team, patient/client interaction skills, clinical decision-making and legal issues pertaining to PT
services.
DPT 7270 NEUROSCIENCE FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, Info
Hr. 1. This lecture course provides basic clinical neuroanatomical facts. This course will address
the functional organization of the nervous system and show how injury and disease can cause
neurological damage.
INFO HR 2 PHYSICAL THERAPY INFORMATION HOUR 2
Zero hours. This course is the second in a series of four courses that will occur every didactic
semester. These courses are an added resource for students in that a variety of speakers will share
valuable information with students.
DPT 7310 NEUROMUSCULAR PHYSICAL THERAPY I
Four hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7240, DPT 7250, DPT 7260. This is the first physical rehabilita-
tion combined lecture/laboratory course that will present approaches to treatment of individuals
with neurological conditions such as theories of motor control, motor learning, and neurobehav-
ioral plasticity. This course will include assessment and treatment of individuals with neurological
disorders.
DPT 7330 ADMINISTRATION FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7260, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, Info Hr. 1. Info Hr. 2. This course introduces
students to management and leadership principles, and their application to physical therapist
practice. Topics covered include ethical and legal responsibilities in physical therapist practice,
reimbursement, personnel issues, risk management, and resource management.
DPT 7340 PHARMACOLOGY FOR PHYSICAL THERAPY
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7270, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, Info Hr 1, Info Hr 2.. This lecture course is the
study of drugs with an emphasis on how drugs aect physical therapy management of individuals
with medical and surgical conditions.
DPT 7350 EVIDENCE BASED PHYSICAL THERAPIST PRACTICE II
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7260, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2. This second of three evi-
dence based practice course provides an overview of methods of scientific inquiry in the context of
clinical physical therapist practice. Topics include research designs, data collection methods, basic
statistics, and research ethics.
DPT 7360 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL & COMMUNITY EDUCATION (IPCE) III
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7260, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2. This is the third of five
in the Integrated Professional & Community Education course series. This course prepares stu-
dents for the professional role of the physical therapist in clinical practice and community health.
Content covered includes patient/client management skills across the lifespan in the context of a
multicultural society.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
376
DPT 7380 PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL EDUCATION THEORY
One hour. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7270,Info Hr 1, Info Hr 2. This is a pre-clinical course
that occurs the semester before the first of three full-time clinical experiences. This course will
prepare the student for their first full-time clinical practicum.
DPT 7410 NEUROMUSCULAR PHYSICAL THERAPY II
Four hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2. This is the second physical rehabilitation
combined lecture/laboratory course that will present assessment and treatment of individuals
with neurological and vestibular disorders. Information on prescription, fabrication, and fitting of
prosthetics and orthotics will also be presented.
DPT 7460 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL & COMMUNITY EDUCATION (IPCE) IV
One hour. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2. This is the fourth of five in the Integrat-
ed Professional & Community Education course series. This course prepares students for their
first clinical internship. Content covered includes professional behaviors expected during clinical
placements and skills needed to provide and bill for physical therapy services in various clinical
settings.
DPT 7480 PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM I
Ten hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7270, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2. This is the first of three full time clinical experiences.
Each experience will be in a dierent practice setting in locations available throughout the US.
This clinical experience will be supervised by a licensed physical therapist and will be structured
to give the student a variety of learning opportunities providing exposure to comprehensive care
of patients/clients across the life span and exposure to a wide variety of diagnoses. Foundation-
al elements include safety and risk management, professional behaviors, adherence to legal and
professional practice standards, communication, and clinical reasoning skills. Students will be
evaluated utilizing the American Physical Therapy Association (APTA) Physical Therapy Clinical
Performance Instrument (CPI).
INFO HR 4 PHYSICAL THERAPY INFORMATION HOUR 4
Zero hours. This course is the third in a series of four courses that will occur every didactic se-
mester. These courses are an added resource for students in that a variety of speakers will share
valuable information with students.
DPT 7510 MUSCULOSKELETAL PHYSICAL THERAPY II
Four hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160,
DPT 7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT
7350, DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4. This
second musculoskeletal course focuses on physical therapy evaluation and treatment for individ-
uals with cervicothoracic and lumbopelvic pain and/or pathology. The interventions include, but
are not limited to, therapeutic exercise, spinal mobilization/manipulation, and various other forms
of manual therapy. The course will prepare students to develop an appropriate classification and
plan of care for patient case studies with spinal pathologies seen in the physical therapy outpatient
settings.
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
377
DPT 7520 GERIATRIC PHYSICAL THERAPY
Two hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4. This
combined lecture/laboratory course will address the role of the physical therapist as a multi-dis-
ciplinary team member with management of geriatric patients/clients with varying acuity levels.
DPT 7530 PEDIATRIC PHYSICAL THERAPY
Four hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4. This
combined lecture/laboratory course will address the role of the physical therapist as a multi-disci-
plinary team member with management pediatric patients/clients.
DPT 7540 ADVANCE CLINICAL LIFESPAN PROBLEM SOLVING
Three hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160,
DPT 7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT
7350, DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4. This
course will address the role of the physical therapist as a multi-disciplinary team member with
management of patients/clients across the lifespan.
DPT 7550 EVIDENCE BASED PHYSICAL THERAPIST PRACTICE III
Three hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160,
DPT 7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT
7350, DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4.
This is the third of three courses culminating into a capstone project. The student will apply the
evidence-based practice principles learned in DPT 7150 & 7350 to generate a publishable quality
scientific manuscript.
DPT 7560 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL & COMMUNITY EDUCATION (IPCE) V
One hour. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4. This is
the last of five in the Integrated Professional & Community Education course series. Provides
opportunity for students to analyze their professional development trajectory and their ability to
navigate financial and personnel management issues in clinical physical therapy practice.
DPT 7570 NATIONAL PHYSICAL THERAPY EXAM REVIEW
One hour. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4. This
course will review physical therapy content and provide students with strategies to study and take
the National Physical Therapy Exam (NPTE). Passage of this exam is necessary for a graduate to
obtain a physical therapy license.
INFO HR 5 PHYSICAL THERAPY INFORMATION HOUR 5
Zero hours. This course is the fourth in a series of four courses that will occur every didactic
semester. These courses are an added resource for students in that a variety of speakers will share
valuable information with students.
DPT 7680 PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM II
Ten hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
378
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, DPT 7510, DPT 7520, DPT 7530, DPT
7540, DPT 7550, DPT 7560, DPT 7570, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4, Info Hr. 5. This is the sec-
ond of three full time clinical experiences. Each experience will be in a dierent practice setting
in locations available throughout the US. This clinical experience will be supervised by a licensed
physical therapist and will be structured to give the student a variety of learning opportunities
providing exposure to comprehensive care of patients/clients across the life span and exposure to a
wide variety of diagnoses. Foundational elements include safety and risk management, profession-
al behaviors, adherence to legal and professional practice standards, communication, and clinical
reasoning skills. Students will be evaluated utilizing the American Physical Therapy Association
(APTA) Physical Therapy Clinical Performance Instrument (CPI).
DPT 7780 PHYSICAL THERAPY CLINICAL EDUCATION PRACTICUM III
Sixteen hours. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160,
DPT 7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT
7350, DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, DPT 7510, DPT 7520, DPT 7530,
DPT 7540, DPT 7550, DPT 7560, DPT 7570, DPT 7680, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4, Info Hr.
5. This is the third of three full time clinical experiences. Each experience will be in a dierent
practice setting in locations available throughout the US. This clinical experience will be su-
pervised by a licensed physical therapist and will be structured to give the student a variety of
learning opportunities providing exposure to comprehensive care of patients/clients across the
life span and exposure to a wide variety of diagnoses. Foundational elements include safety and
risk management, professional behaviors, adherence to legal and professional practice standards,
communication, and clinical reasoning skills. Students will be evaluated utilizing the American
Physical Therapy Association (APTA) Physical Therapy Clinical Performance Instrument (CPI).
DPT 7790 PHYSICAL THERAPY SEMINAR
One hour. Prerequisites: DPT 7110, DPT 7120, DPT 7130, DPT 7140, DPT 7150, DPT 7160, DPT
7210, DPT 7220, DPT 7230, DPT 7250, DPT 7260, DPT 7310, DPT 7330, DPT 7340, DPT 7350,
DPT 7360, DPT 7380, DPT 7410, DPT 7460, DPT 7480, DPT 7510, DPT 7520, DPT 7530, DPT
7540, DPT 7550, DPT 7560, DPT 7570, DPT 7680, DPT 7780, Info Hr. 1, Info Hr. 2, Info Hr. 4, Info
Hr. 5. This course will take place the last week in the final semester of the Physical Therapy Pro-
gram. Students will have an opportunity to evaluate the Physical Therapy Program and present
their capstone project to peers, faculty, and community healthcare professionals.
EDUCATION EDU
EDU 6100 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP FOR CHANGE
Four hours. The objective of this course is to apply knowledge of research based change theories,
use critical thinking and problem solving techniques to improve student learning and teacher
performance, analyze and evaluate decision making skills, and use strategies designed to promote
leadership. Appropriate technologies will be utilized for communication and collaboration pur-
poses. This course incorporates appropriate elements of the William Cecil Golden Program for
School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6150 RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT
Four hours. The objective of this course is to use eective strategies to establish and manage sched-
ules, delegate responsivities, and allocate resources to promote school improvement, faculty devel-
opment, and the health, safety and welfare of all on campus. This course incorporates appropriate
elements of the William Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
379
EDU 6200 ETHICS AND SCHOOL LAW
Four hours. The objective of this course is to use the Code of Ethics and the Principles of Profes-
sional Conduct for the Education Profession in Florida, pursuant to Rules 6A-1.001 and 6B-1.006
F.A.C. to demonstrate implementation and compliance with federal and state law as related to the
constitutional and statutory rights of students, sta, and parents. This course incorporates appro-
priate elements of the William Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6300 LEADING IN A DIVERSE SOCIETY
Four hours. Learn to promote practices that establish and maintain a safe, respectful, and inclusive
student-centered learning environment that provides equitable opportunities for all students and
builds a foundation for a life in a diverse, democratic, and global economy. This course incorpo-
rates appropriate elements of the William Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6400 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT: TEACHING, LEARNING, AND ASSESSMENT
Four hours. The objective of this course is use monitoring and evaluation strategies to ensure
eective classroom instructions, engage in data analysis of teaching practices designed to improve
a teacher’s instructional planning and performance, maximize the relationships of academic stan-
dards, eective instruction, and student performance, evaluate rigorous and culturally relevant
methods for implementing state adopted standards and district curricula, as well as support fac-
ulty in the use of high quality formative and interim assessments aligned with adopted standards
and curricula. This course incorporates appropriate elements of the William Cecil Golden Pro-
gram for School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6450 STRATEGIC FACULTY DEVELOPMENT FOR P-12 ADMINISTRATORS
Four hours. The objective of this course is to use eective recruiting, employment, and induction
strategies appropriate for a diverse faculty that meet the needs of students, provide feedback to fac-
ulty on the eectiveness of their instruction, evaluate and plan for on-going professional learning
link to system wide strategic objectives and the school improvement plan and supports faculty
deliver of culturally relevant and dierentiated instructions. It will include the evaluation of fac-
ulty using observations and student assessment outcomes which may include remediation, disci-
plinary or personnel actions, planning for succession management, promotion of teacher-leader-
ship functions, and developing sustainable relations among school leaders, parents, community,
higher education, and business leaders. This course incorporates appropriate elements of the Wil-
liam Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6550 STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT, ACCOUNTABILITY, AND STANDARDS-BASED INSTRUCTION
Four hours. The objective of this course is to analyze and develop school learning goals based on
State adopted standards and district adopted curriculum, evaluate student learning results, analyze
areas of improvement based on accountability measures, develop strategies that increase motiva-
tion and communicate meaningful feedback faculty to improve planning, improve moral and
promote collegial eorts. It will also evaluate methods of analyzing data and communicating in
writing appropriate strategies for informing and engaging stakeholders. This course incorporates
appropriate elements of the William Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6600 SCHOOL FINANCE
Four hours. The objective of this course is to practice exercising fiscal responsibility for maximiz-
ing the use of federal, state, and local resources for instruction priorities. Students will use the
formula factors in computing the Florida Education Finance Program allocations and establish
strategies for eectively identifying and disbursing funding sources available to the school beyond
Florida Education Program allocations. This course incorporates appropriate elements of the Wil-
liam Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
380
EDU 6610 INTERNSHIP
Ten hours. The senior internship is designed to be the culminating education experience for edu-
cation majors regardless of age/grade level specialty, subject matter, and/or major. The internship
is 14 weeks/70 days long and involves teaching, modeling, observing and evaluating. The coordi-
nator of field studies at Florida Southern College and a representative of the Human Resources
Development Oce of Polk County Schools assigns student to a Polk County Public School. The
student takes over all responsibilities of a certified Florida classroom, teaching in her/his specialty
area aer receiving adequate preparation by the assigned teacher and supervisor.
EDU 6640 STUDENT TEACHING SEMINAR
Two hours. Prerequisites: Completion of major and permission of faculty. Weekly seminar for se-
nior intern. Discussion and analysis of general methods of teaching in schools, with an emphasis
on classroom management, experience, and presentation.
EDU 6700 INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP
Four hours. Learn to implement strategies that enable faculty and sta to work as a learning orga-
nization focused on continuous improvement of student learning, maintaining a school climate
that supports student engagement and learning, generate and communicate high expectations for
learning growth and disseminate performance information to students, parents, and community,
as well as engage students, faculty and parents and community stakeholders in constructive con-
versations designed to improve academic performance and close achievement gaps among student
subgroups. The course will also analyze strategies to maintain high visibility at school and in the
community, actively listen to and learn from students, sta, parents, and community stakeholders,
and engage stakeholders in the work of the school. This course incorporates appropriate elements
of the William Cecil Golden Program for School Leaders (WCG).
EDU 6910 TRANSFORMATIONAL TEACHING AND LEARNING
Four hours. This course will focus on the study of the societal structure and problems aecting
education; the eects on education from philosophical, psychological, cultural and societal dier-
ences and changes; and the eects of political and economical changes on education. Emphasis is
on transformational teaching and learning theory, principles, methods, and child and adolescent
development including theories and principles of learning.
EDU 6920 TRANSFORMATIONAL LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS
Two hours. The goal of this course is to engage educators in the development of advanced instruc-
tional strategies to create transformational learning environments for teaching all students includ-
ing those with limited English proficiency. The course will also address instruction in the English
language and the development of the student’s mastery of the four language skills of listening,
speaking, reading, and writing. Advanced classroom management skills will focus on creating safe
learning environments in which eective transformational teaching and learning can take place
by promoting a physically, emotionally, socially and academically secure climate for all students.
EDU 6930 TRANSFORMATIONAL TEACHING AND LEARNING THROUGH RESEARCH
Four hours. This course is an introduction to action research and the literature on transformation-
al teaching, learning theory, principles, and methods with an emphasis on interpreting and evalu-
ating the review of the literature. Action research design and methodology will be studied. Trans-
formational teaching and learning research interests and goals will be identified and developed.
EDU 6940 TRANSFORMATIONAL APPROACHES TO CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
Four hours. This course will include educational assessment practices that include analysis, appli-
cation of data from statewide standardized assessments and other multiple sources to improve in-
struction and learning. Students will plan for, integrate, and assess transformational teaching and
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
381
learning principles in the curriculum including multisensory approaches. Students will design an
action research plan based on transformational teaching and learning theory, methods, and core
principles.
EDU 6950 TRANSFORMATIONAL TEACHING AND LEARNING WITH DIVERSE POPULATIONS AND SPE-
CIAL EDUCATION
Four hours. This course will focus on students’ acquisition and mastery of key course concepts,
enhancing students’ strategies and skills for learning and discovery, and promoting positive learn-
ing-related attitudes, values, and beliefs in all students leading to the social, emotional, and cog-
nitive well-being of a healthy child. Eective transformational teaching and instructional tech-
niques, strategies, and materials to meet the needs of diverse learners, including students with
disabilities will be evaluated.
EDU 6960 ASSESSING TRANSFORMATIONAL TEACHING AND LEARNING
Four hours. This course will focus on assessing student learning outcomes as a result of student
participation in a transformational teaching and learning curriculum, including the examination
of current and new approaches to the evaluation of curriculum. Lines of inquiry may include
researching the extent to which instructors accomplish transformational objectives or implement
transformational teaching methods, and the extent to which students achieve transformational
teaching goals.
EDU 6970 TRANSFORMATIONAL INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP
Four hours. This course will explore the intersection of the principles of transformational leader-
ship and transformational teaching and learning and the impact for maximizing students’ poten-
tial for academic success and enhancement of students’ attitudes, values, beliefs, and skills.
EDU 6980 ADVANCED RESEARCH IN TRANSFORMATIONAL TEACHING AND LEARNING
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 6930. This course engages students in inquiry processes related to
their own transformational teaching and learning practices, culminating in a transformational
teaching and learning action research study.
EDU 7000 COLLOQUIUM IN EDUCATION
Two hours. This seminar course explores philosophies, significant movements, and issues in ed-
ucation through classic and contemporary texts. Students in the course will engage in academ-
ic discourse, critical thinking/reading, and reflection. The themes and texts vary each time the
course is oered. This course is repeatable, but cannot be fulfilled through transfer.
EDU 7005 WAYS OF KNOWING: RESEARCH IN EDUCATION
Four hours. The purpose of the course is to explore how individuals come to know and accept a
method(s) of inquiry among the various ways of knowing. Students will have opportunities to
engage in analytical investigation of the nature of knowledge through readings, academic dis-
course, critical reflections, and presentations. The course seeks to support students’ critical think-
ing skills as they investigate the strengths and limitations of the various ways of knowing, and
explore the implications of the dierent ways of knowing for research and practice in education.
EDU 7010 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP AND THEORY
Four hours. Through the investigation of dierent aspects of leadership, this course provides in-
depth study of educational leadership, to include traits, characteristics, models, and dimensions of
leadership. The course examines the role of today’s leader. It also explores theoretical frameworks
related to leadership, organizational behavior, change, and sustainability. The course critically ana-
lyzes theory and research as it relates to educational issues and environments. It also applies theory
and research to enhance learning for diverse student populations. The student engages in reflec-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
382
tion about leadership practices and ethics in relation to the impact on school eectiveness. The
student also reviews literature related to an educational leadership research interest.
EDU 7020 CURRICULUM, LEARNING AND INSTRUCTION
Four hours. This course examines curriculum, learning and instruction within the context of the
theoretical structures that underlie curriculum considerations relative to the work of responsible
curriculum decision-makers at all levels. This includes a critical study of the history of curriculum
and curriculum theory in the U.S. with emphasis placed on the historical, philosophical, and
scientific foundations of curriculum theory. The course provides a framework for thinking about
how curriculum relates to students’ understanding of the world around them. It symbiotically
melds curriculum theory, critical educational studies, and feminist standpoint theory with practi-
cal examples of teaching for social justice to argue for a transformative curriculum that challenges
existing inequity in social, educational, and economic relations.
EDU 7030 ETHICS IN EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP
Four hours. This course is a critical and pragmatic examination of ethics as it applies to education-
al leadership in PreK-12 and higher education. There are emphases on the philosophical works and
theoretical perspectives, as well as the social and moral standards, codes, and values that apply to
educational leaders. Students analyze real-life ethical dilemmas and scenarios faced in education
from the ethical paradigms of justice, care, critique, and the profession. Using a variety of theoret-
ical frameworks, the course addresses practical, pedagogical, and curricular issues related to ethics
for educational leaders. The student is engaged in reflection about one’s personal and professional
values in relation to ethics. The course also provides the impetus for students to redefine the lead-
ership role to focus on ethical practice and decision-making.
EDU 7040 ORGANIZATIONAL THEORY AND BEHAVIOR
Four hours. This course engages students in reading, discussion, research and writing about the-
ories of organizational behavior and practices of leading people in schools. Students explore en-
tity-based and collectivist theories of leadership in organizations. The course examines various
theories of change and appropriate approaches to facilitate the change process. Students learn
how to bring together human resources and create a cohesive eective group. Other topics include
systems thinking, decision-making, communications, motivation, power, influence, group dynam-
ics, organizational culture, and organizational climate. The course also provides opportunities to
practice disciplined research inquiry that aligns theory of organizational behavior to practical
applications in educational settings. Through reflection on leadership practices and ethics, the
course also provides impetus for re-conceptualizing leadership roles and organizational structures
to focus on people.
EDU 7050 EDUCATIONAL POLITICS, POLICY AND CURRENT ISSUES
Four hours. While educational leaders are not required to become politicians, it is very important
to understand the political system and environment in which school and district administrators
work. Federal and state law, and local school board policy, oen begins as ideas and action that
may result in new educational rules and/or statutory requirements students, teachers and school
leaders must follow. Political influence, policy guidelines, and instructional decisions that emerge
within the context of new rules have a profound impact on the role of an educational leader. They
are complex and oen controversial. Unintended consequences of well-intentioned law, policy or
rule require the school leader to carefully and thoughtfully navigate, oen uncharted, waters in or-
der to establish and maintain a productive and safe learning environment. In this course, students
develop an awareness of significant political decisions related to law, legislation, policy, or rule that
defines an ever-changing environment. Students review, analyze and evaluate political background
and characteristics of major legislation that has a major impact upon public schools and school
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
383
leaders. In addition, students examine pathway from political thoughts, action, and ideas to policy
decisions and instructional practice resulting from implementation of new requirements. Course
content and objectives relate primarily to research practices (reflection, analysis, and inquiry) that
integrated into the student’s professional practice.
EDU 7060 K–12 LAW AND GOVERNANCE
Four hours. Legal decisions have a profound impact on a student’s role as an educational leader.
They are complex and oen controversial. The courts attempt to balance the rights of individ-
uals with the right of school districts to establish a productive and safe learning environment
for student, teachers and educational leaders. In this course, students develop an awareness of
important law/legislation that defines an ever-changing legal environment. Case law relating
to significant legal decisions are reviewed and analyzed. Course content and objectives relate
primarily to research practices (reflection, analysis, and inquiry) that become integrated into the
student’s professional practice.
EDU 7065 LEGAL ISSUES IN EDUCATION
Four hours. Throughout our history, the courts have attempted to balance the rights of individu-
als with the responsibility of colleges, universities and other educational institutions to establish
an environment conducive for learning. This course examines the key legal issues that govern
educators’ daily and long-range decisions, including the ongoing impact of landmark Supreme
Court rulings, case law, federal codes and policies, and precedent. Opportunities are provided
for students to assess various legal dilemmas, evaluate and reflect on these analyses, and develop
new, broader understandings of the principles of law related to higher education and other edu-
cational institutions.
EDU 7070 CURRICULUM ANALYSIS
Four hours. This course focuses on the application of instructional design principles to the de-
velopment of instruction. Topics include contemporary issues and trends in instructional design,
foundations in learning research, requirements for instruction, task and needs analysis, learning
situations and instructional models, learner characteristics, hardware and soware innovations,
assessing instructional outcomes, and factors aecting utilization.
EDU 7080 FINANCE AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION
Four hours. Examine the complexities of higher education finance and public education K–12
finance and how political, economic, and social forces impact budgetary decisions. Review finan-
cial administration in public and private colleges and universities, public K–12 schools and private
K–12 schools with an emphasis on funding theories and strategies, governmental and private-sec-
tor programs and initiatives, resource allocation concerns, and institutional fund-raising activities.
The course oers a basic understanding of the nature and role of budgeting and finance in the
K–16 education sectors in Florida. Learn how K–16 schools are financed and how educational
finance relates to student outcomes.
EDU 7085 FINANCE AND BUDGETING
Four hours. Examine the complexities of higher education finance and how political, economic,
and social forces impact budgetary decisions and learn how educational finance relates to student
outcomes. Review financial administration in public and private colleges and universities with
an emphasis on funding theories and strategies, governmental and private-sector programs and
initiatives, resource allocation concerns, and institutional fundraising activities.
EDU 7090 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
Four hours. This course introduces students to fundamental quantitative research methods and
designs. Topics will include the nature and purposes of quantitative research; planning and con-
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
384
ducting quantitative research; critiquing and evaluating research; sampling; survey and experi-
mental design; measurement and methods of data collection; ethics; and the use of computers in
data analysis. Collaborative discussion and computer exercises will be a few methods practiced in
conducting and analyzing quantitative data.
EDU 7093 – ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 7090. This course builds upon the foundation of quantitative re-
search methods addressed in the introductory research methods course in the doctoral program.
It aims to provide advanced training in quantitative research methods with topics designed for
students in gaining a deeper understanding in the concepts and principles of quantitative meth-
odologies, as well as to acquire advanced skills in research in education. Students will develop
competence in quantitative techniques through hands-on practices in study design, data manage-
ment, as well as the analysis and interpretation of data.
EDU 7110 EDUCATIONAL ACCOUNTABILITY AND STUDENT ASSESSMENT
Four hours. Real-world experiences provide a foundation for understanding current state and fed-
eral accountability systems. School leaders learn accountability through data–based decisions by
applying the functions of curriculum, assessing instructional activities, influence of maintaining
a positive climate, and assessing student performance in a planned school improvement model.
EDU 7115 COMMUNITY COLLABORATION
Four hours. This course explores the potential for positive impact that community collaboration
at every level of education can eect. Community engagement is only the initial aspect of commu-
nity collaboration. Community collaboration empowers community members to join education
leaders in sharing of values, asking questions, problem-solving, and soliciting direction. Joining
community organizations are forming partnerships with childcare providers, public and private
school systems, and post-secondary institutions to invest in education and improve learning out-
comes. This course reviews present initiatives, analyzes collective impact, and provides opportuni-
ties to design initiatives to strengthen connections with families and the community.
EDU 7120 QUALITATIVE METHODS OF INQUIRY
Four hours. This course introduces the philosophy, theory, and methods of qualitative research
and examines issues in the philosophy of science, paradigms, and ethical considerations for
qualitative inquiry in education. The course provides an opportunity to investigate dierent ap-
proaches to qualitative research and examine the characteristics of each, to include: ethnography,
case study, phenomenological inquiry and narrative research, critical research, and postmodern
research. Questions of epistemology, positionality, purpose, and ethics will be addressed, and the
tensions surrounding these in each approach will be considered. Students will practice basic
skills in qualitative design, data collection, and data analysis.
EDU 7123 ADVANCED APPLICATIONS OF QUALITATIVE RESEARCH METHODS
Four hours. Prerequisite: EDU 7120. Through this advanced course in qualitative research meth-
ods students will be provided opportunities to reinforce and extend concepts and advance skills
learned in the first course relating to qualitative methods of inquiry. Students will explore in
greater depth qualitative approaches and engage in hands-on practice to acquire methodological
skills used to conduct qualitative research; consider ethical matters that may be encountered by
researchers in the field; collect data via field notes, interviews, observations, and documents; man-
age and organize data; analyze and interpret data; and deliver a presentation and write an original
scholarly paper to communicate findings based on the qualitative approach and theoretical per-
spective selected for the task.
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
385
EDU 7127 MIXED METHODS RESEARCH
Four hours. Prerequisites: EDU 7090 and EDU 7120. This course focuses on both conceptual
issues surrounding the use of mixed methods in social science research and analysis of data using
mixed methods. An overview will be provided which consists of the history and philosophy of
mixed methods research, the emerging literature on it, purposes and characteristics of mixed
methods research, types of research problems addressed, the specification of mixed methods pur-
pose statements and research questions, types of major mixed methods designs, data collection
and analysis strategies within mixed methods designs, and reporting and evaluating mixed meth-
ods studies.
EDU 7130 POLICY ANALYSIS, IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALUATION
Four hours. Creating and implementing eective education policies requires a close examination
of the social and historical foundations of education in the United States and beyond. This course
helps student recognize and understand how educational policies permeate educational systems
and how policies are received and articulated in the cultural practices of schools. The course also
deepens and expands understandings of educational policy, practice and theory, past and present,
at local, national, and international levels. Students examine educational policies, movements,
outcomes, dilemmas, and controversies--as well as the theories shaping them-- using modes of
inquiry associated with an array of scholarly fields and disciplines. In order to improve practice for
the purposes of promoting excellence, equity, and eciency in educational systems and organiza-
tions in a world of accelerating educational change, students need a better understanding of the
practices by educational organizations and the policies that govern them.
EDU 7135 PLANNING AND EVALUATION IN EDUCATION
Four hours. Schools and other organizations have increased their demand for and intensified their
interest in information on program eectiveness and outcomes. Accountability has become the
theme of the 21
st
century thus far, and the focus on performance measurement, outcomes, impacts,
and standards has elevated the field of evaluation. Evaluation diers from research in its real-world
approach—its goal to be used by non-researchers to determine the worth or merit of whatever is
to be evaluated—that includes objectives to improve and impact decision-making, funding, and
sustainability. It has become important to know which programs work, why they succeed or fail, if
they are cost-eective, and how they can be improved, replaced, or replicated. Review the history
and influence of evaluation in society and learn practical guidelines for planning and conducting
evaluations that include identifying questions to be addressed, determining how to collect and
analyze evaluative information, and deciding how to provide the results and recommendations to
stakeholders and others.
EDU 7138 DISSERTATION SEMINAR A
Two hours. Prerequisites: Completed doctoral coursework. This course is the first course in a
two-semester dissertation seminar course series that provides scaolded coaching to students in a
transitory approach. Students in this course will engage as a member of a community of research-
ers as they begin their independent scholarly research.
EDU 7139 DISSERTATION SEMINAR B
One hour. Prerequisite: EDU 7138. This course is the second course in a two-semester disserta-
tion seminar course series that provides scaolded coaching to students in a transitory approach.
Students in this course will hone their research skills and refine their research as the responsibil-
ity for quality dissertation research is released to them as autonomous researchers.
EDU 7140 DISSERTATION
Nine hours. Develop, implement, analyze, and evaluate research based on a research or set of
research questions. Students work directly with a doctoral research committee. The dissertation
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
386
is an approved research study to investigate a research question/s using proven research methods.
Research topics must be pre-approved by the doctoral dissertation committee. The dissertation
consists of five chapters, and, upon completion, the student defends research findings.
MATHEMATICS MAT
MAT 5010 APPLIED STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
Three hours. Prerequisite: undergraduate statistical analysis and admission to nursing graduate
program. The emphasis in this course is on application and interpretation of statistical procedures
used in health care research. Data management (using SPSS) and the relationship between re-
search design and statistical techniques are also studied.
NURSING NUR
NUR 5120 LEADERSHIP, ROLE DEVELOPMENT AND ADVOCACY FOR ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE
Three hours. This course provides knowledge and skills needed for leadership and advanced
nursing role development. Interprofessional collaboration and advocacy for advancement of
population health and advanced nursing practice are emphasized.
NUR 5150 ADVANCED PHARMACOLOGY
Three hours. In this course the student analyzes the principles of pharmacokinetics, pharma-
codynamics, and pharmacotherapeutics of drugs commonly used in the management of acute
and chronic illnesses in adults. Emphasis is on therapeutic decision-making in drug selection
and monitoring therapeutic response for culturally diverse patients. Patient education, legal,
ethical, and socio-economic issues are addressed. Practice and regulatory elements of APRN
prescribing is included.
NUR 5175 ADVANCED PHARMACOLOGY FOR NURSE EDUCATORS
Three hours. This course builds on previous knowledge of pharmacology in nursing practice by
analyzing the principles of pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of commonly used drugs
commonly used in the care of patients. The student will apply this advanced knowledge in the
development of educational activities in the role of nurse educator.
NUR 5200 ADVANCED PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
Three hours. This course prepares the student to understand the underlying mechanisms of
changes in physiology by a systematic examination of disease. The advance practice nursing stu-
dent compares and contrasts dierential diagnosis within physiological systems of sub-cellular
and cellular origin, biochemical, and anatomical changes across the life span.
NUR 5220 ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
Three hours. Pre-or corequisite: NUR 5150 and NUR 5200. The learner is provided a strong foun-
dation in the health assessment skills requisite for APRN practice. The focus of the course is on
the diagnostic reasoning process as it relates to building a clinical database regarding individual
patients. History taking, physical examination skills, laboratory, and diagnostic modalities are
included in the course content.
NUR 5225 ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT FOR NURSE EDUCATORS
Three hours. This course builds on previous knowledge of health assessment by integrating ad-
vanced assessment skills of health history taking and physical examination. The student will apply
this knowledge in the development of educational strategies in the role of nurse educator.
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
387
NUR 5250 EVIDENCE TRANSLATION AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT FOR ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE
Three hours. This course provides knowledge and skills needed for translating evidence into ad-
vanced nursing practice. Emphasis is on the utilization of theories, evidence-based practice mod-
els, and quality improvement methods.
NUR 5350 HEALTH CARE POLICY
Three hours. This course exposes students to health care policy, health care finance and the orga-
nization of health care delivery systems. Emphasis is placed on the role of the advanced practice
nurse in the policy making process and the impact of health policy, finance and organization on
advanced nursing practice, consumers’ health and health care options.
NUR 5400 HEALTH PROMOTION AND CLINICAL PREVENTION FOR ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE
Two hours. This course provides knowledge and skills for evidence-based health promotion and
clinical prevention in community and practice settings. Emphasis is on the provision of culturally
and linguistically appropriate services for diverse populations.
NUR 5450 INFORMATICS AND HEALTH CARE TECHNOLOGIES
Two hours. This course provides knowledge and skills needed for integration and utilization of
technologies for delivering, coordinating, and improving care across settings. Standards and ethi-
cal principles for utilization of technologies in practice are highlighted.
NUR 5500 TOPICS IN GLOBAL HEALTHCARE
One to eight hours (variable). Prerequisite: graduate nursing major and permission of the instruc-
tor. This is an elective course that allows a student to experience health care in a global setting.
Each course is developed separately depending on availability of resources and suitability of the
experience for students. Variable credit will reflect the amount of time expended by each student
as one credit hour for each 40 clock hours. Typical trips may be supporting a rural health clinic in
Latin America, patient care in a small hospital in Africa, or community health projects in Asia or
other parts of the world. Students in other graduate programs may be eligible to take this course
with permission of the dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health Sciences.
NUR 5550 COMPLEX HEALTHCARE SYSTEMS OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
Three hours. This course provides students with advanced knowledge and skills necessary for
nurse administrator’s role in directing and controlling organizational systems within diverse
healthcare settings.
NUR 5575 HUMAN CAPITAL MANAGEMENT
Three hours. This course provides students with advanced knowledge and skills necessary for
nurse administrator’s role in personnel management within diverse healthcare settings.
NUR 5600 APPLIED HEALTHCARE ECONOMICS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Three hours. This course provides students with an introduction to the principles of financial
management for healthcare organizations and the nurse manager’s role in the budget process.
Students will explore strategies for budget development, negotiation, and the leader’s role in plan-
ning, controlling and forecasting.
NUR 5625 LEGAL REGULATORY COMPLIANCE IN HEALTHCARE
Three hours. This course provides the student with an introduction to laws, regulation and health-
care policy essential to nursing administration.
NUR 5650 ADVANCED LEADERSHIP SKILLS FOR NURSE ADMINISTRATORS
Three hours. Prerequisite: NUR 5120. This course provides students with advanced knowledge
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
388
and skills for the role of nurse leaders within complex healthcare organizations to eectively lead
quality improvement teams, manage conflict, and lead change.
NUR 5675 STRATEGIC OPERATIONAL PLANNING IN HEALTHCARE
Three hours. Prerequisite: NUR 5550. This course provides students with an understanding of
strategic and operational planning for complex healthcare organizations and the role of the nurse
leader.
NUR 6110 ADVANCED PRACTICE NURSE I
Six hours. Prerequisite: NUR 5150, NUR 5200, NUR 5220. In this practical experience, the stu-
dent functions in the role of advanced practice nurse in settings focused on care of the acutely ill
client. Content focus is on attaining competencies in the domains of advanced nursing practice
addressing clients, nurses, and organizations. This course includes 180 hours of clinical experience
and weekly seminars.
NUR 6120 NURSE EDUCATOR IN THE CLINICAL SETTING
Three hours. This course prepares students to provide instruction and assessment in the clinical
setting. Students will apply instructional strategies to promote the development and reinforce-
ment of clinical skills and critical thinking, and to evaluate clinical performance. Students will
also explore the development of cognitive and psychomotor skills through the use of simulation
and laboratory learning experiences. Students will examine best practices that support transition
to nursing practice.
NUR 6125 TEACHING IN NURSING EDUCATION
Three hours. This course prepares students to develop and deliver instruction within academic
and professional settings with a specific emphasis on application of learning theories and use of
evidenced-based teaching strategies. The student will be prepared to evaluate individual learning
styles to facilitate learning among diverse student populations. Technology in nursing education
will also be explored.
NUR 6160 ADVANCED PRACTICE NURSE II
Six hours. Prerequisite: NUR 6110. In this practical experience, the student functions in the role
of advanced practice nurse in settings focused on care of the acutely ill client. Management of
the healthcare needs of selected populations is addressed, incorporating the principles of prioriti-
zation, community collaboration and outcomes measurement. Principles of cost-eective patient
outcomes and evidence-based practice are stressed. This course includes 180 hours of clinical ex-
perience and weekly seminars.
NUR 6210 ADVANCED PRACTICE NURSE III: AGPC ROLE
Six hours. Prerequisite: NUR 6160 and NUR 6500. The advanced practice nurse student will de-
velop expertise in a specialty role defined by a client population or practice setting. The focus of
this capstone clinical experience is adult health nursing practice. This course includes 180 hours
of clinical experience and a weekly seminar.
NUR 6225 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION IN NURSING EDUCATION
Three hours. The course focuses on the process of assessment and evaluation of learning in the
academic and professional settings, emphasizing formative and summative assessment of learning
outcomes and the methods for program evaluation. Students will develop skills to write learning
objectives and explore best practices for testing in nursing education. This course will examine the
social, ethical, and legal issues with assessment and evaluation in nursing education.
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
389
NUR 6260 CURRICULUM DESIGN AND PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
Three hours. This course examines the development of curricula in nursing education, focusing
on the methods of curriculum development and improvement processes in a variety of settings.
Students will explore methods of curriculum design, examine curricular frameworks, and apply
best practices to curricular evaluation.
NUR 6300 HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS & DECISION MAKING
Four hours. Same as BUS 6300. Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate program. Both informa-
tion technology and use and sharing of clinical and administrative data are an important com-
ponent of health care delivery. In this course, students are introduced to advance concepts of
information management and use of data in complex decision making as well as core informatics
competencies such as project management and systems analysis.
NUR 6310 NURSE EDUCATOR IN ACADEMIC SETTING
Six hours. Prerequisite: NUR 5120, NUR 5150, NUR 5200, NUR 5220, NUR 6260. In this practical
experience, the student engages in classroom and clinical teaching in an academic setting. This
course includes 175 hours of clinical experience and a seminar.
NUR 6325 ADVANCED CLINICAL CONCEPTS
Two hours. This course provides students the opportunity to develop advanced clinical nursing
knowledge and skills to influence healthcare outcomes for individuals, populations, or systems.
This course prepares students for advanced clinical practice within the Nurse Educator role. The
course requires a learning contract for directed readings, continuing education, and case studies.
The course requires supervised 60-hour clinical practicum.
NUR 6430 CARE OF THE OLDER ADULT
Two hours. Prerequisites: NUR 6110. This course examines selected clinical issues, health prob-
lems and health promotion strategies in older adults, contrasts normal and abnormal aging, and
explores older adult healthcare delivery systems. The course focuses on comprehensive geriatric
assessment, diagnoses of common geriatric syndromes and application of evidence-based practice
to promote wellness, maximize function, and enhance self-care. Mental health concerns, culturally
appropriate approaches and ethical issues are examined.
NUR 6450 HEALTHCARE FINANCE & ENTREPRENEURSHIP
Four hours. Same as BUS 6450. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Healthcare economics and fi-
nance are key factors in healthcare delivery and future reforms. Students investigate finance mod-
els from small entrepreneurial settings to large multi-facility healthcare systems and complete a
project to design and fund a practice or project related to their field of interest.
NUR 6500 TRANSITION TO ADVANCED NURSING PRACTICE
Two hours. Pre-requisite and co-requisite: NUR 6160. This course prepares students in the Master
of Science in Nursing (MSN) nurse practitioner tracks for successful transition to advanced nurs-
ing practice. The focus is on knowledge and skills needed to fulfill Florida Southern College (FSC)
comprehensive exam and national certification exam requirements.
NUR 6625 PRACTICUM IN NURSING EDUCATION
Three hours. Prerequisite: Permission of Instructor. In this course, the student will have the oppor-
tunity to apply the principles of teaching and learning, assessment and evaluation, and curriculum
development during a 180-hour practicum with an experienced nurse educator preceptor. The
student will begin to develop into the role of the Nurse Educator in the academic, clinical, or
professional setting.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
390
NUR 6640 PRIMARY HEALTH CARE OF WOMEN
One hour. Prerequisites: NUR 6110. This course is designed to focus on women’s health issues and
strategies for the promotion of health across the continuum. This course includes a critical analysis
and management of common episodic and chronic health problems in women and forms the
foundation for advanced practice nursing. Incorporated in the students approach to this popula-
tion are the developmental stages, psychosocial strength interventions health promotion, lifestyle
variation, environmental stresses, cultural diversity and availability of resources to the patient.
Clinical hours in women’s health are incorporated in NUR 6110, NUR 6160 and NUR 6655.
NUR 6645 PEDIATRIC: FAMILY HEALTH
Five hours. Prerequisites: NUR 6110. The focus of this course is the application of theory and
evidence-based practice involved in comprehensive family-centered nurse practitioner services for
infants, children, and adolescents. The course content provides the student with a thorough un-
derstanding of infants, children, and adolescents with acute, chronic, and behavioral problems.
Included in the focus are developmental, physiological, pathological, and psychological changes
regarding health maintenance and other relevant developmental shis within the family context.
An emphasis on health promotion, illness prevention, and primary health care management of
common health conditions will reinforce the student’s learning experience. This course will uti-
lize assessment, diagnosis, and management theories related to the acute and chronic health care
concerns of children and their families in a variety of health care settings. This course includes 120
clock hours of clinical experience and a seminar.
NUR 6655 ADVANCED PRACTICE NURSE III: FNP ROLE
Six hours. Prerequisites: NUR 6160 and NUR 6500. The advanced practice nurse student will
develop expertise in the specialty role of the family nurse practitioner. Transition of the role of
the advanced practice nurse is examined and actualized through an intensive, precepted, clinical
experience. This course includes 180 hours of clinical experience and weekly seminars.
NUR 6960 GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN NURSING: NURSING ADMINISTRATIVE LEADERSHIP
Three hours. This course allows students opportunities to apply all learned concepts specific to
nursing administrative leadership to the healthcare setting. Students will complete 120 clinical
hours during the semester and will begin working in their approved preceptor on a nursing ad-
ministrative project.
NUR 6961 GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN NURSING: NURSING ADMINISTRATIVE LEADERSHIP
Three hours. Prerequisite: NUR 6960. This course will provide students with opportunities to for
applying knowledge and skills of advanced nursing administrative leadership in a practice setting
while defining self in a professional leadership role. Students will complete 120 clinical hours
and will work with their approved preceptor and faculty member to complete an administrative
project.
DOCTOR OF NURSING PRACTICE NUR
NUR 7100 PHILOSOPHICAL, THEORETICAL, PROFESSIONAL, AND CONCEPTUAL FOUNDATIONS
Three hours. This course provides students with an introduction to the philosophical, theo-
retical, professional, and conceptual frameworks that underpin practice for the DNP-prepared
nurse leader.
NUR 7110 LEADERSHIP AND INTERPROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
Three hours. This course provides students with the knowledge and skills required for transfor-
mational leadership within a health care system or organization. Principles and strategies to ad-
vance interprofessional collaboration at the organization and systems level will be emphasized.
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
391
NUR 7120 INTRODUCTION TO DNP PROJECT
One hour. Students will assess and identify practice issue(s) focused on a population of interest
and the program requirements necessary for the development of the culminating scholarly
project. Models of DNP Projects will be explored.
NUR 7200 PROFESSIONAL, BUSINESS, AND SCHOLARLY WRITING
Two hours. Students will develop skills for eective professional, business, and scholarly writ-
ing required for advanced nursing roles. The focus of the course will include three main audi-
ences: other professionals, patients/clients, and the public.
NUR 7210 HEALTH CARE BUSINESS AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
Three hours. This course provides students with knowledge and skills required for business
and financial leadership at the organization or systems level. Strategic, operational, and finan-
cial planning are emphasized.
NUR 7300 PRACTICE SCHOLARSHIP: EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE AND QUALITY IMPROVEMENT
Three hours. In this course, the principles of translational and improvement science are intro-
duced and analyzed to promote high reliability healthcare organizations. Students will identify
gaps in quality and apply scientific evidence models to improve healthcare outcomes.
NUR 7310 DATA MANAGEMENT AND ANALYTICS FOR EVIDENCE-BASED PRACTICE
Three hours. This course provides students with knowledge and skills required for manage-
ment, analysis, and evaluation of data to improve outcomes in health care.
NUR 7400 CLINICAL PREVENTION AND POPULATION HEALTH
Three hours. This course is designed to assist students with identifying, analyzing, and eval-
uating the key public health issues confronting the DNP prepared professional nurse in the
provision of population-focused health care. The role of federal, state, and local governments
in relation to the core functions of public health will be explored. Health disparities and the
needs of priority populations will be analyzed.
NUR 7410 HEALTH POLICY AND ADVOCACY IN HEALTH CARE
Three hours. This course provides knowledge and skills needed to lead health policy develop-
ment, analysis, application and implementation. The advocacy role of the DNP-prepared nurse
is emphasized. Students will analyze the relationship between health policy and the financing
of health care.
NUR 7420 INFORMATION MANAGEMENT AND TECHNOLOGY
Three hours. Students will analyze the role of technology in the health care system and how
it can be utilized by the DNP prepared leader to optimize clinical, financial, and operational
outcomes. Students will develop knowledge and skills for collaboration in the selection and
implementation of technology for eective decision-making.
NUR 7500 DNP PROJECT AND PRACTICUM I
Two hours. This course is the first in a series of four courses that provide a context for
fulfillment of DNP Project and Practicum requirements. Through a mentored immersion
experience, students will demonstrate advanced leadership competencies through the
development, implementation, and evaluation of a practice improvement initiative
NUR 7510 DNP PROJECT AND PRACTICUM II
Three hours. This course is the second in a series of four courses that provide a context for
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
392
fulfillment of DNP Project and Practicum requirements. Through a mentored immersion
experience, students will demonstrate advanced leadership competencies through the
development, implementation, and evaluation of a practice improvement initiative.
NUR 7520 DNP PROJECT AND PRACTICUM III
Three hours. This course is the third in a series of four courses that provide a context
for fulfillment of DNP Project and degree requirements. Through a mentored practice
immersion experience, students will demonstrate advanced leadership competencies through
the development, implementation, evaluation, and dissemination of a practice improvement
initiative.
NUR 7530 DNP PROJECT AND PRACTICUM IV
Three hours. This course is the fourth in a series of four courses that provide a context
for fulfillment of DNP Program and degree requirements. Through a mentored practice
immersion experience, students will demonstrate advanced leadership competencies through
the development, implementation, evaluation, and dissemination of a practice improvement
initiative.
PSYCHOLOGY PSY
PSY 6100 STATISTICS AND RESEARCH METHODS I
Three hours. An investigation into statistical analyses commonly used in Psychology and other
social-behavioral sciences. Course focuses on inferential statistics, including, but not limited to:
independent and repeated measures t-tests, one-way ANOVA, and factorial ANOVA. In addition,
students will be introduced to research design and methodology appropriate to research in Indus-
trial/Organizational Psychology.
PSY 6150 INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
Three hours. Course is focused on Industrial Psychology and includes topics such as research-based
approaches to job specifications/descriptions/analyses, personnel selection, performance, and
management, etc.
PSY 6200 STATISTICS AND RESEARCH METHODS II
Three hours. Prerequisite: PSY 6100. An expansion on topics covered in PSY 6100, including mul-
tivariate analysis techniques, regression analysis and modeling, and non-parametric procedures,
and advanced elements of research design.
PSY 6250 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Three hours. Prerequisite: PSY 6150. Course focuses on interpersonal relationships at work, the
role of individual dierences as they influence organizations, group and team dynamics, leader-
ship, motivation, organizational development and change.
PSY 6300 WORKPLACE MOTIVATION
Three hours. Course focuses on the processes and principles in understanding motivation in the
workplace. The course reviews research on the psychological and physiological aspects of motiva-
tion and human behavior, with a focus on understanding antecedents to employee motivation as
well as methods to increase motivation.
PSY 6350 PERSONNEL SELECTION
Three hours. Course covers three broad categories essential to understanding the complex topic of
personnel selection. First, students will learn about general issues in personnel selection including
job analysis, job performance, criterion development, and legal issues. Next, students will focus on
GRADUATE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
393
various personnel selection techniques, including interviews, biographical data, testing, and work
samples. Finally, students will work on the technical aspects of personnel selection such as validity,
reliability, and data-analysis techniques (e.g., multiple regression) that are essential in understand-
ing selection topics.
PSY 6400 TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT
Three hours. This course provides students with a strong foundation in employee training, includ-
ing training design, employee development, and employee evaluation processes. Special attention
is given to emerging special topics in training such as multicultural issues in training, inclusion
and diversity training, and computer based training.
PSY 6450 LEADERSHIP
Three hours. The focus of this course is on understanding organizational leadership. Students will
learn about historical and contemporary leadership theories including trait theory, behavioral
theory, and contingency theories. This course also emphasizes the role of leadership theory in
current topics in organizational psychology including diversity, group dynamics, and employee
motivation.
PSY 6500 SPECIAL TOPICS IN INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Three hours. The content area of this course will rotate to address one or more of the 26 areas
recommended by the Society of Industrial and organizational Psychology (SIOP) for inclusion in
graduate-level I-O programs. This course is repeatable with dierent topics.
PSY 6960/6961 INTERNSHIP IN INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Three hours. (pass/fail). This course is designed to expose the I/O intern to a variety of work ex-
periences. It is a transition point from the researcher to the practitioner. For your internship, you
should find placement in a business, industrial, military, or government setting. Students should
start their internship in their second year of study.
PSY 6970/6971 THESIS IN INDUSTRIAL/ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY
Three hours. (pass/fail). This course introduces the candidate for the Master of Science degree to
the theory and technique of psychological research and leads to the completion of the thesis.
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
394
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
August 2023
Mr. D. Joel Adams
Dr. Keith R. Berend
Dr. Kevin F. Browne, Jr.
Mr. J. Stephen Buck
Ms. Sonji Coney
Dr. William E. Crenshaw
Mr. William D. Drost
Bishop Robert E. Fannin
Dr. Robert L. Fryer, Jr.
Dr. Richard T. Fulton
Mr. Alfonso Garcia, III
Dr. Ann H. Hansen
Mr. Jack Harrell, III
Mr. Roger W. Holler, III
Dr. Richard C. Jensen
Mr. Bernard L. Little, Jr.
Mr. Stanley Y. Little
Ms. Courtney Makris
Dr. Sarah D. McKay
Dr. Domingo R. Moreira
Mr. H. William Mutz
Mr. Mark A. Pitts
Mr. William K. Pou, Jr.
Dr. Robert E. Puterbaugh
Mr. Charles L. Reynolds, Jr.
Dr. Marjorie H. Roberts
Ms. Susan E. Roberts
Mr. J. Jason Rodda
Mr. David E. Rogers
Mr. George W. Rogers
Ms. Caroline H. Schichtel
Dr. Robert R. Sharp
Ms. Evett L. Simmons
Mr. W. Scott Thornton
OFFICERS
Dr. Robert L. Fryer, Jr.
Chairman of the Board
Dr. Richard T. Fulton
Vice Chairman
Dr. Robert E. Puterbaugh
Secretary
Mr. J. Stephen Buck
Assistant Secretary
Dr. William E. Crenshaw
Treasurer
Mr. V. Terry Dennis
Assistant Treasurer
Ms. Joan M. Hillhouse
Recording Secretary
EX OFFICIO
Resident Bishop, Florida Area and Western North Carolina Annual Conferences of The United
Methodist Church –
Bishop Thomas M. Berlin
President, FSC Alumni Association – Mr. Larry E. Stahl
Conference Lay Leader, Florida Area Conference – Ms. Alice Williams
Mr. Robert J. Adams
Ms. Nancy M. Cattarius
Ms. Ann B. Edwards
Justice R. Fred Lewis
Mr. Edward L. Myrick
Mr. Arthur J. Rowbotham
Dr. Robert S. Trinkle
ADVISORY TRUSTEES
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
395
CLERGY
Bishop Thomas M. Berlin
Bishop Robert E. Fannin
INVITED REPRESENTATIVES
President, FSC Student Government – Ms. Gretchen Faraci
Chair, FSC Faculty Senate – Dr. Cindy Hardin
ADMINISTRATION AND STAFF
PRESIDENT’S CABINET
Anne B. Kerr, B.A., M.S., Ph.D. President
Lauren Albaum, M.Ed., Ph.D. Vice President of Student Life
V. Terry Dennis, B.S., M.B.A. Vice President for Finance and Administration
John P. Grundig, B.S.H., M.B.A. Vice President of Enrollment Management
Drew Howard, B.S., M.S., Director of Athletics and Dean of Wellness
Heather M. Pharris, B.S. Vice President of Advancement
Tracey D. Tedder, B.A., M.Ed., Ed.D. Provost and Vice President of Academic Aairs
Wilhemina Tribble Chief Diversity Ocer and Senior Advisor to the
President
Timothy S. Wright, B.A., M.Div. Chaplain
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
David Aranda, B.A., M.S.W., LCSW Director of the Counseling Center
Suzanne Aycock, B.A. Director of Business Oce
Roxanne Back, B.A., Ph.D. Associate Provost
Bethany Besancenez, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Compliance and Academic Services
Amanda Blount, B.S.Ed., M.S., Ed.D. Assistant Dean of Accountability, Education, and
Compliance
Romel Boiser, B.S., M.S. Assistant Dean of Community Living
Derrel Bryan, B.A., M.S., Ed.D. Interim Dean of the School of Education
Sandy Calvert, Ph.D. Assistant Dean for Student Support and Student
Success Professional
Jon Camp Director of Facilities Maintenance
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE
Dr. Keith R. Berend
Mr. J. Stephen Buck
Dr. William E. Crenshaw
Dr. Robert L. Fryer, Jr.
Dr. Richard T. Fulton
Dr. Anne B. Kerr
Dr. Robert E. Puterbaugh
Mr. David E. Rogers
Bishop Thomas M. Berlin,
Ex Ocio
TRUSTEES EMERITI
Dr. Barney Barnett
Mr. James L. Ferman, Jr.
Dr. E. Vane McClurg
Judge E.J. Salcines
Mr. Robert L. Ulrich
Dr. Carole M. Weinstein
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
396
Anna Collins, B.S., M.S. Director of Student Athlete Academic Success
Michael Crawford Dean of Students
Layla Cribb, B.S., M.Ed. Director of the Early Learning Center
Sara Fletcher Harding, Ph.D. Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences
Richard Gebauer Director of Church Relations
Victoria Giordano, B.S, M.S., Ed.D. Associate Provost for Institutional Research and
Assessment
Autumn Grubb, B.A., M.A., Ph.D. Director of the Teaching and Learning Center
William L. Healy, B.M.E., M.A. Director of Financial Aid
Laly Joseph, R.N., M.S.N., ARNP, Dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School
ANP-BC, C.N.E., D.V.M., D.N.P. of Nursing and Health Sciences
Kimberly Kelley, M.Ed., Ed.D. Head of Roberts Academy
Victoria “Tory” King, B.A. Director of Retail Operations and Visitor Experience
Randall M. MacDonald, B.A., M.S.L.S. Director of the Library
Shelley Maruca, B.S., C.P.A. Controller
Maggie Merryday, B.A., M.Ed. Assistant Dean of Student Involvement
Arden Mitchell, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Admissions
Erin Myszkowski, B.S., M.S., Ed.D. Executive Director of the Career Center
Francine Neiling, B.S., M.B.A. Chief Information Ocer
Nancy Nuzzo, P.T., Ph.D. Dean and Director of the School of Physical Therapy
Cassie Paizis, B.A., M.B.A. Assistant Vice President of Marketing
Katherine A. Pawlak, B.S., M.B.A./H.R.M., Assistant Vice President of Operations
P.H.R., S.H.R.M.-C.P. and Director of Human Resources
Kristen Placek Pinner, B.S., M.B.A. Director of Adult and Graduate Admission
Marcie Pospichal, B.S, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Vice President for Student Support
Thomas Range, B.S., M.Ed. Assistant Dean and Director of the Evette L.
Simmons Center for Multicultural Appreciation
Eric Jon Rauch, B.A. Director of Campus Safety and Security
Alicia Rossow, B.A., M.A. Director of Wellness
Shari A. Szabo, B.A. Dean of Student Success
Lindsay Thibodaux, B.S. Registrar
Taylor Vogel, B.A. Director of Testing and Student Support
Coordinator
Ryan Walsh, B.A., M.A. Assistant Dean of Student Initiatives and Family
Engagement
Michael Weber, B.S., M.B.A., Ph.D. Dean of the Barney Barnett School of Business and
Free Enterprise
Jennifer Winters, B.A., M.S. Director of Enrollment Communications
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
397
ENDOWED CHAIRS AND PROFESSORSHIPS
An important academic tradition in American higher education is the appointment of distin-
guished members of the college community to endowed chairs and professorships. Florida South-
ern College’s academic progress has been enhanced by a program to fund chairs and professorships.
Thus far, generous contributions from foundations, corporations, and individuals have established:
The William F. Chatlos Professor in Business and Economics
Given by The Chatlos Foundation, Inc.
Mr. Wendell E. Hulcher, 1983-1993
Dr. Carl C. Brown, 1993-2014
Dr. Peter V. Bias, 2014-present
The Jessie Ball duPont Chair in the Natural Sciences
Given by The Jessie Ball duPont Fund
Dr. Howard L. Dinsmore, 1981-1988
Dr. John L. Spencer, 1989-1999
Dr. Laurence L. Campbell, 1999-2011
Dr. Carmen Valdez Gauthier, 2012-present
The George and Dorothy Forsythe Chair in Art History and Museum Studies
Given by Dorothy Forsythe
William E. Gregory, 1999-2008
Dr. Alex Rich, 2021-present
The Anne and Bill France Chair in Business
Given by Jim France in honor of Anne and Bill France
Dr. Lawrence E. Ross, 2005-2017
Dr. Chuck Duval, 2017-2022
Dr. James Farrell, 2022-present
The Hazel H. Haley Chair in Education
Given in honor of Hazel H. Haley
Dr. Steve Petrie, 2018-2021
Future Chair to be Determined
The Lynn and Mark Hollis Chair in Free Enterprise
Given by Lynn Hollis and Family
Dr. Antony Dnes, 2017-2020
Dr. Joe Connors, 2020-present
The Nina B. Hollis Chair in Education
Given by the William M. and Nina B. Hollis Foundation
Dr. Jack E. Haynes, 1992-2001
Dr. Perry A. Castelli, 2003-2008
Dr. Tracey Tedder, 2008-2018
Dr. Julie Hasson, 2018-2020
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
398
Dr. Lori Rakes, 2021-present
The Charles and Mildred Jenkins Chair in Mathematics and Computer Science
Given by Charles and Mildred Jenkins
Dr. Albert P. Sheppard, 1989-2000
Dr. Gwendolyn H. Walton, 2008-2013
Dr. Christian Roberson, 2021-present
The Dr. John A. Leighty Endowed Chair in Chemistry
Given by The Dr. John A. Leighty Fund within the GiveWell Foundation
Dr. An-Phong Le, 2018-2022
Shameka Shelby, 2023-Present
The David P. and Constance W. Lyons Endowed Chair in Logistics
Given by Dr. David P. and Constance W. Lyons
Dr. Deepak Iyengar, 2018-2019
Dr. Ridvan Gedik, 2021-2022
Dr. Grisselle Centeno, 2022-present
The Wilhelmina MacDonald Chair in Music
In memory of Mrs. Wilhelmina MacDonald
Mr. Robert M. MacDonald, 1985-2011
Ms. Paula K. Parsché, 2014-2020
Future Chair to be Determined
The Dr. Sarah D. and L. Kirk McKay, Jr. Endowed Chair in American History,
Government, and Civics
Given by Dr. Sarah D. McKay
Dr. R. Bruce Anderson, 2016-present
The John and Eleanor Miller Chair in Communications
Given by John and Eleanor Miller
Dr. William H. Turpin, 1991-1994
Dr. George T. Crutchfield, 1994-1995
Dr. Russell Barclay, 1997-2000
Dr. George T. Crutchfield, 2000-2001
Future Chair to be Determined
The Pendergrass Chair in Religion
Given in honor of Bishop E. J. Pendergrass
Dr. Hugh Anderson, 1986-1988
Dr. John J. Carey, 1988-1989
Dr. Walter P. Weaver, 1989-1997
Dr. W. Waite Willis, Jr., 2001-present
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
399
The Dahl and Lottie Pryor Endowed Chair in English
Given by William Lee Pryor ’49
Dr. Brad E. Hollingshead, 2016-present
The Hal and Marjorie Roberts Chair in Learning and Literacy
Given by Hal and Marjorie Roberts
Dr. David J. Wood, 2007-2009
Dr. Tracey Tedder, 2018-present
The Riley P. and Claire M. Short Chaplaincy
Given annonymously in honor of Riley P. and Claire M. Short
Rev. Timothy S. Wright, 2005-present
Louise Templeton Endowed Chair in Accounting
Given in honor of Professor Louise Templeton
Dr. William Quilliam, 2021-present
The Dorotha C. Tanner Chair in Ethics in Business and Economics
Given by of Dorotha C. Tanner
Dr. Joan G. Buccino, 1994-2009
Dr. Lynn H. Clements, 2012-2020
Dr. Silviana Falcon, 2020-present
The George W. Truitt Endowed Chair in the Sciences
Given by Marilee B. Truitt
Dr. Gabriel J. Langford, 2018-present
The John and Ruth Tyndall Chair in Citrus Sciences
Given in honor and memory of John Tyndall by Ruth Tyndall
Dr. Malcolm M. Manners 2003-present
The Nelson C. White Chair in the Life Sciences
Given in honor of Nelson C. White by The International Minerals and Chemical
Corporation
Dr. Margaret L. Gilbert, 1981-1998
Dr. John R. Tripp, 2000-2010
Dr. Nancy M. Morvillo, 2012 - present
The Keith R. Berend Endowed Chair in Nursing
Given by Keith and Cindy Berend
Dr. Linda Comer, 2021-2023
Future Chair to be determined
The Wynee Warden Fellowship in Dance
Given by the Bert W. Martin Foundation
Future Chair to be Determined
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
400
HONORARY CHANCELLORS
1934
John Taylor
1935
Peter Tomasello
1936
Alfred G. Wagg
1937
Frank D. Jackson
1938
Doyle E. Carlton
1939
R. B. Gilbert
1940
Sir Wilfred Grenfell
1941
J. H. Therrell
1942
R. A. Gray
1943
T. T. Scott
1944
John Z. Fletcher
1945
H. E. Wolfe
1946
G. D. Runnels
1947
L. A. Raulerson
1948
J. A. Guyton
1949
F. W. Cong
1950
Daniel J. McCarthy
1951
Michael M. Engel
1952
Cyril Lord
1953
Joseph R. Fazzano
1954
L. Frank Roper
1955
Hy Jordon Sobilo
1956
George W. Jenkins, Jr.
1957
Ben Hill Grin, Jr.
1958
Harry Silett
1960
Rosamond Chadwick
1961
Stanley S. Kresge
1962
Sam M. Fleming
1963
Charles C. Parlin
1964
Milburn P. Akers
1965
Mrs. Kent S. McKinley
1966
Mrs. T. G. Buckner
1967
John W. Donahoo
1968
Wendell Phillips
1969
Andy Grith
1970
Lord Caradon
1971
Mary Duke Semans
1972
Harry J. Heeb
1973
Charles C. Edwards
1974
George W. English
1975
Bob Hope
1976
Ruth Springer Wedgworth
1977
Cushman S. Radebaugh
1978
Earl J. McGrath
1979
Walter Cronkite
1980
Edna Pearce Lockett
1982
Arnold Palmer
1984
Gerald R. Ford
1985
Terrel H. Bell
1986
Thomas S. Monaghan
1987
Terrence Hardy Waite
1988
Jack M. Berry
1989
Robert Shaw
1990
Charles H. Jenkins, Sr.
1991
Ernest L. Boyer
1992
John Marks Templeton
1993
Lynne V. Cheney
1994
Truman W. &
Marie M. Miller
1995
J. Lanier Upshaw
1996
Burton Stone
1997
Chris Wallace
1998
Robert James Waller
1999
Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.
2000
Beverly Wol
2001
Chesterfield Smith
2002
Jerome King Del Pino
2003
Myles Brand
2004
Millard Fuller
2005
Frances Mayes
2006
Robert A. M. Stern
2007
James H. Billington
2008
Michael D. Grin
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
401
2009
G. Wayne Clough
2010
Stephen R. Covey
2011
H. Fisk Johnson
2012
Bonnie McElveen-Hunter
2013
Ambassador Ramón
Gil-Casares
2014
Ted Turner
2015
Jean-Michel Cousteau
2016
Nicholas Sparks
2017
Glen Lowry
2018
Guy Harvey
2019
Mae C. Jemison
2022
Thomas L. Williams
2023
Arthur C. Brooks
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
402
FACULTY
Anne B. Kerr 2004
President
B.A., Mercer University
M.S., Ph.D., The Florida State University
Abimbola Aleshinloye 2022
Visiting Instructor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Agriculture
M.S., Ph.D., Eastern Mediteranean University
Mary T. Albright 1991
Instructor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Stockton State College
M.T.A., Rutgers University
Charles R. Allen Jr. 2015
Associate Professor of Exercise Science
B.S., Coastal Carolina University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Mississippi
William Allen 2012
Associate Professor of Digital Media
B.S., M.A., Pensacola Christian College
M.F.A., Academy of Art University
Ph.D., University of Central Florida
R. Bruce Anderson 2010
Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University
M.A., Ph.D., Rice University
Dr. Sarah D. and L. Kirk McKay, Jr. Endowed
Chair in American History, Government, and
Civics
Karen Aponte 2013
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., University of South Florida
M.Ed., St. Leo University
Ed.S., Ed.D., Argosy University
Susan ML Banks 2016
Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., The University of Kansas
Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin
Ramzy Baroody 2018
Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.S., M.B.A., Saint Joseph’s University
M.I.T.O.M., M.Ed., Ph.D., Florida Atlantic
University
Beyte Barrios Roque 2023
Visiting Instructor of Biology
B.S., University of Havana
M.S., Ph.D., Florida International University
Paul D. Bawek 2003
Associate Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., California State University at Stanislaus
M.F.A., University of California Davis
M.F.A., Southern Illinois University at
Carbondale
James F. Beck 1996
Associate Professor of Theatre Arts
B.A., Hiram College
M.F.A., Ohio University
Jerey Benatar 2018
Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., The Ohio State University
M.A., The State University of New Jersey
Ph. D., Eastman School of Music
Erica H. Bernheim 2008
Professor of English
B.A., Miami University of Ohio
M.F.A., University of Iowa
Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago
Matthew J. Bernthal 2017
Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., Valparaiso University
M.S., Ph.D., University of South Carolina
Peter V. Bias 1988
Professor of Business Administration and Economics
B.A., Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
William F. Chatlos Professorship in Business
and Economics
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
403
Bernardo G. Blanco 2008
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., University of Costa Rica
M.A., Ohio University at Athens
Ph.D., Indiana University at Bloomington
Chastity Blankenship 2013
Associate Professor of Social Science
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Central Florida
Amy Bockelkamp 2020
Assistant Professor of Nursing
AGCNP Track Coordinator
M.S., D.N.P., University of South Florida
Ashley Bowers-Macrander 2019
Instructor of Biology
B.S., M.S.,University of Nebraska
Christopher S. Brandon 2015
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Northeastern Illinois University
Ph.D., University of South Carolina
Rebecca Saulsbury Bravard 1999
Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Puget Sound
M.A., Ph.D., Purdue University
Deborah Bromfield Lee 2012
Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of South Florida
M.S., Florida Atlantic University
Ph.D., North Carolina State University
Micah D. Brown 2023
Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Rochester
Ph.D., University of North Carolina at Chapel
Hill
Derrel Bryan 2019
Interim Dean of the School of Education
A.A., South Florida Junior College
B.A., University of South Florida
M.S., Western State College
Ed.D., University of South Florida
Julie Bunker 2022
Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., Florida Southern College
M.S.N., University of South Florida
Kyle Burke 2022
Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Colby College
Ph.D, Boston University
Tim Burns 2020
Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., Utica University
M.S.N., University of Central Florida
Caitlin Byrne 2022
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Syracuse University
M.D.R., Pepperdine University School of Law
M.Ed., California Lutheran University
Ph.D., University of Alabama
Anna C. Caney 2018
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.A, PhD., Florida State University
Deborah Cantero 2018
Assistant Professor of Nursing
FNP Track Coordinator
B.A., M.S.N., P.N.P., University of South Florida
Kristen Carter 2019
Assistant Professor of Art History
B.A., DePaul University
Ph.D., University of British Columbia
Lisa M. Carter 2012
Associate Professor of Criminology
B.A., University of Kentucky
M.S., Eastern Kentucky University
Ph.D., Indiana University of Pennsylvania
Imke Casey 2021
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N, Emory University
M.S.N., University of Puerto Rico
D.N.P., Georgia College and State University
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
404
Jonathan Cazalas 2018
Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.S., PhD., University of Central Florida
Grissell Centeno 2022
Professor of Supply Chain and Analytics
B.S. University of Puerto Rico
M.S., Ph.D. University of Central Florida
David P. and Constance W. Lyons Endowed
Chair in Logistics
Fen-Fang Chen 2013
Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Chinese Culture University
M.M., Indiana State University
D.A., Ph.D., University of Mississippi
Jennifer Cipriano 2021
Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., University of South Florida
Collin Clark 2019
Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., University of South Florida
J.D., Western Michigan University
LL.M., University of Florida Levin Law College
Joseph S. Connors 2016
Associate Professor of Economics
B.S., Santa Clara University
M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University
Lynn and Mark Hollis Chair in Free Enterprise
Beth Crosby 2018
Instructor of Nursing
Nursing Simulation and Lab Coordinator
B.S.N., University of South Florida
M.S.N., Florida Southern College
Jennifer Dapko 2019
Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.S., Florida State University
MBA, Ph.D., University of South Florida
Bruce W. Darby 1989
Professor of Psychology
B.A., Millsaps College
M.A., Ph.D., University of Florida
H. Bernard Davis 2010
Executive in Residence, School of Business and Free
Enterprise, Instructor of Business
B.B.A., University of Michigan
M.B.A., Michigan State University
James M. Denham 1991
Professor of History
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., The Florida State University
Jose Dominguez 2022
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Southern Illinoise University
M.P.T., University of Maryland Eastern Shore
Ph.D., University of Florida
Allison Durland Donahou 2020
Assistant Professor of Marine Biology
B.A., University of San Diego
M.S., Nova Southeastern University
Pamela Y. Dykes 2016
Assistant Professor of Communication
B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio University
Matthew Eicholtz 2018
Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology
Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University
Jason R. Elsinger 2017
Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania
M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State University
Catherine R. Eskin 1999
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Douglass College, Rutgers University
M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin
Silvano F. Falcao 2014
Visiting Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., Universidade Federal do Piauí
M.S., Auburn University
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
405
Silviana Falcon 2014
Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.A., University of South Florida
M.A., Webster University
Ph.D., Central Michigan University
Dorotha C. Tanner Chair in Ethics in Business
and Economics
James W. Farrell 2010
Associate Professor of Finance
B.S., University of Florida
M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University
Ann and Bill France Chair in Business
Kyle D. Fedler 2011
Professor of Religion
B.A., Colorado College
M.Div., Columbia Theological Seminary
S.T.M., Yale Divinity School
Ph.D., University of Virginia
Kathy E. Fezzie 2023
Instructor of Education
Literacy Coordinator
B.A., University of South Florida
M.Ed., St. Leo University
Margaret Flood 2020
Instructor of Music
B.A., Syracuse University
M.A., Florida State University
Ph.D., University of Miami
Jennie Florkey 2022
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Cedarville University
M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University
Linda A. Foley 2014
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Boston College
M.S., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, Lowell
Melanie Fowler 2016
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Indiana State University
M.A., University of Colorado
Ed.D., Florida Southern College
Jill A. Freedman 2023
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., M.Ed., Pennsylvania State University
Ed.D., Millersville University
Kaitlin A. Gallagher 2023
Associate Professor of Marine Biology
B.A., Florida Atlantic University
Ph.D., University of Connecticut
José M. Garcia 1999
Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., Montclair State College
M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona
Melissa D. Garr 2013
Associate Professor of Spanish
B.A., B.S., Duquesne University
M.A., University of Northern Iowa
Ph.D., Purdue University
Brittany J. Gasper-Warrick 2011
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., Hope College
Ph.D., Purdue University
Carmen Valdez Gauthier 1999
Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc., Pontifical Catholic University of Peru
Ph.D., University of New Hampshire
Jessie Ball duPont Fund Chair in the Natural
Sciences
Elizabeth Gennari-Crosby 2022
Visiting Instructor of Psychology
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.S., Florida Institute of Technology
Ph.D., The Chicago School of Professional
Psychology
Shankar Ghimire 2023
Associate Professor of Business Analytics
B.A., Saint Cloud State University
M.S., Western Illinois University
M.A., Ph.D., Western Michigan University
Mary Elisabeth Gibbs 2010
Professor of Music
B.M.Ed., Stetson University
M.M., East Carolina University
D.M.A., University of Miami
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
406
Leilani Goodmon-Riley 2010
Department Chair Behavioral and Social Sciences
Professor of Psychology
B.S., Stetson University
M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida
Lauren N. Griths 2023
Assistant Professor of Biology, Ecology
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.S., Florida Gulf Coast University
Ph.D., University of South Florida
Christopher Grissett 2021
Visiting Instructor of Biology
B.A., University of South Florida
B.S., St. Petersburg College
M.S., Nova Southeastern University
Autumn A. Grubb 2015
Director of the Teaching and Learning Center
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., M.A., Morehead State University
Ph.D., University of Kentucky
Juan Gutierrez 2022
Assistant Professor of Finance
LL.B., Universidad Rafael Belloso Chacin
M.B.A., Universidad Rafael Urdaneta
Ph.D., The University of Texas Rio Grande
Valley
Carrie A. Hall 2016
BSN Program Director
Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Wright State University
Ph.D., University of Cincinnati
Joshua D. Hall 2016
Assistant Professor of Business and Economics
B.S., Elizabethtown College
Ph.D., Drexel University
Brian Hamilton 2015
Associate Professor of Religion
B.A., Messiah College
M.T.S., Ph.D., University of Notre Dame
Cindy A. Hardin 1988
Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Florida Southern College
J.D., Stetson University
Sara Fletcher Harding 1997
Dean of the School of Arts and Sciences
Professor of Religion
B.A., Nebraska Wesleyan University
M.A.R., Ili School of Theology
Ph.D., Marquette University
Eric Harris 2019
Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., M.B.A., Pittsburg State University
Ph.D., Oklahoma State University
Christopher Harrison 2022
Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., University of South Florida
M.S., Florida State University
Ph.D., The University of North Carolina
Chapel Hill
Hope Holley 2017
Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., M.S., Ed.D., Florida Southern College
Brad E. Hollingshead 2013
Professor of English
B.A., Ohio Dominican College
M.A., Ph.D., Duquesne University
Dahl and Lottie Pryor Endowed Chair in
English
Julie N. Hornick 2016
Instructional Services Librarian - Senior Librarian
B.A., University of Puget Sound
B.A., The University of Arizona
M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
M.L.I.S., University of South Carolina
Mark Hughes 2023
Visiting Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Concord University
M.S., Marshall University
Keith L. Huneycutt 1987
Professor of English
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina
Daniel D. Jelsovsky 2000
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
407
Jeanne Jenkins 2019
Assistant Professor of Nursing
and MSN Program Director
B.S.N., M.S.N/M.B.A., Ph.D., University of
North Carolina
Suman John 2022
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.M.Ed., University of South Florida
M.S.N., Florida Southern College
D.N.P., Keiser University
Laly Joseph 2023
Dean of the Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing
and Health Sciences
B.S.N., M.S.N., D.N.P., Fairleigh Dickinson
University
D.V.M., Bombay Veterinary College
Jo A. Jossim 1999
Professor of Music
B.M.Ed., University of South Florida
M.A., University of Denver
Ph.D., The Florida State University
Celina L. Jozsi 2014
Instructor of Accounting
C.P.A., State of Florida
M.Acc., University of South Florida
Eric W. Kjellmark 1996
Professor of Biology
B.S., DePauw University
M.S., Miami University
Ph.D., Duke University
Elizabeth Krause 2014
Assistant Professor of Business Administration
B.A., University of St. Thomas
M.B.A., University of Tampa
M.H.A., Seton Hall University
D.H.A., Medical University of South Carolina
Elizabeth Kuba 2021
Director of Clinical Education and Community
Engagement
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., M.S., Ithaca College
D.P.T., University of St. Augustine for Health
Sciences
Melih Kullu 2022
Assistant Professor of Finance
Ph.D., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
Brittany LaCasse 2023
Instructor of Nursing
B.S., Southeastern University
M.S., University of Central Florida
Gabriel J. Langford 2010
Professor of Biology
B.G.S., University of Kansas
M.S., University of South Alabama
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Melanie L. Langford 2014
Associate Professor of Marine Biology
B.A., University of Kansas
M.S., University of South Alabama
Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln
Erin P. LaSala 2014
Associate Professor of Dance
B.S., University of South Florida
M.F.A., University of North Carolina,
Greensboro
Victoria Lew 2022
Assistant Professor of Indutrial/Organizational
Psychology
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.S., Ph.D., Embry-Riddle Aeronautical
University
Krista Lewellyn 2018
MBA Program Director
Associate Professor of Management
B.S., Syracuse University
M.S., Georgia Institute of Technology
M.B.A., Robert Gordon University
Ph.D., Old Dominion University
Mijana Lockard 2022
Assistant Professor of Education
M.Ed., Southeastern Louisiana University
M.Ed., American College of Education
Ed.D, Florida Southern College
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
408
Katherine Loh 2016
Assistant Professor of Communication
B.A., College of Notre Dame of Maryland
M.A., George Mason University
Ph.D., American University
Caroline Love 2020
Instructor of Accounting
B.S., M.S., University of Florida
Tyler Love 2022
Assistant Director of Clinical Education
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Florida State University
M.B.A., Louisiana State University Shreveport
D.P.T., Nova Southeastern University
Randall M. MacDonald 1986
Director of the Library
Senior Librarian
B.A., University of Alabama
M.S.L.S., The Florida State University
Cara Mackie 2008
Associate Professor of Communication
B.A., The Florida State University
M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida
Jason Macrander 2018
Assistant Professor of Marine Biology
B.S., M.S., University of Nebraska
Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Tracey Magee 2019
Assistant Professor of Pediatric Nursing
and Education Coordinator
B.S.N., DePauw University
M.S.N., Indiana University
Ph. D, Boston College
Sue Ann Mahoney 2022
Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Barton College
M.S.N., University of South Alabama
Ph.D., Keiser University
Malcolm M. Manners 1981
Professor of Citrus and Horticultural Science
A.B., Anderson College
M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida
Appointed in 2003 to the John and Ruth
Tyndall Chair in Citrus Sciences
Nancy Marc 2017
Assistant Professor of Nursing
A.A., Triton College
M.S., Aurora University
Ph.D., Chamberlain College
Erica Marshall 2020
Assistant Professor of Exercise Science
B.S., John Carroll University
M.S., The University of Akron
Ph.D., Kent State University
Kelly McHugh 2011
Associate Professor of Political Science
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware
Susan McLoughlin 2020
Visiting Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Seton Hall University
Melanie Michael 2018
DNP Program Director and Graduate Programs
Director and Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Southeast Missouri State University
M.S.N., University of South Florida
D.N.P., University of Florida
Chandler Miller 2023
Visiting Instructor of Accounting
B.S., M.Acc., University of South Florida
Jennifer L. Mott 2017
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Appalachian State University
M.A., Humboldt State University D.N.P.,
Ph.D., Florida State University
Benjamin Montgomery 2022
Assistant Professor of Music
B.M., Ithaca College
M.M., Michigan University
D.M.A., University of Miami
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
409
Jason M. Montgomery 2009
Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., M.S., Texas Tech University
M.S., Ph.D., University of Chicago
Timothy Moore 2015
Visiting Instructor of Biology
B.S., Auburn University
M.S., Georgia Southern University
Christine Morgan 2018
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.S, D.P.T., Florida Gulf Coast University
Marina E. Morgan 2016
Metadata Librarian - Senior Librarian
M.A., University of Bucharest
M.I.St., University of Toronto
Wesley Morgan 2021
Assistant Professor of Musical Theatre
B.M., Florida Southern College
M.M., Georgia State University
D.M.A., Temple University
Nancy M. Morvillo 1997
Professor of Biology
B.A., University of Delaware
Ph.D., State University of New York
at Stony Brook
Appointed in 2012 to the Nelson C. White
Chair in the Life Sciences
Mike Nabors 2022
Instructor of Sport Business Management
B.S., University of Gainesville
M.A., University of South Florida
Jon Nachtigal 2023
Assistant Professor of Sport Business Management
B.A., University of Nebraska
M.B.A., Colorado Technical University
Ph.D., University of New Mexico
H. A. Nethery 2014
Associate Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Humboldt State University
M.A., University of Memphis
Ph.D., Duquesne University
Hoan Ngo 2023
Assistant Professor of Engineering
B.Eng., Vietnam National University
M.S., Ph.D., Duke University
Nicholas Nugent, Jr. 2007
Assistant Professor of Business and Economics
B.S.B.A., M.S.I.B., M.B.A., Ph.D., Southern
New Hampshire University
Nancy A. Nuzzo 2017
Dean of the School of Physical Therapy
Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Elmhurst College
B.S., P.T., Northern Illinois University
Ph.D., University of Illinois at Chicago
Medical Center
Alex Ortiz 2009
Associate Professor of Communication
B.S., M.A., University of Florida
Ph.D., University of South Florida
William J. Otremsky 1999
Professor of Art
B.F.A., Edinboro University
M.F.A., University of Pennsylvania
Ronald A. Pepino 2013
Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Connecticut
Ph.D., University of Colorado
Martha Placeres 2019
Assistant Professor of Music: Orchestra Conductor
and Director of Strings Studies
B.M., Puebla State Conservatory of Music
M.A., University of Texas at Brownsville
Ph.D., Texas Tech University
Richards Plavnieks 2018
Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Stetson University
M.A., Ph.D., University of North Carolina -
Chapel Hill
Heather Prociuk 2023
Visiting Instructor of Psychology
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.S., University of South Florida
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
410
William C. Quilliam 2010
Associate Professor of Accounting and
MAcc Program Director
B.S.B.A., M.S., University of Central Florida
Ph.D., University of Florida
Louise Templeton Endowed Chair in Account-
ing
Deah S. Quinlivan 2011
Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., M.A., University of Alabama: Huntsville
Ph.D., Iowa State University
Lori C. Rakes 2011
Associate Professor of Education
B.A., Southeastern University
M.Ed., University of South Florida Polytechnic
Ph.D., University of South Florida
H. Alexander Rich 2014
Executive Director and Chief Curator
of the Polk Museum of Art
Associate Professor of Art History
A.B., Dartmouth College
M.A., Ph.D., Institute of Fine Arts,
New York University
Christian Roberson 2016
Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.S., M.E., Ph.D., University of Florida
M.B.A., Plymouth State University
Christianne K. Roll 2013
Associate Professor of Musical Theatre
B.A., B.F.A., New York University
M.A., Ed.D.C.T., Columbia University
Samuel Romero 2008
Associate Professor of Art
B.F.A., Florida Southern College
M.F.A., The School of the Art Institute
of Chicago
Gerrianne Schaad 2015
College Archivist, Senior Librarian
B.A., St. Mary’s Dominican College
M.A., University of South Florida
Peter H. Schreer 1996
Associate Professor of English
B.A., Geneva College
M.A., Ph.D., Bowling Green State University
Brittany Schultz 2018
Instructor of Nursing
B.S.N., M.S.N., Florida Southern College
Judy Senzamici 2002
Instructor of Education
B.A., Southeastern College
M.Ed., University of South Florida
Susan A. Serrano-Hauer 1997
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., M.S., Middle Tennessee State University
Ph.D., Auburn University
Shameka Shelby 2015
Associate Professor of Chemistry
Dr. John A. Leighty Endowed Chair in Chemistry
B.S., Xavier University of Louisiana
Ph.D., University of Michigan
Christy L. Reinhart Skelly 2012
Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Olivet Nazarene University
M.S.N., Kent State University
D.N.P., Frontier Nursing University
Risdon N. Slate 1993
Professor of Criminology
B.S., University of North Carolina - Charlotte
M.C.J., University of South Carolina
Ph.D., Claremont Graduate School
Patrick L. Smith 2003
Professor of Psychology
B.A., Elizabethtown College
M.S., Ph.D., The Florida State University
David Sparling 2022
Visiting Assistant Professor of Communication
B.A., University of South Florida
M.A., Ashford University
M.F.A., Regent University
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
411
Diane W. Stahl 1991
Director of Vocal Studies
Associate Professor of Music
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.M., Indiana University
M.M., Yale University
Kelly A. Sturhahn 2010
Foundations Program Director
Associate Professor of Art
B.F.A., Ringling College of Art and Design
M.F.A., Hunter College
Alison J. Sutton 2023
Instructor of Nursing
A.S., Union County College
B.S., East Stroudsburg University
M.S.N., Grand Canyon University
Sara L. Terrell 2014
Associate Professor of Exercise Science and Director of
the Exercise Science Program
B.A., Adrian College
M.S., Ph.D., Eastern Michigan University
Sara F. Tice 2023
Assistant Professor of Film
B.B.A., M.B.A., Savannah State University
Ph.D., The University of Texas at San Antonio
Lemaro Thompson 2022
Assistant Professor of Management
B.F.A., M.F.A, University of Central Florida
Mark Thomsen 2014
Artist-in-Residence
Professor of Music
Music Productions Coordinator
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College
M.M., Eastman School of Music, University
of Rochester
Maria Jose Torres-Palsa 2018
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Belmont Abbey College
Ph.D., D.P.T., University of Toledo
J. Michael Tracy 2010
Executive in Residence, School of Business and Free
Enterprise
B.A., Brown University
M.B.A., Wharton School, University
of Pennsylvania
Michael Trice 2006
Associate Professor of Communication
B.A., Louisiana College
M.S., Ph.D., University of Southern Mississippi
Katherine Upshaw 2022
Visiting Instructor of Biology
B.S., University of Florida
M.S., Kansas State University
Aaron David Valdivia, Jr. 2012
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Salisbury University
M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University
William R. VanWye 2023
Associate Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., M.S., D.P.T.., University of Indiana
Ph.D., University of the Cumberlands
Steven D. Wade 2015
Instructional Services Librarian - Senior Librarian
B.A., Western Kentucky University
M.L.I.S., Louisiana State University
Scott Wallen 2022
Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Ph.D., University of Illinois
Jessica Washington 2022
Assistant Professor of Exercise Science
B.S., M.E.S., Ph.D., Auburn University
Michael Weber 2020
Dean of the Barney Barnett School of Business and
Free Enterprise
Professor of Marketing
B.S., University of Florida
M.B.A., University of West Florida
Ph.D., Louisiana State University
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
412
W. Waite Willis, Jr. 1978
Professor of Religion
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.Div., Ph.D., Emory University
Appointed in 2001 to the Pendergrass
Chair in Religion
Lauren Wilson 2023
Assistant Professor of Physical Therapy
B.S., Johnson C. Smith University
D.P.T., Florida International University
Christy K. Wolovich 2016
Associate Professor of Biology
B.S., University of North Florida
Ph.D. University of Miami
Lawrence Young 2022
Instructor of Biology
B.S., Richard Stockton College
M.S., University of Maryland
Lists of current adjunct and part-time faculty members
are maintained in the Deans’ oces of the School of
Arts and Sciences, the Barney Barnett School of Busi-
ness and Free Enterprise, the School of Education, the
Ann Blanton Edwards School of Nursing and Health
Sciences, and the School of Physical Therapy.
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
413
FACULTY EMERITI
Patrick R. Anderson 1986-2011
Professor of Criminology
B.A., Furman University
M.Div., Southwestern Baptist
Theological Seminary
Ph.D., Florida State University
Robert H. Baum 1982-2011
Professor of Biology
B.A., Goddard College
M.S., Ph.D., University of Florida
Kathleen M. Benn 1966-74, 1975-2014
Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., M.A., Murray State University
Carl C. Brown 1980-2014
Professor of Economics
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.A., University of South Florida
Ph.D., Oklahoma State University
Appointed in 1993 to the William F. Chatlos
Professorship in Business and Economics
Joan G. Buccino 1979-2009
Professor of Economics
A.B., Wellesley College
M.Ed., Boston State College
Graduate, Harvard-Radclie Program in
Business Administration
Ph.D., University of South Florida
Dorotha C. Tanner Chair in Ethics
in Business and Economics, 1994-2009
Laurence L. Campbell 1971-2011
Professor of Biology
A.B., M.A., Miami University
Ph.D., University of Illinois
Jessie Ball duPont Chair in the Natural
Sciences, 1999-2011
Rita E. Fandrich 1968-2011
Associate Professor of Music
B.M., Cornell College
M.M., Indiana University
Lynn H. Clements 1990-2020
Professor of Accounting
B.S., M.B.A., Florida Southern College
D.B.A., Nova Southeastern University
C.P.A., State of Florida
C.F.E., Association of Certified Fraud
Examiners
C.G.M.A., American Institute of Certified
Public Accountants
Dorotha C. Tanner Chair in Ethics in Business
and Economics 2012-2020
Paul B. Eberle 2000-2022
Professor of Economics and Finance
B.A., M.S., Texas A&M University
Ph.D., University of Missouri-Columbia
Beth M. Ford 1968-2001
Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., M.A., University of South Florida
Barbara M. Giles 1986-2011
Professor of Political Science
B.A., University of Massachusetts
M.A.C.T., Ph.D., University of Tennessee
John R. Haldeman 1972-2006
Professor of Biology
B.S., M.S., Northern Arizona University
Ph.D., University of Arkansas
Kenneth D. Henderson, Jr. 1999-2016
Professor of Computer Science and Mathematics
B.A., Knox College
M.Ed., University of South Florida
M.S., Florida Atlantic University
Ph.D., University of Florida
Duane L. Hopkins 1982-2007
Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Otterbein College
M.B.A., Harvard University
Sandra L. Ivey 1968-2003
Professor of Psychology
B.A., Stetson University
M.A., Ph.D., Emory University
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
414
Mossayeb Jamshid 1990-2010
Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., Tehran University
M.A., Georgetown University
Ph.D., University of Colorado
Edward E. Jeries, Jr. 1966-1998
Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Bridgewater College
M.S., James Madison University
P.E.S., Central Missouri State College
Ed.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and
State University
R. Frank Johnson 1972-2020
Professor of Religion and Philosophy
A.B., University of Alabama
M.Div., Duke University
Ph.D., Emory University
William C. Juchau 1980-2006
Professor of Business Administration
B.S., U.S. Military Academy
M.S., George Washington University
Ed.D., Nova University
Gayle S. Kent 1983-2006
Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of North Alabama
M.S., University of Mississippi
Ph.D., University of South Florida
Eugene R. Lebrenz 1987-2004
Professor of Economics and Business Administration
B.B.A., Upsala College
M.B.A., Seton Hall University
M.S., Ed.D., Northern Illinois University
Sharon K. Masters 1987-2013
Professor of Sociology
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., State University of
New York at Bualo
Harold E. O’Leary 1977-2001
Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Florida State University
M.B.A., University of Central Florida
D.B.A., Florida State University
Mary Ferguson Pharr 1986-2010
Professor of English
B.A., Eckerd College
M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt University
Edwin L. Plowman 1978-2015
Professor of Sociology
B.A., North Carolina State University
Th.M., Ph.D., Boston University
Thomas L. Reuschling 1994-2007
President
Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Hiram College
M.B.A., Kent State University
Ph.D., University of Colorado
James G. Rogers, Jr. 1992-2014
Professor of Art History
A.B., M.A., Ph.D., University of
Missouri-Columbia
Lawrence E. Ross 1994-2017
Professor of Business Administration
B.A., The Florida State University
M.B.A., Ph.D., Georgia State University
Appointed in 2005 to the Anne and Bill
France Chair in Business
John E. Santosuosso 1970-2010
Professor of Political Science
B.A., Ursinus College
M.A., Clark University
M.Div., Louisville Presbyterian
Theological Seminary
Ph.D., University of Florida
Claudia S. Slate 1989-1990, 1991-2017
Professor of English
B.A., University of Missouri-Rolla
M.A., Ph.D., University of South Florida
Larry J. Sledge 1985-2008
Professor of Music
B.M., M.M., Southern Illinois University
Ph.D., The Florida State University
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
415
W. Alan Smith 1987-2015
Professor of Religion
B.A., The Florida State University
M.Div., Vanderbilt University
D.Min., Vanderbilt University/University
of the South
Ph.D., School of Theology at Claremont
David F. Snodgrass 1989-2008
Assistant Professor of Communication
A.B., M.A., University of Chicago
John L. Stancil 1998-2014
Professor of Accounting
B.S., Mars Hill College
M.B.A., University of Georgia
D.B.A., University of Memphis
C.P.A., State of Florida
C.M.A., Institute of Management Accountants
C.F.M., Institute of Managements Accounts
C.I.A., Institute of Internal Auditors
Katherine G. Straw 1974-1988, 1990-2006
Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., M.Ed., University of Pittsburgh
John R. Tripp 1971-2010
Professor of Biology
B.S., Oregon State University
M.S., Ph.D., Ohio State University
Nelson C. White Chair in the Life Sciences,
2000-2010
N. Allen Wuertz 1969-2011
Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Glassboro State College
M.Ed., Temple University
Victoria V. Wuertz 1994-2011
Associate Professor of Communication
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.A., The Florida State University
Ph.D., University of South Florida
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
416
INTERCOLLEGIATE HEAD COACHING STAFF
Stephanie J. Bylander 2015
Head Coach of Women’s Cross Country and Track
B.A., Adams State College
Ashlee K. Crowder 2023
Head Coach of Volleyball
B.A., Hillsdale College
L. Robert Davis 1997
Head Coach of Women’s Golf
Adjunct Faculty, Business & Economics
B.S., University of Kentucky
M.B.A., Florida Southern College
Michael P. Donnelly 2015
Head Coach of Men’s Basketball
B.S., Sacred Heart University
Megan V. Dzikas 2019
Head Coach of Women’s Basketball
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.Ed., Goucher College
Ashley G. Holmes 2020
Head Coach of Men’s Soccer
B.S., M.B.A., Florida Southern College
Dan E. Kirk 2021
Head Strength Coach
B.S., University of Central Florida
M.S., University of Tampa
Matt C. Lavassiur 2018
Head Coach of Men’s Cross Country and Track
B.A., M.S., Adams State University
Gerry M. Lucey 2023
Head Coach of Women’s Soccer
B.S., M.B.A., Long Island University
Victoria R. Mintzer 2021
Head Coach of Cheerleading
B.A., Florida Southern College
M.Ed., University of Oklahoma
Shannon H. Morrell 2020
Head Coach of Equestrian
B.A., Mercer University
Lance J. Niekro 2012
Head Coach of Baseball
B.S., University of Phoenix
Brandon Parramore 2023
Head e-Sports Coach
B.A., Ouachia Baptist University
M.S., University of Arkansas at Little Rock
Curtis L. Rabe 2015
Head Coach of Water Ski Teams
B.S., Auburn University
M.S., University of Central Florida
Kara L. Reber 2011
Head Coach of Women’s Lacrosse
Adjunct Faculty, Physical Education
B.Ed. in Physical Education, State University
of New York at Brockport
B.Ed. in Sport Management, Bowling Green
State University
M.S. Arkansas State University
Gilles R. Richard 2019
Head Coach of Men’s Ice Hockey
B.S., Saint Thomas University, Canada
Trish C. Riddell 2005
Head Coach of Women’s Tennis
Adjunct Faculty, Physical Education
B.S., University of Houston
M.Ed., University of Arkansas
Ed.D., Florida Southern College
Andrew M. Robins 2018
Head Coach of Men’s and Women’s Swimming
B.S., The College of William and Mary
M.S., Florida State University
Rhett H. Rollyson 2022
Head Coach of Men’s Tennis
B.A. University of Florida
Mo C. Triner 2019
Head Coach of Soball
B.A., University of South Florida
COLLEGE PERSONNEL
417
Martin H. Ward 2011
Head Coach of Men’s Lacrosse
B.A., Limestone College
Lee J. White 2017
Head Coach of Men’s Golf
B.S. Florida Southern College
PGA “Class A” Member - PGA of America
Makena L. Wilson 2022
Head Coach of Beach Volleyball
B.S., Florida Southern College
M.A., Ottawa University
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
418
COACHES EMERITI
Lois E. Webb 1977-2008
Head Coach of Women’s Volleyball and
Athletic Director
B.S., Florida State University
M.Ed., University of Central Florida
INDEX
419
INDEX
Academic Center for Excellence 33
Academic fuel 35
Academic integrity 50
Academic majors 83
major requirements 79
Academic progress
chart 48
qualitative measures 43
quantitative measures 44
standards 43
unsatisfactory 44
Accounting 99
minor 100
graduate program 339
graduate courses 368
Accreditation 6
Activities fee 23
Admission
adult undergraduate 84
conditional 87
defer 86
drop/add procedures 87
non-degree 85
part-time status 84
transfer policies 85
provisional 87
reactivation of application 87
re-admission 86
requirements 84
graduate 321
traditional undergraduate 13
conditional 19
deadlines 14
deferred 18
early admission 19
early decision 15
freshman U.S. students 13
general information 13
homeschool 16
international 17
non-traditional student 20
part-time 20
procedures 19
reactivation of application 18
re-admission 18
special (non-degree) 20
summer session 19
transfer 16
Adult undergraduate programs 84
Advanced placement (AP) 21
Advertising design minor 155
Advising 35
AICE (Advanced International Certificate of
Education) 21
Alert, academic 44
Application deadlines 14
Application fee/deposit 25
Applied mathematics and statistics 162
Arabic 207
Art 208
Art education 119, 201
Art history and museum studies 120, 213
minor 121
Astronomy 215
Athletics 29
Attendance 37
Audit fee 24
Biochemistry/molecular biology 121
Biology 123, 215
minor 127
Biotechnology 127
Board of Trustees 394
Business Administration 101, 221
graduate courses 369
graduate program (MBA) 341
management certificate 102
minor 101
Business Analytics 102
minor 103
Calendar, inside front cover
Cancellation of classes 38
Campus facilities 4
Catalog
applicability 6
eective date of requirements 81
Chemistry 128, 225
minor 133
Chinese 230
Citrus and Horticultural Science 133, 230
minor 135
Classification of students 39
CLEP credit 21
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
420
Clubs and organizations 31
Coaches
emeriti 418
intercollegiate head 416
Commencement 38
Communication 135, 231
advertising and public relations 135
media strategies and production 135
interpersonal and organizational
communication 135
multimedia journalism 135
minor 1137
Computer science 137, 237
minor 139
Convocation 38
Co-requisites 80
Correspondence and extension courses 21
Course cancellation 81
Course load 40
Course numbers 80
Credit, unit of (semester hour) 39
Credit by examination 21
Criminology 139, 240
minor 140
Critical languages 241
Cross-listed courses 41
Dance 140, 241
minor 142
Data analytics minor 166
Dean’s list 39
Degree requirements 63
Deposits 25
Directed study 81
Disability services 7
Doctor of Education 358
graduate courses 381
Doctor of Nursing 336
graduate courses 390
Doctor of Physical Therapy 361
graduate courses 373
Double-dipping 63, 79
Drop/Add procedures 42
Dual enrollment 21
Economics 104, 245
minor 105
Ed.D.
general 358
leadership 359
Education
admission 198
adult education majors 87
art education 119
elementary education requirements 200
field studies 199
graduate programs 350
graduate courses 382
music education 176
secondary 202
senior internship 199
undergraduate courses 247
Elementary education 200, 247
Endowed chairs and professorships 397
Engaged learning 35
English 143, 253
minor 145
Entrepreneuership minor 106
Esports management minor 106
Environmental studies 143
minor 148
Ethics minor 155
Exercise Science 91, 256
minor 93
Experimental or special topics courses 80
Expulsion, academic 47
Faculty 402
emeriti 413
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) 9
Fees (in addition to tuition, room and
board) 23
Film 112
minor 113
Final exams 43
Finance 107, 259
minor 108
Financial aid, adult 89
Forgiveness policy and retaking courses 49
Fraternities 30,32
French 260
General education curriculum 63
Geography 261
German 261
Good standing
academic 43
social 30
Grade appeals 49
Grade point average 41
Grading scale 41
Graduate programs 321
academic integrity 326
INDEX
421
admission 321
advising 324
application deadlines 323
course descriptions 368
course load 324
financial information 323
grading scale 325
international students 321
DNP. 336
DPT 361
Ed.D. 358
general 358
educational leadership 359
MAcc 339
MAT 350
MBA 341
MEd 350
MSIO 348
MSN 327
re-admission 322
transfer credit 322
transient students 323
tuition and fees 323
withdrawal 325
Graduation, graduate
application and fee 324
Graduation, undergraduate
application 82
fee 24
requirements 81
Graphic design 114
minor 115
Greek 261
Greek organizations 32
Healthcare management 262
minor 108
History 149, 263
minor 150
History of the College 4
Honor societies 31
Honor Walk 33
Honors, academic 39
Honors program 62, 150, 267
Honors in the major 81
Horticulture courses 269
Humanities 152, 270
Incompletes 41
Independent study 81
Insurance 24
Integrated marketing communication 156
Integrative biology 153
Interactive and game design 115
minor 117
Interdisciplinary minors 58, 155
International Baccalaureate (IB) 21
Internships 61, 81
Intramurals 33
Involuntary withdrawal 42
Junior Journey 60
Latin American studies 155, 270
Lake Erie College of Osteopathic Medicine
early acceptance program 60
Library, Roux 39
MAT 350
4+1 program 351
MAcc 339
Early MAcc 340
Marine Biology 160
Marketing 108, 271
minor 109
Mathematics 162, 273
minor 166
May Term 61
MBA 341
4+1 program 343
concentrations
business analytics 344
CPA Licensure 345
esports management 345
healthcare management 346
industrial/organizational psychology 346
supply chain management 346
Meal plans 23
MEd 350
TCI 352
4+1 program 353
Ed Leadership 355
Medical Laboratory Sciences 166, 277
Medical Leave 44
Military service, credit for 21
Military science minor 170, 278
Minors 58, 80
Mission 4
Modern languages 170
MSIO 348
4+1 program 349
MSN 327
adult-gerontology 331
clinical nurse specialist 331
primary care nurse practitioner 331
FLORIDA SOUTHERN COLLEGE
422
family nurse practitioner 331
nurse educator 332
nursing administrative leadership 332
post-baccalaureate 333
post-masters 333
Music 172, 279
minor 180
Neuroscience minor 59, 157
Non-discrimination 8
Nursing 93
Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) 93
graduate courses 386
Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) 327
post-master’s certificate 333
undergraduate courses 285
Online coursework 40
Pass/Fail/A option 40
Performing arts 33
Philosophy 181, 288
minor 182
Physical Education 291
Physics minor 182, 293
Political communication 183
Political science 184, 294
minor 185
Portuguese 298
Prerequisites 80
President’s Scholar 39
Pre-engineering studies 60
Pre-health professions 299
Pre-law minor 158
Pre-law and legal studies 60
Pre-professional programs 59
Pre-theological studies 60
Probation, academic 45
Programs of study 57, 89
Psychology 186, 299
minor 187
Re-admission 18
Refund policy
undergraduate day program 25
adult undergraduate program 88
graduate program 323
Religion 187, 303
minor 189
youth ministry 189, 306
Religious life 33
Retaking courses 49
ROTC 62
Secondary education 202
Self-designed majors 57, 189
Social sciences 190
Sociology 307
Sororities 30, 32
Spanish 171, 309
minor 171
Sport business management 110, 312
minor 111
Sports communication and marketing 191
Sta 394
Student government 29, 32
Student learning outcomes 64
Student life
special recognitions and awards 33
Studio art 117
minor 119
Study abroad 61
Summer sessions 19
Suspension, academic 46
Theatre arts 192, 313
minor 197
TOEFL 18, 321
Transcript requests 25
Transient student permission 49
Tuition Management Services (TMS) 25
Tuition
undergraduate 23
room and board 23
adult undergraduate 88
Undergraduate majors 83
Veterans 22
Vision 4
Warning, academic 44
Washington semester 61
Wellness Center 33
Women and gender studies 59, 159, 317
Wright, Frank Lloyd 4
Writing center 36
Youth ministry 189, 306
Florida Southern College
111 Lake Hollingsworth Drive
Lakeland, Florida 33801-5698
Specific inquiries may be made to the following:
Academic Information ............................................................................... 863.680.4124
Administration ........................................................................................... 863.680.4100
Admissions ................................................................................................. 863.680.4131
Business Oce .......................................................................................... 863.680.4154
Financial Aid .............................................................................................. 863.680.4140
Registrar's Oce and Transcripts ...............................................................863.680.4127
Student Life and Community Living ......................................................... 863.680.4206
111 Lake Hollingsworth Drive Lakeland, Florida 33801-5698
800-274-4131 863-680-4131
flsouthern.edu
